Inbox News: June 2025 - Issue 643

Week Four June 2025 (June 16 - 22)

Eco Schools Grants for 2025

The Council has awarded the 2025 Eco Schools Grants for 3 local school initiatives to help enhance environmental sustainability and education within the community.

The Eco Schools Grants program, which has been running since 2018/19, provides funding to local schools to support projects that address key environmental priorities such as bush regeneration, carbon reduction, waste reduction, sustainability education, and water reuse and reduction. 

Mayor Sue Heins said, "Our Council is dedicated to supporting local schools in their sustainability efforts through the Eco Schools Grants program. These grants not only provide financial assistance but also inspire schools to develop creative and impactful projects that benefit the environment and the community.

"By supporting these innovative projects, we are empowering our local schools to take meaningful action towards a greener future.

"I am proud of the efforts of our schools and look forward to seeing the positive impact these projects will have on our community," Mayor Heins said.

Eco Schools Grants Award recipients
Barrenjoey High School
The Barrenjoey Inclusive Learning Unit (BILU) has been awarded $2,000 to create an accessible eco garden to raise awareness of sustainability issues, improve student connectedness with outdoor spaces, and enhance student self-regulation and wellbeing. The project includes bush regeneration, habitat creation, building wicking bed gardens, introducing a worm farm, and providing professional development for staff on sustainability initiatives.

Kinma Primary School
Kinma Primary School has been awarded $1,950 to establish a vibrant community garden to serve as a hub for healthy food and sustainability education. The garden will provide hands-on learning experiences, teaching students about growing food, food security, life cycles, and the role of living creatures in the garden. The project will also strengthen connections with the community and local organisations.

Kambora Public School
Kambora Public School has been awarded $2,000 to create an Eco-Sensory Garden designed to stimulate the senses and promote hands-on environmental education. The garden will feature a variety of plant species, water features, and bug sanctuaries. It will also serve as an outdoor classroom for learning about plant biology, sustainability, and the importance of pollinators.

 

Talent runs deep for school swimmers

Two of Australia’s brightest young swimmers are still at school. Glenn Cullen reports.

June 17, 2025

Sienna Toohey and Declan Budd ... the next generation of potential Australian swimming champions

NSW public school students Sienna Toohey and Declan Budd have been named in Australia’s team for the swimming world championships after scintillating performances at the national trials.

The pair are the youngest two members of their respective squads, Albury High School’s Toohey (16) making the women’s team after wins in the 50m and 100m breaststroke while Davidson High School’s Budd (17) qualified through a second place in the 200m freestyle multi-class event.

Sienna has been on the radar for some time.

As a Year 9 student last year, she incredibly looked set to qualify for the Paris Olympics after leading all-comers at the turn in the 100m breaststroke at the national trials.

While she was pipped to the line and finished third – missing out on a Games berth by just 0.08 of a second, it was pretty clear her time wouldn’t be too far away.

That came in spades at the Adelaide event last week as she won the 100m event and then backed up to take out her pet 50m version.

Back on home soil, dad and Albury High School principal Damian Toohey could only watch on in awe as years of hitting the pool eight times a week, doing gym sessions and monitoring her diet delivered results rarely seen by someone her age.

“Myself and my two sons were in our lounge room screaming the house down,” said Mr Toohey.

“It’s still hard to listen to that replay without getting teary.”

Budd may have initially seemed like more of a surprise packet but after some stunning swims in the 2024 short course championships his older opposition were on notice in Adelaide last week.

His long-term aim of making the 2032 Brisbane Paralympics will no doubt be brought forward to Los Angeles in 2028 after he came second in the 200m freestyle multi-class final, ensuring his ticket was stamped for the Singapore world championships.

Davidson High School principal, David Rule, said Budd was a much-loved student at the school.

“He’s humble and always appreciative of people’s time with him,” he said.

“I can count on one hand the number of times he speaks about what he does with his mates.”

Budd is undertaking a non-ATAR course at Davidson High School and is expected to finish Year 12 with a Certificate II in Construction.

With his burgeoning swimming career Budd was given the opportunity to finish his schooling through distance education but made it clear he wanted to complete his HSC at Davidson High School.

“He has plenty of excuses not to come but he turns up every day,” Mr Rule said.

“He never uses his swimming an excuse not to do things.”

 

Australia's First Steamers

 A few years ago we shared some insights into the first ever school launch or school ferry, which began right here in Pittwater. This week a few small insights into the first steamers to run as ferries in NSW. Steamers overtook sailing ships as a form of maritime travel during the early years of Europeans settling in Australia s travel by water was easier in a place that had only a few roads. Most settlers lived beside a river or the sea.

Steamers offered advantages like speed, reliability regardless of wind conditions, and the ability to navigate waterways such as rivers, while sailing ships needed good weather and 'following winds' to get people, and cargo, to and from where they needed to go.

Large vessels were not, originally, allowed to be built here as people thought, due to our large population of convicts, that they could be stolen by those transported here who would then use them to escape. 

Those described below were paddle steamers or paddle wheelers. A paddle steamer is a steamship or riverboat powered by a steam engine that drives paddle wheels to propel the craft through the water. Paddle wheelers at first were driven by animals or humans. Our first official ferry was known as 'the Lump'.

The Rose Hill Packet was the first vessel that could be considered as a ferry, indeed she was also the first 'large' vessel built in Sydney. Built by Robinson Reid (carpenter on the Supply), she was launched on the 5th of October 1789 from the King's Slipway (on the current location of Customs House). Due to inadequate tools and poor local timber, the new vessel was little more than a bed of wood and somewhat ungainly earning the nickname of 'The Lump' rather quickly.

Described as a hoy, she was propelled by a single sail on one mast and propelled with the assistance of oars. A journey to and from Parramatta often took the best part of a week - and more often than not passengers had to assist in the task of rowing the vessel. She could carry up to 10 tons of cargo and 30 passengers (probably not at the same time though) and although her exact dimensions are unknown, from her description she was around 38 to 42 feet in length and with a very shallow draught.

However ugly she may have been she was successful in her role and operated until 1800 before being replaced with more agile (and better built) government vessels, hoys, sloops and pulling boats. - From The Encyclopaedia of Sydney Ferries website.

A few insights from the newspapers of then tell us:


SYDNEY'S EARLIEST FERRIES

The Parramatta Service - The early ferry services on Sydney Harbour was the subject of an address delivered last night by Miss Margaret Swann to the members of the Manly, Warringah, and Pittwater Historical Society. As may be imagined, the first service was between Sydney and Parramatta. The service was Instituted in 1793, and was maintained by rowing boats, which ran very much as their owners pleased. The owners' pleasure, however, was not appreciated by the public, and in 1803, the Government framed regulations, one of which was that the boats must be watertight and carry at least four oars so that passengers "if they pleased" might give the boatmen a helping hand.

The boats wen also compelled to carry mast and sail. This state of affairs continued till 1831,when a paddle-wheeled ferry steamer, the Surprise, was built by Smith Bros, at Neutral Bay. Had the Sophia Jane, from England, not arrived while the Surprise was waiting for her engines to be put in the Sydney-built steamer would have been the first co cleave the waters of Port Jackson. 

The Surprise, however, was not a success. In 1832 a horse-propelled paddle steamerthe Experiment, was launched. The equine engines, however, refused to work, with the consequence that her first passengers missed the Parramatta races. 

Later on, in 1834, steam engines were Installed, and the Experiment justified her construction. The Australian Steam Conveyance Company afterwards inaugurated a service, which was carried on with-out Interruption until 1928, when the service ceased. SYDNEY'S EARLIEST FERRIES. (1933, May 19). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 15. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article16980564

This is a little incorrect. The Surprise was actually the first steamer of this kind to run on the Harbour, better yet, she was Australian built. People think the Sophia Jane was first due to having arrived from the UK in May 1831, which she did, but then had to be 'fitted' for duties here:;

THE "SURPRISE" STEAMER.

In our last we reported the particulars of the first starting of the first steam vessel in New South Wales; we must now relate what happened to her after she got beyond the ken of Sydney. Her passage up the river continued to be as agreeable and successful as was her exit from the cove. The banks of the river were in many places crowded with spectators, whom the novelty of the expected sight had drawn from their homes. All went on well till she arrived at Red Point, the shallowest pass in the whole river, where she unfortunately stuck fast in the mud. This mishap was occasioned by the delay that occurred in adjusting the engine before she left Sydney. Had she started at the hour fixed, 10 o'clock, there is no doubt she would have completed her trip to Parramatta in the finest style. As it was, she did not reach Red Point till half past 2, about two hours and a half after high tide, when of course there was not water enough to float her over the flats, though, in the opinion of her steersman, King (the old Commodore of Parramatta passage-boats), she would have crossed them with ease had she been half an hour sooner. At Red Point she rested herself till 10 at night, when the tide was sufficiently up to enable her to proceed, and by half-past 10 she was quietly moored alongside the Commissariat Wharf at Parramatta.

On Thursday morning, the concourse of spectators, for so small a town, was immense, amounting to 400 or 500, some of whom had come from the interior to behold the surprising Surprise. At 10'clock she again put forth her steamy powers, and proceeded towards Sydney, having on board between thirty and forty passengers. At Newington, the seat of Mr. Blaxland, she stopped to land a number of Parramatta ladies and gentlemen, who accompanied her thus far byway of experiment. The remainder of the passage was performed without obstruction or accident, and she arrived at Sydney al half past 4 in the afternoon.

Among her passengers from Sydney, was Capt. Biddulph, the commander of the steamer Sophia Jane, who was so much delighted with the river, that he declared his determination to perform a trip with his own vessel as far as Red Point.

The only defect in the Surprise, as we noticed in our last, is, that she is rather top-heavy, and rolls to an un-pleasant degree. The proprietors (the Messrs. Smith) have determined to remedy this forthwith, by lowering her deck eighteen inches. The alteration will occupy about fourteen or sixteen days, when she will commence her regular trips, with every prospect, we doubt not, of accommodation to the public, and complete success to the spirited owners. The rates of fare are to be, for cabin-passengers, 3s. 6d.; and for steer-age, 2s.

The Sophia Jane is actively proceeding with her preparations for service ; she will be ready in a fortnight or three weeks. A survey has just been held upon her, by order of Government, to ascertain how far she may be eligible for the occasional conveyance of troops and prisoners to the penal settlements of Moreton Bay and Norfolk Island. THE "SURPRISE" STEAMER. (1831, June 4, Saturday). The Sydney Gazette and New South Wales Advertiser (NSW : 1803 - 1842), p. 2. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article2200904

The Sophia Jane.

Since this handsome specimen of naval architecture arrived, under the disguise of a square-rigged schooner, which she did on Saturday morning last, she has been a focus of attraction to the curious. Immediately on dropping her anchor in the stream, crowds pushed off to visit her ; but the decks being lumbered, and the machinery not arranged, her commander, Captain Biddeworth, R. N. declined receiving visitors, greatly to the disappointment of many. She has since hauled into the Cove, and  now lies moored head and stern in, at the Heaving Down Place, East-side. We observe, the engineers, smiths and carpenters are actively at work, and when the fittings up are completed, but not till then, and we think very reasonably, she will be thrown open to visitors. To a nautical eye, the Sophia Jane presents a beautiful model for capacity and fast sailing. 

She sailed from London on the 15th December last, called at Pernambuco, and stopped for some days at the Cape, yet working with her  sails only, which present but a very moderate spread of  canvas, she has made the passage to this port, short of four months. Her paddles are now shipped for the first time, we believe, since leaving England ; and a few days more will put her in a capacity for plying. Not having had yet the opportunity of a personal inspection, we take the following particulars at second hand : — 

She measures 256tons ; is 126 feet on the deck, and at least 30 on the beam. She has three cabins elegantly fitted up.—The chief cabin furnishes 16 bed places ; the ladies' cabin abaft, 11 ; and the fore cabin or steerage, 20.Eleven can be added easily; in all, 54. She was built in 1826, by Barnes and Millar, and her cost value is estimated at £7500. A meeting of merchants was called at the Cape, when she lay there, with the view of purchasing her. The price was stated to be £8000 ; and the expense of navigating her, including insurance, £3610 per annum, upon the calculation of her making eighteen voyages to Algoa Bay and Table Bay in the year. The returns for freight and passage money were estimated at £5760 for the same period, exclusive of the profits of contingent employment. The Cape    merchants did not like the terms, and they hauled off. She has followed up her original destination; and now enriches our increasing little naval force. Steam navigation will help greatly to raise the character of this Colony abroad, and to improve it at home. The addition of such a vessel as the Sophia Jane to our coasting trade is a most gratifying event. It is almost in the trading world what a  new Governor would be in our political hemisphere. 

A fresh spirit will be infused into all our settled and unsettled districts that can be approached by water. Persons will shortly be able, we expect, to breakfast in town, lunch at Newcastle, dine at Port Stephens, and put up comfortably at Port Macquarie next morning, at half the present expense and in quarter the time, of the journey to Wallis's Plains. Should she not find enough to do between this and Newcastle, the route to and from Hobart Town lies open, and to Western Port, when the fine line of coast about there shall be settled. The Surprise steamer is getting in her engine over at the North Shore. 

Mr. Grose's steamer at William's River is also getting forward fast. Mr. Patterson completes her machinery. The owner of whichever  steamer  plies first, will richly merit a grant of land. Government, it is to be hoped, will not show a backwardness in clearing the Parramatta channel. The Surprise, it is estimated, will draw 3 feet when laden. The Sophia Jane draws 6, it is said, with her machinery (of which she carries a duplicate set complete) and 100 tons of goods on board. Captain B. and Mr. Lamb her consignee, will doubtless lose no time in fitting the Sophia Jane out for the inspection of the curious. The Sophia Jane. (1831, May 20)The Australian (Sydney, NSW : 1824 - 1848), p. 3. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article36864964

Diagram/painting from The Newcastle Packets and the Hunter Valley by J. H. M. ABBOTT, 1942, available online via and courtesy of Project Gutenberg


COLONIAL SHIP-BUILDING.

A Correspondent in today's Gazette gives the following agreeable intelligence :-

My business leading me from Maitland to Port Stephens, curiosity conducted me to the spot where the William the Fourth is building, when, to my surprise, I saw, not a puny boat fit only for fresh water, but a noble vessel capable of steaming the roughest seas. 

On expressing my astonishment to the builders, Messrs. Marshal and Lowe, they very politely invited me on board, and proceeded to explain the whole of her dimensions to me, which I now give you as nearly as I can recollect.

 Length of keel, 70 ft; ditto from the taffarel to the stern, 80 ft ; width of beam aft, 13 ft ;ditto of ditto midships, 15 ft; ditto over the spancing, 20 ft; height from the kelson to the flush deck, 7 ft. 6 in.; height of the after cabin, 6 ft. 6 in; length of the ladies' cabin containing berths, 12 ft.; ditto of the gentle-men's cabin, containing berths, 16 ft. ; ditto of the fore cabin, containing berths, 15 ft.;ditto of the engine room for an engine of horse power,-; thickness of outside plank,1¾ in.; ditto of ceiling, 1¼ in.; ditto of deck planks (native pine), 2¼ in.; tonnage, 100tons; tonnage for goods, 25 tons; draft of water, 5 ft.; two masts, schooner-rig.-The whole (excepting the deck planks) including the treenails, of flooded gum. 

Thus, Mr. Editor, you see that this colony can now boast of being able to build her own steamers, and these with her own indigenous timber, the flooded gum, which Messrs. Marshall and Lowe, declare is equal to any in the world for ship building, and particularly for tree nails. 

Whenever this beautiful vessel maybe launched into her proper element, which it is calculated will be in about a month; it will be seen, that vessels of 600 tons can be built, or completely repaired in the William River, quicker and cheaper than can be done in Sydney Cove; a circumstance of the utmost importance to our whale fishery speculators, who, I have not the least doubt, will, when they see the masterly work of the William the Fourth, not fail to give ample employment to Messrs Marshal and Lowe, at their ship building establishment in Clarence Town, and so follow the good example set them by Mr. Grose of Parramatta, the proprietor of the steamer, 

I am, Sir, Your humble servant, William River, Sept. 6, 1831. COLONIAL SHIP-BUILDING. (1831, September 24). The Sydney Monitor (NSW : 1828 - 1838), p. 2 Edition: AFTERNOON. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article32076082

William the Fourth. - The new steam-packet of this name, built by Mr. Grose, of Parramatta, was launched yesterday-week, at Williams' River, and was to proceed in a few days to Sydney to take in her engine. It was expected she would be ready to ply in about three weeks. A numerous concourse of persons, from all parts of the country, attended to witness the interesting ceremony, and were regaled by the proprietor with a bountiful collation. ADVANCE AUSTRALIA Sydney Gazette. (1831, November 22).The Sydney Gazette and New South Wales Advertiser (NSW : 1803 - 1842), p. 2. Retrieved  from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article2203655

P.S. SOPHIA JANE - from a painting by Dickson Gregory, image No.; 2805501, courtesy State Library of Victoria


Approach to Manly Beach (near) Sydney [a view], circa 1856 / drawing by S.T. Gill. Item: c072540001, courtesy State Library of New South Wales.


`Phantom' paddle-steamer at Manly Wharf - The `Phantom' (built in 1858) started on the Manly route in 1859. Item: a089691h, courtesy State Library of New South Wales

Church Point Ferry Service's Amelia K still brings students to Newport Wharf each school day to attend Newport PS

Opportunities:

Surfrider Foundation: June 2025 Surf Swap

🌊Sun 22 June - Surfrider 3rd Annual Surf swap & Repair Market
Venue: Surfrider Gardens, 50 Oceans St, Narrabeen
Time: 11 - 3pm 
Ride the Use Wave - Sell, Swap, Repair or repurpose your preloved Surf gear.
Meet shapers and makers of sustainable surfboards, local innovators of upcycling waste into surf accessories
Upcycle your ‘end of life’ wetsuit with Ripcurl, attend minor board repair workshops
Chill to smooth beats in the winter sun and enjoy killer coffee from the local cafes
This event is held with the support of the Northern Beaches Council.
Free to attend and a waste free event!
Event Registration here - Day traders and Stallholders

Kay Cottee Women's Development Regatta

Sunday 29th June 2025 | RPAYC

Get ready for a day of fun, learning, and friendly competition on the water! The Kay Cottee Women’s Development Regatta is all about building confidence, developing sailing skills, and giving recent Sailing Academy graduates a chance to experience the excitement of racing in a supportive and welcoming environment.

Whether you’ve just completed a learn to sail course at RPAYC or a similar program at another club, this is your chance to take the next step in your sailing journey – no pressure, just good company, great vibes, and time on the water!

Who Can Join?
You’re eligible if you have recently completed a Learn to Sail course (at RPAYC or another club) and are keen to try out racing in a fun, relaxed regatta format.

Event Schedule – Sunday 29 June 2025
Morning Training Session
⏰ 8:30am – 11:00am
Kick off the day with on-water coaching designed to boost your skills and build racing confidence. Our experienced instructors will guide you through boat handling, starting techniques, and race strategy.

Lunch Break – Clubhouse Social
🍽️ 11:30am – 12:30pm
Enjoy a relaxed lunch in the clubhouse with fellow sailors, swap stories, and fuel up for the afternoon.

Afternoon Racing Session
🚩 First Warning Signal: 1:00pm
⚓ Up to 4 short-format races
🏁 No races will be started after 3:30pm
The regatta will follow a Windward/Leeward course, keeping things simple and fun as you put your new skills into practice.

Presentation & Wrap-Up
🏆 Celebrate the day’s efforts with a casual awards presentation and cheer on your fellow sailors!

Entries Are Now Open!
Spots are limited – don’t miss your chance to be part of this empowering day on the water. We can’t wait to see you on the start line!

Click HERE to register your name - Registration for this event closes at Monday 23 Jun 2025

Entry Fee:
  • $100 for RPAYC members per person
  • $125 for non-members per person
The Entry Fee Includes:
  • Comprehensive Training Session: Shore-based and on-water coaching to prepare you for the regatta.
  • Racing on our Fleet of Elliott 7 Inshore Keelboats: You’ll sail with a skilled Mentor Skipper, gaining hands-on experience.
  • Some Fantastic Prizes: Because every sailor deserves to be rewarded for their hard work and spirit!
  • An Amazing Day on the Water: With a fun, supportive atmosphere to help you grow your sailing skills while making lasting memories.
Event Overview:
This exciting event is specifically designed to promote and develop women’s sailing, creating an opportunity for emerging sailors to build confidence, refine skills, and transition into the world of racing. Whether you’re a recent graduate of our Sailing Academy or have participated in similar programs at other clubs, this regatta is the perfect chance to test your abilities in a friendly and supportive environment.

How It Works:
This regatta focuses on creating an inclusive atmosphere where women sailors can experience racing in a safe and encouraging space. Female crews will be formed from individual applications, with each crew paired with a Sailing Academy-appointed skipper/instructor. This ensures that you have expert guidance throughout the event. Each crew will have a maximum of 5 members, and the goal is to encourage learning, teamwork, and fun!

In this format, helm swapping is encouraged, allowing everyone to take turns as helmsperson throughout the day. This gives each participant a chance to grow their skill set, whether you’re new to helming or experienced and looking to refine your technique.

The Day of the Event:
Morning Training Session (8:30 AM – 11:00 AM):
The day will kick off with a comprehensive training session, covering both shore-based and on-water components. You’ll practice essential skills like boat handling, crew coordination, and communication. We’ll also hold a race briefing to go over key race rules, strategies, and the conduct of sailing races – all designed to increase your knowledge and boost your confidence when you’re out there on the race course.

Racing Session (1:00 PM – 3:30 PM):
The afternoon is all about putting your new skills into action! Crews will compete in up to four fun-filled races on a Windward/Leeward course, designed to be accessible for all levels while still offering exciting racing. After each race, there will be time to debrief, make adjustments, and get ready for the next round.

You’ll be sailing on a fleet of Elliott 7 inshore keelboats, known for their stability and ease of handling, which means you can focus on developing your sailing skills without worrying about complicated boat handling. Each boat will be helmed by one of the crews, with guidance from the skilled Mentor Skipper who will be there to offer tips, advice, and support throughout the regatta.

Why You Should Join:
  • A Supportive Learning Environment: This event is specifically designed to help you transition into racing in a low-pressure, fun atmosphere. It’s about development, not just competition!
  • Skilled Mentorship: With an experienced instructor at the helm, you’ll have the chance to learn the ropes and refine your sailing technique.
  • Collaboration and Teamwork: The focus on working as a crew will help you hone essential skills like communication, coordination, and leadership.
  • Networking with Other Women Sailors: Connect with like-minded women who are passionate about sailing and eager to improve, share tips, and make lasting friendships on the water.
  • A Confidence Boost: Whether you’re aiming to compete in future races or just looking for more sailing experience, this regatta is a stepping stone to building your confidence and skills in a real-world racing environment.
What you’ll get out of it:
  • A deeper understanding of race tactics and sailing rules.
  • Hands-on practice with boat handling, racing strategy, and teamwork.
  • The chance to helm a keelboat and swap positions with your teammates.
  • Exposure to different sailing styles and techniques from others in the event.
  • An amazing time sailing, making new friends, and learning in a supportive, fun atmosphere
This is your chance to join a community of women sailors who are passionate about improving their skills and having a blast on the water. We can’t wait to see you there, ready to race, learn, and grow as part of this incredible sailing experience!

If you have any questions about the event, you can contact the Sailing Office via email, sailtraining@rpayc.com.au or (02) 9998 3700

The 2025 CWAS "David Malin Awards"

Entries close July 1 2025. For details on each category visit: https://www.cwas.org.au/astrofest/DMA/

There is a new International Section open to all astrophotographers - both Australian and overseas residents. 

The Competition Structure:
  • General Section (Open only to Australian residents):
  • Wide-Field
  • Deep Sky
  • Solar System
  • Theme - "People and Sky"
  • Junior Section (Australian residents aged 18 years or younger):
  • One Open Category (can be of any astronomical subject)
  • International Section (Open to all Australian and overseas resident astrophotographers)
  • Nightscapes
An additional prize, "The Photo Editor's Choice", will also be awarded. This will be judged by a major news organisation's photo editor or editors. Entry fees are $20 per entry and can be paid by the PayPal, Credit and debit cards.

Wide field winner in the 2018 CWAS David Malin Awards: Barrenjoey Milky Way Arch
Supplied: ©Tom Elliott/David Malin Awards

More places available in innovative jobs program for women

Applications are now open for the 2025 Future Women (FW) Jobs Academy – an innovative pre-employment initiative designed to help women overcome career challenges and connect them with employers.

The NSW Government invested $5.8 million as part of an election promise to support 1,000 women to be part of FW Jobs Academy.

The program is already showing results with nearly 75 per cent of the 2024 participants now actively looking for work or applying for further study, and 85 per cent reporting they now feel well-equipped to search for work.

Flexible, free and online, FW Jobs Academy is a year-long program that equips women with the skills, networks and confidence they need to re-enter the workforce following a career break. The program offers a curated mix of learning, mentoring and community to assist participants navigate evolving job search tools, employer expectations and workplace environments.

The NSW Government is focused on supporting women who face intersecting barriers to securing employment and career progression through FW Jobs Academy. This includes women from the following communities:

  • Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women, who are prioritised and accepted on an ‘if not why not’ basis
  • women from culturally diverse backgrounds
  • women living with disability
  • women living in regional, rural or remote areas.

Jobs Academy is delivered by FW (formerly Future Women), an Australian-based organisation that was founded in NSW. FW’s programs help women succeed in finding work, building their careers and securing their economic futures. Since launching in 2021, the Jobs Academy program has helped thousands of women to return to work and thrive.

The 2025 program will commence in early August 2025. For more information and to apply, visit the Future Women Jobs Academy web page.

Minister for Women Jodie Harrison said:

“FW Jobs Academy is solving two challenges simultaneously. Helping NSW women overcome the barriers they face in finding meaningful work and achieving financial security and, at the same time, helping employers access an untapped talent pool.

“By supporting more New South Wales women to return to work, the Minns Government is not only empowering women to succeed but addressing critical skills gaps in industries that will drive the future prosperity of our state.

“FW Jobs Academy is helping to unlock the full potential of NSW’s skilled workforce, boosting women’s workforce participation and securing their economic futures.”

FW Managing Director and co-founder of FW Jobs Academy Helen McCabe said:   

“Hundreds of thousands of Australian women would like to return to work but can face multiple and intersecting barriers to paid employment.

“Jobs Academy works because we recognise women as experts in their own lives and, with their input, we’re providing the right balance of education, empowerment and connection to achieve real results.”

FW Deputy Managing and co-founder of FW Jobs Academy Jamila Rizvi said:  

“As Australia faces skills shortages in a variety of occupations, FW Jobs Academy offers a practical pathway for women to be part of the solution.

“Having already supported thousands of women to re-enter the workforce or undertake further study, FW Jobs Academy is boosting workforce participation and productivity, as well as addressing skills shortages and helping families make ends meet.”

2025 Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards entries are now open!!

The Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards seek to capture the imaginations of school students across Australia, inspiring them to express their thoughts and feelings through the medium of poetry in their pursuit of literary excellence. The standard of entries year after year is consistently high, yet the winning poems never cease to impress the judges. From reading the entries of both the primary and secondary students, one can get an idea of the current events and issues that have had a great impact on young Australians over the decades. 

The awards are held every year and open for entries until the 30th of June with the winners announced on the first Friday in September.

For more information on the competition and how to enter CLICK HERE.

Conditions of entries:

  • Only students enrolled in an Australian education facility (Kindergarten to Year 12) are eligible to enter.
  • Poems must be no more than 80 lines with no illustrations, graphics or decorations included.
  • Entries are limited to up to 3 poems per student.
  • Poems on any subject are accepted, the annual theme is optional.
  • Poems that have been previously entered in the Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards are NOT ELIGIBLE to be entered.
  • Poems entered in other competitions are eligible to be entered.

Our poets are encouraged to take inspiration from wherever they may find it, however if they are looking for some direction, they are invited to use this year’s optional theme to inspire their entries.

“All the beautiful things” has been selected as the 2025 optional theme. Students are encouraged to write about topics and experiences that spark their poetic genius (in whatever form they choose).

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Cairngorm

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. smoky quartz 2. a light-coloured, usually yellowish smoky quartz that is used as a gemstone.

Cairngorm is the name given to a citrine quartz variety with an amber or brown colour traditionally mined in the Cairngorm Mountains in Scotland. These crystals are a brown or warm brown/orange colour and are found in the typical hexagonal forms. Once heavily collected, especially during Victorian times, they are now rare. It usually has a smoky yellow-brown colour, though some specimens are greyish-brown. It is used in Scottish jewellery and as a decoration on kilt pins and the handles of sgianan-dubha (anglicised: sgian-dubhs or skean dhu).Scottish Victorian Jewellery contained smoky golden quartz from the Cairngorm Mountains, carnelian, bloodstone, jasper, moss agate and enamel. Pebble jewellery, featuring the stones agate or "Scotch Pebbles", Cairngorm, jasper, jaspagate, and sometimes bloodstone, freshwater pearls, gold, silver and granite, is a style of jewellery that has a long history associated with Scotland. Queen Victoria helped make the style become fashionable and she collected cairngorm stones on her walks on Beinn a' Bhùird near Balmoral Castle. Pebble jewellery refers to a style rather than a specific item, with many examples of pebble brooches and bracelets. 

Fly Plaid Brooches, Kilt Pins and Luckenbooths | Highlighted: Lots 31, 11, 9 & 10 (16 January 2025) Photo: Dreweatts. More in 19th Century Scottish Agate Jewellery

From:  late 18th century: named after the Cairngorm Mountains. The Cairngorms (Scottish Gaelic: Am Monadh Ruadh) are a mountain range in the eastern Highlands of Scotland closely associated with the mountain of the same name—Cairn Gorm (Gaelic: An Càrn Gorm, meaning Blue or Green Hill). They form part of the Grampian Mountain range.

The term "cairn" refers to a heap of stones, while "gorm" can mean either blue or green, often associated with the colour of vegetation. The mountain range and the mineral are both named after the peak, Cairn Gorm, which is known for its distinctive bluish hue or the green vegetation on its slopes. The earliest known use of "cairngorm" in English is from 1794, referring to the smoky quartz found in the area.

The original Gaelic name for the range is Am Monadh Ruadh (the red hills), distinguishing them from Am Monadh Liath (the grey hills), which lie to the west of the River Spey:

If you look from Aviemore on a clear evening, the granite screes of Lairig Ghru and Braeriach do glow a warm red in the sun. The name Am Monadh Ruadh still lives among the oldest folk of Strath Spey, but long ago, outsiders had replaced it with 'the Cairngorms', on maps and in guide books. — Watson

The English language name for the range is Cairngorms, and is derived from Cairn Gorm, which is prominent in the view of the mountains from Speyside. The earliest reference to this name appears to be from a Colonel T. Thornton, who visited the area in about 1786.

The use of the term "Cairngorms" as applied to the group became well established early in the nineteenth century, for we find it in Col Thornton's Sporting Tour (1804), where there is a reference to "Aurora peeping over the immense Cairngorms." — Alexander (p21)

Cairn Gorm is generally translated as Blue Cairn, although the Gaelic gorm is also used as an adjective and verb, meaning green or greening and is often seen in connection with growing grass. Thus, there is a contradiction or confusion, because the original Scottish Gaelic name of the mountains translates to English as the "red hills" whilst their English name is the "blue hills" or the "green hills".

The Cairngorms (Scottish Gaelic: Am Monadh Ruadh) are a mountain range in the eastern Highlands of Scotland closely associated with the mountain Cairn Gorm. The Cairngorms became part of Scotland's second national park (the Cairngorms National Park) on 1 September 2003. Although the Cairngorms give their name to, and are at the heart of, the Cairngorms National Park, they only form one part of the national park, alongside other hill ranges such as the Angus Glens and the Monadhliath, and lower areas like Strathspey.

The Cairngorms consists of high plateaux at about 1,000–1,200 m (3,300–3,900 ft) above sea level, above which domed summits (the eroded stumps of once much higher mountains) rise to around 1,300 m (4,300 ft). Many of the summits have tors, free-standing rock outcrops that stand on top of the boulder-strewn landscape. In places, the edges of the plateau form steep cliffs of granite and they are excellent for skiing, rock climbing and ice climbing. The Cairngorms form an arctic-alpine mountain environment, with tundra-like characteristics and long-lasting snow patches. This area is home to bird species such as ptarmigan, dotterel, snow bunting, curlew and red grouse, as well as mammals such as mountain hare. The plateau also supports Britain's only herd of reindeer (albeit semi-domesticated). Surrounding the central massif are many remnants of the Caledonian forest in straths and glens of the Rivers Spey and Dee. These forests support many species that are rare elsewhere in Britain, including red squirrels, pine marten, wood ants, Scottish crossbill, capercaillie and crested tit.

Braeriach (1,296 m (4,252 ft)), Sgor an Lochain Uaine (1,258 m (4,127 ft)) and Cairn Toul (1,293 m (4,242 ft)) from the Moine Mhor. Photo: Graham Lewis - The Cairngorms

Compare Citrine 

Citrine is a transparent, yellow variety of quartz. Its name is derived from the Latin word citrus (citron tree), by way of the French citrin or citron (lemon). Citrine is one of the most popular yellow gemstones. Natural citrine is rare; most commercially available citrine is produced by heating amethyst or smoky quartz. Natural citrine tends to have a pale yellow, often smoky colour, while heat-treated amethyst is typically a deeper yellow, orange, red, or even brown ("burnt amethyst").

3-tonne, $1.5 billion satellite to watch Earth’s every move is set to launch this week

Artist’s concept of the NISAR satellite in orbit over Earth. NASA/JPL-Caltech
Steve PetrieSwinburne University of Technology

In a few days, a new satellite that can detect changes on Earth’s surface down to the centimetre, in almost real time and no matter the time of day or weather conditions, is set to launch from India’s Satish Dhawan Space Centre near Chennai.

Weighing almost 3 tonnes and boasting a 12-metre radar antenna, the US$1.5 billion NISAR satellite will track the ground under our feet and the water that flows over and through it in unprecedented detail, providing valuable information for farmers, climate scientists and natural disaster response teams.

Only when the conditions are right

Satellites that image the Earth have been an invaluable scientific tool for decades. They have provided crucial data across many applications, such as weather forecasting and emergency response planning. They have also helped scientists track long-term changes in Earth’s ecosystems and climate.

Many of these Earth observation satellites require reflected sunlight to capture images of Earth’s surface. This means they can only capture images during daytime and when there is no cloud cover.

As a result, these satellites face challenges wherever cloud cover is very common, such as in tropical regions, or when nighttime imagery is required.

The NISAR satellite – a collaboration between the national space agencies of the United States (NASA) and India (ISRO) – overcomes these challenges by using synthetic aperture radar (SAR) technology to take images of the Earth. This technology also gives the satellite its name. NISAR stands for NASA-ISRO SAR.

So what is SAR technology?

SAR technology was invented in 1951 for military use. Rather than using reflected sunlight to passively image the Earth’s surface, SAR satellites work by actively beaming a radar signal toward the surface and detecting the reflected signal. Think of this as like using a flash to take a photo in a dark room.

This means SAR satellites can take images of the Earth’s surface both during the day and night.

Since radar signals pass through most cloud and smoke unhindered, SAR satellites can also image the Earth’s surface even when it is covered by clouds, smoke or ash. This is especially valuable during natural disasters such as floods, bushfires or volcanic eruptions.

Radar signals can also penetrate through certain structures such as thick vegetation. They are useful for detecting the presence of water due to the way that water affects reflected radar signals.

The European Space Agency used the vegetation-penetrating properties of SAR signals in its recent Biomass mission. This can image the 3D structure of forests. It can also produce highly accurate measurements of the amount of biomass and carbon stored in Earth’s forests.

Sang-Ho Yun, Director of the Earth Observatory of Singapore’s Remote Sensing Lab, is a key proponent of using SAR for disaster management. Yun has previously used SAR data to map disaster-affected areas across hundreds of natural disasters over the last 15 years, including earthquakes, floods and typhoons.

NISAR, which is due to launch on June 18, will significantly build on this earlier work.

An aerial image of a river and wetland area that's coloured in pink and deep purple.
NISAR data will be used to create images similar to this 2013 image of a flood-prone area of the Amazonian jungle in Peru that’s based on data from NASA’s UAVSAR satellite. NASA/JPL-Caltech

Monitoring Earth’s many ecosystems

The NISAR satellite has been in development for over a decade and is one of the most expensive Earth-imaging satellites ever built.

Data from the satellite will be supplied freely and openly worldwide. It will provide high-resolution images of almost all land and ice surfaces around the globe twice every 12 days.

This is similar in scope to the European Space Agency’s Sentinel-1 SAR satellites. However, NISAR will be the first SAR satellite to use two complementary radar frequencies rather than one, and will be capable of producing higher resolution imagery compared with the Sentinel-1 satellites. It will also have greater coverage of Antarctica than Sentinel-1 and will use radar frequencies that penetrate further into vegetation.

The NISAR satellite will be used to monitor forest biomass. Its ability to simultaneously penetrate vegetation and detect water will also allow it to accurately map flooded vegetation.

This is important for gaining a deeper understanding of Earth’s wetlands, which are important ecosystems with high levels of biodiversity and massive carbon storage capacity.

The satellite will also be able to detect changes in the height of Earth’s surface of a few centimetres or even millimetres, because changes in height create tiny shifts in the reflected radar signal.

The NISAR satellite will use this technique to track subsidence of dams and map groundwater levels (since subsurface water affects the height of the Earth’s surface). It will also use the same technique to map land movement and damage from earthquakes, landslides and volcanic activity.

Such maps can help disaster response teams to better understand the damage that has occurred in disaster areas and to plan their response.

Improving agriculture

The NISAR satellite will also be useful for agricultural applications, with a unique capability to estimate moisture levels in soil with high resolution in all weather conditions.

This is valuable for agricultural applications because such data can be used to determine when to irrigate to ensure healthy vegetation, and to potentially improve water use efficiency and crop yields.

Further key applications of the NISAR mission will include tracking the flow of Earth’s ice sheets and glaciers, monitoring coastal erosion and tracking oil spills.

We can expect to see many benefits for science and society to come from this highly ambitious satellite mission.The Conversation

Steve Petrie, Earth Observation Researcher, Swinburne University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How pterosaurs learned to fly: scientists have been looking in the wrong place to solve this mystery

Davide FoffaUniversity of BirminghamAlfio Alessandro ChiarenzaUCL, and Emma DunneFriedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg

Ever since the first fragments of pterosaur bone surfaced nearly 250 years ago, palaeontologists have puzzled over one question: how did these close cousins of land-bound dinosaurs take to the air and evolve powered flight? The first flying vertebrates seemed to appear on the geological stage fully formed, leaving almost no trace of their first tentative steps into the air.

Taken at face value, the fossil record implies that pterosaurs suddenly originated in the later part of the Triassic period (around 215 million years ago), close to the equator on the northern super-continent Pangaea. They then spread quickly between the Triassic and the Jurassic periods, about 10 million years later, in the wake of a mass extinction that was most likely caused by massive volcanic activity.

Most of the handful of Triassic specimens come from narrow seams of dark shale in Italy and Austria, with other fragments discovered in Greenland, Argentina and the southwestern US. These skeletons appear fully adapted for flight, with a hyper-elongated fourth finger supporting membrane-wings. Yet older rocks show no trace of intermediate gliders or other transitional forms that you might expect as evidence of pterosaurs’ evolution over time.

There are two classic competing explanations for this. The literal reading says pterosaurs evolved elsewhere and did not reach those regions where most have been discovered until very late in the Triassic period, by which time they were already adept flyers. The sceptical reading notes that pterosaurs’ wafer-thin, hollow bones could easily vanish from the fossil record, dissolve, get crushed or simply be overlooked, creating this false gap.

Eudimorphodon ranzii fossil found in Bergamo in 1973
Eudimorphodon ranzii fossil from Bergamo in 1973 is one of many pterosaur discoveries from southern Europe. WikimediaCC BY-SA

For decades, the debate stalled as a result of too few fossils or too many missing rocks. This impasse began to change in 2020, when scientists identified the closest relatives of pterosaurs in a group of smallish upright reptiles called lagerpetids.

From comparing many anatomical traits across different species, the researchers established that pterosaurs and lagerpetids shared many similarities including their skulls, skeletons and inner ears. While this discovery did not bring any “missing link” to the table, it showed what the ancestor of pterosaurs would have looked like: a rat-to-dog-sized creature that lived on land and in trees.

This brought new evidence about when pterosaurs may have originated. Pterosaurs and lagerpetids like Scleromochlus, a small land-dwelling reptile, diverged at some point after the end-Permian mass extinction. It occurred some 250 million years ago, 35 million years before the first pterosaur appearance in the fossil record.

Artist's impression of a Scleromochlus
Scleromochlus is one of the lagerpetids, the closest known relatives to the pterosaurs. Gabriel Ugueto

Pterosaurs and their closest kin did not share the same habitats, however. Our new study, featuring new fossil maps, shows that soon after lagerpetids appeared (in southern Pangaea), they spread across wide areas, including harsh deserts, that many other groups were unable to get past. Lagerpetids lived both in these deserts and in humid floodplains.

They tolerated hotter, drier settings better than any early pterosaur, implying that they had evolved to cope with extreme temperatures. Pterosaurs, by contrast, were more restricted. Their earliest fossils cluster in the river and lake beds of the Chinle and Dockum basins (southwest US) and in moist coastal belts fringing the northern arm of the Tethys Sea, a huge area that occupied today’s Alps.

Scientists have inferred from analysing a combination of fossil distributions, rock features and climate simulations that pterosaurs lived in areas that were warm but not scorching. The rainfall would have been comparable to today’s tropical forests rather than inland deserts.

This suggests that the earliest flying dinosaurs may have lived in tree canopies, using foliage both for take-off and to protect themselves from predators and heat. As a result of this confined habitat, the distances that they flew may have been quite limited.

Changing climates

We were then able to add a fresh dimension to the story using a method called ecological niche modelling. This is routinely used in modern conservation to project where endangered animals and plants might live as the climate gets hotter. By applying this approach to later Triassic temperatures, rainfall and coastlines, we asked where early pterosaurs lived, regardless of whether they’ve shown up there in the fossil record.

Many celebrated fossil sites in Europe emerge as poor pterosaur habitat until very late in the Triassic period: they were simply too hot, too dry or otherwise inhospitable before the Carnian age, around 235 million years ago. The fact that no specimens have been discovered there that are more than about 215 million years old may be because the climate conditions were still unsuitable or simply because we don’t have the right type of rocks preserved of that age.

In contrast, parts of the south-western US, Morocco, India, Brazil, Tanzania and southern China seem to have offered welcoming environments several million years earlier than the age of our oldest discoveries. This rewrites the search map. If pterosaurs could have thrived in those regions much more than 215 million years ago, but we have not found them there, the problem may again lie not with biology but with geology: the right rocks have not been explored, or they preserve fragile fossils only under exceptional conditions.

Our study flags a dozen geological formations, from rivers with fine sediment deposits to lake beds, as potential prime targets for the next breakthrough discovery. They include the Timezgadiouine beds of Morocco, the Guanling Formation of south-west China and, in South America, several layers of rock from the Carnian age, such as the Santa Maria FormationChañares Formation and Ischigualasto Formation.

Pterosaurs were initially confined to tropical treetops near the equator. When global climates shifted and forested corridors opened, pterosaurs’ wings catapulted them into every corner of the planet and ultimately carried them through one of Earth’s greatest extinctions. What began as a tale of missing fossils has become a textbook example of how climate, ecology and evolutionary science have come together to illuminate a fragmentary history that has intrigued paleontologists for over two centuries.The Conversation

Davide Foffa, Research Fellow in Palaeobiology, University of BirminghamAlfio Alessandro Chiarenza, Royal Society Newton International Fellow in Palaeontology, UCL, and Emma Dunne, Assistant Professor in Paleobiology, Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Could trees know when the summer solstice is?

cashcashcash/Shutterstock
Andrew Hacket-PainUniversity of Liverpool

People have been celebrating the summer solstice with elaborate rituals since prehistoric times. But humans aren’t the only species to take mark June 21 as a special time. Studies are showing the summer solstice is an important cue for plants too.

Recent studies, including one of my own, have proposed that trees may use the longest day of the year as a key marker for their growth and reproductive cycles. The solstice seems to act like a calendar reminder for trees.


Many people think of plants as nice-looking greens. Essential for clean air, yes, but simple organisms. A step change in research is shaking up the way scientists think about plants: they are far more complex and more like us than you might imagine. This blossoming field of science is too delightful to do it justice in one or two stories.

This story is part of a series, Plant Curious, exploring scientific studies that challenge the way you view plantlife.


For example, at the solstice, trees growing in cold places slow down the creation of new wood cells and focus their energy on finishing already formed but still incomplete cells. This ensures trees have time to complete cell construction before winter hits. Incomplete cells are damaged by freezing winter temperatures, rendering them useless for water transport the following year.

Along similar lines, trees use the solstice to fine-tune the “winding down”, or senescence, of their leaves in preparation for autumn. Senescence allows the tree to reabsorb critical nutrients from the leaves before they fall. This process is timed to balance missing out on sunlight from “winding down” too early, against leaving it too late and losing nutrients if still-green leaves are killed by autumn frosts.

Woman wearing flower crown at Stonehenge at sunset
Stonehenge has been part of summer solstice celebrations since ancient times. Ria Sh/Shutterstock

Satellite observations of forests, and controlled experiments in greenhouses, reveal that warmer temperatures immediately prior to the solstice cause the onset of leaf browning to start earlier that autumn. In contrast, warmer temperatures just after the solstice slow down the senescence process.

This means a longer transition period from green to fully brown leaves. This fine-tuning enables trees to extend the period of photosynthesis in years when temperatures stay warmer for longer, so they don’t miss out on these favourable conditions.

But not all scientists is convinced. From an evolutionary perspective, the solstice may not be the best seasonal marker for timing these transitions. For example, in forests in the far north, leaves do not appear until early June, only days before the solstice, and the growing season can extend late into October. In these forests, using the solstice to initiate the winding down process makes little sense for trees that have only just started growing for the year.

Nevertheless, there is more consensus about plants using the solstice to synchronise reproduction.

In many plants, especially trees from the temperate mid-latitudes, the number of seeds they produce varies dramatically year on year, known as masting. A large European beech tree can produce hundreds of thousands of seeds in a bumper year (a “mast event”) and forgo reproduction altogether in other years.

Beech trees vary their annual seed production in step, often on a continental scale. They do this to increase the efficiency of their reproduction.

Beech forest with an old tree in the sunlight
Beech trees coordinate their reproduction. Gabriele Rohde/Shutterstock

A small moth, Cydia fagiglandana, lays its eggs in beech flowers. When the grubs hatch, they eat and destroy the developing seeds. Cycles of famine and bumper years help protect their seeds from these moths.

UK beech trees typically lose less than 5% of their seeds to Cydia because the cycles starve the moths into low numbers ready for masting years. But when trees are out of sync, seed loss can increase to over 40%.

For decades we have known that beech mast events happen in the year after a warm summer. These warmer temperatures trigger an increase in the formation of flower buds. More flower buds usually lead to a greater crop of seeds that autumn.

Scientists have long puzzled over how beech trees across Europe seem to use the same seasonal window to control mast events. Their seed production is determined by temperatures in late June and early July, irrespective of where they grow in Europe. But how can a beech tree know the date?

In my team’s 2024 study, we showed that they use the solstice as a seasonal marker. As soon as the days start to shorten after the solstice, beech trees across Europe seem to simultaneously sense the temperature.

Anywhere temperatures are above average in the weeks following the solstice can expect to have a mast event the next year. Weather conditions in the weeks before the solstice, by contrast, seem to be irrelevant. As seen on weather maps, warm and cool spells tend to occur simultaneously over large areas.

This allows beech trees to maximise the synchrony of their reproduction, whether that is investing in a mast year (warm temperatures), or forgoing reproduction for a year (low temperatures). Using a fixed marker like the solstice is the key to achieving this synchrony, and the benefits that come from it.

Four maps of Europe showing how mast events are synchronised
Note how bumper seed crops and failures tend to be regionally synchronised, and occasionally occur as pan-European events. Andrew Hacket PainCC BY-NC-ND

The evidence for this phenomenon has come from observations across dozens of forests across Europe. However, my research group is collaborating with about a dozen other groups in Europe to test this effect by manipulating the temperature of beech branches before and after the solstice at different sites. Ongoing research I am involved with seems to show flowering genes are activated at the summer solstice.

Also, studies into the circadian rhythms of plants show they have mechanisms in their molecules that allow them to detect and respond to tiny changes in day length. This is the basis for that extraordinary scale of synchronised reproduction.

If the weather is warm over the next month or so, then there is a good chance that beech trees in your local area will have heavy seed crops next autumn. What’s more, trees across the UK and into northern and central Europe will probably be doing the same.The Conversation

Andrew Hacket-Pain, Senior Lecturer, School of Environmental Sciences, University of Liverpool

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The critical response to Miley Cyrus’s Something Beautiful exposes pop’s gender double standards

Glenn FosbraeyUniversity of Winchester and Sarah ShawcrossUniversity of Winchester

With her latest album Something Beautiful debuting at number four in the Billboard 200 and in contention to reach the top of the UK album charts, Miley Cyrus’s commercial appeal appears as strong as ever.

Something Beautiful is Cyrus’s 9th studio album, described by the singer-songwriter as an attempt to bring the divine into the day to day. It’s an ambitious, sprawling record, but, despite its commercial success, its eclecticism has led to a polarised reaction among critics.

Negative reviews are, of course, not uncommon, and we need look no further than The New York Times’ 1969 review of Abbey Road to see that even the most celebrated and acclaimed artists aren’t immune to the critic’s poison pen. But, while some degree of criticism is inevitable for all artists, when it comes to discussing experimentation and musical identity, female and male artists seem to be treated differently.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


During her Billboard Music Awards woman of the year speech in 2016, Madonna commented that “there are no rules – if you’re a boy. If you’re a girl, you have to play the game.” In the same year Björk observed that female artists are criticised if they sing about anything other than their boyfriends. She might have been exaggerating a little, but Björk’s and Madonna’s points are clear: if you’re a woman in music, you should stay in your proverbial box.

Most of the negative reviews that Something Beautiful received were along these lines. Pitchfork, for example, criticised Cyrus’s “nonsensical lyrics” (translation: stick to writing about relationships). The i Paper claimed her weird and experimental choices created a distance from her listeners (translation: don’t do anything your fans won’t like). They also condemned the lack of accessible, radio-friendly pop (translation: be one-dimensional). And the Guardian said that it fell short of the hits that made her a star (translation: as Beach Boy Mike Love allegedly said, “don’t fuck with the formula”).

The music video for Something Beautiful by Miley Cyrus.

For two of Cyrus’s male contemporaries, Justin Bieber and Harry Styles (both around one year her junior), it’s a very different story. While the Guardian also notes the absence of “hits” on Bieber’s 2020 album Changes, instead of presenting it as a negative as it did with Cyrus, it’s seen as a sign of maturity on a fitfully lovely album by a pop star who no longer wants chart domination.

In the case of Styles’ 2019 album Fine Line, artistic innovation was praised by the Guardian, which observed that the most endearing moments occur when he experiments. And where Pitchfork lambasted Something Beautiful’s genre-hopping eclecticism for being tonally confused, Fine Line is praised for the “incredible” sound produced due to its “flock of influences”.

Identity politics

Cyrus has been told by critics that she must choose between being an accessible pop star or an unconventional artist and “can’t have it both ways”.

Even if she did decide to plump for one camp or the other rather than ably straddling both, it’d still be debatable as to whether the ever-fickle critics would be satisfied.

Pitchfork’s 2020 review of Cyrus’s album Plastic Heart suggests it’d be a “no” in their case, at least. Complaining that the heavier songs on the album sounded like “canned, Muzak versions of rock songs”, the publication proposed that Cyrus might sound like an actual rock star if paired with someone like producer Jonathan Rado.

Madonna’s 2016 woman of the year speech.

When Cyrus and Rado did collaborate on Something Beautiful, however, they remained unimpressed. You just can’t please some people. Thankfully, Cyrus is either oblivious to such noise or chooses to ignore it, and recently teased that Something Beautiful is merely “the appetizer” for a “an extremely experimental” upcoming album.

In an era where formulaic pop music dominates the charts and AI-generated content threatens to make things even more generic, we should be encouraging the idiosyncrasies of our female artists, not labelling them as having identity problems when they are brave enough to be different.

In her woman of the year’ speech, Madonna also noted that, as a female artist, “to age is a sin: you will be criticised, you will be vilified, and you will definitely not be played on the radio”. Perhaps, then, Cyrus’s biggest offence isn’t her refusal to become a stereotype or her desire to experiment and make music that she likes. It’s daring to grow up.The Conversation

Glenn Fosbraey, Associate Dean of Humanities and Social Sciences, University of Winchester and Sarah Shawcross, Music Educator, Lecturer & Songwriter, University of Winchester

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Jaws at 50: how two musical notes terrified an entire generation

Universal Pictures
Alison ColeUniversity of Sydney

Our experience of the world often involves hearing our environment before seeing it. Whether it’s the sound of something moving through nearby water, or the rustling of vegetation, our fear of the unseen is rooted in our survival instincts as a species.

Cinematic sound and music taps into these somewhat unsettling instincts – and this is exactly what director Steven Spielberg and composer John Williams achieved in the iconic 1975 thriller Jaws. The sound design and musical score work in tandem to confront the audience with a mysterious killer animal.

In what is arguably the film’s most iconic scene, featuring beach swimmers’ legs flailing underwater, the shark remains largely unseen – yet the sound perfectly conveys the threat at large.

Creating tension in a soundtrack

Film composers aim to create soundscapes that will profoundly move and influence their audience. And they express these intentions through the use of musical elements such as rhythm, harmony, tempo, form, dynamics, melody and texture.

In Jaws, the initial encounter with the shark opens innocently with the sound of an offshore buoy and its clanging bell. The scene is established both musically and atmospherically to evoke a sense of isolation for the two characters enjoying a late-night swim on an empty beach.

But once we hear the the low strings, followed by the central two-note motif played on a tuba, we know something sinister is afoot.

This compositional technique of alternating between two notes at an increasing speed has long been employed by composers, including by Antonín Dvořák in his 1893 work New World Symphony.

John Williams reportedly used six basses, eight cellos, four trombones and a tuba to create the blend of low frequencies that would go on to define his entire Jaws score.

The bass instruments emphasise the lower end of the musical frequency spectrum, evoking a dark timbre that conveys depth, power and intensity. String players can use various bowing techniques, such as staccato and marcato, to deliver dark and even menacing tones, especially in the lower registers.

Meanwhile, there is a marked absence of tonality in the repeating E–F notes, played with increasing speed on the tuba. Coupled with the intensifying dynamics in the instrumental blend, this accelerating two-note motif signals the looming danger before we even see it – tapping into our instinctive fear of the unknown.

The use of the two-note motif and lower-end orchestration characterises a composition style that aims to unsettle and disorientate the audience. Another example of this style can be heard in Bernard Herrmann’s car crash scene audio in North by Northwest (1959).

Similarly, in Sergei Prokofiev’s Scythian Suite, the opening of the second movement (Dance of the Pagan Gods) uses an alternating D#–E motif.

The elasticity of Williams’ motif allows the two notes to be played on different instruments throughout the soundtrack, exploring various timbral possibilities to induce a kaleidoscope of fear, panic and dread.

The psychology behind our response

What is it that makes the Jaws soundtrack so psychologically confronting, even without the visuals? Music scholars have various theories. Some suggest the two notes imitate the sound of human respiration, while others have proposed the theme evokes the heartbeat of a shark.

Williams explained his approach in an interview with the Los Angeles Times:

I fiddled around with the idea of creating something that was very … brainless […] Meaning something could be very repetitious, very visceral, and grab you in your gut, not in your brain. […] It could be something you could play very softly, which would indicate that the shark is far away when all you see is water. Brainless music that gets louder and gets closer to you, something is gonna swallow you up.

Williams plays with the audience’s emotions throughout the film’s score, culminating in the scene Man Against Beast – a celebration of thematic development and heightened orchestration.

The film’s iconic soundtrack has created a legacy that extends beyond the visual. And this suggests the score isn’t just a soundtrack – but a character in its own right.

By using music to reveal what is hidden, Williams creates an intense emotional experience rife with anticipation and tension. The score’s two-note motif showcases his genius – and serves as a sonic shorthand that has kept a generation behind the breakers of every beach.The Conversation

Alison Cole, Composer and Lecturer in Screen Composition, Sydney Conservatorium of Music, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Artist Eric Smith won 3 Archibalds, then vanished. A new show reveals his unseen works

Photograph by Robert Walker, Eric Smith in the studio, c.1973 black and white photograph, 52cmx42cm. Barbara Smith Collection. Used with permission.
Tom MurrayMacquarie University

There are many routes to artistic obscurity. The surest path, of course, is to have never been discovered in the first place. But this wasn’t the case with the late Eric Smith (1919-2017).

His story is not that of Vincent Van Gogh or Vivian Maier, who only achieved fame after death. Nor did he go out of his way to try and remain obscure, like Ron Gittens or James Hampton.

Rather, Smith’s is a story of a major artist who quite simply, and unexpectedly, vanished from public life.

The Raising of Lazarus, 1953, oil on composition board, 91cmx82cm. David and Diane Taylor Family Collection.

A new exhibition at the Macquarie University Art Gallery, which I am co-curating, will display a range of Smith’s work – including paintings from the last four decades of his career that have never been shown before.

From fame to phantom

Smith was an artist constantly in search of ways to “express truths in our times”, and employed diverse ways of doing so across a career that included religious paintings, portraits and large abstract works.

Between his breakthrough year in 1956, when he won the first of six Blake Prizes with The Scourged Christ, and 1982, when he won the last of his three Archibalds with a portrait of Peter Sculthorpe, Smith was as lauded as an artist could be.

He had a significant role in launching Australian abstract expressionism in the famous group show, Direction 1. His art was installed in churches and public buildings, and collected by major institutions. He was quoted and photographed in the press.

Then, while working as prolifically as ever, he seemed to disappear. Why?

Rudy Komon, 1981, oil on canvas, 184.1cm x 172.4cm x 3.9cm. Art Gallery of New South Wales, purchased 1982.

The death of Rudy Komon

Rudy Komon was a Czech emigrant and a larger than life bon vivant and gallerist who launched the careers of many of Australia’s finest painters.

Komon represented Smith, who he called “meister”, from 1963 and throughout the most publicly productive part of Smith’s career. Smith even won the 1981 Archibald with a painting of Komon.

However, Komon died the following year.

And according to David Taylor, an art collector and later a patron of Smith’s, “Eric’s art career died with him”.

“When Rudy died Eric had no one to connect him to the art world anymore. He was a modest man and no self-publicist,” Taylor explained to me.

“It was pretty much only me that was left buying his paintings.”

And there were a lot of paintings. Despite Smith’s exhibiting career grinding to a near halt, with no major-gallery shows after 1989, he spent the next four decades on an 8am to 6pm studio regime punctuated only by lunch and tea breaks.

Untitled [Fool’s Gold], 2004, oil on canvas, 164.5cm x 204.5cm. David and Diane Taylor Family Collection.

“He’d finish just in time for the 6pm news”, Barbara Smith told me.

Barbara is Smith’s daughter and the manager of his legacy.

“Dad was always driven by what he saw as the challenges in his work and resolving them in the studio.”

Smith was also heavily self-critical. He admitted to destroying more than half of his artistic output – completely repainting or throwing away paintings that didn’t meet his vision.

At the age of 90, ever the self-critic and despite his successes, he said to his family: “You can’t change styles like I did and hope to get anywhere.”

Forms that express deeper feelings

Smith converted to Catholicism in the 1950s and was a life-long consumer of art-history and philosophy. These tendencies can be seen in his 1950s religious paintings and later abstract works.

The Scourged Christ, 1956, oil on composition board, 116cm x 85cm. Gift of Hugh Jamieson, Penrith Regional Gallery Collection.

In the 1950s he found inspiration in the works of the Fauvist painter Georges Rouault, and later in the works of Alfred Manessier. We see these influences in the bold outlines and church-window-esque colours used in paintings such as The Raising of Lazarus (1953) and The Scourged Christ (1956).

Smith’s later large abstract paintings such as Eternity I (1998), Orange Dawn (1999) and Untitled (Fools Gold) (2004) are evidence of his artistic quest to “find forms that express the deeper feelings” he wanted to convey.

Orange Dawn, 1999, oil on canvas, 171cm x 213cm. David and Diane Taylor Family Collection.

Some of these later works share concerns aligned with Mark Rothko and Barnett Newman’s explorations of the “sublime” (influenced by Immanuel Kant’s ideas on the sublime), Richard Pousette-Dart’s soulful paintings of geometric forms, and Paul Partos rectangular forms representing inner emotions.

Smith was also skilled in portraiture, as evidenced by his depictions of fellow artists Leonard Hessing, Norman Lindsay, Louis James and Hector Gilliland, as well as his Archibald-winning portrait of Rudy Komon.

His luminous Portrait of Diane (1998), a family friend and patron, is a particularly powerful image which Smith described as his Mona Lisa.

Portrait of Diane, 1998, oil on canvas, 69cm x 50cm. David and Diane Taylor Family Collection.

It’s easy to see why writer and critic Paul McGillick argues Smith should be considered “one of Australia’s most visionary portraitists”.

Yet, without exhibitions and dealers and auctioneers to champion him over the decades, Smith’s work has largely vanished from the public.

Then again, “not having exhibitions didn’t bother him too much, it was the painting and process that really mattered to him,” said Barbara.

An exhibit 40 years in the making

Luckily for posterity, a number of Smith’s masterpieces survived his destructive self-critique.

These works, which are now mostly privately held, will be on display at Eric Smith: The metaphysics of paint. It is the first major exhibition of Smith’s work since the 1980s, and the first retrospective or survey of his work since his death in 2017.

“I’m sure Dad would have been extremely excited and honoured,” Barbara said.

Eric Smith: The metaphysics of paint is showing at the Macquarie University Art Gallery from June 19 to August 1.The Conversation

Tom Murray, Professor in Screen Media and Creative Arts, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How pterosaurs can inspire aircraft design

Travelershigh / Shutterstock
David HoneQueen Mary University of LondonLiz Martin-SilverstoneUniversity of Bristol, and Michael HabibCollege of the Canyons

Pterosaurs were an amazing group of flying reptiles that occupied the skies around the same time that dinosaurs roamed on land. Appearing in the fossil record around 230 million years ago, pterosaurs survived until 66 million years ago, when an asteroid impact helped wipe them, and many other life forms, out.

The pterosaurs are often the animals in the background, while the dinosaurs occupy the foreground. However, they are worthy of much more recognition than they are commonly given, not just as interesting ancient animals, but because they could also inspire aircraft designs.

Pterosaurs were the first vertebrates to evolve powered flight. They were in the air 80 million years before birds and around 180 million years before bats. However, their flight apparatus was rather different to either. The wings of bats are supported by multiple digits (like our fingers). Birds use feathers as structural units in the wings.


Get your news from actual experts, straight to your inbox. Sign up to our daily newsletter to receive all The Conversation UK’s latest coverage of news and research, from politics and business to the arts and sciences.


But pterosaurs primarily had one finger to support their wings. Their main wing was composed of a single giant “spar” – a structural unit – made of up of the bones of the arm and the greatly elongated fourth finger, with a membrane that stretched from the tip of the finger down to the ankle. This membrane acted as a flight surface.

As a group, pterosaurs were diverse – some were specialist fishers, filter feeders, terrestrial predators, insect hunters, seed crackers, and more. Some could climb well and many species were highly mobile on the ground.

They also got very large. The biggest pterosaurs had wingspans of over 10m and could weigh over 250kg. Even the smallest pterosaurs could fly: juveniles with 10cm wingspans were probably capable of flight within days or even hours of hatching.

The bones of pterosaurs, like those of birds and many dinosaurs, were filled by extensions of the lungs called air-sacs, and they were extremely thin walled. This made the skeletons of the animals very stiff for their weight (rather important when flying). It also made their skeletons very fragile after death, and so pterosaur fossils are rare.

However, in a handful of sites around the world – most notably in Germany, Brazil and China – where the preservation of fossils is exceptionally good, we have huge numbers of pterosaur fossils with both complete skeletons and a lot of soft tissue. This gives us an incredible insight into the shape and structure of their wings and how they flew.

In addition to the main wing surface, pterosaurs had two other smaller subsidiary surfaces that would have given them extra control. At the front of the main wing sitting in the crux of the elbow was a small membrane between the wrist and the base of the neck, supported by a unique long wrist bone called the pteroid.

At the back of the body, earlier pterosaurs had a single large sheet of membrane between the legs, supported in the middle by a long tail and on each side by long fifth toes on the feet. Later pterosaurs split this rear membrane and had only a small piece of membrane running from the ankle on each leg to the base of a short tail.

As well as the outer skin-like layers, the wings had at least three major layers, comprising blood vessels, a layer of muscles, and a layer of stiffening fibres. Some might well have had extensions of the airsacs in the main wing membranes too, which could presumably be inflated and deflated to a degree. The wing as a whole was therefore extremely elastic and flexible.

Pterosaurs
Artist’s impression of pterosaurs in flight. Natalie Jagielska

This would have given pterosaurs extraordinary control over their wings. All of this makes them an intriguing model for future aircraft design.

Flight challenge

Aircraft wings are not (and cannot) be perfectly stiff. Adding flexibility, or better still, actual shape changing potential, could give them substantial performance benefits. But stiffness and flexibility need to be balanced. Problems with aeroelasticity – the tendency of a soft wing to vibrate in ways that greatly reduce performance (or even cause flight to fail outright) – limit how pliable the wings can be.

Pterosaurs had multiple mechanisms to address this challenge, from passive mechanisms, such as fibres within the wing, to active mechanisms, such as the muscles that ran throughout the wing and could tighten on demand. This wing tensioning anatomy is*is?* among the most sophisticated aeroelastic control systems known to science.

Firefighting with drones
Survey and rescue drones of the future could look very different to this one. Sobrevolando Patagonia / Shutterstock

The key to applying our knowledge of pterosaurs to future aircraft design comes not in closely mimicking the exact shape and form of pterosaurs, but instead, in understanding and extracting core principles from their anatomy.

The membranous wings of pterosaurs were great at changing shape. The leading edge could lie flat or depress to a sharp angle, thanks to the small anterior membrane. The main wing surface could change its curvature, or camber. There is even evidence that the wing could manage what is called reflex camber – a shape in which the trailing edge of the wing curves upwards.

Even the stiff portion of the wing (the spar) made of bone and surrounding muscles, was mobile – through motions of the shoulder, elbow, and wrist and flexibility within the bone itself near the wingtip. This soft, shape changing structure gave pterosaurs exceptional control over their moment-to-moment wing performance, optimising for lower speed or higher speed within fractions of a wingbeat. This would have made them particularly adept at slow speed flight – good for tight turns and precise, soft landings.

Greater manoeuvrability and pinpoint landings are a premium for autonomous vehicles working in busy environments – such as cities or natural disaster zones full of debris. So future survey and rescue drones could take lessons from pterosaur wing control systems.

Wingsuit
Lessons from pterosaur anatomy could also be applied to wingsuits. Rick Neves / Shutterstock

The jointed, flexible wing anatomy of pterosaurs also meant that the wings could fold tightly, and unlike the wings of birds, the folded wings of pterosaurs doubled as powerful walking limbs. Because the hands contacted the ground while walking, the forelimbs were available to help push the animals into the air during take-off leaps. Mathematical models predict half-second launch times, from a standing start, in even the largest pterosaurs.

The exceptional mechanical loads associated with these launches were handled by one of the highest stiffness-to-weight skeletons to ever evolve. This folded-wing, rapid-launch system has great potential for applications to future technologies.

So much so, in fact, that a prototype folding wing system modelled on pterosaurs has already undergone some testing (through a Nasa-funded university project on which one of the authors, Michael Habib, consulted). A folding, flapping wing that doubles as a launch system could allow future drones to take off with limited space – perhaps while on ships at sea. It could also be used to allow small flying drones to land and launch again out of craters on Mars.

The red planet has just enough atmosphere to make flapping wing and rotor wing systems work. But it’s energetically costly and hovering is tough – better to land, measure and launch again. Similarly, rapid take offs from uneven terrain, precise landings, tight turns, and on demand tweaks to improve performance are all features that could be applied to the drones of the future, in wingsuits, and more.

As the control systems for drones become increasingly driven by intelligent software, we will need a new generation of hardware to match. Pterosaurs may hold the keys to unlocking a future of highly manoeuvrable autonomous aerial vehicles that are competent in harsh conditions and urban environments. These would be ideal for search and rescue or surveys in locations that are too dangerous for humans.

So despite having been extinct for 66 million years, the pterosaurs have huge potential as the inspiration for aircraft design. Sometimes looking back can be the best way to look forward.The Conversation

David Hone, Senior Lecturer in Zoology, Queen Mary University of LondonLiz Martin-Silverstone, Technical Specialist in Earth Sciences , University of Bristol, and Michael Habib, Adjunct Professor, Biology, College of the Canyons

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

China’s Everest obsession: following Mallory’s footsteps a century on, I saw how tourism and climate change are transforming the mountain

Chinese tourists at Everest’s northern base camp, Rongbuk in Tibet, photograph the world’s highest mountain. Carl CaterCC BY-NC-ND
Carl CaterSwansea University

To the discerning eye, other mountains are visible – giants between 23,000 and 26,000 feet high. Not one of their slenderer heads even reaches their chief’s shoulder. Beside Everest they escape notice, such is the pre-eminence of the greatest. (George Mallory, 1922)

The climbing season on Mount Everest peaks in late May and early June every year. Extreme weather patterns at this location and altitude mean the main climbing season is remarkably short, perhaps only a few weeks between the winter freeze and monsoon storms.

Even within that time, the precise location of the jetstream that accelerates wind speeds at the summit creates pinchpoints of ideal climbing conditions, leading to images of long queues of mountaineers at particularly challenging points such as the Hillary Step – named after one of the two men who first climbed Everest on May 29 1953.

In the 30 years after Edmund Hillary and Sherpa Tenzing Norgay first stood at the summit, only 150 men and women matched their feat. But since then, the number of climbers has sky-rocketed. In 2019, a record 877 people summited the mountain, and in 2024 ascents were only just shy of this.

Rebecca Stephens, the first British woman to climb Everest in 1993, has described how the “global obsession with the world’s highest mountain is shaping its future and the future of the people who work on it”.

Stephens said her ascent in 1993, when there was only one commercial expedition on the mountain, felt like a watershed moment. Since then, commercial expeditions have mushroomed on Everest’s southern base camp on the Khumbu glacier (altitude: 5,364 metres), which now boasts a wide range of facilities including coffee shops and party tents.

The explosion of interest in climbing Everest has been aided by the fact that, despite its altitude and dangers, it is far from the most difficult high-altitude mountain. A member of the Tibet Mountaineering Association who had summited five times told me, on a good day, Everest was “very straightforward” – and that climbing Denali in Alaska (North America’s tallest peak) had been much more difficult.

By the end of 2024, there had been 12,884 ascents and 335 deaths on Everest, a survival rate of 97.4%. But the so-called “death zone” above 8,000 metres, combined with avalanches, extreme weather and frostbite, will always present significant hazards to the people who visit these slopes.

This climbing season, a Scottish former marine described quitting his attempt 800 metres below the summit after encountering two dead climbers. Meanwhile, four other ex-British special forces soldiers including UK government minister Alastair Carns used xenon gas and hypoxia training to travel to Everest and summit in under a week – leading to concerns that this could further increase the number of people attempting to scale the increasingly crowded mountain.

But while images of high-altitude queues and stories of occasional fatalities hog the headlines, most visitors to Everest do not attempt to climb it. And by far the majority of these tourists are on the “other side of Everest”, in China-administered Tibet.

Unlike a century ago, Everest is now easily accessed by tarmacked roads. (To compare the images, move the bar right and left.) Sandy Irvine/Royal Geographical Society (1924)/Carl Cater (2024)

China’s “economic miracle”, combined with its desire to develop peripheral regions, has meant that Qomolangma (the Tibetan name for Everest) is now easily accessible, with tarmacked roads all the way to the northern base camp at Rongbuk (altitude: 5,150 metres).

From having lower numbers of visitors than the Nepalese side 20 years ago, the Tibetan side of Everest now welcomes more than half a million tourists a year – the vast majority from mainland China. Short Chinese holidays mean most of these visits are whistlestop trips that also take in the nearby high-altitude cities of Lhasa and Shigatse. Because of the lack of altitude acclimatisation time, many tourists carry oxygen bottles or wear oxygen backpacks during their visits.

Retracing the earliest routes

To better understand the impact of tourism on Everest, I visited the Tibetan side in June 2024 as a guest of Linsheng Zhong, professor of human and tourism geography at China’s Institute of Geographical Sciences and Natural Resources Research.

The date of our visit was significant, being a century since the disappearance of early Everest adventurers George Mallory and Sandy Irvine on June 8 1924. We set out to examine both the human and environmental changes that have occurred over the intervening hundred years – using century-old journals and photographs as a baseline.

As geographers rather than high-altitude mountaineers, our aim was to retrace some of the reconnaissance routes used by the British in the 1920s – a time when Nepal was closed to foreign visitors. Between 1921 and 1924, three expeditions organised by the Royal Geographical Society and the Alpine Club visited Tibet with the aim of being the first recorded people to climb Mount Everest. None, as far as we know, reached the top – and the remains of the two leaders of the final expedition, Mallory and Irvine, were only discovered on Everest many years later.

While the vistas are equally spectacular today, climate change has had a significant impact on glaciers throughout the region. Recent scientific estimates suggest that there has been between a 26% and 28% reduction in the glaciers surrounding Everest between the 1970s and 2010.

In 1921, the leader of the first expedition, Charles Howard-Bury, camped just below the Langma pass – the highest but most direct easterly route to Everest – and photographed “a peak of black rock with a glacier just below it”. It is apparent from this “slider” comparison, using a photograph I took from the same spot, how much this hanging glacier has retreated over the past century.

This glacier to the south of the Langma pass has retreated significantly. Charles Howard-Bury/Royal Geographical Society (1921)/Carl Cater (2024)

The human impact on Everest

Everest’s permanent northern base camp at Rongbuk in Tibet now welcomes up to 3,000 visitors a day in high season. Tourists are initially disgorged into a regimented tented village – modern versions of Tibetan yak herder accommodation.

Some of these jet-black tents, made from thick yak hair which breathes when dry and is waterproof when wet, provide simple (but heated and oxygenated) accommodation for the hardier tourists who want to be at the mountain early for the best photo opportunities.

Wandering up the astroturf lining the central boulevard, we meet a range of souvenir sellers before reaching the “world’s highest post office” and a circular plaza commemorating the various scientific and political achievements of the region. The near-landscape is largely brown: when he was here, Mallory described the contrast between the rain-shadowed “monotonously dreary, stony wastes” of Rongbuk with the beauty of the snowy mountains looming above.

Today, a boardwalk takes tourists marginally further to Rongbuk monastery – founded in 1902 and rebuilt after being damaged during the Chinese Cultural Revolution – and a final viewpoint of the north face of Everest. A yellow sandstone band is clearly visible just below the summit – evidence that this mighty mountain was once at the bottom of the ocean.

Tourists walking on a green astroturf walkway at Everest's northern base camp.
An astroturf walkway in the tourist village at Everest’s northern base camp, Rongbuk in Tibet. Carl CaterCC BY-NC-ND

The mood on our trip was a sharp contrast to my visit in November 2007, when our Tibetan guide had been keen to evade any security checkpoints (albeit to maximise his personal profit, rather than any ethical standpoint). With only a few thousand annual, mostly international, visitors, the facilities back then were very limited, beyond a warning to tourists to proceed no further or face significant fines – and a shiny new sign proclaiming mobile phone coverage.

However, we were able to walk to the snout of the Rongbuk glacier, a jumble of shattered sandstone rocks at the terminal moraine. Today, tourists cannot go far beyond the monastery and are corralled on new boardwalks.

Tourism has brought rapid economic change to this region of the Tibetan plateau – including diversifying from traditional livelihoods. Central government efforts to reduce overgrazing in the fragile ecosystem have led to a system of payments to traditional herders – and a drop in livestock numbers from a peak of nearly 1 million in 2008 to below 700,000 today.

In contrast, the permanent human population of the Qomolangma National Nature Preserve (the protected area that includes the Tibetan side of Everest) has more than doubled since the 1950s to more than 120,000 people, with especially accelerated growth over the last decade coinciding with the rise in tourism. The Pang La pass which crosses into the Rongbuk valley, described as “desolate” by English mountaineer Alan Hinkes in the 1980s, is now festooned with souvenir shops and mobile coffee baristas.

Concern about the environmental impacts of these tourists led to the introduction of a fleet of electric buses in 2019, with visitors instructed to park their vehicles in the small town of Tashi Dzom before taking a 30-minute electric bus ride to the northern Everest base camp.

Tourists get out of a green electric bus.
Tourists are brought up the mountain to Rongbuk in electric buses. Carl CaterCC BY-NC-ND

Now there are plans to move the bus transfer station to a gleaming new park centre closer to the main highway, to save tourists having to drive the numerous switchbacks over the Pang La pass to Tashi Dzom, then negotiate traffic jams and parking challenges nearer the peak.

This is partly to cope with another western import to China: the concept of the “road trip”. For Chinese car enthusiasts, the 5,000-kilometre Route 318 from Shanghai to the foot of Everest is now one of their most popular long-distance drives.

‘The most beautiful valley in the world’

We visited the east and north faces of Everest in Tibet armed with photographs and accounts from those three early British expeditions more than a century ago – the first recorded attempts to climb the world’s highest mountain.

The first (1921) expedition led by Howard-Bury, an army lieutenant-colonel, botanist and future Conservative MP, was a detailed scientific and topographical survey of the area. In their attempts to find a route to the summit, approaches via the northern (Rongbuk) and eastern (Kama) valleys were reconnoitred.

Views of Kharta, location of the 1921 expedition’s second base camp. Charles Howard-Bury/Royal Geographical Society (1921)/Carl Cater (2024)

Although less visited than the Khumbu base camp in Nepal or the Rongbuk base camp in Tibet, the eastern approach to Everest via the Kama valley is a wonderful trek with unobstructed views of the immense eastern face of Everest. Howard-Bury described the allure of the valley which remains today:

We had not been able to gather much information locally about Mount Everest. A few of the shepherds said that they had heard that there was a great mountain in the next valley to the south … They called this the Kama valley, and little did we realise at the time that in it, we were going to find one of the most beautiful valleys in the world.

The valley is accessed from the settlement of Kharta, a small-but-booming town on the banks of the Bong Chu-Arun river. Just below Kharta, the river enters a steep gorge, dropping from nearly 4,000m to 2,000m as it enters Nepal. Today, the Kama valley route is becoming popular with Chinese trekkers, although there are very limited facilities to deal with their impact on the area – notably, the human and plastic waste.

The 1921 expedition selected Kharta as the location of its second base camp after several months of exploration at Rongbuk. All were relieved to find such an amenable climate and greenery after the dry and cold of the Tibetan plateau. With the help of the dzongpen (village head) and a local fixer, they rented a farmhouse where many of the photos from the expedition were later developed. Located in a grove of poplar and willow with small streams trickling along its boundary, we also visited this farmhouse – now owned by a Tibetan farmer who cheerily showed us around and introduced the three generations of his family.

A Tibetan family stand in front of their farm, including a man holding a small child.
Three generations of the Tibetan family who now own the farm used by the 1921 British expedition. Carl CaterCC BY-NC-ND

The British expeditions’ investigations of the Kama valley are of particular interest as this valley sits on the climatic boundary between drier and wetter areas to the north and south of the Himalayan range. Howard-Bury described thick mists coming up the Kama valley each evening, providing significant moisture to the region:

As usual, in the evening, the clouds came up and enveloped us in a thick mist … When we started the following morning, there was still a thick Scotch mist which made the vegetation very wet … On the opposite side of the valley were immense black cliffs descending sheer for many thousand feet.

Colourful flowers in a mountain valley overlooked by snowy peaks.
A profusion of mountain plant life. Carl CaterCC BY-NC-ND

Still evident today, this precipitation, combined with great variations in altitude and temperature, supports a profusion of plants – as well as animal life that our predecessors described as “extraordinarily tame”. Now as then, in summer, the hillsides are covered with the yellow, white and pink flowers of rhododendrons and azealas, and huge juniper trees grow in the lower valley. Howard-Bury described spending “the whole afternoon lying among the rhododendrons at 15,000 feet – admiring the beautiful glimpses of these mighty peaks revealed by occasional breaks among the fleecy clouds”.

Adorned with prayer flags, the high passes are still used by local people as portals to the sacred Kama valley. In 1921, when he crossed the Langma pass to enter this “sanctuary”, Mallory wrote that the grumblings of his previously stubborn porters had suddenly transformed into “great friendliness” and “splendid marching” – such that they were “undepressed with the gloomy circumstance of again encamping in the rain”. Descending into the Kama valley, Howard-Bury effused:

To the west, our gaze encountered a most wonderful amphitheatre of peaks and glaciers. Three great glaciers almost met in the deep green valley that lay at our feet. One of these glaciers evidently came down from Mount Everest.

While the topography here remains largely unchanged, the very significant reduction in the volume of the central glacier is evident in these comparison images:

The spectacular Kama valley photographed from below the Langma pass. Mount Everest is the distant right peak. Charles Howard-Bury/Royal Geographical Society (1921)/Carl Cater (2024)

In 1921, the expedition wrote that the outflow from the Kangshung glacier (which descends from Everest) had to “hurl itself into a great ice cavern” in order to flow under the Kandoshang glacier (from Makalu, the world’s fifth-highest peak) and become the Kama river. Today, as a result of glacial retreat, that ice cavern is no longer present and the main stream from the Kangshung glacier flows unimpeded along the snout of the Kangdoshang glacier.

Further up the valley, the 1921 expedition established another base camp in the high meadows towards the head of the valley at Pethang Ringmo, which, as well as a final camp stop for trekking groups today, remains an important grazing area for migratory yak herders. These herders were important sources of information for the early explorers, but today there is some evidence of overgrazing. Howard-Bury commented:

We found ourselves among pleasant grassy meadows – it was a most delightfully sunny spot at 16,400 feet, right under the gigantic and marvellously beautiful cliffs of Chomolönzo – now all powdered over with the fresh snow of the night before and only separated from us by the Kangshung glacier, here about a mile wide. Great avalanches thunder down its sides all day long with a terrifying sound.

A century later, avalanches continue to show us this is a dynamic landscape in a state of constant flux. Often, we would glimpse the rapid tumbling of ice and snow in a long white cloud, rushing down the steep couloirs seconds before the terrifying sound reaches you – reminding us of one of the major threats to climbers.

The ‘gigantic’ cliffs of Mount Chomolönzo viewed from Pethang Ringmo. Charles Howard-Bury/Royal Geographical Society (1921)/Carl Cater (2024)

At the head of the Kama valley, the Kangshung face of Everest is perhaps the most impressive of all the sides of the mountain, towering some two miles above the glacier below. Both the north-east (Tibetan) and south-east (Nepalese) ridges – the most popular routes to the summit – are clearly visible from here. The Kangshung face itself was not climbed successfully until an assault by an American team in 1983, and the first British ascent of Everest without oxygen by Stephen Venables in 1988.

While initially, the mountains and peaks look remarkably similar to the 1920s, the drop in the level of the glacier quickly becomes apparent. The ordered glacial flow has been replaced by rocky detritus and numerous perched lakes, leaving a lunar-like landscape.

During his first visit, and despite having spent much of his life in the mountains of Europe, Mallory wrote that he was in awe of the vista here:

Perhaps the astonishing charm and beauty here lie in the complications half-hidden behind a mask of apparent simplicity, so that one’s eye never tires of following up the lines of the great arêtes, of following down the arms pushed out from their great shoulders, and of following along the broken edge of the hanging glacier covering the upper half of this eastern face of Everest.

This view of the south-east ridge of Mount Everest shows the retreating Kangshung glacier. George Mallory/Royal Geographical Society (1921)/Carl Cater (2024)

While Everest was the prize sought by all the expeditions, the sight of the Makalu massif, dominating the Kama valley to the south, appears to have had a greater impact on both the climbers. Howard-Bury claimed it was by “far the more beautiful mountain of the two”, while Mallory “saw a scene of magnificence and splendour even more remarkable than the facts suggest”. He wrote:

Among all the mountains I have seen, and, if we may judge by photographs, all that ever have been seen, Makalu is incomparable for its spectacular and rugged grandeur. It was significant to us that the astonishing precipices rising above us on the far side of the glacier as we looked across from our camp – a terrific awe-inspiring sweep of snow-bound rocks – were the sides not so much of an individual mountain, but rather of a gigantic bastion or outwork defending Makalu.

In fact, according to Howard-Bury, “the shepherds would insist that Makalu was the higher of the two mountains, and would not believe us when we said that Mount Everest was the higher”.

The future of the Everest region

This historical comparison of hundred-year-old images and quotes represents both the enduring mountains but also the rapid changes that the Himalayas now face. Forces of tourism on one hand and climate change on the other are posing huge challenges for these marginal environments.

Our research shows that tourist and climbing activity is having significant impacts on the region. The causes are both directly at the mountain but also at home, particularly in the damage that all of our consumptive lifestyles are having on Himalayan glaciers.

Of course, these activities have also brought much-needed development opportunities to local populations, and the residents of both the Nepalese and Tibetan sides are generally much better off than populations in less-visited areas of their respective countries.

The expected redesignation of the Qomolangma National Nature Preserve as a national park in the current Chinese central government plan may bring opportunities for further management locally as the crowds continue to grow. However, we also identified a shortfall in protecting the significant cultural heritage and longstanding spiritual relationship to the mountain, which is often eclipsed by its physical size.

Perhaps a more balanced relationship to the mountain and its people is required, one that reevaluates our rather unhealthy obsession with just one peak. Reading the accounts from the 1920s, one is aware that there was a deep reverence for the region – not only from local people but also from its British visitors.

Journeys through Tibet’s Kama valley to Mount Everest more than a century apart. Video: Carl Cater and Linsheng Zhong.

In the intervening years, summit bids on the Tibetan side have historically been much lower than in Nepal. Closed to outsiders for much of the latter half of the last century, Tibetan ascents briefly became more popular in the 1990s and 2000s, with a few well-organised commercial operators. But closures in 2008 during Olympic preparations, and again during the COVID pandemic from 2020 to 2023, once again meant a much-reduced number of attempts.

Combined with less reliance on foreign exchange, China has been able to exert much more control on the climbing industry, and in 2024 did not charge a permit fee at all, preferring to ensure climbers were appropriately experienced. There may be merit in this approach, as no one was killed on the Tibetan side in 2024, as opposed to the eight climbers who perished on the southern side.

But on both sides of the mountain, it is highly unlikely that our global obsession with Everest will wane. As longtime chronicler Alan Arnette notes, the mountain has an “immutable attraction that is oddly perverse”. So, it is important we continue to monitor the changes in this dynamic landscape wrought by both its visitors and climate change.

To counter the rising commercialisation of both mountaineering and mountain tourism requires, above all, greater respect for our mountains and the people who reside on them. According to Lakhpa Puti Sherpa, president of the Nepal Mountain Academy, notes:

The Himalayan mountains are holy spots – and we, the Sherpas, worship them. Before climbing any mountain we worship it, begging apologies on having to step on it on the top, and asking to absolve the sin we are going to incur from this particular violence.


Watch more image comparisons of the Everest expeditions here. All historical photographs are published courtesy of the Royal Geographical Society. Slider comparisons built using Juxtapose.


For you: more from our Insights series:

To hear about the latest Insights articles and much more besides, join the hundreds of thousands of people who subscribe to our daily newsletter.The Conversation

Carl Cater, Associate Professor in Tourism Marketing, Swansea University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Jaws at 50: a cinematic masterpiece – and an incredible piece of propaganda

Colin AlexanderNottingham Trent University

Jaws turns 50 on June 20. Last year, Quentin Tarantino called Stephen Spielberg’s film “possibly the greatest movie ever made”. Though he was quick to add that it isn’t the best film in terms of script, cinematography or acting, he was convinced that its overall quality as a movie remains unmatched.

I’m not so sure if Jaws is the best movie ever made – but it’s certainly the movie that I like to watch the most. It is as fascinating and multilayered as it is entertaining and depressing. As a researcher of political propaganda, I believe that Jaws had political purpose.

I have watched Jaws well over 50 times and still, with every viewing, I spot a new detail. Just last week I noticed that when police chief Brody (Roy Scheider) leaves his office after the first shark attack, he opens a gate in a white picket fence.

The white picket fence is often used to symbolise the American dream and Brody’s actions are likely intended to symbolise the disruption to the dream’s pursuit of capitalism as he seeks to close the beaches and potentially ruin the town’s tourism season.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


The film was released in June 1975. Just in time for summer holidays spent splashing in the waves (or not!). However, despite its continued acclaim, it didn’t win any of the big Academy Awards in 1976. One Flew Over the Cuckoo’s Nest dominated that year. Composer John Williams did, however, win the Oscar for best original score, which I assume you are now humming in your head.

The film is based on the book by Peter Benchley, published a year earlier in 1974. The book’s plot is somewhat different to the film. For example, Matt Hooper – the shark specialist played by Richard Dreyfuss in the film – is eaten by the shark, possibly as an act of retribution for his sins on land. He survives in the film.

Benchley was US president Lyndon Johnson’s (1963-1969) communications advisor before he became an author and so knew Washington’s priorities well. The film was then commissioned before the book had time to become a commercial success, which is somewhat unusual.

The trailer for Jaws.

The shark – powerful, mysterious, dark eyed, stalking the American people and killing without emotion – represents the threat posed by communism. The defeat of this “menace” will require the reunification of American society following its disastrous and fractious involvement in the Vietnam war and political scandals like Watergate.

Hence, the white public sector worker (Brody), the scientist (Hooper) and the military veteran (Quint), put their differences aside to band together on a rickety and ill-equipped boat – the Orca – which was possibly meant to symbolise the wobbling US of its time.

So while Jaws is a parable of societal repair, it is also a story of exclusively white unification amid external threats. The civil rights movement and Vietnam are inextricably linked through the service of young black men to the cause, and yet black characters are conspicuous by their absence from the book and the film. The only black presence in the book is an anonymous gardener who rapes wealthy white women.

Human will to dominate the natural world

In the book, the horror focuses upon human, rather than animal, behaviour. This comes in the form of political corruption, mafia influence, adultery, snobbery, racial prejudice, community disconnect and dishonest journalism. And it occurs as much on land as it does at sea. There is a large section midway through the book where the shark plays no part in the, at times, highly sexual plot.

Spielberg removed many of the undercurrents and insinuations of the book for his adaptation. The film gives less attention to life in the town of Amity and focuses largely on the shark and the horror of its actions.

The irony is that so many characters feel personally offended by an animal capable of instinct alone, when they as humans – capable of reason and choice – behave so badly towards each other. Indeed, the lack of an eco-centric character to defend the shark in both the book or the film is telling.

Brody yells for people to ‘get out of the water’.

The overwhelming horror is instead found in the treatment of the shark and the assertion that it must be killed rather than respected and left alone. Indeed, Jaws represents a parable of the modern human perception of battle against nature. Wherein Brody, Hooper and Quint, despite their differences, are united in their assumption of human superiority and their perspective that the problem ought to be dealt with using violence.

The story of Jaws also speaks to George Orwell’s essay Shooting an Elephant from 1936. It captured the author’s dilemma while working as a police officer in colonial Burma when an elephant disrupted the regular process of capitalism by trampling through a local market.

The philosophers Max Horkheimer and Theodor Adorno referred to the enlightenment as having created a “new barbarity” wherein humans are engaged in a project of destruction. Here then, a shark has had the audacity to behave in an inconvenient way to man’s profiteering from tourism and must be killed.

Indeed, one of the biggest criticisms of the film, which Spielberg has subsequently acknowledged, is its inaccurate representation of shark behaviour and the extent to which the film’s success contributed to the decline of the species.

Ultimately then, Jaws – the book, the film and the reaction of audiences to it – serves as a testimony to the role played by fear within human decision-making. The fear of “others”. Fear of the unknown. Fear of the natural world. Fear of loss of status or reputation.

It’s a testament to the susceptibility of humans to become insular and violent when they are scared, but also to the distorting influence of propagandists in determining what they ought to be afraid of.

This article features references to books that have been included for editorial reasons, and may contain links to bookshop.org. If you click on one of the links and go on to buy something from bookshop.org The Conversation UK may earn a commission.The Conversation

Colin Alexander, Senior Lecturer in Political Communications, Nottingham Trent University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NSW SES Warringah / Pittwater Unit: Workshops for Women 2025

FREE workshops for women of all ages
A new and improved workshop for women; learn how to use power tools safely, experiment with diverting water through a leaking window frame and learn hot tips to keep your home safer during severe weather events.


cost of living relief for over 2.4 million recipients from 1 July

June 2025
From 1 July 2025, a range of rates, thresholds, and limits will increase by 2.4 per cent to ensure they keep pace with the cost of living.

Indexation keeps payment rates and thresholds in line with the wider economy and makes sure our social security system remains a safety net that Australians can rely on.

For families receiving Family Tax Benefit Part A, the maximum rate of payment for children aged under 13 will increase to a new rate of $227.36 a fortnight, an increase of over $36 since Labor first took office. For children aged 13 or over, the rate will increase to $295.82 a fortnight.

The maximum rate of Family Tax Benefit Part B will increase to $193.34, an increase of over $30 since May 2022. For families with a youngest child aged five or over, the rate will increase to $134.96 a fortnight.

More than 2.4 million recipients of social security payments will benefit from the changes commencing from 1 July.

The Paid Parental Leave (PPL) annual income limits will also increase – with the individual limit increasing to $180,007 per annum and the family limit increasing to $373,094 per annum. The PPL reforms Labor introduced from 1 July 2023 have already helped over 380,000 parents.

Other key changes from 1 July 2025 include increases to:
  • Family Tax Benefit Part A and Part B income thresholds and related supplements
  • asset limits for recipients of JobSeeker Payment, Youth Allowance, Austudy, ABSTUDY Living Allowance, Parenting Payment, and Special Benefit
  • the income threshold for Parenting Payment Single
  • income and assets thresholds for Age Pension, Disability Support Pension and Carer Payment
  • deeming thresholds for financial assets
  • the rate of Essential Medical Equipment Payment.
Payment rates and thresholds are indexed on a regular basis, with youth and student payments indexed in January, and pensions and allowances in March and September.

Full details of the new rates and thresholds can be found on the Department of Social Services website.

Minister for Social Services, Tanya Plibersek stated:
“The Albanese Labor Government’s number one priority is addressing cost of living pressures.

“From 1 July, millions of recipients of social security payments will see more money in their bank accounts.

“Payments like the Family Tax Benefit help cover the costs of raising children for many Australian families, and indexation is a crucial way to help families when cost of living rises.

“Combined with Labor’s tax cuts, increased wages, cheaper medicines, cuts to student debt, and energy bill relief, Labor is making a real difference to help ease the cost of living.”

History of Narrabeen: U3A Speaker

LOCAL HISTORIAN SUSAN JOY ALEXANDER WILL BE SPEAKING ABOUT “THE HISTORY OF NARRABEEN” AT 2PM ON 24TH JUNE, AT THE U3A MEETING AT THE TRAMSHED AT 1395A PITTWATER ROAD, NARRABEEN

Susan says: ''It is not surprising that I am so drawn to Narrabeen. In this photo of Narrabeen taken in 1888 from a ledge on Collaroy Plateau, I have been associated with all three of the buildings in the photo. I grew up in the one on the far right. The middle house is the heritage listed “Lemville” Circa 1860 where Markus and I lived for 30 years and the third is the original site of the Narrabeen Hotel, where “Setai” has been built and Markus and I have been residing for the past 11 years.


Narrabeen has an amazing history. Once I started researching, I was captivated.''

Please advise Marcia Andrews the convener of the meeting that you are coming for catering purposes. Afternoon tea will be provided. Visitors are required to give a Gold Coin donation.

AvPals 25th Year: Term Two Newport Sessions

You can book in and pay for sessions at Newport via the AvPals shop.

Avalon Computer Pals (AVPALS) helps seniors learn and improve their computer and technology skills. Avpals is a not for profit organisation run by volunteers. Since 2000, we have helped thousands of seniors from complete beginners to people who need to improve or update their skills. We offer “one to one” personal tuition or special short courses. 

Small class workshops are run at the Newport Community Centre on Tuesday afternoons.

One-to-one training is provided at our rooms in Avalon, under the Maria Regina Catholic Church, 7 Central Road, Avalon.

Join us in learning 'how to' in our 25th year!

The AvPals shop for Newport short sessions is HERE
The rest of this terms workshop offerings are:

Your brain has a hidden beat — and smarter minds sync to it

June 17, 2025
When the brain is under pressure, certain neural signals begin to move in sync - much like a well-rehearsed orchestra. A new study from Johannes Gutenberg University Mainz (JGU) is the first to show how flexibly this neural synchrony adjusts to different situations and that this dynamic coordination is closely linked to cognitive abilities.

"Specific signals in the midfrontal brain region are better synchronized in people with higher cognitive ability - especially during demanding phases of reasoning," explained Professor Anna-Lena Schubert from JGU's Institute of Psychology, lead author of the study recently published in the Journal of Experimental Psychology: General.

The researchers focused on the midfrontal area of the brain and the measurable coordination of the so-called theta waves. These brainwaves oscillate between four and eight hertz and belong to the group of slower neural frequencies. "They tend to appear when the brain is particularly challenged such as during focused thinking or when we need to consciously control our behaviour," said Schubert, who heads the Analysis and Modelling of Complex Data Lab at JGU.

Being able to focus even next to a buzzing phone
The 148 participants in the study, aged between 18 and 60, first completed tests assessing memory and intelligence before their brain activity was recorded using electroencephalography (EEG). This method measures tiny electrical signals in the brain using electrodes placed on the scalp and is a well-established technique for gaining precise insights into cognitive processes. During EEG recording, participants completed three mentally demanding tasks designed to assess cognitive control.

The researchers were interested in the participants' ability to flexibly shift between changing rules, which is an essential aspect of intelligent information processing. For example, participants had to press a button to decide whether a number was even or odd, and moments later whether it was greater or less than five. Each switch of rules required rapid adjustment of mental strategies - a process that allowed researchers to closely observe how the brain's networks coordinate in real time.

As a result, individuals with higher cognitive abilities showed especially strong synchronization of theta waves during crucial moments, particularly when making decisions. Their brains were better at sustaining purposeful thought when it mattered most. "People with stronger midfrontal theta connectivity are often better at maintaining focus and tuning out distractions, be it that your phone buzzes while you're working or that you intend to read a book in a busy train station," explained Schubert.

A flexible rhythm in the brain
Professor Anna-Lena Schubert was particularly surprised by how closely this brain rhythm coordination was tied to cognitive abilities. "We did not expect the relationship to be this clear," she said. What mattered most was not continuous synchronization, but the brain's ability to adapt its timing flexibly and contextually - like an orchestra that follows a skilled conductor. The midfrontal region often sets the tone in this coordination but works in concert with other areas across the brain. This midfrontal theta connectivity appears to be particularly relevant during the execution of decisions, however not during the preparatory mental adjustment to new task rules.

Previous EEG studies on cognitive ability mostly examined activity in isolated brain regions. In contrast, this study took a network-level approach, examining how different areas interact across multiple tasks to identify stable, overarching patterns. The findings show that individual differences in cognitive ability are linked to the brain's dynamic network behaviour.

"Potential applications such as brain-based training tools or diagnostics are still a long way off," emphasized Schubert. "But our study offers important groundwork for understanding how intelligence functions at a neural level." A follow-up study, now seeking participants aged 40 and older from the Rhine-Main region, will explore which biological and cognitive factors further support this kind of efficient brain coordination and the role of additional cognitive abilities, such as processing speed and working memory.

Anna-Lena Schubert, Christoph Löffler, Henrike M. Jungeblut, Mareike J. Hülsemann. Trait characteristics of midfrontal theta connectivity as a neurocognitive measure of cognitive control and its relation to general cognitive abilities. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 2025; DOI: 10.1037/xge0001780

Judy Davis gives a singularly vivid performance in The Spare Room – but the play falls short

Brett Boardman/Belvoir
Moya CostelloSouthern Cross University

In The Spare Room, Judy Davis lights up the stage with a singularly vivid performance.

Adapted by Eamon Flack from Helen Garner’s 2008 novel of the same name, Davis plays sharp-tongued Helen (or Hel) to the irrational Nicola (Elizabeth Alexander), who visits seeking alternative treatments for her cancer-ridden body.

But unfortunately, the production does not match Davis’ star performance.

A shaky reality

Set and costume, by Mel Page, echo Garner tropes: bed linen, windows, back door onto shared backyard with family as neighbours, curtains, lounge, kitchen, vodka, music, bicycle and miniature pink backpack.

But I’m increasingly unable to suspend belief in stage designs whose purpose is to mimic reality. A curtain is used inconsistently to indicate a change of space. The kitchen table is appropriated for medical professionals’ desks and magician’s table without any change of lighting or further demarcation of space and time.

Kitchens and cooking are important to Garner’s domestic settings. There’s a brief smashing of apricot kernels. Bananas, licorice bullets and lemonade get a mention. But Hel’s chopping of a limp celery comes out of nowhere, and means very little.

Production image: a bed, a chair, a lamp.
Garner’s writing captures the minutiae of the home. This is echoed on stage. Brett Boardman/Belvoir

If the adaptation is going to use food, meal preparation and cooking, then use it substantially as a motif.

For time changes, Hel yells out the day. The pace is speedy, with Davis firing off dialogue and scampering across stage. We get no sense of the dragging time that Hel experiences as carer.

The same actors playing multiple characters without much change of physical appearance lacks credulity. Nicola, in particular, is presented as a cliché of an older, suburban woman – not Garner’s wealthy bohemian. Nicola is based on Jenya Osborne – a friend of Garner and her third husband, Murray Bail, who described Osborne as “alternative virtually everything”.

Garner is the queen of sustained metaphor. In the novel, a broken mirror and a creature scuttling in dried leaves are early images of death.

In Flack’s adaptation, the mirror is only spoken of, accompanied by a strum across the cello by Anthea Cottee (music composed by Steve Francis).

Production image: a woman and her cello.
A live cello, played by Anthea Cottee, accompanies the play. Brett Boardman/Belvoir

There may have been a flourish of flamenco on the cello as Hel prances in imitation of the liveliness of her granddaughter, Bess (who is only referred to once), but it is too unimpactful to recall.

At one point, Hel plays on a toy piano accompanying the cello, a comedic reference to Garner’s most acclaimed novel The Children’s Bach (1984).

On death and dying

The clearest image of dying and death is central in the play: a magician’s show that Hel has to review. “The most beautiful things happen secretly and privately”, the magician (Alan Dukes) says, as he whisks away then recovers various objects.

A failure of both Garner’s book and the stage adaptation is that Hel complains of exhaustion after only a few weeks caring for Nicola. But many people spend years caring for a sick loved one, giving up another possible trajectory of their own lives.

Production image: Hel and Nicola over a bed.
Hel complains of exhaustion after only a few weeks caring for Nicola. Brett Boardman/Belvoir

The balance is wrong, too, between the humanity of Hel and Nicola: the audience guffawed at Hel’s exasperated wit and Nicola’s investment in fraudulent therapies. This, perhaps, is a feature of Garner’s work. While Garner is self-critical in her writing, she also consistently exposes others.

Bail is critical of Garner’s use of their friend’s life as fodder for a novel. He writes:

[Osbourne] was all kindness and consideration, which was rewarded as she was dying by being portrayed in [Garner’s book], where her harmless foolishness was pitied and scorned.

In Garner’s novel, Nicola and Hel “[dissect] with cheerful meanness the latest escapades” of her ex-husband. But in the play, Hel recounts her acts of revenge against him in their Sydney flat, drawing on Garner’s third diary, How to End a Story: Diaries 1995–1998, published in 2021. Bail is not named in either play or novel, but fans of Garner’s work know of whom she speaks.

The play is part monologue by Davis. Monologues and choruses effectively give oversight and insight to the narrative, but here it only further spotlights Hel’s story, not Nicola’s who is the one dying in pain.

With some details in the dialogue of Nicola’s dying processes – and with her plan to take an entourage for residency in an expensive hotel – Hel then “handed her over”.

As the play opens with a reference to the life-filled antics of Hel’s granddaughter, we know that the granddaughter, now assumed to be recovered from a cold, can be handed over to her. It is a rational ending, but lacking vitality.

The Spare Room is at Belvoir, Sydney, until July 13.The Conversation

Moya Costello, Adjunct Lecturer in Creative Writing, Southern Cross University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Ice Age shelter high up in the Blue Mountains reveals Aboriginal heritage from 20,000 years ago

Artist’s impression of Dargan Shelter as it would have looked during the last Ice Age. Painting by Leanne Watson Redpath
Erin WilkinsIndigenous KnowledgeAmy Mosig WayUniversity of SydneyLeanne WatsonIndigenous Knowledge, and Wayne BrennanUniversity of Sydney

Travel back 20,000 years into the last Ice Age, to a time when the upper reaches of the Blue Mountains were treeless and the ridgelines and mountain peaks laden in snow and ice.

At an elevation of 1,073 metres, you will find Dargan Shelter, an ancient rock shelter resembling a large amphitheatre. Looking around, you could easily assume this cold and barren high country was too difficult for people to spend time in.

But our new research, published today in Nature Human Behaviour, indicates Dargan Shelter was occupied as early as the last Ice Age and repeatedly visited during this cold period.

Our excavation results provide the earliest known evidence of high-altitude occupation in Australia, establishing the Blue Mountains as Australia’s most archaeologically significant periglacial landscape – that is, an area which goes through seasonal freezing and thawing.

Cultural perspectives

This is a highly significant landscape concentrated with tangible and intangible cultural values for Aboriginal people.

For millennia, Aboriginal people have passed down the knowledge and stories of Country.

Knowing our Ancestors have lived here, in this Country, for thousands of years was on our minds as the team headed down into the site where we would sit alongside our Ancestors of yesterday.

We chose this site because of its location on a known Aboriginal travelling route, high elevation and its potential to hold deep deposits.

Archaeologically, a deep and undisturbed deposit is one of the most important things to look for. The sediment buildup over time preserves cultural material, and allows us to reconstruct past activities by associating cultural objects within distinct layers or bands of time.

People pose for a photograph.
Members of the season 3 team at Dargan Shelter. Back to front, left to right: Tyrone Pal, Rodney Lawson, Wayne Brennan, Duncan Wright, Eitan Harris, Juliet Schofield, Michael Spate, Wayne Logue, Lauren Roach, Rebecca Chalker, Dominic Wilkins, Phil Piper, Amy Way, Imogen Williams. Amy Way

When we enter the site, we pay respects to the Country and Ancestors before us. As part of the opening of the site for the archaeological works, a lyrebird song and dance were performed and, magically, a handful of lyrebirds began approaching the cave and singing out as if they were communicating between the current and old worlds through song.

We do not know who exactly the Aboriginal people who moved through the Blue Mountains in the deep past were, nor where they came from. But Dargan Shelter was probably an important stopover point for people to attend gatherings and ceremonies that could have included people from the western interior, the Cumberland coastal plains, and Country to the north and south.

Finds from the Dargan Shelter excavation

New evidence provides definitive proof of repeated occupation in this once frozen high-altitude landscape. It is now believed to be the oldest occupied site in Australia at high elevation.

We unearthed 693 stone artefacts, including 117 flakes from stratigraphic layers older than 16,000 years, and documented a small amount of faded rock art, including a child-sized hand stencil and two forearm stencils.

Charcoal from hearths (campfires) underwent radiocarbon dating, indicating Dargan Shelter had been continuously occupied since 22,000 to 19,000 years ago.

Stone artefacts excavated at Dargan shelter dating to the last ice-age, showing the range of non-quartz raw material used during that time. (A) hornfels; (B) black quartzite hammerstone from the Hunter region; (C) exotic coarse grained unidentified siliceous stone possibly from Jenolan; (D) Local Burragorang claystone; (E) exotic fine grained siliceous stone possibly from Jenolan; Amy Way

Among the findings, most of the stone tools were locally sourced and made. But, very interestingly some stones from the Jenolan Caves area, approximately 50 kilometres to the south-west, and the Hunter Valley region, 150 km to the north, were also found. This indicates people were travelling into this mountainous region from both the north and south.

We found a sandstone grinding slab, dated to 13,000 years ago, consistent with shaping bone or wooden artefacts such as needles, awls, bone points and nose points. A basalt anvil with impact marks consistent with cracking hard woody nuts and seed shells was dated to 8,800 years ago.

Greater Blue Mountains and world heritage

The Blue Mountains was listed as a UNESCO (United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization) World Heritage area in 2000 for its outstanding biodiversity values.

Although the cultural heritage is remarkably intact and connected with an environmental system and natural features, the parallel nomination for cultural values listing failed due to a paucity of archaeological and cultural heritage information.

Our new research should be considered in a nomination for the UNESCO World Heritage area to also encompass cultural heritage alongside biodiversity.

The Blue Mountains landscape shrouds a silent yet rich tapestry of Aboriginal heritage.

Our people have walked, lived and thrived in the Blue Mountains for thousands of years. The mountains are a tangible connection to our Ancestors who used them as a meeting place for sharing, storytelling and survival. They are a part of our cultural identity.

We need to respect and protect our heritage for the benefit of all Australians.

People in a deep square hole.
Archaeological works in progress: Imogen Williams, Rebecca Chalker and Tyrone Pal excavating the Ice Age layers. Amy Way

Our results align Australia for the first time with ice age data from the world’s other inhabited continents, including sites in other places not traditionally thought of as cold climates, such as Mexico and Spain.

We now have a truly global story of people entering and living in high-altitude landscapes during the last ice age.

The continuation of research projects like this one, and the invaluable evidence it provides across the region, will allow Aboriginal people with connections to the Blue Mountains to begin to stitch back together much of the history and many of the stories that until now have had gaps.

The more we discover and piece together the movements, ceremonies and stories, the stronger we are as a community.The Conversation

Erin Wilkins, Aboriginal Cultural Educator, Trainer and Facilitator, Indigenous KnowledgeAmy Mosig Way, Archaeologist, Australian Museum, and Lecturer in Archaeology, University of SydneyLeanne Watson, Artist, Educator, Book Illustrator, Indigenous Knowledge, and Wayne Brennan, First Nations Mentor, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Free Medicare chronic wound care scheme starts

June 18, 2025
Older Australians with diabetes will save millions of dollars on chronic wound products with the launch of the Chronic Wound Consumables Scheme (CWCS) thanks to the Australian Government.

The CWCS will provide fully subsidised wound care products for people with diabetes aged 65 and over who do not have access to other wound care schemes.
 
For First Nations people, who are disproportionately affected by diabetes and chronic wounds, the scheme is available from the age of 50.
 
Most patients currently pay the full cost, around $4,000 each year, for their wound consumable products, such as bandages, dressings and adhesives.
 
The program will help around 20,000 Australians a year to access completely free wound care products, no matter where they live.
 
Eligible healthcare professionals can now enrol patients using an online portal and order wound consumable products to be delivered to a patient’s home or sent to themselves at no cost.

Already over 3,500 healthcare professionals have registered to undertake the training and this number is continuing to grow.

The Albanese Government has invested almost $50 million in the scheme as part of its commitment to strengthening Medicare and making health care affordable and accessible for all Australians.
 
The Hon Mark Butler MP, Minister for Health and Ageing and Minister for Disability and the National Disability Insurance Scheme said:
 
“Chronic wounds are difficult to treat, require long-term care and are debilitating for patients.
 
“For too long many Australians living with a chronic wound had to pay more than $4,000 every year for their compression bandages, dressing and adhesives.
 
“Now these Australians will get the care they need for free thanks to the Albanese Government.
 
“This new scheme offers a convenient and free service that will benefit the quality of life for thousands of Australians.
 
“We’ve built this program based on data that shows older Australians with diabetes are the most likely to suffer from chronic wounds.
 
“Our government is delivering a stronger Medicare, improving wound care and ensuring no one is left to suffer needlessly because of cost.”
 
Wounds Australia CEO Jeff Antcliff stated: 
"Nearly half a million people in Australia live with chronic wounds. They can be painful, isolating, embarrassing and expensive to treat. The good news is, many wounds can be healed with appropriate treatment – but long-term wound care can be expensive.
 
"The Chronic Wound Consumables Scheme is an innovation program that will help a vulnerable group in our society with the cost of their treatment.
 
"It's a crucial first step towards helping more Australians living with chronic wounds on a path to healing.
 
"We acknowledge Minister Butler and the Albanese Government for bringing the scheme to life and we hope to see it expanded to help even more people in the future."

Government action needed to protect older Australians: COTA

The Federal Government must deliver stronger national action to prevent elder abuse, provide meaningful support to victims, and support older people facing family and domestic violence, the Council on the Ageing Australia (COTA) says.

The call marked World Elder Abuse Day – Sunday 15 June.

Acting Chief Executive of COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Corey Irlam said the statistics around elder abuse in Australia are shocking.

“More than one in six older Australians will experience elder abuse, and over 60 percent of older people don’t seek help – often because they fear retaliation, isolation, or not being believed,” Mr Irlam said.

“Elder abuse can have devastating consequences, including physical harm, mental health decline, cognitive impairment, premature death and financial devastation.

“Too often the abuse comes from someone they know and trust. It’s happening in homes and families across the country, but it remains hidden. We need to face it, fund responses to it, and take it seriously,” said Mr Irlam.

COTA Australia is calling on the Federal Government to ensure the upcoming National Plan to End the Abuse and Mistreatment of Older People 2024–2034 includes clear, funded commitments.

“We need tailored support services for older people, especially older women,” Mr Irlam said.

“That includes older women experiencing late-life domestic violence or coercive control – a group that’s often invisible in both family and domestic violence and aged care systems.”

Mr Irlam said while there is much to do in Australia to address the scourge of elder abuse, the Federal Government should be commended for its international leadership when it comes to protecting the rights of older people.

“We really welcome Australia’s role in pushing for stronger protections for older people globally,” Mr Irlam said.

“Australia co-sponsored the recent UN resolution to develop a new international convention on the rights of older persons and we’re looking forward to seeing Australia actively participate in the working group drafting the convention.

“We encourage the Government to continue its leadership in the international community and make sure that civil society organisations, including older people themselves have a role to play in shaping the convention”

“Australia is certainly doing the right thing on the world stage, but at home, too many older people are still falling through the cracks.”

“This World Elder Abuse Awareness Day, we’re saying clearly: older people deserve safety, dignity and real support. It’s time to act.”

Need information or advice on elder abuse now?

CALL 1800 ELDERHelp (1800 353 374). In an emergency call 000. This free number will redirect you to an existing phone service near you. This is not a 24-hour line. Call operating times will vary. A collaboration between the Australian, state and territory governments.

First-of-its-kind test can predict dementia up to nine years before diagnosis

June 2025
An international research team led by Queen Mary University of London has developed a new method for predicting dementia with over 80 per cent accuracy and up to nine years before diagnosis. The new method provides a more accurate way to predict dementia than memory tests or measurements of brain shrinkage, two commonly used methods for diagnosing dementia.

Published in Nature Mental Health, the researchers developed the predictive test by analysing functional MRI (fMRI) scans to detect changes in the brain’s ‘default mode network’ (DMN). The DMN connects regions of the brain to perform specific cognitive functions and is the first neural network to be affected by Alzheimer’s disease.

Study co-author, Associate Professor Adeel Razi from Australia's Monash University’s School of Psychological Sciences and the Turner Institute for Brain and Mental Health, said previous attempts at curing Alzheimer's disease have failed because clinical trials often focus on advanced stages of the disease, where the damage to brain cells is irreversible.

“Our new method for predicting who will develop dementia well in advance will be a game changer, enabling the development of therapies earlier in the disease process,” Associate Professor Razi said.

"By leveraging large datasets and advanced fMRI techniques, we can now identify individuals at high risk for dementia years before symptoms appear, paving the way for proactive and personalized healthcare strategies.

"This innovative approach bridges a critical gap in dementia diagnosis, offering a non-invasive biomarker that could transform early detection and treatment, ultimately improving patient outcomes.”

The study, led by Professor Charles Marshall from Queen Mary University of London, used fMRI scans from over 1,100 volunteers from UK Biobank, a large-scale biomedical database and research resource containing genetic and health information from half a million UK participants, to estimate the effective connectivity between ten regions of the brain that constitute the default mode network.

The researchers assigned each patient with a probability of dementia value based on the extent to which their effective connectivity pattern conforms to a pattern that indicates dementia or a healthy control-like pattern.

They compared these predictions to the medical data of each patient, on record with the UK Biobank. The findings showed that the model had accurately predicted onset of dementia up to nine years before an official diagnosis was made, and with greater than 80 per cent accuracy. In the cases where the volunteers had gone on to develop dementia, it was also found that the model could predict within a two-year margin of error exactly how long it would take that diagnosis to be made.

The researchers also examined whether changes to the DMN might be caused by known risk factors for dementia.

Their analysis showed that genetic risk for Alzheimer's disease was strongly associated with connectivity changes in the DMN, supporting the idea that these changes are specific to Alzheimer's disease. They also found that social isolation was likely to increase risk of dementia through its effect on connectivity in the DMN.

Professor Marshall said: “We hope that the measure of brain function that we have developed will allow us to be much more precise about whether someone is actually going to develop dementia, and how soon, so that we can identify whether they might benefit from future treatments."

Lead author, Dr Samuel Ereira - also from the Queen Mary University of London, said that using these analysis techniques with large datasets could also help researchers learn which environmental risk factors pushed these people into a high-risk zone.

“Enormous potential exists to apply these methods to different brain networks and populations, to help us better understand the interplays between environment, neurobiology,” Dr Ereira said.

"This innovative approach bridges a critical gap in dementia diagnosis, offering a non-invasive biomarker that could transform early detection and treatment, ultimately improving patient outcomes,” said Associate Professor Razi.

Read the full paper in Nature Mental Health: “Early detection of dementia with default-mode network effective connectivity.”. 
DOI 10.1038/s44220-024-00259-5

Record high: Study finds growing cannabis use among older US adults

June 2025
Marijuana use among older adults in the US has reached a new high, with 7 percent of adults aged 65 and over who report using it in the past month, according to an analysis led by researchers with the Center for Drug Use and HIV/HCV Research (CDUHR) at the NYU School of Global Public Health.

Their findings, published in JAMA Internal Medicine, also show that the profile of those who use cannabis has changed in recent years, with pronounced increases in use by older adults who are college-educated, married, female, and have higher incomes.

"Our study shows that cannabis use among older adults continues to increase, although there have been major shifts in use according to demographic and socioeconomic factors," said Joseph Palamar, PhD, MPH, an associate professor of population health at NYU Grossman School of Medicine, an affiliated researcher with CDUHR, and the study's senior author.

Most Americans live in a state where marijuana has been legalized for medical use, recreational use, or both. To better understand the prevalence of marijuana use among older adults in the US, researchers examined data from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health from 2021 through 2023. The respondents, who were 65 and older, were asked about past-month cannabis use, which was defined as "current" use.

"This is the first time we were able to examine 'current' use of cannabis in this age group. Before, we were only able to look at past-year use because the numbers for current use were too small," said Benjamin Han, MD, MPH, associate professor and associate chief of research in the Division of Geriatrics, Gerontology, and Palliative Care at the University of California San Diego and the study's first author.

The researchers found that current cannabis use among older adults grew to 7 percent in 2023, up from 4.8 percent in 2021 and 5.2 percent in 2022 -- a nearly 46 percent increase in only two years.

"If we look even further back to 2006 and 2007, less than 1 percent of older adults used cannabis in the past year. Now, we're seeing that 7 percent have used it in the past month alone," said Han, an affiliated researcher with CDUHR.

Certain groups of older adults experienced sharper increases in use over this period than others, including those who are married, white, have a college degree, and have an income of at least $75,000. Older women also saw a steep increase in cannabis use, although older men are still more likely than women to use the drug.

In addition, cannabis use grew more among those living in states where medical marijuana is legal versus states where it is not.

"It shouldn't be surprising that use is becoming increasingly more common among people who live in states that allow medical cannabis, which could be due to increased availability or social acceptability," said Palamar. "Interestingly, with respect to income, those with the highest incomes had the lowest prevalence of cannabis use in 2021, but by 2023 this group had the highest prevalence, which may indicate who has access to medical cannabis given its costs."

The researchers also found significant increases in cannabis use by older adults with chronic diseases -- and notably, those with multiple chronic conditions -- including heart issues, diabetes, hypertension, cancer, and chronic pulmonary obstructive disease.

The authors caution that the overall increases may be driven, in part, by those who use cannabis aging into the 65+ age bracket for the period studied. Regardless, they recommend that clinicians screen and educate their older patients about cannabis use, including how physiological changes that accompany aging can make people more sensitive to psychoactive substances.

"As a geriatrician, I see more and more people interested in using cannabis for treating chronic health symptoms. But cannabis can complicate the management of chronic diseases and be potentially harmful if patients are not educated on its use and potential risks," said Han.

Kevin H. Yang of UC San Diego and Charles Cleland of NYU Grossman School of Medicine were also co-authors on the study. The research was supported by the National Institute on Drug Abuse (K23DA043651, R21DA058404, R21DA060362, R01DA057289, R01DA060207, and P30DA01104) and the UC San Diego Sam and Rose Stein Institute for Research on Aging.
Materials provided by New York University. Original written by Rachel Harrison. 

Journal Reference:
Benjamin H. Han, Kevin H. Yang, Charles M. Cleland, Joseph J. Palamar. Trends in Past-Month Cannabis Use Among Older Adults. JAMA Internal Medicine, 2025; DOI: 10.1001/jamainternmed.2025.1156

Alzheimer’s: bacteria that causes stomach ulcers may protect the brain, our new research indicates

H pylori is more commonly known as the culprit of stomach infections. Corona Borealis Studio/ Shutterstock
Gefei ChenKarolinska Institutet

Every three seconds, someone in the world develops dementia. Alzheimer’s disease is the most common form of dementia, accounting for between 60% and 70% of all cases.

Although scientists have made significant progress in understanding the disease, there’s still no cure. That’s partly because Alzheimer’s disease has multiple causes – many of which are still not fully understood.

Two proteins which are widely believed to play central roles in Alzheimer’s disease are amyloid-beta and tau. Amyloid-beta forms sticky plaques on the outside of brain cells. This disrupts communication between neurons. Tau accumulate inside brain cells, where it twists into tangles. This ultimately leads to cell death. These plaques and tangles are the hallmark features of Alzheimer’s disease.

This understanding, known as the amyloid hypothesis, has shaped research for decades and led to treatments that aim to clear amyloid from the brain. Monoclonal antibody drugs have been approved in recent years for this purpose.

But they only work in the early stages of the disease. They do not reverse existing damage and may cause serious side-effects such as brain swelling and bleeding. Most importantly, they only target amyloid-beta, leaving tau untreated.

But in a surprise twist, recent research published by my colleagues and me has found that a protein from Helicobacter pylori – a bacteria best known for causing stomach ulcers – can block the toxic buildup of both amyloid-beta and tau. This unexpected finding may point to a new strategy for the fight against Alzheimer’s disease.


Get your news from actual experts, straight to your inbox. Sign up to our daily newsletter to receive all The Conversation UK’s latest coverage of news and research, from politics and business to the arts and sciences.


Our discovery began with a very different question. We were initially studying how H pylori interacts with other microbes. Some bacteria form protective communities called biofilms, which rely on amyloid assemblies (similar in structure to the plaques which form in the brain) as a structural scaffold. This led us to wonder: could H pylori influence bacterial biofilms by also interfering with amyloid assemblies in humans?

We turned our attention to a well-known H pylori protein called CagA. While half of the protein is known to trigger harmful effects in human cells (referred to as the C-terminal region), the other half (the protein’s N-terminal region) may have protective properties. To our surprise, this N-terminal fragment, called CagAN, dramatically reduced the formation of both bacterial amyloids and biofilms in the bacterial species Escherichia coli and Pseudomonas.

Encouraged by these results, we tested whether the same protein fragment could block the buildup of human amyloid-beta proteins. To do this, we incubated amyloid-beta molecules in the lab: some were treated with CagAN, while others were left as normal. We then tracked amyloid formation using a fluorescence reader and an electron microscope.

A digital drawing of an amyloid plaque formed between the brain's neurons.
The protein derived from H pylori blocked amyloid-beta plaques from forming. Signal Scientific Visuals/ Shutterstock

We found that treated samples had far less amyloid clump formation during the testing period. Even at very low concentrations, CagAN almost completely stopped amyloid-beta from forming amyloid aggregates.

To understand how CagAN worked, we used nuclear magnetic resonance (which allows us to look at how molecules interact with each other) to examine how the protein interacts with amyloid-beta. We also used computer modelling to investigate possible mechanisms. Remarkably, CagAN also blocked tau aggregation – suggesting it acts on multiple toxic proteins involved in Alzheimer’s disease.

Blocking the disease

Our study has shown us that a fragment from the Helicobacter pylori protein can effectively block the buildup of the two proteins that are implicated in Alzheimer’s disease. This suggests that bacterial proteins – or drugs modelled after them – could someday block the earliest signs of Alzheimer’s.

What’s more, the benefits may extend beyond Alzheimer’s disease.

In additional experiments, the same bacterial fragment blocked the aggregation of IAPP (a protein involved in type 2 diabetes) and alpha-synuclein (linked to Parkinson’s disease). All of these conditions are driven by the accumulation of toxic amyloid aggregates.

That a single bacterial fragment could interfere with so many proteins suggests exciting therapeutic potential. Though these conditions affect different parts of the body, they may be linked through cross-talk between amyloid proteins – a shared mechanism that CagAN could help disrupt.

Of course, it’s important to be clear: this research is still at an early stage. All of our experiments were conducted in lab settings, not yet in animals or humans. Still, the findings open a new path.

Our study also uncovered the underlying mechanisms for how CagAN blocked the amyloid-beta and tau from forming amyloid aggregates. One of the ways in which CagAN did this was by preventing the proteins from coming together to form clumps. They also prevented small, premature amyloid aggregates from forming as well. In the future, we will continue the detailed mechanism study and evaluate the effects in animal models.

These results also prompt a question: could H pylori, long seen only as harmful, also have a protective side? Some studies have hinted at a connection between H pylori infection and Alzheimer’s disease, though the relationship remains unclear. Our discovery adds a new layer to this discussion, suggesting that part of H pylori may actually interfere with the molecular events that lead to Alzheimer’s disease.

That means in the future, we may need to take a more precise and personalised approach. Instead of aiming to eliminate H pylori completely with antibiotics, it might be more important to understand, in different biological contexts, which parts of the bacterium are harmful, and which might actually be beneficial.

As medicine continues to move toward greater precision, the goal may no longer be to wipe out every microbe, but to understand how some of them might work with us rather than against us.The Conversation

Gefei Chen, Associate professor, Karolinska Institutet

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Jaws at 50: how two musical notes terrified an entire generation

Universal Pictures
Alison ColeUniversity of Sydney

Our experience of the world often involves hearing our environment before seeing it. Whether it’s the sound of something moving through nearby water, or the rustling of vegetation, our fear of the unseen is rooted in our survival instincts as a species.

Cinematic sound and music taps into these somewhat unsettling instincts – and this is exactly what director Steven Spielberg and composer John Williams achieved in the iconic 1975 thriller Jaws. The sound design and musical score work in tandem to confront the audience with a mysterious killer animal.

In what is arguably the film’s most iconic scene, featuring beach swimmers’ legs flailing underwater, the shark remains largely unseen – yet the sound perfectly conveys the threat at large.

Creating tension in a soundtrack

Film composers aim to create soundscapes that will profoundly move and influence their audience. And they express these intentions through the use of musical elements such as rhythm, harmony, tempo, form, dynamics, melody and texture.

In Jaws, the initial encounter with the shark opens innocently with the sound of an offshore buoy and its clanging bell. The scene is established both musically and atmospherically to evoke a sense of isolation for the two characters enjoying a late-night swim on an empty beach.

But once we hear the the low strings, followed by the central two-note motif played on a tuba, we know something sinister is afoot.

This compositional technique of alternating between two notes at an increasing speed has long been employed by composers, including by Antonín Dvořák in his 1893 work New World Symphony.

John Williams reportedly used six basses, eight cellos, four trombones and a tuba to create the blend of low frequencies that would go on to define his entire Jaws score.

The bass instruments emphasise the lower end of the musical frequency spectrum, evoking a dark timbre that conveys depth, power and intensity. String players can use various bowing techniques, such as staccato and marcato, to deliver dark and even menacing tones, especially in the lower registers.

Meanwhile, there is a marked absence of tonality in the repeating E–F notes, played with increasing speed on the tuba. Coupled with the intensifying dynamics in the instrumental blend, this accelerating two-note motif signals the looming danger before we even see it – tapping into our instinctive fear of the unknown.

The use of the two-note motif and lower-end orchestration characterises a composition style that aims to unsettle and disorientate the audience. Another example of this style can be heard in Bernard Herrmann’s car crash scene audio in North by Northwest (1959).

Similarly, in Sergei Prokofiev’s Scythian Suite, the opening of the second movement (Dance of the Pagan Gods) uses an alternating D#–E motif.

The elasticity of Williams’ motif allows the two notes to be played on different instruments throughout the soundtrack, exploring various timbral possibilities to induce a kaleidoscope of fear, panic and dread.

The psychology behind our response

What is it that makes the Jaws soundtrack so psychologically confronting, even without the visuals? Music scholars have various theories. Some suggest the two notes imitate the sound of human respiration, while others have proposed the theme evokes the heartbeat of a shark.

Williams explained his approach in an interview with the Los Angeles Times:

I fiddled around with the idea of creating something that was very … brainless […] Meaning something could be very repetitious, very visceral, and grab you in your gut, not in your brain. […] It could be something you could play very softly, which would indicate that the shark is far away when all you see is water. Brainless music that gets louder and gets closer to you, something is gonna swallow you up.

Williams plays with the audience’s emotions throughout the film’s score, culminating in the scene Man Against Beast – a celebration of thematic development and heightened orchestration.

The film’s iconic soundtrack has created a legacy that extends beyond the visual. And this suggests the score isn’t just a soundtrack – but a character in its own right.

By using music to reveal what is hidden, Williams creates an intense emotional experience rife with anticipation and tension. The score’s two-note motif showcases his genius – and serves as a sonic shorthand that has kept a generation behind the breakers of every beach.The Conversation

Alison Cole, Composer and Lecturer in Screen Composition, Sydney Conservatorium of Music, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

u3a at Newport Community Centre: 

About Our Courses and Activities
Sydney u3a comprises seven regions covering the greater Sydney metropolitan area. The local one is U3A Northern Beaches Region.

Sydney u3a is managed and run entirely by volunteers who contribute time and energy to provide life-long learning and social activities for everyone.  Join in to enjoy the benefits of membership!  At the one affordable annual membership fee of $85.00 (less than $2 per week), you’ll get:
  • access to a wide range of courses and presentations
  • friendly and inviting social events in your region

Members can attend any course in any of the seven regions
  • Volunteers lead and administer the courses and talks
  • A wide range of topics is covered – from learning foreign languages to table tennis to history to book/movie clubs to philosophy to science related issues. There’s something for everyone!
  • Courses are held in a variety of local venues and via Zoom
  • Events, visits, tours and social activities are also offered
  • Full details of activities are listed each semester in the Course Book and on individual regional pages
From time to time there are changes to course details after publication of the Course Book. Please keep checking your region’s website or the website home page for updates.

u3a Northern Beaches Region
Our current newsletter includes up to date information on courses, events and any changes to the program.  Previous newsletters are available here if you missed any information or wish to refresh your memory.

Please note:  The newsletter is distributed to members by email at the end of each month. If you haven’t received the latest copy please check as it may have been captured in your Junk email folder. If this is the case, please adjust your settings so that you receive future newsletters as soon as possible. We also take this opportunity to issue a friendly reminder to contact us with your updated details if you change your home or email address. Thank you.

‘I was in a semi-breaking-down sort of place’: new study sheds light on the emotional toll for emergency volunteers

Sergey Dolgikh/Getty Images
Natalie RocheLa Trobe University and Rwth StuckeyLa Trobe University

In Australia, there are around 235,000 emergency service volunteers who help communities respond and recover after natural disasters and other traumatic events.

These include volunteers with metropolitan and rural fire services and other rescue organisations.

As natural disasters grow more frequent and severe with climate change we rely on these volunteers now more than ever. Yet volunteer numbers are shrinking.

Our new research reveals an important but often hidden toll from natural disasters – the mental health of emergency service volunteers, who risk physical and emotional burnout.

In our study, we interviewed 32 Victorian State Emergency Service (SES) and Country Fire Authority (CFA) volunteers. They told us they’re often not getting adequate support.

Exposure to death

Death is something commonly hidden behind clinical curtains. But for emergency service volunteers, exposure to dying and death is just part of the job. Death on jobs arrives unpredictably – on roads, in burned homes, after storms, floods and suicides.

Given their work often takes place in the local community, victims are frequently known to the volunteer, which can further complicate grief. As one participant told us:

You’re bound to come across someone you know, or someone you love at some point […] in a bad situation.

Another recounted a colleague’s experience:

It wasn’t until the next day that she found out that she actually knew the deceased person, but didn’t recognise them.

Volunteers described often being first on scene to assist but not fully prepared for what they find. They recounted experiences including retrieving children who had drowned, watching people dying on the roadside, and finding burnt and maimed human remains.

These encounters provoke intense emotional responses, from shock and sadness to feeling powerless and vulnerable. For many, feelings of helplessness and grief reverberate into everyday life. As one volunteer told us:

I was in a semi-breaking-down sort of place […] having flashbacks […] struggling to hold emotions and do my day job.

A lack of formal support

We identified over-reliance on informal team support and individual resilience to cope with difficult emotions.

Structured debriefs depended on leadership and team dynamics. Leaders with “tough it out” mindsets unintentionally perpetuated stigma around seeking help. One participant explained:

People generally will just sit there and not talk about how they feel […] They’re feeling ashamed or embarrassed.

The mindset of some teams seems to be that those who can’t manage the demands of the job should leave. One volunteer said:

It’s mostly very hard and tough. But if you’re going to survive in the game, you gotta be hard.

Support programs exist, but often focus on major disasters rather than the more everyday jobs. Referral depends on leaders flagging those seen as at-risk or individual volunteers asking for support. One participant explained:

We do a debrief with peer support, but some people put on a brave face […] There needs to be more follow up.

What’s more, support is sometimes difficult to access. One participant, a team leader, explained what happened when a volunteer in their team wasn’t coping:

I called the mechanisms that [we] were told that we need to access. I’ve got somebody here that’s suicidal, nobody escalated it. I still hadn’t heard back six hours later.

Importantly, our findings also highlighted that a one-size-fits-all approach doesn’t work. For some, peer support is a lifeline for processing experiences and building resilience, but not for others.

Five women killed. And the peer support was all over us. You know, we got to the stage where it was ridiculous. We’ve had enough, we don’t want this. It re-traumatises people who want to move on.

A woman receiving therapy.
Support for emergency service volunteers isn’t one-size-fits-all. Ground Picture/Shutterstock

Protecting those who protect us

Talking to emergency service volunteers from only two organisations in one jurisdiction may limit the extent to which we can generalise our findings to other regions, countries or cultures.

However, Victoria does have the second largest number of emergency service volunteers in Australia (behind New South Wales).

Emergency service volunteers are extremely proud and passionate about serving their community and show up with care, calm and strength. But our findings show this comes at a personal cost, especially without the right supports.

Volunteer exposure to death and dying must be recognised as a serious occupational health and safety issue, not just an emotional side effect of the job. We need proactive, not reactive reform if we want to recruit, retain and protect the people we count on in a crisis.

Legislators and organisations should work collaboratively with emergency service volunteers to develop and implement responsive and consistent support services, culture and leadership.

Without targeted, systemic and consistent support, we risk the future of our community-based emergency response. It’s time to protect those who protect us.


If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14 or Beyond Blue on 1300 22 4636.The Conversation

Natalie Roche, PhD Candidate, Centre for Ergonomics and Human Factors, La Trobe University and Rwth Stuckey, Associate Professor, Ergonomics, Safety and Health, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Warning issued after ACCC phone numbers spoofed by scammers

June 19, 2025
The National Anti-Scam Centre is warning Australians to remain vigilant following reports scammers have been impersonating phone numbers belonging to the ACCC in an attempt to steal personal information.

The ACCC and the National Anti-Scam Centre, which operates under the ACCC, have become aware of scammers using publicly available ACCC phone numbers, which are listed on the agency’s official website.

In some reported cases, the scammers claimed to be representatives of the ACCC and requested sensitive information over the phone. In others, they misused the ACCC acronym to impersonate an unrelated organisation and spoke in a language other than English.

The National Anti-Scam Centre warns that the ACCC phone numbers have been ‘spoofed’. The ACCC does not make calls from its reception numbers.

“Spoofing is when scammers disguise their phone number to make it look like they’re calling from a trusted organisation — including government agencies like the ACCC — to deceive people into answering and sharing personal information,” ACCC Deputy Chair Catriona Lowe said.

“This is a tactic that helps scammers hide their true identity while posing as trusted institutions – it’s designed to lower your guard. If a call or message feels off, trust your instincts and hang up. It’s safer to end the call and check in directly with us.”

The ACCC and the National Anti-Scam Centre will never ‘cold’ call or email consumers and ask for your personal information such as your passwords, bank details or answers to security questions. The ACCC does not charge money for its services and would never threaten or pressure you to stay on the line.

If you receive a call claiming to be from the ACCC where personal information such as passwords or bank details are requested, do not provide this information and hang up.

“We encourage all Australians to report scams — every report helps us track patterns and protect others,” Ms Lowe said.

The National Anti-Scam Centre also reminds the community to be extremely wary of urgent requests asking people to act immediately, and to never provide personal information if unsure. Do not click on any links or download attachments from messages unless you are sure it is someone you can trust.

How to spot and avoid scams
STOP – Don’t give money or personal information to anyone if you’re unsure. Scammers will create a sense of urgency. Don’t rush to act. Say ‘no’, hang up, delete.

CHECK – Ask yourself could the call or text be fake? Scammers pretend to be from organisations you know and trust. Contact the organisation using information you source independently, so that you can verify if the call is real or not.

PROTECT – Act quickly if something feels wrong. Contact your bank immediately if you lose money. If you have provided personal information call IDCARE on 1800 595 160. The more we talk the less power they have. Report scams to the National Anti-Scam Centre’s Scamwatch service at scamwatch.gov.au when you see them. If you’re contacted on a messaging platform like WhatsApp or iMessage, please also report the scam in the app.

National Australia Bank pays $751,200 in penalties for alleged breaches of Consumer Data Right Rules

June 19, 2-025
National Australia Bank Limited (NAB) has paid penalties totalling $751,200 after the ACCC issued it with four infringement notices for alleged contraventions of the Consumer Data Right (CDR) Rules.

The infringement notices relate to alleged failures by NAB to disclose, or accurately disclose, credit limit data in response to four separate requests made by different CDR accredited providers on behalf of consumers.

The CDR is an economy-wide data sharing program that empowers Australians to leverage the data businesses hold about them for their own benefit.

For the CDR to be effective it is critical that the data which a consumer has consented to be shared is accurate, up-to-date, complete and in the required format. 

“Poor data quality prevents consumers from experiencing the full benefits of the CDR. When banks or energy retailers don’t provide accurate data, consumers can’t take advantage of CDR products and services to compare products, find better deals, manage their finances or make informed decisions about product switching,” ACCC Deputy Chair Catriona Lowe said.

In this case, a failure to provide accurate information in relation to credit card limits impacted the service a number of fintechs provided to consumers, including some fintechs who offer mortgage broking tools using CDR data. These tools are designed to provide consumers with faster, simpler and more secure loan applications which better leverage their own data. 

NAB’s payment of these penalties is the highest amount paid for alleged contraventions of the CDR Rules to date. NAB cooperated with the ACCC’s investigation and has rectified the data quality issues identified.

Data holders in the banking sector have had several years to understand and implement their CDR obligations. As the CDR continues to mature, data quality within the CDR remains a priority conduct area for the ACCC. In the second half of 2024, CDR participants reported to the ACCC that over 530,000 consumers successfully used CDR products and services across the banking and energy sectors, representing an increase of 135 per cent from the previous six months. During the same period, approximately 582 million consumer data requests were made. 

“All CDR participants are reminded that failure to comply with the CDR rules will result in scrutiny by the ACCC and may result in enforcement action,” Ms Lowe said.

The payment of a penalty specified in an infringement notice is not an admission of a contravention of the CDR rules.

The ACCC can issue an infringement notice when it has reasonable grounds to believe a person or business has contravened certain provisions of the CDR rules.

More information on the obligations of data holders can be found in the Compliance guide for data holders.

At the time of the alleged conduct the penalty amount for each infringement notice was fixed at $187,800 for a listed corporation. Since 7 November 2024, the penalty has been increased to $198,000 for each infringement notice.

Background
CDR gives consumers the right to safely transfer data about themselves from data holders to accredited persons, potentially to access new products and services, including better deals on everyday products and services.

CDR is an economy-wide reform that is being rolled out sector by sector. The CDR has been rolled out to banking (from July 2020) and energy (from November 2022), with the non-bank lending sector to follow from mid-2026.

The transfer of consumer data occurs between data holders and accredited persons, or accredited providers. The Australian Government has designed and oversees the system to ensure it is safe and secure for consumers. Accredited providers must go through a rigorous process to become accredited by the Data Recipient Accreditor (currently the ACCC) to provide services to consumers using CDR data. A list of current providers (along with further information about CDR) is available on the CDR website.

The ACCC, together with its co-regulator, the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner, is responsible for ensuring CDR participants, including accredited providers and data holders, comply with their CDR obligations.

The Treasury leads CDR policy, including development of rules and advice to government on which sectors CDR should apply to in the future. Within Treasury, the Data Standards Body develops the standards that prescribe how data is shared under CDR.

Optus agrees to $100m penalty for unconscionable conduct

June 18, 2025
Scam warning: The ACCC is aware that scammers may call, email or text to falsely offer to help get compensation from various businesses. They may use this media release about compensation to convince people their contact is real.

STOP – Don’t give money or personal information to anyone if you’re unsure. Scammers will create a sense of urgency. Don’t rush to act. Don’t click on links even if the message appears to come from Optus. Say ‘no’, hang up, delete.

CHECK – Ask yourself could the call, email or text be fake? Scammers pretend to be from organisations and entities you know and trust. Contact the organisation using information you source independently, so that you can verify if it is real or not.

PROTECT – Act quickly if something feels wrong. Contact your bank immediately if you lose money. If you have provided personal information call IDCARE on 1800 595 160. The more we talk the less power they have. Report scams to the National Anti-Scam Centre’s Scamwatch service at scamwatch.gov.au when you see them.

Optus Mobile Pty Ltd (Optus) has admitted to engaging in unconscionable conduct when selling telecommunications goods and services to hundreds of consumers, after court action brought by the ACCC.

In many instances the consumers did not want or need, could not use or could not afford what they were sold, and in some cases consumers were pursued for debts resulting from these sales.

Many of the affected consumers were vulnerable or experiencing disadvantage, such as living with a mental disability, diminished cognitive capacity or learning difficulties, being financially dependent or unemployed, having limited financial literacy or English not being a first language. Many of the consumers were First Nations Australians from regional, remote and very remote parts of Australia.

As part of an agreement announced today, the ACCC and Optus will jointly ask the Federal Court to impose a total penalty of $100 million on Optus for breaching the Australian Consumer Law. It is a matter for the Court to decide whether the penalty is appropriate and to make other orders.

Optus has admitted that its sales staff acted unconscionably when selling phones and contracts to over 400 consumers at 16 different stores across Australia between August 2019 and July 2023. Examples of the conduct engaged in by the sales staff included:
  • putting undue pressure on consumers to purchase a large number of products, including expensive phones and accessories, that they did not want or need, could not use or could not afford;
  • failing to explain relevant terms and conditions to vulnerable consumers in a manner they could understand, resulting in them not understanding their ongoing payment obligations;
  • not having regard to whether consumers had Optus coverage where they lived;
  • selling products and services which Optus knew, or ought reasonably to have known, the consumers could not afford; and
  • misleading these consumers to believe that goods were free or included as part of a bundle at no additional cost.
Optus has also signed an undertaking, accepted by the ACCC, that it will compensate impacted consumers and improve its internal systems, the commencement of which is subject to the Court making relevant orders.

“The conduct, which included selling inappropriate, unwanted or unaffordable mobiles and phone plans to people who are vulnerable or experiencing disadvantage is simply unacceptable,” ACCC Deputy Chair Catriona Lowe said.

“During our investigation into this case, the ACCC heard many stories of the impact of this conduct on affected consumers.”

“Many of these consumers who were vulnerable or experiencing disadvantage also experienced significant financial harm. They accrued thousands of dollars of unexpected debt and some were pursued by debt collectors, in some instances for years,” Ms Lowe said.

“It is not surprising, and indeed could and should have been anticipated, that this conduct caused many of these people significant emotional distress and fear.”

“We are particularly concerned that Optus engaged debt collectors to pursue some of these consumers after it had launched internal investigations into the sales conduct,” Ms Lowe said.

“Optus has admitted to this conduct and has appropriately committed to changing its systems. It has begun compensating affected consumers.”

“We are grateful to the many advocates, financial counsellors and carers who assisted the impacted individuals. We also thank the Telecommunications Industry Ombudsman for their role in drawing these issues to our attention.”

Optus admits inappropriate practices, using debt collectors
Optus has admitted that the inappropriate sales practices affected many consumers in its two Darwin stores and 24 individuals in stores around Australia.

In respect of the Mount Isa store, which has now closed, Optus pursued debts in circumstances where its senior management knew that those debts related to contracts for goods and services that had been or might have been created without the knowledge of the affected consumers, the majority of whom were First Nations Australians from Mount Isa and the Northern Territory.

Optus’s senior management became increasingly aware that Optus staff were engaging in the inappropriate sales practices and that Optus’s systems and controls could not stop the conduct. Optus acknowledged it failed to promptly take steps to fix deficiencies in its systems, which allowed the conduct to continue.

Commission-based sales arrangements for Optus’s sales staff had the potential to incentivise the inappropriate sales conduct, despite the Telecommunications Consumer Protections Code requiring Optus, from 17 June 2022, to have regard to the ACCC’s best practice recommendations, which recommend businesses avoid commission-based selling because of its potential to exacerbate the vulnerability of consumers.

This case follows similar ACCC action against Telstra, which was ordered in May 2021 to pay a $50 million penalty for engaging in unconscionable conduct when it sold mobile contracts to 108 Indigenous consumers between at least 1 January 2016 and about 27 August 2018.

Summary of the proposed Undertaking
Optus has given an undertaking to provide remediation and has started compensating consumers. It has undertaken to address claims through a clear resolution process.

Optus has undertaken to make a $1 million donation to an organisation facilitating digital literacy of First Nations Australians.

Optus has undertaken to review its complaint handling, improve staff training, change its debt collection systems, and make other changes to systems and procedures.

It has undertaken to change the remuneration structure of sales staff to disincentivise them from engaging in similar conduct.

It has also commenced buying back 34 Optus licensee stores in the Northern Territory, Queensland and South Australia.

Consumers who think they may have been impacted by conduct similar to that outlined in the undertaking can call Optus’s specialist customer care team on 1300 082 820 for further information or support.

The undertaking offered by Optus, and accepted by the ACCC, is available at Optus Mobile Pty Ltd. It will come into force once the court makes final orders.

Examples of alleged conduct
A First Nations consumer, who speaks English as a second language and lives in a remote community with no Optus coverage, was approached by Optus staff outside an Optus store and pressured to enter. They did not want or need a new phone. They thought staff were offering them a free phone and other free products and felt pressured by staff to accept.

They were contracted to two high-end phones, three phone plans, two Device Protect services and one accessories bundle, which had a total minimum cost of $3,808 over 24 months. The following day, the consumer was entered into a second contract for a phone plan and accessories, for a total minimum of $540. The consumer was not informed there was no coverage at their home address, and false information was entered into their credit check. The consumer had their debt referred to debt collectors and was contacted on many occasions by the debt collector. The consumer sought the assistance of a financial counsellor as they did not understand what the debt related to.

Another consumer, who lives with an intellectual disability, attended an Optus store with a support worker to purchase a $20 pre-paid recharge for their phone. The consumer’s main source of income was the disability support pension. They were told by Optus staff that they could get a new phone and a free speaker for $30 a month, and were pressured into the purchase.

Optus staff added a false ABN to their account and manipulated credit checks. The consumer was entered into three separate contracts for a phone, plans and a smart watch and accessories, which they could not afford and would cost over $8,000 over 36 months. The consumer went to a community legal centre who assisted them with cancelling the contracts with Optus. 

In 2019 an internal Optus investigation into customer accounts at the Optus store in Mount Isa resulted in a report that identified that the store manager had falsified identification documents and consumer information to create services and had used the identities of First Nations consumers who were not aware that their identities had been used. The report identified 82 contracts that appeared to have been fraudulently completed without consumer knowledge.

After Optus was notified of the conduct the subject of the report, including through its senior management, it referred and sold outstanding debts associated with some of those contracts to third party debt collection and factoring agencies. Some consumers whose identities were associated with the relevant customer accounts were subject to threats of legal proceedings being commenced against them and of reporting defaults to credit reporting bodies. Some customers continued to be pursued by third party collections agencies until as late as July 2024 and Optus had not taken steps to stop that occurring.

Background
Optus is Australia’s second largest telecommunications provider. It is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Singtel Optus Pty Ltd, a foreign owned private company.

In Australia, Optus’s retail stores are either:
  • owned and operated directly by Optus RetailCo Pty Ltd; or
  • owned and operated through third party licensees, through Retail License Agreements. For example, prior to Optus buying back certain stores, all Optus stores in the Adelaide region were owned and operated by Mavaya Pty Ltd, and all Optus stores in the Northern Territory, as well as several in regional Queensland, were owned and operated by Suntel Communications Pty Ltd.
The ACCC commenced court action against Optus on 31 October 2024. The investigation was prompted by a referral from the Telecommunications Industry Ombudsman.

Cape York deserves World Heritage status – and Queensland may need it to become a global leader in tourism

Michael WestawayThe University of QueenslandAnna M. Kotarba-MorleyUniversity of AdelaideDenis RoseIndigenous KnowledgeOlivia ArnoldThe University of Queensland, and Rylee SmithIndigenous Knowledge

Last week, the Queensland government launched the ambitious Destination 2045 tourism plan, which aims to make the state a global leader in tourism. The plan highlights that one in six jobs in tropical north Queensland are supported by tourism.

However, earlier this year the same government tentatively withdrew support from a campaign to add Cape York to the UNESCO World Heritage List.

If the goal is to position Queensland as a leader in tourism, then linking Cape York’s landscapes to the World Heritage brand would certainly help achieve that.

Consultation is key

In June 2024, Steven Miles, Labor’s then-premier in Queensland, and Tanya Plibersek, the federal environment minister, announced they had placed seven of the cape’s national parks on Australia’s tentative World Heritage list.

In January, however, the newly elected Liberal-National government, under Premier David Crisafulli, ordered a review of the decision. The government cited concerns over a lack of sufficient consultation around the nomination.

If a lack of consultation is the main issue, there is an opportunity for the Crissafulli government to thoughtfully reopen negotiations.

Getting this step right could help conserve and encourage tourism to one of Australia’s most diverse landscapes – in line with the Destination 2045 plan.

How to get onto (and kicked off) UNESCO’s list

Cape York covers some 137,000 square kilometres. According to the 2021 census, it has a population of less than 8,000 people, including 3,678 Aboriginals and Torres Strait Islanders.

Fruit Bat Falls is a waterfall located in the Apudthama National Park (Jardine River National Park) in Cape York. Jason Clark/FlickrCC BY-NC

Inscription to the World Heritage list doesn’t mean the entire cape would be listed – just specific sites and landscapes within it.

It’s usually the responsibility of a country’s various governments to convince UNESCO, in a nomination bid, a certain place has the necessary “outstanding universal value” and meets at least one of UNESCO’s ten selection criteria.

Sites that are physically altered or damaged after receiving World Heritage status can be de-listed, either by a state party or by UNESCO. This has happened in Oman, Germany, the United Kingdom and Georgia.

We also recently saw the Murujuga Cultural Landscape in Western Australia, with its extraordinary record of rock engravings (petroglyphs), denied World Heritage inscription. This was mainly due to the threat of ongoing damage from industrial emissions from Woodside Energy’s nearby Karratha gas plant.

World Heritage status: a risk or benefit?

A carefully considered World Heritage inscription doesn’t necessarily block industries and tourism from the listed area.

Many of the archaeological sites of the Willandra Lakes World Heritage Area in New South Wales are located on sheep stations. These stations, established in the late 19th century, have individual property plans that ensure the sites are conserved while remaining viable for agricultural activity.

Another example is the tourism seen at the extraordinary eel trap system of Budj Bim in southwest Victoria. Budj Bim is one of Australia’s most recent additions to the World Heritage list. It is also the first site to be inscribed solely for its cultural value.

The Budj Bim eel traps were engineered some 6,600 years ago, and represent one of the world’s oldest aquaculture systems.

This cultural landscape is now home to a thriving tourism program that attracts thousands of visitors each year. The World Heritage listing ensures there are enough resources for the Gunditjmara Traditional Owners running the site to improve the health of Country through cultural and environmental management.

World Heritage often boosts international tourism, funding opportunities and local branding. The Lake District in the UK is a good example of this, although the site has faced some controversy recently.

While Queensland’s current government has cited concerns over planning restrictions, these types of concerns are typically based on perception rather than proven harm. In Queensland, they were also clearly addressed in government memos and communications.

Tasmania’s forestry sector resisted World Heritage expansion (there were four expansions between 1989–2013), yet tourism in the region remains economically valuable.

It’s unlikely the Cape York nominations would threaten the pastoral or mining industries, since most of the nominated sites are already protected as national parks.

What makes a World Heritage site?

The list of Cape York sites submitted for World Heritage consideration has some strong contenders. Quinkan Country is undoubtedly the most significant site on the list, distinguished by its diversity and richness of Aboriginal paintings and engravings.

But the list isn’t exhaustive. There are several other Aboriginal cultural landscapes in Cape York that also deserve to be considered by UNESCO. These include the giant shell mounds around WeipaJiigurru (Lizard Island), and the Flinders Island Group with its extraordinary rock art galleries.

Moving forward

World heritage listings in Cape York have great potential to allow Aboriginal people to care for the landscapes and create tourism infrastructure that centres Aboriginal perspectives.

Appointing Aboriginal rangers in the Flinders Island Group could help deliver a unique and sustainable cultural tourism experience, similar to that provided at the World Heritage-listed Kakadu National Park. Destination 2045 highlights the importance of developing Aboriginal ranger programs in such landscapes to boost cultural tourism and economic growth.

Inggal Odul (Denham Island part of Flinders Island Group). Source: Olivia Arnold (2023).

The Crisafulli government now has the opportunity to meaningfully engage with the Traditional Custodians of the Cape York landscapes that have been put forth. We argue that the World Heritage listing outcome could help the cape’s economic development and support its communities.The Conversation

Michael Westaway, Australian Research Council Future Fellow, Archaeology, School of Social Science, The University of QueenslandAnna M. Kotarba-Morley, Future Making Research Fellow, University of AdelaideDenis Rose, Indigenous Knowledge Holder, Indigenous KnowledgeOlivia Arnold, PhD candidate, The University of Queensland, and Rylee Smith, Leadership Academy Coordinator at Cape York Institute for Policy & Leadership, Indigenous Knowledge

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Death cap mushroom detections prompt health warning: NSW Health

June 17, 2025
​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​NSW Health is warning people about the health risks of eating wild mushrooms as poisonous death cap mushrooms, have been found growing in NSW.

Amanita phalloides, commonly known as death cap mushrooms, have been recently detected growing in Sydney, the Southern Highlands and Southern NSW.

NSW Poisons Information Centre’s Senior Specialist, Genevieve Adamo, said death cap mushrooms can be deadly if eaten.

“Symptoms of mushroom poisoning can sometimes be delayed, but early treatment is vital to health outcomes, Ms Adamo said.

“These include vomiting and diarrhoea, and in severe cases, liver and kidney damage or death.”

Professor Brett Summerell, Chief Scientist, Botanic Gardens of Sydney warned that identifying whether a wild mushroom is safe to eat is extremely difficult.

“There is no easy or reliable way to identify if a wild mushroom is edible or poisonous, so we advise people against foraging for, and eating, wild mushrooms,” Professor Summerell said.

“Cooking poisonous mushrooms does not make them safe to eat.

“You should only eat mushrooms you buy from a reputable grocery store, supermarket or produce market.”

In 2024, there were 23 hospitalisations for the toxic effect of ingested mushrooms, two of these in children aged under five years.

In the same year, the NSW Poisons Information Centre responded to 363 calls regarding exposures to wild mushrooms in NSW and ACT, an increase of 26 per cent compared to 2023.

So far this year (to 31 May 2025), there have been 190 calls.

With the identification of highly poisonous death cap mushrooms in NSW it is a warning that there can be disastrous consequences from eating wild mushrooms.

“As young children have a tendency to put things in their mouths, they can be at risk,” said Ms Adamo.

“Watch your children when they are playing outside, especially around large trees in parks or your garden at home where mushrooms may grow.

“Remove any mushrooms that may grow to keep your children safe.”

NSW Health and local councils have been conducting ongoing surveillance for death cap mushrooms for the last two years following an initial detection in Southern NSW.

If you worried that mushroom poisoning may have occurred, do not wait for symptoms to appear. Call the Poisons Information Centre immediately on 13 11 26.

In an emergency call Triple Zero (000) or go to an Emergency Department. If possible, take a sample of the mushroom or a photo to help with identification.


When new dads struggle, their kids’ health can suffer. Tackling mental distress early can help

D-BASE/Getty
Delyse HutchinsonDeakin UniversityGenevieve Le BasDeakin UniversityJacqui MacdonaldDeakin UniversitySamantha TeagueJames Cook University, and Stephanie AarsmanDeakin University

In Australia, an estimated one in ten men experience mental health issues such as anxiety and depression before and after their child is born (the perinatal period).

Alongside emotional ups and downs and exhaustion, new dads may also be facing greater practical demands, such as caring for the baby, supporting their partner, and providing financially.

It’s not surprising, then, that becoming a dad may be linked to increased psychological distress. But it’s concerning because many men don’t access help. There’s also growing evidence a father’s mental state may affect his developing child in the short and long term.

Our new review brings together the international evidence about the relationship between fathers’ mental health and children’s development for the first time.

We found consistent associations between dads’ psychological distress before and after birth and poorer outcomes in children’s social, emotional, cognitive, language and physical development, from birth until the early teens.

The good news? There are effective ways to intervene early.

Barriers to getting help

There are complex reasons why new fathers might not access help for mental distress.

Notably, a 2024 review of Australian and international research found fathers are not routinely asked in health-care settings about their wellbeing at any point before the birth of a child, or after – when support is often most needed.

Men may also feel they need to be strong and push past tough emotions to “get on” with looking after the family.

They may be reluctant to acknowledge their own difficulties, and instead avoid the issue, through strategies such as working excessively, or using alcohol or other drugs.

Working hours can also make accessing services difficult.

As a result, men may have trouble recognising mental distress and it may go undetected by the people around them and in the wider health-care system.

We don’t know the true impact

Research on early risk factors for poorer child development is around 17 times more likely to focus on mothers’ health and lifestyle, compared to fathers.

This focus is understandable, given up to one in five women experience perinatal anxiety or depression in the transition to motherhood.

Strong evidence links mothers’ mental distress to poorer child outcomes. For example, mothers experiencing perinatal anxiety or depression may withdraw and find it difficult to interact with their child. This may be linked to delays in children’s developing social and emotional skills.

Yet similar research on fathers has been lacking.

This imbalance affects health policy and clinical practice, leaving many fathers feeling excluded from family health care. The impact on their children has also been poorly understood.

What we looked at

Our new research aimed to understand how men’s mental health before and after birth is related to their child’s development, from birth through adolescence.

We looked at the findings from 84 longitudinal studies which track people over long periods of time, including from Australia, Europe, Asia and North America.

The review included any study that measured an association between perinatal depression, anxiety or stress in fathers (biological or adoptive) and child development. These included social and emotional skills, thinking and problem-solving, language, physical development and motor skills.

Our study had three main findings

First, mental distress in fathers during pregnancy and after birth was consistently linked to poorer development in their children.

Specifically, this included lower ratings on social, emotional, cognitive, and language skills, such as the capacity to interact with others, understand feelings, process information and communicate. It also affected physical health outcomes, such as body weight, sleep and eating patterns.

Second, associations were evident from early development (infancy) through to the early teens (13 years). This suggests that, without support, a father’s perinatal mental distress may be related to child development well beyond infancy.

Third, fathers’ mental distress after birth was more strongly related to how children developed than their mental distress during pregnancy.

This is not surprising, because it’s when fathers begin to interact with infants and may more directly influence their development.

So, what should change?

Our findings underscore that getting in early to support dads – both before and soon after the arrival of a new child – is crucial.

Routine screening for signs of mental distress is effective in identifying mothers who might benefit from help. This could be extended to all parents, through family planning, antenatal and postpartum clinics, and GP check-ups.

Research shows 80% of men see a GP or allied health practitioner in the year before having a baby. Asking about other aspects of wellbeing – such as sleep quality – can be an effective and non-stigmatising way to ease into conversations about mental health.

This can help connect men with support services earlier, to improve their health and their children’s.

What should men look out for?

Studies suggest men may often express their distress through relationship strain, rather than sadness. They may also report self-harm, suicidal ideation and feeling isolated.

Common signs a new dad might be struggling with mental health include:

  • fatigue
  • sleep problems
  • difficulty concentrating
  • racing heart
  • sweating
  • muscle tension
  • changes in appetite
  • feeling worried or out of control
  • irritability
  • anger
  • increased use of alcohol or other drugs.

Is there support?

Options for men who want more support include counselling, peer group support and online apps that use mindfulness and cognitive behaviour therapy to help manage moods.

For fathers needing more immediate support, crisis support services offer 24/7 live counselling via chat, telephone or video:

If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14. In an emergency in Australia, call triple 0.The Conversation

Delyse Hutchinson, Associate Professor, Clinical Psychologist, and NHMRC Leadership Fellow, SEED Centre for Lifespan Research, School of Psychology, Deakin UniversityGenevieve Le Bas, Clinical Psychologist and Research Fellow, Deakin UniversityJacqui Macdonald, Associate Professor in Psychology, Deakin UniversitySamantha Teague, Senior Research Fellow in Psychology, James Cook University, and Stephanie Aarsman, Research Fellow, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Drones trialled to enhance NSW Ambulance Aeromedical and Special Operations

June 17, 2025
NSW Ambulance has trialled the use of drones to enhance its aeromedical and special operations capabilities during search and rescue missions.

​The two-month Remotely Piloted Aeromedical Clinical Systems (RPACS) trial, utilised cutting-edge technology to enhance patient care, operational safety and efficiency.

The trial has provided valuable insights into the effectiveness of drones in aeromedical missions, with a focus on improving both the speed and safety of operations in remote and difficult-to-reach locations.

Seven critical care paramedics and special operations team paramedics were specially trained to operate, maintain and deploy RPACS drones as part of search and rescue missions.

These drones can provide real-time aerial surveillance to improve situational awareness and support decision-making on critical incidents, leading to better patient outcomes.

The RPACS drones feature thermal imaging, high intensity search lights, the ability to carry essential items, and a loudspeaker to communicate with patients. Most importantly, the device can live stream to a secure link so a medical response can be managed from a remote location.

This sophisticated response can include the delivery of lifesaving medical supplies - including blood products, anti-venoms and external defibrillators - directly to patients up to 7km away in isolated environments, where immediate access by conventional means may not be possible.

This initiative was made possible through the NSW Ambulance partnership with Toll Aviation, and the support of the NSW Health Sustainable Futures Innovation Fund, which supports projects aimed at improving patient care while also reducing waste and emissions.

The RPACS technology will not only advance operational capabilities but also contribute to more sustainable practices through reducing demand on aeromedical helicopters.

A full evaluation of the trial is now underway, looking at environmental sustainability, operational outcomes, and future benefits of this technology to patient care and aeromedical operations.

Minister for Health, Ryan Park stated: 

“This is a very exciting initiative which unlocks a range of potential to improve our ability to reach patients in difficult-to-reach locations.

“These drones feature a range of capabilities to more effectively locate patients, communicate with them and deliver essential items.

“It allows aeromedical and special operations paramedics to make better decisions, and therefore, improve patient outcomes.

“I am so proud that NSW Ambulance is leading the way in the evolution of emergency healthcare.”

NSW Ambulance Chief Executive Dr Dominic Morgan stated: 

"By integrating drones into our operations, this initiative allows us to innovate and reduce environmental impact while maintaining the high standards of emergency care our communities expect.

“RPACS drones can cover vast and challenging terrain rapidly and efficiently, ensuring that paramedics on the ground have access to real-time data that can help save lives.” ​

Photo: NSW Ambulance 

Need to see a specialist? You might have to choose between high costs and a long wait. Here’s what needs to change

Peter BreadonGrattan Institute and Elizabeth BaldwinGrattan Institute

If you have cancer, a disease such as diabetes or dementia, or need to manage other complex health conditions, you often need expert care from a specialist doctor.

But as our new Grattan Institute report shows, too many people are forced to choose between long waits in the public system or high costs if they go private.

Governments need to provide more training for specialist doctors in short supply, make smart investments in public clinics, and regulate the extremely high fees a small number of private specialists charge.

High fees, long waits, missed care

Fees for private specialist appointments are high and rising.

On average, patients’ bills for specialist appointments add up to A$300 a year. This excludes people who were bulk billed for every appointment, but that’s relatively rare: patients pay out-of-pocket costs for two-thirds of appointments with a specialist doctor.

Increasing GP costs make national headlines, but specialist fees have risen even more – they’ve grown by 73% since 2010.

Line chart showing growth in out-of-pocket costs for specialists, GPs, and other Medicare services
Out-of-pocket costs for specialist care have increased faster than for other Medicare services. Grattan InstituteCC BY-NC-SA

People who can’t afford to pay with money often pay with time – and sometimes with their health, as their condition deteriorates.

Wait times for a free appointment at a public clinic can be months or even years. In Victoria and Queensland, people with an urgent referral – who should be seen within 30 days – are waiting many months to see some specialists.

High fees and long waits add up to missed care. Every year, 1.9 million Australians delay or skip needed specialist care – about half of them because of cost.

Distance is another barrier. People in regional and remote areas receive far fewer specialist services per person than city dwellers (even counting services delivered virtually). Half of remote communities receive less than one specialist appointment, per person, per year. There are no city communities where that’s the case.

Scatter plot showing specialist services per person, by small area, for major cities, regional, and remote areas
People in regional and remote areas receive fewer specialist services. Grattan InstituteCC BY-NC-SA

Train the specialists we’ll need in the future

Specialist training takes at least 12 years, so planning ahead is crucial. Governments can’t conjure more cardiologists overnight, or have a paediatrician treat elderly people.

But at the moment there are no regular projections of the specialists we’ll need in the future, nor planning to make sure we get them. Government-funded training places are determined by the priorities of specialist colleges, which approve training places, and the immediate needs of public hospitals.

As a result, we’ve got a lot of some types of specialist and a shortage of others. We’ve trained many emergency medicine specialists because public hospitals rely on trainees to staff emergency departments 24/7. But we have too few dermatologists and ophthalmologists – and numbers of those specialists are growing slower than average.

Bar chart showing growth in doctors from 2013 to 2023, by specialty
The numbers of some types of specialists are growing faster than others. Grattan InstituteCC BY-NC-SA

The lack of planning extends to where specialist training takes place. Doctors tend to put down roots and stay where they train. A shortage of rural training places leads to a shortage of rural specialists.

To fix these problems, governments need to plan and pay for training places that match Australia’s future health needs. Governments should forecast the need for particular specialties in particular areas. Then training funding should be tied to delivering the necessary specialist training places.

To fill gaps in the meantime, the federal government should streamline applications for overseas specialists to move here. It should also recognise qualifications from more similar countries.

More public clinics where they’re needed most

Public clinics don’t charge fees and are crucial in ensuring all Australians can get specialist care. But governments should be more strategic in where and how they invest.

There are big differences in specialist access across the country. After adjusting for differences in age, sex, health and wealth, people living in the worst-served areas receive about one-third fewer services than people in the best-served communities.

Governments should fund more public services in areas that need it most. They should set a five-year target to lift access for the quarter of communities receiving the least care in each specialty.

Column chart showing the additional services needed in each small area to reach the 25th percentile for each specialty
More services are needed to help the least-served communities catch up. Grattan InstituteCC BY-NC-SA

We estimate 81 communities need additional investment in at least one specialty – about a million extra appointments in total. Some communities receive less care across the board and need investment in many specialties.

With long waiting times and unmet need, governments should also make sure they’re getting the most out of their investment in public clinics.

Different clinics are run in very different ways. Some have taken up virtual care with a vengeance, others barely at all. One clinic might stick to traditional staffing models, while the clinic down the road might have moved towards “top of scope” models where nurses and allied health workers do more.

Scatter plot showing the proportion of specialist appointments that are virtual, in major cities, by specialty
Not all specialists offer virtual appointments. Grattan InstituteCC BY-NC-SA

Governments should lay out an agenda to modernise clinics, encouraging them to adopt best practices. And they should introduce systems that allow GPs to get quick written advice from specialists to reduce unnecessary referrals and ensure services can focus on patients who really need their care.

Curb extreme fees

Even with more public services, and more specialists, excessive fees will still be a problem.

A small fraction – less than 4% – of specialists charge triple the Medicare schedule fee, or more, on average. These can only be described as extreme fees.

In 2023, an initial consultation with an endocrinologist or cardiologist who met this “extreme fee” definition cost an average of $350. For a psychiatrist, it was $670.

Bar chart showing examples of extreme fees by specialty
One psychiatrist charged $670, but they weren’t the only specialist charging ‘extreme fees’. Grattan InstituteCC BY-NC-SA

There is no valid justification for these outlier fees. They’re beyond the level needed to fairly reward doctors’ skill and experience, they aren’t linked to better quality and they don’t cross-subsidise care for poorer patients. Incomes for average specialists – who charge much less – are already among the highest in the country. Nine of the top ten highest-earning occupations are medical specialties.

The federal government has committed to publishing fee information, which is a positive step. But in some areas, it can be hard to find a better option, and patients may be hesitant to shop around.

The federal government should directly tackle extreme fees. It should require specialists who charge extreme fees to repay the value of the Medicare rebates received for their services that year.

Specialist care has been neglected long enough. The federal and state governments need to act now.

The Conversation

Peter Breadon, Program Director, Health and Aged Care, Grattan Institute and Elizabeth Baldwin, Senior Associate, Grattan Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

AMA calls for urgent Medicare rebate reforms to meet rising healthcare costs

June 16, 2025
The Australian Medical Associations says the Grattan Institute’s report into non-GP specialist fees highlights the urgent need for reforms to ensure Medicare rebates keep pace with the rising costs of delivering timely, high-quality healthcare to all Australians. 

AMA President Dr Danielle McMullen said the report underscored the need for further investment in our healthcare system.  

“Private outpatient services alleviate pressure on the broader health system, and ongoing support for this sector — through adequate and responsive MBS funding — is vital to maintaining choice, affordability, and sustainability,” Dr McMullen said.  

Dr McMullen said a range of factors contribute to high out-of-pocket costs for patients, with years of stagnant Medicare rebates being a major factor. 

“Medicare rebates have lagged inflation for years, and we welcome the report’s recognition that it is time for a review of Medicare rebates to ensure they reflect the real costs of providing care,” Dr McMullen said. 

The AMA has also supported greater fee transparency and will work with the government in finalising its enhanced medical cost finder website to ensure patients are more informed about the potential fees they might face for private specialist care. 

“For specialist care delivered in private hospitals, it is important to remember that 97.2 per cent of services for privately insured patients are delivered under known or no-gap arrangements,” Dr McMullen said. 

“However, the report goes too far in suggesting the government should deny patients access to their Medicare rebate simply because of their choice of specialist.  

“We have also been calling for an independent Private Health System Authority to oversee reforms that would support a more sustainable private health system — one that protects patient choice and clinical autonomy.  

“Our Clear the Logjam campaign has shown just how much pressure our public hospitals are under after years of underfunding by governments and this report is another reminder of the long delays patients face when trying to access care through our public hospital system. It is time for all governments to reach agreement on a new and properly funded National Health Reform Agreement to bring down these unacceptable waiting times. 

“We also welcome recognition of the need for an independent national workforce planning agency to ensure Australia’s medical workforce has the right skills, in the right places, to meet future community needs and demand. 

“Targeted investment in a sustainable, well-distributed health workforce — including investment in rural and regional training — is key to ensuring every Australian, no matter where they live, can access the care they need.” 

New research shows Australians see influencers as major sources of misinformation

Sora ParkUniversity of CanberraAshleigh HawUniversity of CanberraCaroline FisherUniversity of Canberra, and Kieran McGuinnessUniversity of Canberra

As consumption of traditional news continues to fall, audiences are turning to social media personalities and influencers for their information. These figures are increasingly shaping public debates.

But Australian news audiences are sceptical. More Australians believe social media influencers are a major misinformation threat than other sources, according to new research.

The Digital News Report: Australia 2025, released today, also reveals general news avoidance remains high, with 69% of people saying they try not to engage with it. This is particularly the case among women, young people and those in regional areas.

So if people don’t want to engage with traditional news, but are suspicious of influencers, how can we ensure they get reliable information when they need it? There are some solutions.

Suspicious of influencers

The Digital News Report: Australia is part of a global annual survey of digital news consumption in 48 countries, commissioned by the Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism at the University of Oxford.

The survey was conducted by YouGov in January and February 2025. The data are weighted for age, gender and region. Education and political quotas were also applied.

For the 11th iteration of this study in Australia, we surveyed 2,006 online Australian adults. We asked people about sources and platforms they believe to be major misinformation threats.

More than half of participants said online influencers/personalities are the major risk (57%), followed by activists (51%), foreign governments (49%), Australian political actors (48%), and the news media (43%).

This is in stark contrast to the United States, where national politicians are seen as posing the biggest threat of misleading information (57%) and is ten percentage points higher than the global average of 42 countries in the survey (47%).

Navigating truth online

The report also finds Australians continue to be the most concerned about what is real or fake online, with 74% saying they are worried about it.

This is especially true on social media, where Australians see Facebook (59%) and TikTok (57%) as the two platforms that are the biggest threat of spreading misinformation.

Given the proportion of people using social media as their main source of news has increased (26%, up eight percentage points since 2016) and TikTok is the fastest growing social media platform for news (14%, up 13 percentage points since 2020), concern about misinformation will likely remain an issue in Australia.

This problem is not necessarily with the platform itself, but who audiences pay attention to when they are on it.

On TikTok, Australians are more likely to turn to information shared by influencers, particularly younger audiences.

Less or more intervention?

Deciding what is true or fake online is a complex issue. This was highlighted during the political debate over the federal government’s controversial Combatting Misinformation and Disinformation Bill, which was eventually withdrawn late last year.

Much hinged on questions around who gets to decide what the truth is, and who might be responsible for tackling it. Is it the job of digital platforms to remove harmful and misleading content? Or do audiences need more media literacy education? Or both?

As debate over how to reduce harm while balancing free speech continues, we asked people about the removal of harmful and offensive social media content.

One third (33%) say social media and video networks like TikTok and YouTube are not removing enough harmful or offensive content.

Fewer people (21%) think platforms are removing too much.

This indicates Australians want more action from social media companies.

Boosting media literacy

The data also tell us improving news literacy across the community may be key to tackling the problem.

We asked people what they do when they come across suspicious information. Thirty-nine percent said they fact-check using trusted news sources, official websites and search engines.

But there were important differences in fact-checking behaviours between those who had received some kind of news literacy education and those who had not.

People who had received training about how the news works were much more likely to use a reputable news source or go to an official website to verify information.

However, few people have had such education, with only 24% of those surveyed saying they had received some.

The data show not only are people with news literacy education more likely to fact-check, they also avoid news less, have higher interest in it, are more likely to trust the news, and more inclined to pay for it.

This suggests increasing news literacy can help users navigate the complex online environment, and could also have both civic and economic benefits.

While there is no single solution to reducing misinformation online, this year’s data points to two key areas for further action: increasing access to media literacy training for all Australians, and compelling digital platforms to remove more misleading and harmful content.The Conversation

Sora Park, Professor of Communication, News & Media Research Centre, University of CanberraAshleigh Haw, Senior Lecturer in Communication and Media, University of CanberraCaroline Fisher, Associate Professor of Communication, University of Canberra, and Kieran McGuinness, Postdoctoral Fellow, News & Media Research Centre, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What is ‘cognitive shuffling’ and does it really help you get to sleep? Two sleep scientists explain

Ursula Ferrara/Shutterstock
Melinda JacksonMonash University and Eleni KavaliotisMonash University

If you’ve been on social media lately – perhaps scrolling in the middle of the night, when you know you shouldn’t but you just can’t sleep – you might have seen those videos promoting a get-to-sleep technique called “cognitive shuffling”.

The idea, proponents say, is to engage your mind with random ideas and images via a special formula:

  1. pick a random word (such as “cake”)
  2. focus on the first letter of the word (in this case, C) and list a bunch of words starting with that letter: cat, carrot, calendar and so on
  3. visualise each word as you go along
  4. when you feel ready, move onto the next letter (A) and repeat the process
  5. continue with each letter of the original word (so, in this case, K and then E) until you feel ready to switch to a new word or until you drift off to sleep.

It’s popular on Instagram and TikTok, but does “cognitive shuffling” have any basis in science?

Where did this idea come from?

The cognitive shuffling technique was made famous by Canada-based researcher Luc P. Beaudoin more than a decade ago, when he published a paper about how what he called “serial diverse imagining” could help with sleep.

One of Beaudoin’s hypothetical examples involved a woman thinking of the word “blanket”, then thinking bicycle (and imagining a bicycle), buying (imagining buying shoes), banana (visualising a banana tree) and so on.

Soon, Beaudoin writes, she moves onto the letter L, thinking about her friend Larry, the word “like” (imagining her son hugging his dog). She soon transitions to the letter A, thinking of the word “Amsterdam”:

and she might very vaguely imagine the large hand of a sailor gesturing for another order of fries in an Amsterdam pub while a rancid accordion plays in the background.

Sleep soon ensues. The goal, according to Beaudoin, is to think briefly about:

a neutral or pleasant target and frequently [switch] to unrelated targets (normally every 5-15 seconds).

Don’t try to relate one word with another or find a link between the words; resist the mind’s natural tendency toward sense-making.

While the research into this technique is still in its infancy, the idea is grounded in science. That’s because we know from other research good sleepers tend to have different kinds of thoughts in bed to bad sleepers.

People with insomnia are more focused on worries, problems, or noises in the environment, and are often preoccupied with not sleeping.

Good sleepers, on the other hand, typically have dream-like, hallucinatory, less ordered thoughts before nodding off.

Pages appear to fly out of a book and turn into birds.
Good sleepers typically have dream-like, hallucinatory, less ordered thoughts before nodding off. fran_kie/Shutterstock

Sorting the pro-somnolent wheat from the insomnolent chaff

Cognitive shuffling attempts to mimic the thinking patterns of good sleepers by simulating the dream-like and random thought patterns they generally have before drifting off to sleep.

In particular, Beaudoin’s research describes two types of sleep-related thoughts: insomnolent (or anti-sleep) and pro-somnolent (sleep-promoting) thoughts.

Insomnolent thoughts include things such as worrying, planning, rehearsing, and ruminating on perceived problems or failings.

Pro-somnolent thoughts on the other hand involve thoughts that can help you fall asleep, such as dream-like imagery or having a calm, relaxed state of mind.

Cognitive shuffling aims to distract from or interfere with insomnolent thought. It offers a calm, neutral path for your racing mind, and can reduce the stress associated with not sleeping.

Cognitive shuffling also helps tell your brain you are ready for sleep.

In fact, the process of “shuffling” between different thoughts is similar to the way your brain naturally drifts off to sleep. During the transition to sleep, brain activity slows. Your brain starts to generate disconnected images and fleeting scenes, known as hypnagogic hallucinations, without a conscious effort to make sense of them.

By mimicking these scattered, disconnected, and random thought patterns, cognitive shuffling may help you transition from wakefulness to sleep.

And the preliminary research into this is promising. Beaudoin and his team have found serial diverse imagining helps to lower arousal before sleep, improve sleep quality and reduce the effort involved in falling asleep.

However, with only a small number of research studies, more work is needed here.

It didn’t work. Now what?

As with every new strategy, however, practise makes perfect. Don’t be disheartened if you don’t see an improvement straight away; these things take time.

Stay consistent and be kind to yourself.

And what works for some won’t work for others. Different people benefit from different types of strategies depending on how they relate to and experience stress or stressful thoughts.

Other strategies to help create the right conditions for sleep include:

If, despite all your best efforts, night time thoughts continue to impact your sleep or overall wellbeing, consider seeking professional help from your doctor or a trained sleep specialist.The Conversation

Melinda Jackson, Associate Professor at Turner Institute for Brain and Mental Health, School of Psychological Sciences, Monash University and Eleni Kavaliotis, Research Fellow in the Sleep, Cognition, and Mood Laboratory at Monash University, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

NSW Government announces infrastructure package to support Western Sydney Aerotropolis growth

June 16 2025
The Minns Labor Government has announced a comprehensive $835 million investment to enable development, support job creation and maximise economic growth for the Western Sydney Aerotropolis region.

The government stated that ''Spanning 11,200 hectares, the Western Sydney Aerotropolis presents a generational opportunity to create a thriving economic hub which is set to provide thousands of new jobs closer to home for the people of Western Sydney''. 

This Aerotropolis package builds on the previously announced $1 billion investment in the first stage of the Fifteenth Avenue upgrade, jointly funded with the Australian Government.

Building Better Communities

Roads are essential infrastructure for the Aerotropolis. Road infrastructure must be in place to not just cater for the growing freight, but to maximise growth.

This year’s Budget includes close to $150 million in additional funding. That is on top of $2.55 billion allocated to existing Aerotropolis roads projects over four years, taking the total commitment to $2.7 billion.

The Key new project allocations announced include:
  • $50 million for critical road upgrades across the Aerotropolis, including traffic lights and signals at the Elizabeth Drive and Luddenham Road intersection and a new turning lane at the Mamre Road and Kerrs Road intersection.
  • $39 million to plan three key routes – Devonshire Road, Devonshire Link Road and Bradfield Metro Link Road – including a $12.5 million contribution from the Albanese Labor Government.
  • $29.6 million for an incident management and response team to deploy rapidly to accidents and traffic delays. The new team will support key routes to and from the airport, along with the broader South Western Sydney road network.
  • $30 million for more than 1000 new green directional signs across Sydney directing to the Aerotropolis and Western Sydney Airport.
The government stated this builds on major ongoing road projects in the Aerotropolis, jointly funded by the Minns and Albanese Labor Governments, including:
  • $1 billion for the first stage of the Fifteenth Avenue upgrade between Liverpool and the new airport.
  • $1 billion for the upgrade of Mamre Road Stage 2 between Erskine Park and Kemps Creek.
  • $800 million for the upgrade of Elizabeth Drive to connect the new airport.
  • More than $2 billion for the toll-free M12 Motorway.
More essential services – Western Sydney’s biggest fire station

The Minns Labor Government is today announcing the new location for the Badgerys Creek Fire Station.

Construction of the facility, on Adams Road in Luddenham, is expected to commence later this year, with completion due by late 2026. The station is set to become the largest in Western Sydney.

The Government is also committing to recruiting 52 new firefighters to staff the 24/7 station with a $42.2 million investment, significantly expanding our firefighting strength in the growth corridor and helping deliver on an election commitment to fund 600 additional firefighters.

This builds on the Governments $15.4 million investment last year to deliver the new Badgerys Creek station, including three new fire trucks.

This investment in the 2025-26 Budget is on top of an additional $17 million over two years to help renew the state’s fire-fighting fleet and strengthen our frontline emergency response. 

Investing in water infrastructure to unlock future industry and housing

Sydney Water will invest $644 million to deliver stormwater and recycled water infrastructure across the Mamre Road precinct in Western Sydney, as part of the largest integrated stormwater scheme in Australia.

The works will support the first precinct to be developed in the Aerotropolis, the 1,020-hectare Mamre Road Precinct, and lay the foundation for the remaining 7,267 hectares of industrial land surrounding the future Nancy-Bird Walton Airport.

The Minns Labor Government has worked with Sydney Water to drive down the cost to developers, giving them certainty and helping them get started with job-creating construction projects.

In March 2023, Sydney Water proposed a bond fee for the Mamre Road Precinct of $1.3 million per hectare. Since then, the Government has worked with Sydney Water to revise the scope, driving down the contribution to $877,000 in the final Development Servicing Plan, released last month.

The NSW Government states the investment will help deliver the critical infrastructure needed to support growth across the Western Sydney Aerotropolis.

The government stated the investment will fund:
  • The construction of naturalised channels and waterways (instead of concrete pipes and drains)
  • Land acquisition and construction of stormwater capture and harvesting infrastructure in the form of basins and wetlands
This funding is part of our plan to deliver better essential services that people and businesses rely on and to unlock investment to grow our economy, setting NSW up for long-term prosperity.

Premier Minns stated:

“With billions of dollars now committed, we’re not just talking about building a new airport—we’re creating a connected, thriving region that will delivers job, homes and opportunity for generations to come.

“This funding ensures the right infrastructure is in place to support growth and unlock the full potential of the Aerotropolis.

“Whether it’s new roads, or enabling infrastructure, we’re laying the foundations now to support the Aerotropolis into the future.”

Treasurer Mookhey stated:

“This Budget makes the critical investments in essential infrastructure to support new growth in Western Sydney.

“We are backing the Aerotropolis precinct with the infrastructure to grow a local economy and create jobs.

“This Budget puts opportunity at the heart of government decisions as we build a better future for NSW.

Minister for Emergency Services Jihad Dib stated:

"Today marks an important investment in safety and resilience for Western Sydney.

"Badgerys Creek Fire Station will play a vital role in strengthening our emergency response in this rapidly developing corridor.

“This investment means our emergency services are prepared to help safeguard the community as the region continues to grow." 

Minister for Roads Jenny Aitchison stated:

“This year’s roads Budget includes close to $150 million in additional funding to support the Aerotropolis. We have focused on the must have priorities – new and widened roads, intersections, safety upgrades – that will bust congestion in this growing area.

“We’ll ensure that ahead of the new Western Sydney Airport opening by the end of 2026, we’re building the supporting road network it needs.”

Acting Minister for Western Sydney Courtney Houssos stated:

“The Minns Labor Government is committed to delivering for the people of Western Sydney, after the Liberals and Nationals allowed infrastructure projects in Western Sydney to stall.

“These investments will ensure families and businesses are supported with the services they need to thrive.

“With the new Western Sydney Airport set to open next year, it is vital we continue to invest in Western Sydney, so the area’s potential can be unlocked.”

Minister for Water Rose Jackson stated:

“This significant infrastructure investment is about getting the basics right so we can build the homes and businesses Western Sydney needs.”

FRNSW Commissioner Jeremy Fewtrell AFSM stated:

“The fire station’s proximity to the airport means it can immediately respond and support aviation firefighters in any emergency.

“It’s also a reflection of our ongoing commitment to firefighter wellbeing through modern design and safety-focused infrastructure.”

Dopamine can make it hard to put down our phone or abandon the online shopping cart. Here’s why

Vardan Papikyan/Unsplash
Anastasia HronisUniversity of Technology Sydney

Ever find yourself unable to stop scrolling through your phone, chasing that next funny video or interesting post?

Or maybe you’ve felt a rush of excitement when you achieve a goal, eat a delicious meal, or fill your online shopping cart.

Why do some experiences feel so rewarding, while others leave us feeling flat? Well, dopamine might be responsible for that. Here’s what it does in our brains and bodies.

It’s a chemical messenger

Dopamine is a neurotransmitter – a chemical messenger that facilitates communication between the brain and the central nervous system. It sends messages between different parts of your nervous system, helping your body and brain coordinate everything from your movement to your mood.

Dopamine is most known for its role in short-term pleasure, and the boost we get from things such as eating tasty foods, drinking alcohol, scrolling social media or falling in love.

Dopamine also assists with learning, maintaining focus and attention, and helps us store memories.

It even plays a role in kidney function by regulating the levels of salt and water we excrete.

Conversely, low levels of dopamine have been linked to neurodegenerative disorders such as Parkinson’s disease.

How dopamine motivates us to pursue pleasure

Dopamine is not just active when we do pleasurable things. It’s active beforehand and it drives us to pursue pleasure.

Say I go to a cafe and decide to buy a doughnut. When I bite into the doughnut, it tastes fantastic. Dopamine surges and I experience pleasure.

The next time I walk past the cafe, dopamine is already active. It remembers the doughnut I had last time and how delicious it was. Dopamine drives me to walk back into the cafe, purchase another doughnut and eat it.

Woman holds doughnut with sprinkles
Dopamine drives us to do things that felt good last time. Fotios Photos/Pexels

From an evolutionary perspective, dopamine was incredibly important and it ensured survival of the species. It motivated behaviours such as hunting and foraging for food. It reinforced the pursuit of finding shelter and safety and keeping away from predators. And it motivated people to seek out mates and to reproduce.

However, modern technology has amplified the effects of dopamine, leading to negative consequences. Activities such as excessive social media use, gambling, consuming alcohol, drug use, sex, pornography and gaming can stimulate dopamine release, creating cycles of addiction and compulsive behaviours.

Our dopamine levels can vary

Our brain is constantly releasing small amounts of dopamine at a “baseline” rate. This is because dopamine is crucial to the functioning of our brain and body, irrespective of pleasure.

Everyone has a different baseline, influenced by genetic factors such as our DRD2 dopamine receptor genes. Some people produce and metabolise dopamine faster than other people. Our baseline levels can also be influenced by sleep, nutrition and stress in our lives.

Given we all have a baseline of dopamine, our experience of pleasure at any given time is relative to our baseline rate and relative to what has come before.

If I play games on my phone all morning and get a dopamine release from that, then I eat something tasty for morning tea, I may not experience the same level of fulfilment or enjoyment that I would have had I not played those games.

The brain works hard to regulate itself and it won’t allow us to be in a constant state of dopamine “highs”. This means we can build a tolerance to certain exciting activities if we seek them out too much, as the brain wants to avoid being in a state of constant dopamine “highs”.

Healthy ways to get a dopamine boost

Thankfully, there are healthy, non-addictive ways to boost your dopamine levels.

Exercise is one of the most effective methods for boosting dopamine naturally. Physical activities such as walking, running, cycling, or even dancing can trigger the release of dopamine, leading to improved mood and greater motivation.

Man jogs on a beach
Running can also give you a dopamine boost. Leandro Boogalu/Pexels

Research has shown listening to music you enjoy makes your brain release more dopamine, giving you a pleasurable experience.

And of course, spending time with people whose company we enjoy is another great way to activate dopamine.

Incorporating these habits into daily life can support your brain’s natural dopamine production and help you enjoy lasting improvements in motivation, mood and overall health.The Conversation

Anastasia Hronis, Clinical Psychologist, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Assessment in the age of AI – unis must do more than tell students what not to do

Matheus Bertelli/ Pexels CC BY
Thomas CorbinDeakin UniversityDanny LiuUniversity of Sydney, and Phillip DawsonDeakin University

In less than three years, artificial intelligence technology has radically changed the assessment landscape. In this time, universities have taken various approaches, from outright banning the use of generative AI, to allowing it in some circumstances, to allowing AI by default.

But some university teachers and students have reported they remain confused and anxious, unsure about what counts as “appropriate use” of AI. This has been accompanied by concerns AI is facilitating a rise in cheating.

There is also a broader question about the value of university degrees today if AI is used in student assessments.

In a new journal article, we examine current approaches to AI and assessment and ask: how should universities assess students in the age of AI?

Why ‘assessment validity’ matters

Universities have responded to the emergence of generative AI with various policies aimed at clarifying what is allowed and what is not.

For example, the United Kingdom’s University of Leeds set up a “traffic light” framework of when AI tools can be used in assessment: red means no AI, orange allows limited use, green encourages it.

For example, a “red” light on a traditional essay would indicate to students it should be written without any AI assistance at all. An “amber” marked essay would perhaps allow AI use for “idea generation” but not for writing elements. A “green” light would permit students to use AI in any way they choose.

In order to help ensure students comply with these rules, many institutions, such as the University of Melbourne, require students to declare their use of AI in a statement attached to submitted assessments.

The aim in these and similar cases is to preserve “assessment validity”. This refers to whether the assessment is measuring what we think it is measuring. Is it assessing students’ actual capabilities or learning? Or how well they use the AI? Or how much they paid to use it?

But we argue setting clear rules is not enough to maintain assessment validity.

Our paper

In a new peer-reviewed paper, we present a conceptual argument for how universities and schools can better approach AI in assessments.

We begin by making the distinction between two approaches to AI and assessment:

  • discursive changes: only modify the instructions or rules around an assessment. To work, they rely on students understanding and voluntarily following directions.

  • structural changes: modify the task itself. These constrain or enable behaviours by design, not by directives.

For example, telling students “you may only use AI to edit your take-home essay” is a discursive change. Changing an assessment task to include a sequence of in-class writing tasks where development is observed over time is a structural change.

Telling a student not to use AI tools when writing computer code is discursive. Developing a live, assessed conversation about the choices a student has made made is structural.

A reliance on changing the rules

In our paper, we argue most university responses to date (including traffic light frameworks and student declarations) have been discursive. They have only changed the rules around what is or isn’t allowed. They haven’t modified the assessments themselves.

We suggest only structural changes can reliably protect validity in a world where AI use means rule-breaking is increasingly undetectable.

So we need to change the task

In the age of generative AI, if we want assessments to be valid and fair, we need structural change.

Structural change means designing assessments where validity is embedded in the task itself, not outsourced to rules or student compliance.

This won’t look the same in every discipline and it won’t be easy. In some cases, it may require assessing students in very different ways from the past. But we can’t avoid the challenge by just telling students what to do and hoping for the best.

If assessment is to retain its function as a meaningful claim about student capability, it must be rethought at the level of design.The Conversation

Thomas Corbin, Research fellow, Center for Research in Assessment and Digital Learning, Deakin UniversityDanny Liu, Professor of Educational Technologies, University of Sydney, and Phillip Dawson, Professor and Co-Director, Centre for Research in Assessment and Digital Learning, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.


Week Three June 2025 (June 10 - 15)

Public school students survey on learning + wellbeing

June 12, 2025

NSW public school students are encouraged to have a say on their learning experiences and wellbeing at school, via a statewide survey underway this term.

The NSW Department of Education is urging all public schools to take part in the 15-minute survey in Term 2, 2025.

The department’s Centre for Education Statistics and Evaluation (CESE) has designed the NSW Public Schools Student Survey for Years 3 to 12 to be short, accessible and aligned to student and school priorities.

Schools such as The Rock Central School in the Riverina, on Wiradjuri Country, have embraced the opportunity to ask students about teaching experiences, their engagement and their sense of belonging at school.

Principal Nim Weerakoon said the process was simple and streamlined.

“The questions were student friendly and will provide schools with insightful information into student engagement and wellbeing at school,” Ms Weerakoon said.

CESE Executive Director (Policy and Evidence) Dr Jennifer Buckingham is proud to offer the first stage of the survey to students this year, with parents and school staff having their say in 2026.

“Built from the ground up and incorporating the voices of students, teachers and school leaders, the new survey is short in length and covers important aspects of students’ experiences of teaching, learning and wellbeing,” Dr Buckingham said.

“The themes covered align with Our Plan for NSW Public Education, which stresses the importance of student voice, and are evidence-based, drawing on the insights from CESE’s longstanding What Works Best resources.”

CESE’s co-director of Strategic Analysis and Research, Ian McCarthy, and his team are visiting schools across the state as they undertake the survey, including The Rock Central School, and said staff appreciated the efficient online survey.

“Schools tell us the new survey significantly minimises the administration time for school staff and they appreciated the support CESE is providing them through professional learning and step-by-step how-to guides,” Mr McCarthy said.

“One highlight for our students is watching a short video from representatives in the Minister’s Student Council (DOVES).

“The video is typically shown to students right before they start the survey and explains why it is important for students and schools.”

Read more about the NSW Public Schools Student Survey

 

June 1949: Avalon Beach full of Jam Melons

From the pages of the past:

Surf Full Of Melons

Hundreds of big jam melons that had been carried out to sea by the Hawkesbury River flood, were washed up in the surf at Avalon Beach yesterday.

Most of them were in sound condition despite their long journey- possibly 50 miles.

They were quickly snapped up by scores of local residents and visitors. 

Mr. Ronald Hogg, who lives nearby, said that people went to the beach on foot and in cars and trucks, which they loaded with melons. Others staggered away with chaffbags full.

Apparently the melons had been swept by floodwaters from farms along the upper parts of the Hawkesbury. Surf Full Of Melons (1949, June 20 - Monday). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 4. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article18119781

Avalon Beach circa 1949 - summertime

The Jam Melon is a now near impossible to find variety of melon that was commonplace in the 1930's, 40's, 50's and 60's. It was grown specifically for jam making and made popular by IXL who made a version that was very popular but discontinued in the 1980's.

The citron melon (Citrullus amarus), also called fodder melon, preserving melon, red-seeded citron, jam melon, stock melon, Kalahari melon or tsamma melon, is a relative of the watermelon. It is from the family Cucurbitaceae which consists of various squashes, melons, and gourds. 

Native to arid landscapes of sub-Saharan Africa, it has been a wild source of nutrition and hydration for humans for an extraordinarily long time. Its fruit has a hard white flesh, rendering it less likely to be eaten raw in the modern era; more often it is pickled or used to make fruit preserves, and is used for cattle feed. It is especially useful for fruit preserves, because it has a high pectin content.

Avalon Beach, circa 1949 - painting by Herbert Badham (1899-1961)

Herbert Badham was born in 1899 in Watsons Bay, a suburb of Sydney, Australia to Herbert Lewis Badham (c. 1870 – 1937) and his wife Mary. He was one of five children in the family. He enlisted in the Australian Royal Navy in 1917 to serve in World War I. From 1925 to 1938, he studied painting at the Julian Ashton Art School, where he was tutored by Julian Ashton, George Washington Lambert and Henry Gibbons. 

He was a realist painter, and focused on painting scenes of everyday life; "People in crowds, in the streets, in pubs, waiting, playing, watching others, travelling to and from work." 

His work was exhibited at the Society of Artists from 1927 to his death. Later, in 1939, his first solo exhibition took place at the Grosvenor Gallery, Sydney. A review of the exhibition described a collection of portraits in pencil and a series of oils. Of particular note, the work Travellers was described as "bustling plebian." In a similar vein, another review praised Badham's ability to paint "aspects of Sydney life which few painters have the courage to tackle."

Badham taught painting at the East Sydney Technical College from 1938 to 1961. He published two books about Australian art, A Study of Australian Art, 1949, and A Gallery of Australian Art, 1954.

By April 1950 he was living at Darling Point Road, Darling Point. He married dressmaker Enid Wilson in Sydney in 1927. Their daughter, Chebi Badham, became an artist and animator.

Currently, two of his paintings are exhibited at the Art Gallery of New South Wales in Sydney. Another painting is found at the Art Gallery of Ballarat in Ballarat. Another painting is exhibited at the Canadian War Museum in Ottawa. The above painting changed hands in 2017 for almost $10000.00.

Regional champion from Blacktown tests auto skills on national stage

TAFE NSW Mount Druitt student, and Blacktown local, Callahan Smith is preparing to put his skills to the test when he competes at the WorldSkills Australia 2025 National Championships in Brisbane.

Callahan is one of four talented students from TAFE NSW Mount Druitt who qualified for the national competition, which brings together the best emerging trades and skills talent from across the country.

WorldSkills competitions celebrate excellence in vocational education and training through regional, national, and international events. National winners will be in the running to represent Australia as part of the Skillaroos team at the WorldSkills International Competition next year.

Hundreds of vocational students will compete in Brisbane over three days, all aiming for gold and the opportunity to showcase their skills on the global stage in Shanghai in September 2026.

Callahan Smith said the upcoming competitions marks the culmination of months of mentorship and hands-on practice with TAFE NSW teachers.

“In 2024, I competed in the WorldSkills Regional Competition and was proud to take out first place in Light Automotive Mechanical. Now, I’m excited to step up to the national stage at the upcoming WorldSkills Australia competition,” Mr Smith said.

“I’m really proud to represent my TAFE NSW teachers and my employer, Simon’s Automotive. I love what I do – there’s real satisfaction in taking something that’s broken and bringing it back to life. Thanks to the skills I’ve developed through TAFE NSW, I get to work with these big lumps of steel every day and make a real difference,” he continued.

TAFE NSW Managing Director, Chloe Read praised the students’ dedication and talent.

“These incredibly skilled Western Sydney students earned their place in the Nationals after excelling at the regional WorldSkills competition, with the ultimate goal of representing Australia on the international stage next year,” Ms Read said. “WorldSkills provides a once-in-a-lifetime opportunity for students to test their limits and build their confidence, teamwork, and practical skills with the help of their teachers and mentors.”

“The competition provides a powerful platform for students like Callahan to demonstrate their capabilities in their chosen field, connect with industry, and boost their careers – and we’re proud to support them as they take this next big step.”

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education, Steve Whan said the success of TAFE NSW students at WorldSkills highlights the strength of the state’s vocational education and training system. 

“These students are a shining example of the incredible pipeline of talent we’re delivering through quality vocational education and training across the state,” the Minister said.

“TAFE NSW provides world-class, hands-on training and gives students the skills and confidence to thrive in their careers. Importantly, these students represent not only their community, but the future of Australia’s workforce.”

The WorldSkills Australia 2025 National Championships was held at the Brisbane Convention and Exhibition Centre from 12-14 June. There were two students from TAFE NSW Mt Druitt campus who are competing in the National WorldSkills Championships.

Opportunities:

Surfrider Foundation: June 2025 Surf Swap

🌊Sun 22 June - Surfrider 3rd Annual Surf swap & Repair Market
Venue: Surfrider Gardens, 50 Oceans St, Narrabeen
Time: 11 - 3pm 
Ride the Use Wave - Sell, Swap, Repair or repurpose your preloved Surf gear.
Meet shapers and makers of sustainable surfboards, local innovators of upcycling waste into surf accessories
Upcycle your ‘end of life’ wetsuit with Ripcurl, attend minor board repair workshops
Chill to smooth beats in the winter sun and enjoy killer coffee from the local cafes
This event is held with the support of the Northern Beaches Council.
Free to attend and a waste free event!
Event Registration here - Day traders and Stallholders

Kay Cottee Women's Development Regatta

Sunday 29th June 2025 | RPAYC

Get ready for a day of fun, learning, and friendly competition on the water! The Kay Cottee Women’s Development Regatta is all about building confidence, developing sailing skills, and giving recent Sailing Academy graduates a chance to experience the excitement of racing in a supportive and welcoming environment.

Whether you’ve just completed a learn to sail course at RPAYC or a similar program at another club, this is your chance to take the next step in your sailing journey – no pressure, just good company, great vibes, and time on the water!

Who Can Join?
You’re eligible if you have recently completed a Learn to Sail course (at RPAYC or another club) and are keen to try out racing in a fun, relaxed regatta format.

Event Schedule – Sunday 29 June 2025
Morning Training Session
⏰ 8:30am – 11:00am
Kick off the day with on-water coaching designed to boost your skills and build racing confidence. Our experienced instructors will guide you through boat handling, starting techniques, and race strategy.

Lunch Break – Clubhouse Social
🍽️ 11:30am – 12:30pm
Enjoy a relaxed lunch in the clubhouse with fellow sailors, swap stories, and fuel up for the afternoon.

Afternoon Racing Session
🚩 First Warning Signal: 1:00pm
⚓ Up to 4 short-format races
🏁 No races will be started after 3:30pm
The regatta will follow a Windward/Leeward course, keeping things simple and fun as you put your new skills into practice.

Presentation & Wrap-Up
🏆 Celebrate the day’s efforts with a casual awards presentation and cheer on your fellow sailors!

Entries Are Now Open!
Spots are limited – don’t miss your chance to be part of this empowering day on the water. We can’t wait to see you on the start line!

Click HERE to register your name - Registration for this event closes at Monday 23 Jun 2025

Entry Fee:
  • $100 for RPAYC members per person
  • $125 for non-members per person
The Entry Fee Includes:
  • Comprehensive Training Session: Shore-based and on-water coaching to prepare you for the regatta.
  • Racing on our Fleet of Elliott 7 Inshore Keelboats: You’ll sail with a skilled Mentor Skipper, gaining hands-on experience.
  • Some Fantastic Prizes: Because every sailor deserves to be rewarded for their hard work and spirit!
  • An Amazing Day on the Water: With a fun, supportive atmosphere to help you grow your sailing skills while making lasting memories.
Event Overview:
This exciting event is specifically designed to promote and develop women’s sailing, creating an opportunity for emerging sailors to build confidence, refine skills, and transition into the world of racing. Whether you’re a recent graduate of our Sailing Academy or have participated in similar programs at other clubs, this regatta is the perfect chance to test your abilities in a friendly and supportive environment.

How It Works:
This regatta focuses on creating an inclusive atmosphere where women sailors can experience racing in a safe and encouraging space. Female crews will be formed from individual applications, with each crew paired with a Sailing Academy-appointed skipper/instructor. This ensures that you have expert guidance throughout the event. Each crew will have a maximum of 5 members, and the goal is to encourage learning, teamwork, and fun!

In this format, helm swapping is encouraged, allowing everyone to take turns as helmsperson throughout the day. This gives each participant a chance to grow their skill set, whether you’re new to helming or experienced and looking to refine your technique.

The Day of the Event:
Morning Training Session (8:30 AM – 11:00 AM):
The day will kick off with a comprehensive training session, covering both shore-based and on-water components. You’ll practice essential skills like boat handling, crew coordination, and communication. We’ll also hold a race briefing to go over key race rules, strategies, and the conduct of sailing races – all designed to increase your knowledge and boost your confidence when you’re out there on the race course.

Racing Session (1:00 PM – 3:30 PM):
The afternoon is all about putting your new skills into action! Crews will compete in up to four fun-filled races on a Windward/Leeward course, designed to be accessible for all levels while still offering exciting racing. After each race, there will be time to debrief, make adjustments, and get ready for the next round.

You’ll be sailing on a fleet of Elliott 7 inshore keelboats, known for their stability and ease of handling, which means you can focus on developing your sailing skills without worrying about complicated boat handling. Each boat will be helmed by one of the crews, with guidance from the skilled Mentor Skipper who will be there to offer tips, advice, and support throughout the regatta.

Why You Should Join:
  • A Supportive Learning Environment: This event is specifically designed to help you transition into racing in a low-pressure, fun atmosphere. It’s about development, not just competition!
  • Skilled Mentorship: With an experienced instructor at the helm, you’ll have the chance to learn the ropes and refine your sailing technique.
  • Collaboration and Teamwork: The focus on working as a crew will help you hone essential skills like communication, coordination, and leadership.
  • Networking with Other Women Sailors: Connect with like-minded women who are passionate about sailing and eager to improve, share tips, and make lasting friendships on the water.
  • A Confidence Boost: Whether you’re aiming to compete in future races or just looking for more sailing experience, this regatta is a stepping stone to building your confidence and skills in a real-world racing environment.
What you’ll get out of it:
  • A deeper understanding of race tactics and sailing rules.
  • Hands-on practice with boat handling, racing strategy, and teamwork.
  • The chance to helm a keelboat and swap positions with your teammates.
  • Exposure to different sailing styles and techniques from others in the event.
  • An amazing time sailing, making new friends, and learning in a supportive, fun atmosphere
This is your chance to join a community of women sailors who are passionate about improving their skills and having a blast on the water. We can’t wait to see you there, ready to race, learn, and grow as part of this incredible sailing experience!

If you have any questions about the event, you can contact the Sailing Office via email, sailtraining@rpayc.com.au or (02) 9998 3700

The 2025 CWAS "David Malin Awards"

Entries close July 1 2025. For details on each category visit: https://www.cwas.org.au/astrofest/DMA/

There is a new International Section open to all astrophotographers - both Australian and overseas residents. 

The Competition Structure:
  • General Section (Open only to Australian residents):
  • Wide-Field
  • Deep Sky
  • Solar System
  • Theme - "People and Sky"
  • Junior Section (Australian residents aged 18 years or younger):
  • One Open Category (can be of any astronomical subject)
  • International Section (Open to all Australian and overseas resident astrophotographers)
  • Nightscapes
An additional prize, "The Photo Editor's Choice", will also be awarded. This will be judged by a major news organisation's photo editor or editors. Entry fees are $20 per entry and can be paid by the PayPal, Credit and debit cards.

Wide field winner in the 2018 CWAS David Malin Awards: Barrenjoey Milky Way Arch
Supplied: ©Tom Elliott/David Malin Awards

More places available in innovative jobs program for women

Applications are now open for the 2025 Future Women (FW) Jobs Academy – an innovative pre-employment initiative designed to help women overcome career challenges and connect them with employers.

The NSW Government invested $5.8 million as part of an election promise to support 1,000 women to be part of FW Jobs Academy.

The program is already showing results with nearly 75 per cent of the 2024 participants now actively looking for work or applying for further study, and 85 per cent reporting they now feel well-equipped to search for work.

Flexible, free and online, FW Jobs Academy is a year-long program that equips women with the skills, networks and confidence they need to re-enter the workforce following a career break. The program offers a curated mix of learning, mentoring and community to assist participants navigate evolving job search tools, employer expectations and workplace environments.

The NSW Government is focused on supporting women who face intersecting barriers to securing employment and career progression through FW Jobs Academy. This includes women from the following communities:

  • Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women, who are prioritised and accepted on an ‘if not why not’ basis
  • women from culturally diverse backgrounds
  • women living with disability
  • women living in regional, rural or remote areas.

Jobs Academy is delivered by FW (formerly Future Women), an Australian-based organisation that was founded in NSW. FW’s programs help women succeed in finding work, building their careers and securing their economic futures. Since launching in 2021, the Jobs Academy program has helped thousands of women to return to work and thrive.

The 2025 program will commence in early August 2025. For more information and to apply, visit the Future Women Jobs Academy web page.

Minister for Women Jodie Harrison said:

“FW Jobs Academy is solving two challenges simultaneously. Helping NSW women overcome the barriers they face in finding meaningful work and achieving financial security and, at the same time, helping employers access an untapped talent pool.

“By supporting more New South Wales women to return to work, the Minns Government is not only empowering women to succeed but addressing critical skills gaps in industries that will drive the future prosperity of our state.

“FW Jobs Academy is helping to unlock the full potential of NSW’s skilled workforce, boosting women’s workforce participation and securing their economic futures.”

FW Managing Director and co-founder of FW Jobs Academy Helen McCabe said:   

“Hundreds of thousands of Australian women would like to return to work but can face multiple and intersecting barriers to paid employment.

“Jobs Academy works because we recognise women as experts in their own lives and, with their input, we’re providing the right balance of education, empowerment and connection to achieve real results.”

FW Deputy Managing and co-founder of FW Jobs Academy Jamila Rizvi said:  

“As Australia faces skills shortages in a variety of occupations, FW Jobs Academy offers a practical pathway for women to be part of the solution.

“Having already supported thousands of women to re-enter the workforce or undertake further study, FW Jobs Academy is boosting workforce participation and productivity, as well as addressing skills shortages and helping families make ends meet.”

2025 Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards entries are now open!!

The Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards seek to capture the imaginations of school students across Australia, inspiring them to express their thoughts and feelings through the medium of poetry in their pursuit of literary excellence. The standard of entries year after year is consistently high, yet the winning poems never cease to impress the judges. From reading the entries of both the primary and secondary students, one can get an idea of the current events and issues that have had a great impact on young Australians over the decades. 

The awards are held every year and open for entries until the 30th of June with the winners announced on the first Friday in September.

For more information on the competition and how to enter CLICK HERE.

Conditions of entries:

  • Only students enrolled in an Australian education facility (Kindergarten to Year 12) are eligible to enter.
  • Poems must be no more than 80 lines with no illustrations, graphics or decorations included.
  • Entries are limited to up to 3 poems per student.
  • Poems on any subject are accepted, the annual theme is optional.
  • Poems that have been previously entered in the Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards are NOT ELIGIBLE to be entered.
  • Poems entered in other competitions are eligible to be entered.

Our poets are encouraged to take inspiration from wherever they may find it, however if they are looking for some direction, they are invited to use this year’s optional theme to inspire their entries.

“All the beautiful things” has been selected as the 2025 optional theme. Students are encouraged to write about topics and experiences that spark their poetic genius (in whatever form they choose).

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: noodle

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. a very thin, long strip of pasta or a similar flour paste, eaten with a sauce or in a soup. 2. a person's head. 3. a person being silly.

Verb

1. improvise or play casually on a musical instrument. 2. search (an opal dump) for opals.

Noun: From late 18th century: from German Nudel, of unknown origin, although 'Nudel' itself may stem from older German words like 'Knodel' or 'Nutel' meaning "dumpling" or "small knot". The term originally referred to any small doughy food item, often made with wheat flour, butter, and milk. West Flemish noedel and French nouille are German loan-words from 1776.

Version for "head," is from early 15century, nodel, "head, back of the head," perhaps from Latin nodulus (nodule). Noodle-thatcher was old slang for "wig-maker" (1716).

The term "noodles" itself is a Westernised term - see above where it is derived from. In Chinese "miàn" refers to noodles made from wheat flour, while "fěn" refers to noodles made from other starches like rice or mung bean starch. In other Asian languages have their own terms, such as "men" in Japanese, "myeon" in Korean, "bún" in Vietnamese, and "sen" in Thai. 

Verb: From 1930s: of unknown origin; perhaps from German dialect nudeln ‘play or sing in a low undertone or in an improvised way’, or identical with Scots (Shetland) noodle ‘sing in a low undertone, hum’.

Why are sunsets so pretty in winter? There’s a simple explanation

nelo2309/Shutterstock
Chloe WilkinsUniversity of Newcastle

If you live in the southern hemisphere and have been stopped in your tracks by a recent sunset, you may have noticed they seem more vibrant lately. The colours are brighter and bolder, and they linger longer in the sky.

Why are sunsets “better” at some times of the year compared to others? We can use science to explain this.

There are many ingredients for a “good” sunset, but the main three are clear skies, low humidity, and the Sun sitting low in the sky.

Two people walking on a city street silhouetted against a red sky.
In winter, sunsets sometimes look much more vivid that in summer – and yes, temperature plays a role. Jeremy Bishop/Unsplash

From light to colour

To understand why we get such vibrant sunsets in the colder months of the year, we first need to know how colours appear in the sky.

All visible light is actually energy that travels in waves; the length of those waves determines the colour that our eyes see.

Although sunlight might look white to us, it’s actually a mix of different wavelengths of light that make up all the visible colours – from fiery reds and oranges (longer wavelengths) to deep blues and purples (shorter wavelengths).

The wavelength of light determines the colour we see. At shorter wavelengths, the colours are purple and blue, while at longer wavelengths they are red and orange. DrSciComm/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY-SA

These individual colours become visible when sunlight is “scattered”, which is precisely what happens when it passes through the invisible gas molecules in Earth’s atmosphere – mostly nitrogen and oxygen.

When sunlight hits these molecules, it’s absorbed and shot back out (scattered) in different directions. Blue and violet light is scattered more strongly than red and orange light – this is also why the sky looks blue during the day.

The path of the Sun

In the middle of the day when the Sun is high in the sky, sunlight travels a more direct path through the atmosphere.

The path of the Sun’s light through the atmosphere is longer at sunset than it is at noon. The Conversation

But when the Sun is closer to the horizon, the path is less direct. This means that during sunrises and sunsets, sunlight travels through more of Earth’s atmosphere. And more atmosphere means more scattering.

In fact, during sunsets, the blue and violet light encounters so many oxygen and nitrogen molecules that it is completely scattered away. What we’re left with is the longer wavelengths of light – the reds and oranges. In other words, more atmosphere means more fiery sunsets.

But why are sunsets especially magnificent during winter? One reason is the Sun’s position in the sky during different times of the year.

Illustration of sun's path in the sky with a smaller peak in winter and a taller one in summer.
The Sun travels a longer and higher path in the sky in summer compared to winter. This affects the duration of sunsets. The Conversation, Shutterstock

Earth rotates on its axis every 24 hours, giving us day and night. But this axis isn’t perfectly “upright” relative to the Sun – it’s tilted at an angle of about 23.5 degrees. This tilt is why we have seasons. The southern hemisphere is tilted towards the Sun around the start and end of the calendar year (southern summer), and away from the Sun around the middle of the year (southern winter).

Because of this tilt, the Sun sits lower in the sky during winter, which is why the days are shorter. And because the Sun sits lower, it spends more time near the horizon as it rises and sets. That’s why winter sunsets often seem to last longer.

A diagram showing a sun at the centre and four earths around it at different seasons, illustrating the axial tilt.
Earth has seasons because its axis is tilted. The axis always points in the same direction as our planet orbits the Sun. Bureau of Meteorology

The quality of the air

Humidity and air quality also play a big role when it comes to vibrant winter sunsets.

In winter, humidity is typically much lower than in the warmer summer months, meaning there’s less moisture in the air. Humid air often contains tiny water droplets, which can scatter incoming sunlight. This scattering is slightly different to how the oxygen and nitrogen molecules scatter light – here, even red and orange light can be affected.

When humidity is high, the extra scattering by these small water droplets can cause sunsets to appear softer or more washed out.

A wistful landscape of a pastel sunset above a lake with hills and birds silhouetted against it.
Even on a clear summer’s night, the sunset will appear more muted if the air humidity is high. Doug Bagg/Unsplash

In drier winter air, with fewer of these water droplets in the way, sunlight can travel through the atmosphere with less interference. This means the colours can shine through more vividly, making for crisper and more vibrant sunsets.

If you’re looking to a catch a spectacular sunset, you’ll want to wait for a nice, clear winter’s evening. Cloud cover and air pollution can block the sunlight and mute the colours we see.

So the next time you find yourself wrapped up in a warm jumper at dusk, be sure to look up – there could be a spectacular light show playing out just above you.

The Conversation

Chloe Wilkins, Associate Lecturer and PhD Candidate, Solar Physics, University of Newcastle

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How visionary Beach Boys songwriter Brian Wilson changed music – and my life

The Beach Boys in 1962 in Los Angeles, California. Brian Wilson is on the left. Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images

by Jadey O'ReganUniversity of Sydney

Brian Wilson, leader, songwriter and producer of the Beach Boys, has passed away at age 82.

He leaves behind a legacy of beautiful, joyous, bittersweet and enduring music, crafted over a career spanning six decades.

While this news isn’t unexpected – Wilson was diagnosed with dementia last year and entered a conservatorship after the loss of his wife, Melinda – his passing marks the end of a long and extraordinary chapter in musical history.

A life of music

Formed in the early 1960s in Hawthorne California, the Beach Boys were built on a foundation of family and community: brothers Brian, Dennis and Carl Wilson, their cousin Mike Love, and school friend Al Jardine.

Growing up, the Wilson household was a turbulent place; their father, Murry Wilson, was strict and at times violent. Music was the one way in which the family could connect.

During these early years Brian discovered the sounds that would shape his musical identity: Gershwin, doo wop groups, early rock and roll, and, a particular favourite, the vocal group the Four Freshmen, whose tight-harmony singing style Wilson studied meticulously.

Black and white photo
The Beach Boys in rehearsal in 1964; Brian Wilson sits at the piano . Photo by Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images

It was an unexpected combination of influences for a pop band. Even from the Beach Boys’ earliest recordings – the surf, the cars, the girls – the stirrings of the complexity and musical adventurousness Wilson is known for is audible. Listen to the unexpected structure of The Lonely Sea (1962), the complex chords of The Warmth of the Sun (1963), or the subtle modulation in Don’t Worry Baby (1964).

These early innovations hinted at a growing creativity that would continue to evolve over the rest of the 1960s, and beyond.

A story of resilience

In later years, Brian Wilson often appeared publicly as a fragile figure. But what stands out most in his story is resilience.

His ability to produce such an expansive and diverse catalogue of work while navigating difficult family relationships, intense record label pressures, misdiagnosed and mistreated mental health conditions, addiction and much more, is extraordinary. Wilson not only survived, but continued to create music.

Brian Wilson on the piano and Al Jardine on guitar perform in Los Angeles in 2019. Scott Dudelson/Getty Images

He eventually did something few Beach Boys’ fans would have imagined – he returned to the stage.

Wilson’s unexpected return to public performance during the Pet Sounds and SMiLE tours in the early 2000s began a revival interest in the Beach Boys, and a critical reconsideration of their musical legacy. This continues with a consistent release of books, documentariesmovies and podcasts about Wilson and the legacy of the Beach Boys’ music.

The focus of a thesis

I grew up near Surfers Paradise on the Gold Coast in Queensland. Their early songs about an endless summer had a particular resonance to my hometown, even if, like Brian Wilson, I only admired the beach from afar.

I chose to study the Beach Boys’ music for my PhD thesis and spent the next few years charting the course of their musical development from their early days in the garage to creating Pet Sounds just five years later.

The boys on stage in front of a large crowd.
The Beach Boys perform onstage around 1963. Brian Wilson is on the left. Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images

I was fascinated by how a band could create such a ground-breaking volume of work and progress so quickly from the delightful, yet wobbly Surfin’ to the complex arrangements of God Only Knows.

To understand their music, I spent years listening to Beach Boys’ tracking sessions, take after take, to hear how their songs were so cleverly and delicately put together.

What struck me just as powerfully as the music itself was the sound of Brian Wilson’s voice in those recordings. Listening to Wilson leading hours of tracking sessions was to hear an artist at the top of their game – decisive, confident, funny, collaborative and deeply driven to make music that would express the magic he heard in his mind, and connect with an audience.

One of the more unexpected discoveries in my analysis of the Beach Boys’ music came from their lyrics. Using a word frequency tool to examine all 117 songs in my study, I found that the most common word was “now”.

The boys with a moped.
The Beach Boys pose for a portrait around1964. Brian Wilson stands at the back. Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images

In many cases, it appears in a conversational sense – “Well, she got her Daddy’s car, and she cruised through the hamburger stand now” – but on a broader level, it perfectly encapsulates what Brian Wilson’s music offered so many listeners.

He created an endless present: a world where the sun could always be shining, where you could feel young forever, and you could visit that world any time you needed to.

Jadey O'Regan with Brian Wilson, Enmore Theatre, Sydney 2010. Jadey O'Regan

In 2010, I had the remarkable experience of meeting Brian Wilson in his dressing room before his performance at the Enmore Theatre in Sydney. He was funny and kind. He sat at a small keyboard, taught me a harmony and for a moment, we sang Love and Mercy together.

It was one of the most magical moments of my life. It is also one of Wilson’s most enduring sentiments: “love and mercy, that’s what we need tonight”.

Farewell and thank you, Brian. Surf’s up.The Conversation

Jadey O'Regan, Senior Lecturer in Contemporary Music, Sydney Conservatorium of Music, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How was the wheel invented? Computer simulations reveal the unlikely birth of a world-changing technology nearly 6,000 years ago

The assumption was that the wheel evolved from wooden rollers. Tetra Images via Getty Images
Kai JamesGeorgia Institute of Technology

Imagine you’re a copper miner in southeastern Europe in the year 3900 B.C.E. Day after day you haul copper ore through the mine’s sweltering tunnels.

You’ve resigned yourself to the grueling monotony of mining life. Then one afternoon, you witness a fellow worker doing something remarkable.

With an odd-looking contraption, he casually transports the equivalent of three times his body weight on a single trip. As he returns to the mine to fetch another load, it suddenly dawns on you that your chosen profession is about to get far less taxing and much more lucrative.

What you don’t realize: You’re witnessing something that will change the course of history – not just for your tiny mining community, but for all of humanity.

AI-generated image of a wheeled cart inside a mine tunnel.
An illustration of what the original mine carts used in the Carpathian mountains may have looked like in 3900 B.C.E. Kai James via DALL·E

Despite the wheel’s immeasurable impact, no one is certain as to who invented it, or when and where it was first conceived. The hypothetical scenario described above is based on a 2015 theory that miners in the Carpathian Mountains – in present-day Hungary – first invented the wheel nearly 6,000 years ago as a means to transport copper ore.

The theory is supported by the discovery of more than 150 miniaturized wagons by archaeologists working in the region. These pint-sized, four-wheeled models were made from clay, and their outer surfaces were engraved with a wickerwork pattern reminiscent of the basketry used by mining communities at the time. Carbon dating later revealed that these wagons are the earliest known depictions of wheeled transport to date.

This theory also raises a question of particular interest to me, an aerospace engineer who studies the science of engineering design. How did an obscure, scientifically naive mining society discover the wheel, when highly advanced civilizations, such as the ancient Egyptians, did not?

A controversial idea

It has long been assumed that wheels evolved from simple wooden rollers. But until recently no one could explain how or why this transformation took place. What’s more, beginning in the 1960s, some researchers started to express strong doubts about the roller-to-wheel theory.

After all, for rollers to be useful, they require flat, firm terrain and a path free of inclines and sharp curves. Furthermore, once the cart passes them, used rollers need to be continually brought around to the front of the line to keep the cargo moving. For all these reasons, the ancient world used rollers sparingly. According to the skeptics, rollers were too rare and too impractical to have been the starting point for the evolution of the wheel.

But a mine – with its enclosed, human-made passageways – would have provided favorable conditions for rollers. This factor, among others, compelled my team to revisit the roller hypothesis.

A turning point

The transition from rollers to wheels requires two key innovations. The first is a modification of the cart that carries the cargo. The cart’s base must be outfitted with semicircular sockets, which hold the rollers in place. This way, as the operator pulls the cart, the rollers are pulled along with it.

This innovation may have been motivated by the confined nature of the mine environment, where having to periodically carry used rollers back around to the front of the cart would have been especially onerous.

The discovery of socketed rollers represented a turning point in the evolution of the wheel and paved the way for the second and most important innovation. This next step involved a change to the rollers themselves. To understand how and why this change occurred, we turned to physics and computer-aided engineering.

Simulating the wheel’s evolution

To begin our investigation, we created a computer program designed to simulate the evolution from a roller to a wheel. Our hypothesis was that this transformation was driven by a phenomenon called “mechanical advantage.” This same principle allows pliers to amplify a user’s grip strength by providing added leverage. Similarly, if we could modify the shape of the roller to generate mechanical advantage, this would amplify the user’s pushing force, making it easier to advance the cart.

Our algorithm worked by modeling hundreds of potential roller shapes and evaluating how each one performed, both in terms of mechanical advantage and structural strength. The latter was used to determine whether a given roller would break under the weight of the cargo. As predicted, the algorithm ultimately converged upon the familiar wheel-and-axle shape, which it determined to be optimal.

This diagram shows twelve illustrations, progressing from images of rollers to a wheel-and-axle structure.
A computer simulation of the evolution from a roller to a wheel-and-axle structure. Each image represents a design evaluated by the algorithm. The search ultimately converges upon the familiar wheel-and-axle design. Kai James

During the execution of the algorithm, each new design performed slightly better than its predecessor. We believe a similar evolutionary process played out with the miners 6,000 years ago.

It is unclear what initially prompted the miners to explore alternative roller shapes. One possibility is that friction at the roller-socket interface caused the surrounding wood to wear away, leading to a slight narrowing of the roller at the point of contact. Another theory is that the miners began thinning out the rollers so that their carts could pass over small obstructions on the ground.

Either way, thanks to mechanical advantage, this narrowing of the axle region made the carts easier to push. As time passed, better-performing designs were repeatedly favoured over the others, and new rollers were crafted to mimic these top performers.

Consequently, the rollers became more and more narrow, until all that remained was a slender bar capped on both ends by large discs. This rudimentary structure marks the birth of what we now refer to as “the wheel.”

According to our theory, there was no precise moment at which the wheel was invented. Rather, just like the evolution of species, the wheel emerged gradually from an accumulation of small improvements.

This is just one of the many chapters in the wheel’s long and ongoing evolution. More than 5,000 years after the contributions of the Carpathian miners, a Parisian bicycle mechanic invented radial ball bearings, which once again revolutionized wheeled transportation.

Ironically, ball bearings are conceptually identical to rollers, the wheel’s evolutionary precursor. Ball bearings form a ring around the axle, creating a rolling interface between the axle and the wheel hub, thereby circumventing friction. With this innovation, the evolution of the wheel came full circle.

This example also shows how the wheel’s evolution, much like its iconic shape, traces a circuitous path – one with no clear beginning, no end, and countless quiet revolutions along the way.The Conversation

Kai James, Professor of Aerospace Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Esa at 50: how the space agency helped keep Europe at the frontiers of science

Illustration of the Huygens landing in 2005. ESA
Martin BarstowUniversity of Leicester

Everyone has heard of Nasa, a name synonymous with every aspect of space exploration. Yet talk about Esa, the European Space Agency, is more likely to result in a blank stare.

Esa is not such a highly recognised brand, yet it has been central to the development of space exploration and to space science in Europe, delivering world class science at the frontiers of knowledge and allowing the continent to compete commercially with the wider world.

Europe compares favourably with the US on the level of space science it delivers, and Esa has sometimes “gone boldly” where even Nasa has not. Now that Esa has turned 50 years old, it’s a good time to look at the organisation’s history, celebrate its achievements and look towards the future of European space in its hands.


Get your news from actual experts, straight to your inbox. Sign up to our daily newsletter to receive all The Conversation UK’s latest coverage of news and research, from politics and business to the arts and sciences.


As an agency, Esa is completely unique. While all other space agencies are federal in nature, funded directly by the government to which they belong, Esa is more like a club. European countries form the club’s membership and each pays a contribution, based on gross domestic product (GDP), to cover the cost of activities.

Esa has its origins in two separate agencies, one to develop a launch system, the European Launch Development Organisation (Eldo) and a second to develop spacecraft, the European Space Research Organisation (Esro). These came into existence in 1964, when the conventions governing them were signed.

Gaia
The Gaia mission has been mapping the stars of the Milky Way. ESA

Esro was hugely successful, establishing itself as a leader in space exploration, but Eldo had many political, cost and technological challenges.

As a result, Eldo was downsized and merged with Esro to form Esa in 1975, with ten founding members: Belgium, Germany, Denmark, France, United Kingdom, Italy, The Netherlands, Sweden, Switzerland and Spain. Ireland joined later that year. The membership has continued to expand alongside the enlargement of the European Union, although not all Esa members are part of the EU and vice versa. Fortunately for the UK, withdrawal from the EU did not mean leaving Esa.

At present, Esa has 23 member states, three associate members and cooperation agreements with five others, including Canada. The enormous diversity of membership of Esa makes it a complex organisation.

It is led by a council and a director general. The council represents the member states (with Canada also having seat on council). The director general is appointed by the council to represent the agency in the delivery of the programme. They oversee the agency’s various functions in space such as human spaceflight, Earth observation and space science.

Sentinel satellite
The Sentinel satellites are part of the Copernicus Earth observation programme. Esa

About every three years, the council meets at ministerial level to consider funding, agree budgets for the following three-year period and set the direction of travel for the agency. The focus on representation and input from member states allows for wide engagement between Esa and the space community at-large. However, the price of this “democracy” can sometimes be seen in bureaucratic processes.

Measuring the contribution of Esa is not straightforward across the complexities of the organisation, but some benefits and successes are very clear. A relatively small country, like the UK, could never deliver science on the scale and scope of an organisation like Nasa. Membership of Esa allows us to join with other countries to compete at this level.

Europe has an independent ability to launch satellites into space in the form of the Arianespace company, which was created by Esa and the French space agency (Cnes). Esa also has an astronaut programme and access to the International Space Station, with the agency having provided part of the space station’s structure. The agency has leading space, planetary and Earth observation science programmes.

Huygens lands on Titan.

Scientists, companies and the public in member states benefit from all the investment in Esa. Esa has also had some unique successes. It was the first space agency to land a probe on an icy moon, Titan, the largest moon of Saturn, and on a comet.

Esa’s Copernicus Earth observation programme uses satellites to monitor the health of our planet, helping understand climate change and supporting the lives of individuals through improvements to agriculture and air pollution. In space science, the Gaia mission has provided a high precision map of our galaxy, revolutionising our knowledge in every area of astronomy.

Exomars rover
Esa plans to launch a rover to Mars to search for life. ESA/ATG Medialab

Esa’s success has been built on thoughtful and regular planning. In the next few years, we will see Esa land a rover on Mars, to search of evidence of life. Large new space observatories are under development to study gravitational waves and X-rays from the Universe.

We are about to embark on the next phase of space science, called “Voyage 2050”. This will look towards landing on an icy moon in the outer solar system in search of a sub surface ocean and possible life within it.

Esa is not a perfect organisation. Its wide membership can make it challenging to organise projects and take decisions about the direction of the agency. However, it is not subject to the whim of any single government, and it offers a stable backdrop to space activities across Europe.

Without it, our economies, social capital and science programmes would be poorer. Therefore, I would like to toast Esa on its 50th birthday, say thanks for all it has given me as a space scientist throughout my career and wish it an amazing future.The Conversation

Martin Barstow, Professor of Astrophysics and Space Science, University of Leicester

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The AI hype is just like the blockchain frenzy – here’s what happens when the hype dies

Izf/Shutterstock
Gediminas LipnickasUniversity of South Australia

In recent years, artificial intelligence (AI) has taken centre stage across various industries. From AI-generated art to chatbots in customer service, every sector is seemingly poised for disruption.

It’s not just in your news feed every day – venture capital is pouring in, while CEOs are eager to declare their companies “AI-first”. But for those who remember the lofty promises of other technologies that have since faded from memory, there’s an uncanny sense of déjà vu.

In 2017, it was blockchain that promised to transform every industry. Companies added “blockchain” to their name and watched stock prices skyrocket, regardless of whether the technology was actually used, or how.

Now, a similar trend is emerging with AI. What’s unfolding is not just a wave of innovation, but a textbook example of a tech hype cycle. We’ve been here many times before.

Understanding the hype cycle

The tech hype cycle, first defined by the research firm Gartner, describes how emerging technologies rise on a wave of inflated promises and expectations, crash into disillusionment and, eventually, find a more realistic and useful application.

A chart showing the main stages of the hype cycle from initial trigger to the peak of expectations to the trough of productivity.
The ConversationCC BY-ND

Recognising the signs of this cycle is crucial. It helps in distinguishing between genuine technological shifts and passing fads driven by speculative investment and good marketing.

It can also mean the difference between making a good business decision and a very costly mistake. Meta, for example, invested more than US$40 billion into the metaverse idea while seemingly chasing their own manufactured tech hype, only to abandon it later.

When buzz outpaces reality

In 2017, blockchain was everyone’s focus. Presented as a revolutionary technology, blockchain offered a decentralised way to record and verify transactions, unlike traditional systems that rely on central authorities or databases.

US soft drinks company Long Island Iced Tea Corporation became Long Blockchain Corporation and saw its stock rise 400% overnight, despite having no blockchain product. Kodak launched a vague cryptocurrency called KodakCoin, sending its stock price soaring.

These developments were less about innovation and more about speculation, chasing short-term gains driven by hype. Most blockchain projects never delivered real value. Companies rushed in, driven by fear of missing out and the promise of technological transformation.

But the tech wasn’t ready, and the solutions it supposedly offered were often misaligned with real industry problems. Companies tried everything, from tracking pet food ingredients on blockchain, to launching loyalty programs with crypto tokens, often without clear benefits or better alternatives.

In the end, about 90% of enterprise blockchain solutions failed by mid-2019.

The generative AI déjà vu

Fast-forward to 2023, and the same pattern started playing out with AI. Digital media company BuzzFeed saw its stock jump more than 100% after announcing it would use AI to generate quizzes and content. Financial services company Klarna replaced 700 workers with an AI chatbot, claiming it could handle millions of customer queries.

The results were mostly negative. Klarna soon saw a decline in customer satisfaction and had to walk back its strategy, rehiring humans for customer support this year. BuzzFeed’s AI content push failed to save its struggling business, and its news division later shut down. Tech media company CNET published AI-generated articles riddled with errors, damaging its credibility.

These are not isolated incidents. They’re signals that AI, like blockchain, was being over hyped.

Why do companies chase tech hype?

There are three main forces at play: inflated expectations, short-term view and flawed implementation. Tech companies, under pressure from investors and media narratives, overpromise what AI can do.

Leaders pitch vague and utopian concepts of “transformation” without the infrastructure or planning to back them up. And many rush to implement, riding the hype wave.

They are often hindered by a short-term view of what alignment with the new tech hype can do for their company, ignoring the potential downsides. They roll out untested systems, underestimate complexity or even the necessity, and hope that novelty alone will drive the return on investment.

The result is often disappointment – not because the technology lacks potential, but because it’s applied too broadly, too soon, and with too little planning and oversight.

Where to from here?

Like blockchain, AI is a legitimate technological innovation with real, transformative potential.

Often, these technologies simply need time to find the right application. While the initial blockchain hype has faded, the technology has found a practical niche in areas like “asset tokenization” within financial markets. This allows assets like real estate or company shares to be represented by digital tokens on the blockchain, enabling easier, faster and cheaper trading.

The same pattern can be expected with generative AI. The current AI hype cycle appears to be tapering off, and the consequences of rushed or poorly thought-out implementations will likely become more visible in the coming years.

However, this decline in hype doesn’t signal the end of generative AI’s relevance. Rather, it marks the beginning of a more grounded phase where the technology can find the most suitable applications.

One of the clearest takeaways so far is that AI should be used to enhance human productivity, not replace it. From people pushing back against the use of AI to replace them, to AI making frequent and costly mistakes, human oversight paired with AI-enhanced productivity is increasingly seen as the most likely path forward.

Recognising the patterns of tech hype is essential for making smarter decisions. Instead of rushing to adopt every new innovation based on inflated promises, a measured, problem-driven approach leads to more meaningful outcomes.

Long-term success comes from thoughtful experimentation, implementation, and clear purpose, not from chasing trends or short-term gains. Hype should never dictate strategy; real value lies in solving real problems.The Conversation

Gediminas Lipnickas, Lecturer in Marketing, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Those ‘what I eat in a day’ TikTok videos aren’t helpful. They might even be harmful

Iren_Geo/Shutterstock
Catherine HoulihanUniversity of the Sunshine Coast

You may have come across those “what I eat in a day” videos on social media, where people – usually conventionally attractive influencers wearing activewear – list everything they consumed that day.

They might seem like harmless fun but in fact they can reinforce dangerous ideas about food, weight and body image.

I’ve worked with people with eating disorders who watch these videos and have seen first hand how harmful this content can be.

Here’s what the research says and what you need to know.

Videos that promote ‘health’ can be unhealthy

“What I eat in a day” videos have been popular for over a decade, with views reaching in the billions.

They target both men and women and many claim to promote health and nutrition. Yet videos such as these can do more harm than good.

Very few of these creators have formal qualifications in health or nutrition, increasing the potential for misinformation.

They often depict low calorie diets, exclude entire food groups or promote “clean eating” (a problematic idea at best).

Some even encourage dangerous behaviours such as skipping meals, eating very little or using laxatives to purge food.

They can also send harmful messages about body image. Many such videos use beauty filters to create images promoting unrealistic body ideals.

These videos often feature shots of how the person looks from the front, the side, in the gym, and in tight, form-fitting clothes. There may even be some “before and after” weight loss pics, sending the harmful message this should be everyone’s goal.

The subtext is clear: “eat what I eat in a day and you can look like me”.

But that’s not just a dangerous idea – it’s a totally false and erroneous one.

Knowing what a certain person “eats in a day” doesn’t mean you’ll look like them if you follow their lead.

In fact, a 24-hour rundown of one person’s food intake doesn’t even provide accurate information about that person’s nutritional health – let alone yours.

A sad teenage boy looks at his phone.
These videos can target both men and women. Veja/Shutterstock

You are not them

Like our health, our nutritional needs are unique to us and can vary day to day.

What constitutes a “healthy” choice for one person might be totally different for another depending on things such as:

Links between health and diet are best examined over time, not in a single day.

Basing our food intake on a brief snapshot of what someone else eats is unlikely to lead to better health. It might leave you worse off overall.

5 ways these videos can affect mental health

What we watch online can affect our mood, behaviour and body image.

Alarm bells should ring if you frequently see these videos and notice you’re doing or experiencing these five things:

1. disordered eating. Eating less than your body needs, skipping meals, cutting out entire food groups, binge eating and purging are all signs of disordered eating that can lead to serious mental health problems such as eating disorders

2. low mood. Watching videos promoting low-calorie diets can worsen our mood; you might find yourself feeling deflated after comparing yourself to others (or rather, to the version of themselves they promote online)

3. poor body imageResearch shows watching “what I eat in a day” videos can leave people feeling worse about their bodies and appreciating them less

4. obsessive thinking and anxiety. Obsessing over the “perfect” diet can increase anxiety about food and eating. Diets that encourage a very detailed approach to nutrition – including breaking meals down into components such as carbohydrates and proteins or weighing food – can further fuel obsessive thoughts

5. narrow life focus. Having your social media feed filled with these types of videos can create an overemphasis on the importance of food, eating and body image on your self-worth. This ultimately affects your health and wellbeing.

A woman looks sad while holding her phone.
What we watch online can affect our mood, behaviour, and body image. GaudiLab/Shutterstock

OK, so what can I do?

If you’re encountering “what I eat in a day” videos often and find they’re affecting your mood, eating behaviour or sense of self-worth you can try to:

  • understand that these videos are not tailored to your individual health or nutritional needs and that many contain harmful messaging
  • avoid engaging with videos that promote disordered eating, idealised beauty standards or that make you feel bad after you watch them
  • unfollow accounts that regularly post such videos, or tap “not interested” on the TikTok video to stop the algorithm showing you more of them
  • balance your social media feed with content focused on other areas of life besides food and eating (such as art, design, animals, books, sports or travel). Fill your feed with interests that improve your personal sense of wellbeing
  • consider taking regular breaks from social media and seeing if you feel better overall.

If you do want to view posts about food, seek out creators attempting to buck these negative trends by focusing more on fun and taste.

And if you’re experiencing low mood, disordered eating or body image issues, seek help from your local GP. They can connect you with practitioners who provide evidence-based therapies such as cognitive behavioural therapy.

If you have a history of an eating disorder or suspect you may have one, you can contact the Butterfly Foundation’s national helpline on 1800 334 673 (or via their online chat).

Ultimately, “what I eat in a day” videos aren’t really helpful. They contain very little useful information to guide your health or nutritional goals.

If you are considering making changes to your diet, it’s important to consult a qualified professional, such as an accredited practising dietitian, who can learn about your situation and monitor any risks.The Conversation

Catherine Houlihan, Senior Lecturer in Clinical Psychology, University of the Sunshine Coast

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Were the first kings of Poland actually from Scotland? New DNA evidence unsettles a nation’s founding myth

An illustration from a 15th-century manuscript showing the coronation of the first king of Poland, Boleslaw I. Chronica Polonorum by Mathiae de Mechovia
Darius von Guttner SporzynskiAustralian Catholic University

For two centuries, scholars have sparred over the roots of the Piasts, Poland’s first documented royal house, who reigned from the 10th to the 14th centuries.

Were they local Slavic nobles, Moravian exiles, or warriors from Scandinavia?

Since 2023, a series of genetic and environmental studies led by molecular biologist Marek Figlerowicz at the Poznań University of Technology has delivered a stream of direct evidence about these enigmatic rulers, bringing the debate onto firmer ground.

Digging up the dynasty

Field teams have now opened more than a dozen crypts from the Piast era. The largest single haul came from Płock Cathedral in what is now central Poland.

The exhumed bones were dated between 1100 and 1495, matching written records. Genetic analysis showed several individuals were close relatives.

“There is no doubt we are dealing with genuine Piasts,” Figlerowicz told a May 2025 conference.

The Poznań group isolated readable DNA from 33 individuals (30 men and three women) believed to span the dynasty’s full timeline.

Surprise on the Y chromosome

The male skeletons almost all carry a single, rare group of genetic variants on the Y chromosome (which is only carried and passed down by males). This group is today found mainly in Britain. The closest known match belongs to a Pict buried in eastern Scotland in the 5th or 6th century.

These results imply that the dynasty’s paternal line arrived from the vicinity of the North Atlantic, not nearby.

Mieszko I, the founder of the Piast dynasty that rulled Poland until 1370.
Mieszko I, the first Piast ruler documented in written sources. Jan Matejko, c. 1893 (via Wikimedia)

The date of that arrival is still open: the founding clan could have migrated centuries before the first known Piast, Mieszko I (who died in 992), or perhaps only a generation earlier through a dynastic marriage. Either way, the new data kill the notion of an unbroken local male lineage.

Yet genetics also shows deep local continuity in the wider population. A separate survey of Iron Age cemeteries across Poland, published in Scientific Reports, revealed that people living 2,000 years ago already shared the genetic makeup seen in early Piast subjects.

Another project that sequenced pre-Piast burials drew the same conclusion: local Poles were part of the broader continental gene pool stretching from Denmark to France.

In short, even if the Piasts were exotic rulers, they governed a long-established community.

A swamp tells its tale

While the DNA work progressed, another Poznań team dug into the history of the local environment via samples from the peaty floor of Lake Lednica near Poznań, the island-ringed stronghold often dubbed the cradle of the Piast realm.

Their study of buried pollen, published in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, shows an abrupt switch in the 9th century: oak and lime pollen plummet, while cereal and pasture indicators soar. Traces of charcoal and soot point to widespread fires.

The authors call the shift an “ecological revolution”, driven by slash-and-burn agriculture and the need to feed concentrated garrisons of soldiers guarding local trade routes carrying amber and slaves.

Modelling boom and bust

Using this environmental data, historians and complexity scientists constructed a feedback model of population, silver paid as tribute to rulers, and fort-building. As fields expanded, tributes rose; as tributes rose, chiefs could hire more labour to clear more forest and build forts.

The model reproduces the startling build-out of ramparts at Poznań, Giecz and Gniezno around 990. It also predicts collapse once the silver stopped flowing.

Pollen data indeed show the woodlands recovered to some extent after 1070, while archaeological surveys record abandoned hamlets and shrinking garrisons.

The early Piast state rode a resource boom as the Piasts controlled part of the amber and slave trade routes that linked the shores of the Baltic Sea to Rome.

The impact of Mieszko’s conversion to Christianity on that lucrative trade remains subject to scholarly debate.

Reconciling foreigners and locals

How do these strands fit together? Evidence of a Scottish man in the Piast paternal line does not necessarily imply a foreign conquest. Dynasties spread by marriages as well as by swords.

For example, Świętosława (the sister of the first Piast king, Bolesław the Brave), married the kings of both Denmark and Sweden, and her descendants ruled England for a time. The networks of Europe’s nobility were highly mobile.

Conversely, the stable genetic profile of ordinary folk suggests that, whoever sat on the ducal bench, most people remained where their grandparents had farmed.

The broader research engine

None of this work happens in isolation. Poland’s National Science Centre has bankrolled a 24-person team across archaeology, palaeoecology and bioinformatics since 2014, generating 16 peer-reviewed papers and a public database of ancient genomes.

Conferences at Lednica and Dziekanowice now bring historians and molecular biologists to the same table. The methodological pay-off is clear: Polish labs can now process their own ancient DNA rather than exporting it to Copenhagen or Leipzig.

What still puzzles researchers

Three questions remain. First, does that British-leaning male line really start with a Pict? The closest known match to the Piasts may change as new burials are sequenced.

Second, how many commoners carried the same genetic variant? Spot samples from Kowalewko and Brzeg hint that it was rare among locals, but the data set is small.

Third, why did the silver dry up so fast? Numismatists suspect a shift in Viking routes after 1000 AD, yet the matter is far from settled.

A balanced verdict

Taken together, the evidence paints a nuanced picture. The Piasts were probably not ethnic Slavs in the strict paternal sense, yet they ruled, and soon resembled, an overwhelmingly Slavic realm.

Their meteoric rise owed less to outsider brilliance than to the chance alignment of fertile soils, cheap labour, and an export boom in amber and captives.

As geneticists conduct more DNA sequencing of remains, such as those of princes in crypts at Kraków’s Wawel castle, and palaeoecologists push their lakebed pollen samples back to 7th century, we can expect further surprises.The Conversation

Darius von Guttner Sporzynski, Historian, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

For the first time, fossil stomach contents of a sauropod dinosaur reveal what they really ate

Artist’s reconstruction of Judy. Travis Tischler
Stephen PoropatCurtin University

Since the late 19th century, sauropod dinosaurs (long-necks like Brontosaurus and Brachiosaurus) have been almost universally regarded as herbivores, or plant eaters.

However, until recently, no direct evidence – in the form of fossilised gut contents – had been found to support this.

I was one of the palaeontologists on a dinosaur dig in outback Queensland, Australia, that unearthed “Judy”: an exceptional sauropod specimen with the fossilised remains of its last meal in its abdomen.

In a new paper published today in Current Biology, we describe these gut contents while also revealing that Judy is the most complete sauropod, and the first with fossilised skin, ever found in Australia.

Remarkably preserved, Judy helps to shed light on the feeding habits of the largest land-living animals of all time.

Plant-eating land behemoths

Sauropod dinosaurs dominated Earth’s landscapes for the entire 130 million years of the Jurassic and Cretaceous periods. Along with many other species, they died out in the mass extinction event at the end of the Cretaceous 66 million years ago.

Ever since the first reasonably complete sauropod skeletons were found in the 1870s, the hypothesis that they were herbivores has rarely been contested. Simply put, it is hard to envisage sauropods eating anything other than plants.

Their relatively simple teeth were not adapted for tearing flesh or crushing bone. Their small brains and ponderous pace would have prevented them from outsmarting or outpacing most potential prey.

And to sustain their huge bodies, sauropods would have had to eat regularly and often, necessitating an abundant and reliable food source – plants.

Although the general body plan of sauropods seems pretty uniform – stocky, on all fours, with long necks – these behemoths did vary when we look more closely.

Some had squared-off snouts with tiny, rapidly replaced teeth confined to the front of the mouth. Others had rounded snouts, with much more robust teeth, arranged in a row that extended farther back in the mouth. Neck length varied greatly (with some necks up to 15 metres long), as did neck flexibility. In addition, a few of them had taller shoulders than hips.

Absolute size varied too – some were less enormous than others. All of these factors would have constrained how high above ground each species could feed and which plants they could reach.

Food in the belly

Sauropod discoveries are becoming more regular in outback Queensland, thanks largely to the Australian Age of Dinosaurs Museum in Winton.

In 2017, I helped the museum unearth a roughly 95-million-year-old sauropod, nicknamed Judy after the museum’s co-founder Judy Elliott.

We soon realised this find was extraordinary. Besides being the most complete sauropod skeleton and skin ever found in Australia, Judy’s belly region hosted a strange rock layer. It was about two square metres in area and ten centimetres thick on average, chock-full of fossil plants.

The fact this plant-rich layer was confined to Judy’s abdomen and located on the inside surface of the fossil skin, made us wonder – had we unearthed the remains of Judy’s last meal or meals?

If so, we knew we had something special on our hands: the first sauropod gut contents ever found.

Multi-level feeding

Analysis of Judy’s skeleton, which was prepared out of the surrounding rock by volunteers in the museum’s laboratory, enabled us to classify her as a Diamantinasaurus matildae.

We scanned portions of Judy’s gut contents with X-rays at the Australian Synchrotron in Melbourne and at CSIRO in Perth, and with neutrons at Australia’s Nuclear Science and Technology Organisation in Sydney.

This enabled us to digitally visualise the plants – which were preserved as voids within the rock – without destroying them.

We did destructively sample some small portions of the gut contents to figure out their chemical make-up, along with the skin and surrounding rock.

This revealed the gut contents were turned to stone by microbes in an acidic environment (stomach juices, perhaps), with minerals likely derived from the decomposition of Judy’s own body tissues.

Judy’s gut contents confirm that sauropods ate their greens but barely chewed them – their gut flora did most of the digestive work.

Most importantly, we can tell Judy ate bracts from conifers (relatives of modern monkey puzzle trees and redwoods), seed pods from extinct seed ferns, and leaves from angiosperms (flowering plants) just before she died.

Conifers then, as now, would have been huge, implying Judy fed well above ground level. By contrast, flowering plants were mostly low-growing in the mid-Cretaceous.

Based on other specimens (especially teeth), scientists previously thought Diamantinasaurus browsed plants relatively high off the ground. The conifer bracts in Judy’s belly support this.

However, Judy was not fully grown when she died, and the angiosperms in her belly imply lower-level feeding, as well. It seems likely, then, that the diets of some sauropods changed slightly as they grew. Nevertheless, they were life-long vegetarians.

Judy’s skin and gut contents are now on display at the Australian Age of Dinosaurs Museum in Winton. I’m not sure how I’d feel about having the remains of my last meal publicly exhibited for all to see posthumously, but if it helped the cause of science, I think I’d be OK with it.The Conversation

Stephen Poropat, Research Associate, School of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Sunday Too Far Away at 50: how a story about Aussie shearers launched a local film industry

Michael WalshFlinders University

Released 50 years ago, Sunday Too Far Away deals episodically with a group of shearers led by Foley (Jack Thompson), and the events leading up to the national shearers’ strike of 1956.

The shearers are a ragtag group held together by rum, unionism and competitiveness – as Foley must deal with the camp cook from hell, as well as a threat to his “gun” status.

As we celebrate the anniversary, it is hard to overstate its importance for the Australian film industry and for its producer, the South Australian Film Corporation (SAFC).

The beginnings of a funding body

After the Liberal and Country League had held control over the state government for 32 years under a “Playmander”, named for premier Thomas Playford, the Labor party, lead by Don Dunstan, was elected in 1970 on a progressive platform.

As part of Dunstan’s project of moving the state’s economy away from its Playford-era reliance on manufacturing to more knowledge-based service industries, the SAFC was founded in 1972.

Central to Dunstan’s plan was the imperative that the SAFC should produce feature films – despite an initial consultant’s report that advised against this.

Dunstan’s plan was visionary, making South Australia the first state government to directly produce features. But it was also flawed.

The Dunstan government authorised the SAFC to borrow A$400,000 (approximately $5 million in 2025 money) for the production of up to five features per year, with the remainder of the budgets coming from Commonwealth funds and private investors.

Dunstan stands next to a film camera.
Don Dunstan, then premier of South Australia, around 1972 when the South Australian Film Corporation was established. State Library of South Australia B 64310/106

The plan was that the SAFC’s productions would be self-supporting within five years, with the initial pump-priming loans repaid.

By 1973 a slate of features was in the works, though none would reach production.

One of these was Gallipoli, to be made in conjunction with Melbourne-based Crawford Productions, with screenwriter John Dingwell attached.

The film was shelved, but Dingwell maintained his relationship with Matt Carroll, the SAFC’s head of feature production. They developed a script titled Shearers, based on anecdotes from one of Dingwell’s relatives.

Sunday Too Far Away (as the film was retitled) was budgeted at $231,000, with the Commonwealth Government’s Australian Film Development Corporation, established in 1970 to invest in local films, providing half this figure.

An ‘emotional experience’

Gil Brealey, the SAFC’s first CEO, was desperate to get a feature started and was prepared to find the whole of the budget if necessary. (The SAFC would put up an additional $14,000 in budget overruns caused by wet weather in the semi-arid locations around Port Augusta and Quorn.)

It was a remarkable demonstration of maximum involvement by a government body intent on intervening dramatically to generate a production industry in a state that would otherwise lose out to the larger states on the eastern seaboard.

At the recent 50th anniversary screening hosted by the SAFC, producer Matt Carroll referred to the film shoot as “an extraordinary emotional experience” for all involved, stressing the strong camaraderie among the actors, which mirrored that of the shearers in the film.

It is useful to compare Sunday to 1971’s Wake in Fright.

Both centre on rural male mateship, but while Wake in Fright is revolted by it, Sunday strives for an elegiac celebration that might have drawn from Henry Lawson, of union-based mateship as the only defence again the harshness of life.

Fraught politics

Brealey and the SAFC were functioning under enormous political pressure for this film to be not only a critical, but also a popular success.

From the outset, the SAFC had been identified with Dunstan, and it was under almost daily attack in Parliament, led by Liberal frontbencher Stan Evans.

Quoted in the Adelaide Advertiser in May 1975, Evans denounced the SAFC “for actively producing and manufacturing films when its role under the Act precluded it from this field”.

He was joined in these attacks by elements of the local press, as well as a handful of filmmakers who felt slighted by talent imported by Brealey.

The board was forced to issue a statement, complaining of

a very small vocal minority who, apparently, find the success of the corporation personally offensive and make every effort to ‘knock’ its work.

The acceptance of the film into the Directors’ Fortnight at Cannes, the first Australian film bestowed the honour, was a godsend. It went on to win eight of the 12 awards on offer at the Australian Film Institute Awards.

Brealey wryly told me that “we had this appalling reputation in Adelaide and everyone else thought we were marvellous”.

The film renaissance

In order to shore up its local standing, the SAFC ran a film day at the Adelaide Festival Centre, culminating in a “world premiere” of Sunday attended by Gough Whitlam.

The next day, the SAFC released the film itself in Adelaide, hiring the Warner cinema where it ran for 26 weeks under an arrangement that gave the producer the entire gross, less the exhibitor’s expenses.

Brealey was extremely suspicious of Australian distributors. Roadshow distributed the film throughout the rest of Australia. By October, they were reporting box office grosses of over $182,000 – though the SAFC had only received $11,000 in returns.

The bitter lesson was that SAFC had clearly been founded on overly optimistic expectations of returns to producers. Feature production in Australia would need on-going government support.

The success of Sunday Too Far Away, followed closely by Picnic at Hanging Rock (1975) and Storm Boy (1976) succeeded in establishing the SAFC as a prime mover in Australian film.

Locally, it won bipartisan local support for the SAFC and nationally it established a model for emulation by other states.

It demonstrated that Australian films could combine local and international appeal, and that government agencies had a vital role at the heart of the film renaissance.The Conversation

Michael Walsh, Associate Professor, Screen and Media, Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Friday essay: foggy, flirty and too much – Jane Austen’s menopausal women solicit compassion while making us laugh

Sophie GeeUniversity of Sydney

Was Jane Austen the first writer to show how it really feels to be a middle-aged woman?

Before Austen, literature’s iconic perimenopausal woman was the Wife of Bath in Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales, who regales the medieval pilgrims with a scandalous account of her five marriages, including the fact she enjoyed sex with her last husband despite a 20-year age gap.

It’s very All Fours (Miranda July’s wildly popular midlife crisis novel from 2024). The Wife of Bath is charismatic and original, but not hugely sympathetic. Then there’s Gertrude in Hamlet, another middle-aged lady with a vibrant sex life and an ambivalent attitude to her adult son.

Micro-portraits of women of a certain age – foggy, tired, rather bad-tempered, with diminishing bone-density, putting on the pounds – are scattered across Jane Austen’s six finished novels.

Lady Bertram in Mansfield Park sits on the sofa all day “thinking more of her pug than her children”. And there’s Mrs Musgrove in Persuasion, whose “large fat sighings” for her dead son, and her tendency to talk too much, amuse Anne Eliot. Mrs Bennet in Pride and Prejudice is the most flamboyant of these middle-aged women: irritating but hugely alive and oddly sexy, determined to stay in the game socially, if only by way of her five daughters.

Alongside these vignettes, Austen makes us think about why realist novels, as a genre, resist paying close attention to the uncomfortable transitional period of menopause for women. Why, in other words, so many 18th and 19th-century novels left many of the crucial parts of women’s lives unseen.

‘Menopausal bore’ Miss Bates

Her situation should secure your compassion. It was badly done, indeed! You, whom she had known from an infant, whom she had seen grow up from a period when her notice was an honour, to have you now, in thoughtless spirits, and the pride of the moment, laugh at her, humble her …

Austen fans will quickly recognise this passage as Emma Woodhouse’s most shaming moment. Mr. Knightly is scolding Emma after their ill-fated outing to Box Hill, where she has impulsively and cruelly ridiculed their older friend and neighbour, Miss Bates.

Emma ridicules Miss Bates. ‘Badly done, indeed!’

Miss Bates is an ordinary middle-aged woman, childless and unmarried. She has very little money and is caring for her “failing mother”. Emma has made a mean joke about Miss Bates being boring. The older woman catches her drift and is flustered and hurt. It’s an excruciatingly recognisable moment in which Emma oversteps the mark to score cheap points and impress the other young people. Mr. Knightly points out, none too compassionately, Emma’s failure of compassion.

But the thing is: Emma’s right. What makes Miss Bates an important character is that she is entirely unimportant, or as Austen tells us early on: “a woman neither young, handsome, rich, nor married.” Miss Bates is a menopausal bore. But Austen’s brilliant stroke was to make her the moral centre of gravity in Emma.

Portrait of Jane Austen, from the memoir by J. E. Austen-Leigh (1798-1874). Picryl

Miss Bates is a stealth proxy for Austen herself, who was born into a well educated but relatively poor family. She was one of eight children with a clergyman father who had no independent income. Austen knew that without marrying well she would face an adult life of genteel impoverishment, dependent on charity from wealthier brothers. She knew she was headed for Miss Bates’ fate, caring for an ailing mother, with very little money.

I felt a pang for Miss Bates when I first read Emma in my late teens. Now, in middle age, I see a whole life and person in the few scenes Austen gives us. Miss Bates belongs to a cluster of Austen’s characters who are liable to distraction and poor health, who are overwrought and anxious and manage social interactions unskillfully. For many of these women, their children have grown up, their husbands are elderly, or they’re unmarried and childless.

They’re confronting what it will mean to grow old and infirm in Regency England.

But I can see why Emma forgets to feel compassion for Miss Bates and her plight. Novels didn’t generally ask readers to think deeply about these marginal female characters, down on their luck and too old to be interesting to the plot. Indeed, Miss Bates is the kind of character novels discouraged readers from paying much attention to.

The continuing ‘rage for Jane’

It’s the 250th anniversary of Austen’s birth this year, and if anything, the rage for Jane has increased. Last year, there was the charming new film Jane Austen Wrecked My Life. A Netflix adaptation of Pride and Prejudice is in production, written by Dolly Alderton, and starring Emma Corrin and Jack Lowden (Slow Horses), with Olivia Coleman as Mrs Bennet.

But we’ve stayed fixated on the unlikely couplings and happy endings, overlooking what those endings owe to the women whose stories never take centre stage. When we read Austen’s novels for their stories, we see a densely textured and non-conformist landscape of very different lives and experiences.

Austen paid attention to the women novels had been invented to ignore, allowing readers to see their thoughts far more clearly. She made them relatable, endowing them with the vulnerability that came from us being able to see they wanted things they couldn’t have.

These women often remain at the edges of the action. Miss Bates in Emma, of course. Mrs. Smith in Persuasion, just a few years older than the heroine Anne Elliot, in vastly different circumstances.

Austen makes it clear Mrs. Smith is of no use to a marriage plot, since she is “a widow and poor […] living in a very humble way, unable even to afford herself the comfort of a servant, and of course almost excluded from society.” But again, Austen presents Mrs Smith as worthy of the reader’s attention because of “that elasticity of mind, that disposition to be comforted, that power of turning readily from evil to good, and of finding employment which carried her out of herself”, which give her inner strength.

And younger women who don’t fit the patterns and requirements of marriage novels are shown with a complexity usually missing from the genre. Colonel Brandon’s ward Eliza, in Sense and Sensibility, falls pregnant out of wedlock, and Austen encourages readers to feel compassion and understand her situation, although Eliza’s social world has judged her harshly.

Mary Bennet, the least charming and playful sister in Pride and Prejudice, is nerdy, coded as possibly neurodivergent or queer: she avoids social gatherings, studies all the time and takes no pleasure in male company. She’s also called Mary, suggesting an echo with the radical feminist Mary Wollstonecraft, who wrote a decade before Austen.

When Lydia describes a fun afternoon riding in the coach, Mary replies dourly,

Far be it from me, my dear sister, to depreciate such pleasures. They would doubtless be congenial with the generality of female minds. But I confess they would have no charms for me.

Austen could have scorned Mary Bennet for being a bluestocking, but instead her vulnerability elicits compassion because she can’t fit in to the social world thrust upon her.

Austen’s capacity to depict vulnerable women clearly, even if only fleetingly, is one of her greatest achievements as a writer. And it’s the moral gravity and visibility of characters on the social and sexual margins of Austen’s novels that gives happier, more normcore characters and stories their heft.

There’s a whole gallery of characters in Austen novels who are NPCs (non-player characters) from the viewpoint of the marriage plots, but who are struggling with many of the same feelings as the main players. Sometimes Austen writes these characters for laughs, but there’s always a moment where we see them laid bare, exposed, wanting something they can’t have, soliciting our compassion.

Mrs. Bennet, in Pride and Prejudice, is depicted as erotically alive and probably still quite attractive in her mid 40s – which we know because she’s quite flirty with the young men and socially confident. She’s vulgar and embarrassing, but that’s partly because she has middle-aged desires, which her daughters don’t like.

There’s a moment late in the novel where Lizzie sees that her father exposes her mother to repeated social humiliation by not bothering to help out. Our sense of Mrs. Bennet changes completely. But fascinating as the Bennets’ middle-aged marital dynamic might be, it stays on the margins of the story. Novels were not created to accommodate later-life longings and hormonally driven mood swings.

Solving compassion through novels

The realist novel had come into being precisely to solve the problem of compassion. The premise of novels, which depicted daily life in ways that felt familiar and plausible, trained readers in the social value of feeling adequately and correctly for other people.

Robinson Crusoe (1719) is usually called the first novel in English, and the genre rapidly became a phenomenon. In a Britain with a fast-expanding overseas empire, a rising middle class, rapidly growing cities, new levels of prosperity and widespread leisure, people wanted and needed a popular kind of writing that could show them what ordinary life was like for other people – and what it felt like to be inside another person’s mind and body.

Samuel Richardson achieved this spectacularly with his mid-century novels Pamela and Clarissa, showing with unprecedented intimacy the under-the-skin experience of being a vulnerable young woman in a rigid society where marriage and inheritance counted for everything.

As Ian Watt and countless other literary critics have explained, novels emerged to do the imaginative work philosophers René Descartes, John Locke, David Hume and others had made possible with books such as Essay Concerning Human Understanding and A Treatise of Human Nature. They had explained what human inwardness was and offered a working picture of how humans perceived the world and made social choices and decisions.

The 18th-century novelists Austen learned from (Samuel Richardson, Henry Fielding, Laurence Sterne, Frances Burney, Ann Radcliffe and others) reflected the Enlightenment idea people could know much more about others’ inner lives than in previous eras. By understanding their own and other people’s thoughts and feelings, 18th-century Britons believed, humans could be happier and make better social judgments.

But the realist novel hadn’t been created to pay attention to middle-aged nobodies like Miss Bates. Novels weren’t built to spotlight women on the blurry borders of social hierarchies, who weren’t rich or young or beautiful. Novels were interested in young women and men who could marry, change their social standing, make fortunes and pass their newly created social and financial capital to children.

The menopausal, the hormonally dysregulated, queer characters and anyone else at the margins of social and sexual viability were, quite literally, non-narratable. There were no readymade story arcs for such people in early realist fiction, because in the social ideologies of the day, no story arcs were needed for them.

We see Austen was challenging and questioning the constraints of the novel itself. Even as she perfected the marriage plot, she pushed back against its core assumptions.

It’s Miss Bates who provides the occasion for one of the most moving and important lines in Austen’s oeuvre. Despite her many disadvantages, “she was a happy woman, and a woman whom no one named without good-will”. What Austen is telling us in that unassuming sentence is that women do not need youth or beauty or wealth or good marriages to be happy. They do not, in other words, need marriage plots.

What they need is deep feeling and compassionate curiosity from the people around them – during all the stages of their lives.The Conversation

Sophie Gee, Vice Chancellor's Fellow, English literature, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Congratulations Shannon!

Shannon Macdonald (née Evers) was a member of the Narrabeen Lakes Amateur Swimming Club back in the ‘70’s. She was a champion then, and is still one now!  


This of Shannon, in late May 2025 at the Great Barrier Reef Masters Games, still swimming competitively as part of the  Hervey Bay Masters, shows her 6 gold medals, 2 silvers and 4 Games records in the pool and a gold in the 1.5km open water swim. Shannon says she is forever grateful for the lifelong skills acquired at Narrabeen Lakes Amateur Swimming Club.

Flashback to the 1970’s
Shannon Evers, three years running broke over 10 Club records; represented the Club in State & National titles, finishing in the top 10 swimmers in the State for Backstroke and Medley; represented Narrabeen High School in the finals of the State Combined High School Championships and achieved 2nd in 12 yrs 100m Backstroke and 3rd in 12yrs 200m individual Medley in State Winter Championships in 1975.

Congratulations Shannon, great to see  former NLASC member still has her passion for swimming.

Narrabeen Youth Club: Call for old photos

Can you help? It will soon be the 60th anniversary of Narrabeen Youth Club and they would LOVE to have a presentation of photos from across the past 60 years provided by those who have played for NYC over the years. They are putting a call out for photos of NYC sports teams. 

There has been netball, soccer, physical culture, gymnastics, softball, cricket, badminton, boxing, squash and fishing over the years.

In 1965 Ted Blackwood and a few others formed the Narrabeen Youth Club (NYC). Bill Gooding was President in the first year and from 1966 until 2008 Ted maintained that role. When the Club was first formed there was no official clubhouse. In 1975 NYC purchased a building owned by the Narrabeen RSL. 

Photos can be email to nycnetballmarketing@gmail.com
Thank you for your help.

History of Narrabeen: U3A Speaker

LOCAL HISTORIAN SUSAN JOY ALEXANDER WILL BE SPEAKING ABOUT “THE HISTORY OF NARRABEEN” AT 2PM ON 24TH JUNE, AT THE U3A MEETING AT THE TRAMSHED AT 1395A PITTWATER ROAD, NARRABEEN

Susan says: ''It is not surprising that I am so drawn to Narrabeen. In this photo of Narrabeen taken in 1888 from a ledge on Collaroy Plateau, I have been associated with all three of the buildings in the photo. I grew up in the one on the far right. The middle house is the heritage listed “Lemville” Circa 1860 where Markus and I lived for 30 years and the third is the original site of the Narrabeen Hotel, where “Setai” has been built and Markus and I have been residing for the past 11 years.


Narrabeen has an amazing history. Once I started researching, I was captivated.''

Please advise Marcia Andrews the convener of the meeting that you are coming for catering purposes. Afternoon tea will be provided. Visitors are required to give a Gold Coin donation.

E-learning now available for the new Aged Care Act

June 3, 2025
There will be four e-learning modules for providers and workers on the new Act. Each module takes 20–30 minutes to complete. They cover: 
  1. understanding and adapting to the new system – available now 
  2. aligning to key changes – available in June 
  3. embedding best practice in the new system – available in August 
  4. reflecting and adjusting – available in December. 
You can access the training, along with a range of other resources including readiness checklists and transition guides, on the department’s website.  

Training for older people, their families and carers 

There are also separate e-learning modules to explain the new Act to older people, their families and carers. Older people can complete the training through either the link on the department’s website or the OPAN website.  

The training for older people can also be downloaded as a document and may be used as a resource for a facilitated conversation about the changes, for those who would prefer to not do the training online. 

AvPals 25th Year: Term Two Newport Sessions

You can book in and pay for sessions at Newport via the AvPals shop.

Avalon Computer Pals (AVPALS) helps seniors learn and improve their computer and technology skills. Avpals is a not for profit organisation run by volunteers. Since 2000, we have helped thousands of seniors from complete beginners to people who need to improve or update their skills. We offer “one to one” personal tuition or special short courses. 

Small class workshops are run at the Newport Community Centre on Tuesday afternoons.

One-to-one training is provided at our rooms in Avalon, under the Maria Regina Catholic Church, 7 Central Road, Avalon.

Join us in learning 'how to' in our 25th year!

The AvPals shop for Newport short sessions is HERE
The rest of this terms workshop offerings are:

It took more than a century, but women are taking charge of Australia’s economy – here’s why it matters

Duygu YenginUniversity of Adelaide

For the first time in its 124-year history, Treasury will be led by a woman.

Jenny Wilkinson’s appointment is historic in its own right. Even more remarkable is the fact she joins Michele Bullock at the Reserve Bank and Danielle Wood at the Productivity Commission.

Australia’s three most powerful economic institutions are now led by women economists. In economics, this is not normal. But it certainly does matter.

Stubbornly male

Imagine if only 17% of economics professors were men. It would feel unusual; people would ask why the field was so heavily skewed. But the reality is the opposite: 83% of economics professors in Australia are male.

And yet, this imbalance is almost invisible. Women make up just about one-third of secondary pupils studying economics and 40% of students enrolled in economics courses at university.

In the private sector, women economists are roughly one in three.

So while the appointments of Wilkinson, Bullock and Wood feels ground-breaking, the profession as a whole remains stubbornly male. Still, the leadership story is worth celebrating. When young women see leaders who look like them, they’re more likely to imagine themselves in those roles too.

As women increasingly take the helm, the old stereotype of a suit-clad man with a briefcase gives way to a broader, more inclusive image of what an economist can be.

The public service is leading the charge. As of 2023, women held 53% of senior executive service positions in the Australian Public Service, up from 46% in 2019.

Merit and diversity

Thankfully, unlike other parts of the world, we live in a country where these appointments haven’t triggered claims of so-called “diversity hires”. To be clear: these female pioneers weren’t appointed because they are women.

Each has decades of experience, technical firepower, and deep policy credentials. Wilkinson has led the Department of Finance and the Parliamentary Budget Office. Bullock has held almost every senior role at the Reserve Bank. Wood has shaped public debates on intergenerational equity and tax reform with clarity and rigour.

The idea that diversity is somehow in tension with merit is a false binary. Diverse groups make better decisions and are more creative, especially in high-stakes settings.

Decades of economics and business research has shown that incorporating diverse perspectives into decision-making only strengthens the outcomes. Decisions made and executed by diverse teams delivered 60% better results than those by non-diverse teams.

Merit isn’t just what’s on paper, it’s shaped by how we judge it.

When men and women perform equally well, success is more often credited to skill for men and to luck for women. Swap a male name for a female one on a CVteaching evaluation or reference letter, and perceptions of competence, leadership and hireability start to shift.

These unconscious biases don’t just affect who gets ahead; they shape how we define merit in the first place.

Will it make a difference?

Economics often prides itself on being objective and neutral. While the economic models may be technically gender-blind, the questions we ask and investigate rarely are.

This is where gender diversity matters – not just in who holds the top jobs, but in what gets researched and how decisions are made. There’s growing evidence male and female economists don’t just ask different questions, they also approach problems differently.

One study found female central bankers tend to act with greater independence and deliver lower inflation. A United States study and another in Europe showed striking gender differences in how economists think about a range of areas, including labour markets, taxation, health and the environment, and more broadly on public spending – everything from welfare to the military.

Having more diverse perspectives doesn’t dilute economics – it deepens it. It makes the discipline more responsive to the diversity of the real-world challenges it’s meant to address.

Economic policies impact the whole society. So does the composition of economists.

So, what’s next?

Of course, three women in top economic roles won’t create miracles overnight – they all operate within existing systems and structures.

So, what can we expect from Wilkinson’s leadership? Her time at the Department of Finance suggests a steady, pragmatic hand: consultative, strategic and deeply experienced.

Wilkinson brings bipartisan credibility, a sharp grasp of fiscal discipline, and the capacity to act decisively in a crisis, as we saw during COVID. She won’t remake Treasury overnight, but she’s well placed to lead it with rigour, integrity and a long-term view.

This moment matters for women in economics. It shows change is possible in the profession, and it could mark the start of economic policy that truly reflects the diversity of the people it serves.The Conversation

Duygu Yengin, Associate Professor of Economics, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Sunday Too Far Away at 50: how a story about Aussie shearers launched a local film industry

Michael WalshFlinders University

Released 50 years ago, Sunday Too Far Away deals episodically with a group of shearers led by Foley (Jack Thompson), and the events leading up to the national shearers’ strike of 1956.

The shearers are a ragtag group held together by rum, unionism and competitiveness – as Foley must deal with the camp cook from hell, as well as a threat to his “gun” status.

As we celebrate the anniversary, it is hard to overstate its importance for the Australian film industry and for its producer, the South Australian Film Corporation (SAFC).

The beginnings of a funding body

After the Liberal and Country League had held control over the state government for 32 years under a “Playmander”, named for premier Thomas Playford, the Labor party, lead by Don Dunstan, was elected in 1970 on a progressive platform.

As part of Dunstan’s project of moving the state’s economy away from its Playford-era reliance on manufacturing to more knowledge-based service industries, the SAFC was founded in 1972.

Central to Dunstan’s plan was the imperative that the SAFC should produce feature films – despite an initial consultant’s report that advised against this.

Dunstan’s plan was visionary, making South Australia the first state government to directly produce features. But it was also flawed.

The Dunstan government authorised the SAFC to borrow A$400,000 (approximately $5 million in 2025 money) for the production of up to five features per year, with the remainder of the budgets coming from Commonwealth funds and private investors.

Dunstan stands next to a film camera.
Don Dunstan, then premier of South Australia, around 1972 when the South Australian Film Corporation was established. State Library of South Australia B 64310/106

The plan was that the SAFC’s productions would be self-supporting within five years, with the initial pump-priming loans repaid.

By 1973 a slate of features was in the works, though none would reach production.

One of these was Gallipoli, to be made in conjunction with Melbourne-based Crawford Productions, with screenwriter John Dingwell attached.

The film was shelved, but Dingwell maintained his relationship with Matt Carroll, the SAFC’s head of feature production. They developed a script titled Shearers, based on anecdotes from one of Dingwell’s relatives.

Sunday Too Far Away (as the film was retitled) was budgeted at $231,000, with the Commonwealth Government’s Australian Film Development Corporation, established in 1970 to invest in local films, providing half this figure.

An ‘emotional experience’

Gil Brealey, the SAFC’s first CEO, was desperate to get a feature started and was prepared to find the whole of the budget if necessary. (The SAFC would put up an additional $14,000 in budget overruns caused by wet weather in the semi-arid locations around Port Augusta and Quorn.)

It was a remarkable demonstration of maximum involvement by a government body intent on intervening dramatically to generate a production industry in a state that would otherwise lose out to the larger states on the eastern seaboard.

At the recent 50th anniversary screening hosted by the SAFC, producer Matt Carroll referred to the film shoot as “an extraordinary emotional experience” for all involved, stressing the strong camaraderie among the actors, which mirrored that of the shearers in the film.

It is useful to compare Sunday to 1971’s Wake in Fright.

Both centre on rural male mateship, but while Wake in Fright is revolted by it, Sunday strives for an elegiac celebration that might have drawn from Henry Lawson, of union-based mateship as the only defence again the harshness of life.

Fraught politics

Brealey and the SAFC were functioning under enormous political pressure for this film to be not only a critical, but also a popular success.

From the outset, the SAFC had been identified with Dunstan, and it was under almost daily attack in Parliament, led by Liberal frontbencher Stan Evans.

Quoted in the Adelaide Advertiser in May 1975, Evans denounced the SAFC “for actively producing and manufacturing films when its role under the Act precluded it from this field”.

He was joined in these attacks by elements of the local press, as well as a handful of filmmakers who felt slighted by talent imported by Brealey.

The board was forced to issue a statement, complaining of

a very small vocal minority who, apparently, find the success of the corporation personally offensive and make every effort to ‘knock’ its work.

The acceptance of the film into the Directors’ Fortnight at Cannes, the first Australian film bestowed the honour, was a godsend. It went on to win eight of the 12 awards on offer at the Australian Film Institute Awards.

Brealey wryly told me that “we had this appalling reputation in Adelaide and everyone else thought we were marvellous”.

The film renaissance

In order to shore up its local standing, the SAFC ran a film day at the Adelaide Festival Centre, culminating in a “world premiere” of Sunday attended by Gough Whitlam.

The next day, the SAFC released the film itself in Adelaide, hiring the Warner cinema where it ran for 26 weeks under an arrangement that gave the producer the entire gross, less the exhibitor’s expenses.

Brealey was extremely suspicious of Australian distributors. Roadshow distributed the film throughout the rest of Australia. By October, they were reporting box office grosses of over $182,000 – though the SAFC had only received $11,000 in returns.

The bitter lesson was that SAFC had clearly been founded on overly optimistic expectations of returns to producers. Feature production in Australia would need on-going government support.

The success of Sunday Too Far Away, followed closely by Picnic at Hanging Rock (1975) and Storm Boy (1976) succeeded in establishing the SAFC as a prime mover in Australian film.

Locally, it won bipartisan local support for the SAFC and nationally it established a model for emulation by other states.

It demonstrated that Australian films could combine local and international appeal, and that government agencies had a vital role at the heart of the film renaissance.The Conversation

Michael Walsh, Associate Professor, Screen and Media, Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Avalon Beach SLSC turns 100 in 2025!

2025 marks 100 years of Avalon Beach Surf Lifesaving Club.

Planning is underway to celebrate the achievement of Avalon Beach SLSC's Volunteer Surf Lifesavers keeping Avalon Beach safe for residents and visitors for 100 years!

A number of celebratory events and activities spread throughout the Club's 100th year, are currently under development, and will be progressively announced through the year. 

The range of celebrations will involve past and present members, the Avalon Beach community, as well as visitors to our area.  The Surf Club is a focal point in and for the Avalon Beach community, so it is fitting that the community takes pride in this milestone.

Initially, so that our records are up to date, we invite all past members of our Club to Email the Club at 100years@avalonbeachslsc.com.au  with your updated details so we can keep you informed of what will be happening for members.

If you know of others that may be interested in the 100th Anniversary celebrations please pass the message on. 

The Club looks to the future, acknowledging and building on the legacy left from those who came before us over the past 100 years.

Avalon Beach SLSC Centenary Committee

A Call to Volunteer Trainers and Students

Come and share your knowledge or learn more about your device! 
Computer Pals for Seniors Northern Beaches would love to hear from you. We are a not-for-profit organisation helping seniors navigate the wonderful world of technology.

We teach in term times Monday to Friday in a relaxed fun environment.

Common topics requested by Students are: Sending and receiving emails, discovering useful apps, safe banking online, learning how to take and store photos, avoiding Scams, and basically being able to operate their device with confidence.

We teach Android/Apple tablets and phones, and Apple/Microsoft/ Chromebook laptops.

We are based at the Tramshed Arts & Community Centre, 1395a Pittwater Road, Narrabeen, near the B-Line bus stop.

Why not give us a call on 0478 920 651


NSW residents urged to get vaccinated as flu levels rise

June 12, 2025
NSW Health is urging the community to book in now for their flu vaccine, as cases rise across the state.

The latest NSW Respiratory Surveillance Report shows more than 3,100 people in NSW testing positive for influenza in the week ending 7 June, an increase of 10.6 per cent compared with the previous week, and following weekly increases since 10 May 2025. Most people with flu don’t have a test, so these are just a small proportion of all people who have had influenza recently.

Health Protection NSW Executive Director Dr Jeremy McAnulty said influenza is now circulating at moderate levels in the community.

“Getting the flu vaccine is quick, easy and recommended for everyone aged six months and over,” Dr McAnulty said.

“With flu on the rise and school holidays fast approaching, we are strongly encouraging people to book in for their flu vaccine now, which is widely available through pharmacists and GPs. Vaccination is the best protection against infection and severe disease.

“Influenza is a serious illness that can cause pneumonia, make chronic underlying medical conditions like diabetes, lung and heart disease much worse requiring hospital admission, and cause death.

“Complications can occur in anyone but are most likely in those at higher risk of severe illness.”

The flu vaccine is free for:
  • children aged six months to under five years
  • pregnant women
  • Aboriginal people aged six months and over
  • anyone aged 65 and over
  • people with serious health conditions
NSW Health also continues to remind the community there are a few simple steps they can take to protect themselves and others from respiratory illness, including:
  • staying up to date with their vaccinations
  • staying home if they’re sick and wearing a mask if they need to go out
  • avoiding crowded spaces and getting together in well-ventilated spaces
  • consider doing a rapid antigen test before visiting those more vulnerable
  • making a plan with their doctor if they’re at higher risk of severe illness
  • practicing good general hygiene, like regular handwashing.
If an illness or injury is not serious or life-threatening, we encourage the community to call Healthdirect on 1800 022 222, for 24-hour advice. A nurse will answer your call, ask some questions and connect you with the right care.

A new National Immunisation Strategy for a healthier Australia

June 12, 2025
The Australian Government has released its new National Immunisation Strategy to guide Australia’s fight against vaccine-preventable diseases over the next 5 years.


Vaccine-preventable diseases remain a serious threat to the health of Australians. 

Immunisation is one of the main lines of defence against vaccine-preventable diseases. Australia’s vaccination rates remain high, but rates have fallen in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic.

With input from healthcare professionals, health experts, state and territory government representatives and the community, the National Immunisation Strategy for Australia 2025‒2030 sets a vision for a healthier Australia through immunisation. 

It is supported by a mission to reduce the impact of vaccine-preventable diseases through high uptake of safe, effective and equitable immunisation across the lifespan.

The strategy provides a framework to achieve this mission by prioritising:
  • equity and access to immunisation, especially among Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people and other priority populations
  • strengthening the immunisation workforce to be prepared for future health emergencies
  • building trust, understanding and acceptance of immunisation through engagement with communities
  • making better use of data to more effectively target immunisation strategies and monitor performance
  • harnessing new vaccine technologies to respond to an evolving communicable disease and vaccine landscape
  • implementing sustainable reforms in vaccine programs.
The Department of Health, Disability and Ageing will be working with the states and territories to implement the strategy.

The strategy is one of the first deliverables of the interim Australian Centre for Disease Control. 

It takes a whole-of-system approach to immunisation, and focuses on future preparedness, to respond to an evolving communicable disease and vaccine landscape.

2026 Australian of the Year Nominations now open

Nominations Close 31 July 2025

The National Australia Day Council invites all Australians to nominate outstanding individuals for the 2026 Australian of the Year Awards by 31 July 2025. Now is your chance to spotlight the extraordinary Australians among us – the local legends and changemakers whose efforts have significantly enriched our communities.

Your Nomination Finds The Australians Of The Year
The Australian of the Year Awards rely entirely on public nominations to identify outstanding individuals around the nation and it only takes one nomination for someone to be considered for our nation’s most prestigious awards. 

The person you nominate could be the next Australian of the Year, Young Australian of the Year, Senior Australian of the Year or Australia’s Local Hero.

Nominating is easy and can be done by anyone. Simply visit australianoftheyear.org.au to submit the details of someone who inspires you. 

Why Your Nomination Matters
Every nomination is a powerful acknowledgment of someone’s impact and dedication. It's your opportunity to ensure the contributions of someone who inspires you, or makes Australia better, are celebrated. One nomination can elevate their voice, help them access more support or give them the recognition they deserve.

National Australia Day Council Chair John Foreman AM said the role of the public was crucial in finding award recipients each year.

“Every day, we all see people doing something special or we hear about people who are making a real impact – it’s these people we all see and hear about that we want the public to nominate,” said Mr Foreman.

“The Australian of the Year Awards recognise 128 people across all state and territories each year and from them, we select the Australian of the Year, Senior Australian of the Year, Young Australian of the Year and Australia’s Local Hero.

“Extraordinary Australians are all around us but if we don’t know about them, they can’t be recognised. When you see them or hear about them, nominate them so we can consider them.”
How The Awards Program Works

The awards program recognises Australians who stand out in four categories:
  • Australian of the Year
  • Senior Australian of the Year (aged 65 and over)
  • Young Australian of the Year (aged 16 to 30)
  • Australia's Local Hero
These categories ensure the diverse contributions of Australians across all sectors and ages are honoured.

From the public’s nominations, each state and territory announce a recipient in each category.  These state and territory award recipients then become the national finalists for the 2026 Australian of the Year Awards to be announced on the evening of 25 January 2026 in Canberra. 

We can all play our part by giving extraordinary Australians the recognition they deserve – nominate now at australianoftheyear.org.au.

Home Equity Release May Increase Demand for Long-Term Care Insurance

June 10, 2025
UNSW's Ageing Futures Institute
New research suggests that access to housing wealth may influence older adults’ willingness to insure against future care needs.

Published in the Journal of Risk and Insurance, the study was conducted by Associate Professor Katja Hanewald and Professor Hazel Bateman, both from the School of Risk & Actuarial Studies at UNSW Sydney and members of the UNSW Ageing Futures Institute. They were joined by co-authors Professor Hanming Fang from the University of Pennsylvania and UNSW PhD graduate Tin Long Ho.

The research surveyed 1,200 urban homeowners in China aged 45 to 64, presenting participants with three ways to fund a single-premium long-term care (LTC) insurance product: using savings, a reverse mortgage, or a home reversion arrangement. Each participant was assigned a hypothetical financial profile based on their reported savings and home value, and completed interactive tasks indicating how much of their wealth they would allocate under each option.

The results showed that demand for LTC insurance increased when participants could use housing wealth in addition to savings. On average, they allocated 5.2% of total wealth when only savings were available, compared to 15.7% when a reverse mortgage was available alongside savings, and 12.8% when home reversion was available alongside savings.

“These findings suggest that older adults are more likely to consider LTC insurance when they have flexible financing options,” said A/Prof Hanewald. “Home equity release products and programs like Australia’s Home Equity Access Scheme could support new approaches to funding care in retirement and help more people age in place.”

The study also highlights the importance of product understanding and trust in insurers, both of which were positively associated with insurance uptake. Conversely, strong bequest motives and expectations of family-provided care were associated with lower demand.

Read the full arttcle, Housing wealth and long-term care insurance demand: Survey evidenceHERE

How visionary Beach Boys songwriter Brian Wilson changed music – and my life

The Beach Boys in 1962 in Los Angeles, California. Brian Wilson is on the left. Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images
Jadey O'ReganUniversity of Sydney

Brian Wilson, leader, songwriter and producer of the Beach Boys, has passed away at age 82.

He leaves behind a legacy of beautiful, joyous, bittersweet and enduring music, crafted over a career spanning six decades.

While this news isn’t unexpected – Wilson was diagnosed with dementia last year and entered a conservatorship after the loss of his wife, Melinda – his passing marks the end of a long and extraordinary chapter in musical history.

A life of music

Formed in the early 1960s in Hawthorne California, the Beach Boys were built on a foundation of family and community: brothers Brian, Dennis and Carl Wilson, their cousin Mike Love, and school friend Al Jardine.

Growing up, the Wilson household was a turbulent place; their father, Murry Wilson, was strict and at times violent. Music was the one way in which the family could connect.

During these early years Brian discovered the sounds that would shape his musical identity: Gershwin, doo wop groups, early rock and roll, and, a particular favourite, the vocal group the Four Freshmen, whose tight-harmony singing style Wilson studied meticulously.

Black and white photo
The Beach Boys in rehearsal in 1964; Brian Wilson sits at the piano . Photo by Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images

It was an unexpected combination of influences for a pop band. Even from the Beach Boys’ earliest recordings – the surf, the cars, the girls – the stirrings of the complexity and musical adventurousness Wilson is known for is audible. Listen to the unexpected structure of The Lonely Sea (1962), the complex chords of The Warmth of the Sun (1963), or the subtle modulation in Don’t Worry Baby (1964).

These early innovations hinted at a growing creativity that would continue to evolve over the rest of the 1960s, and beyond.

A story of resilience

In later years, Brian Wilson often appeared publicly as a fragile figure. But what stands out most in his story is resilience.

His ability to produce such an expansive and diverse catalogue of work while navigating difficult family relationships, intense record label pressures, misdiagnosed and mistreated mental health conditions, addiction and much more, is extraordinary. Wilson not only survived, but continued to create music.

Brian Wilson on the piano and Al Jardine on guitar perform in Los Angeles in 2019. Scott Dudelson/Getty Images

He eventually did something few Beach Boys’ fans would have imagined – he returned to the stage.

Wilson’s unexpected return to public performance during the Pet Sounds and SMiLE tours in the early 2000s began a revival interest in the Beach Boys, and a critical reconsideration of their musical legacy. This continues with a consistent release of books, documentariesmovies and podcasts about Wilson and the legacy of the Beach Boys’ music.

The focus of a thesis

I grew up near Surfers Paradise on the Gold Coast in Queensland. Their early songs about an endless summer had a particular resonance to my hometown, even if, like Brian Wilson, I only admired the beach from afar.

I chose to study the Beach Boys’ music for my PhD thesis and spent the next few years charting the course of their musical development from their early days in the garage to creating Pet Sounds just five years later.

The boys on stage in front of a large crowd.
The Beach Boys perform onstage around 1963. Brian Wilson is on the left. Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images

I was fascinated by how a band could create such a groundbreaking volume of work and progress so quickly from the delightful, yet wobbly Surfin’ to the complex arrangements of God Only Knows.

To understand their music, I spent years listening to Beach Boys’ tracking sessions, take after take, to hear how their songs were so cleverly and delicately put together.

What struck me just as powerfully as the music itself was the sound of Brian Wilson’s voice in those recordings. Listening to Wilson leading hours of tracking sessions was to hear an artist at the top of their game – decisive, confident, funny, collaborative and deeply driven to make music that would express the magic he heard in his mind, and connect with an audience.

One of the more unexpected discoveries in my analysis of the Beach Boys’ music came from their lyrics. Using a word frequency tool to examine all 117 songs in my study, I found that the most common word was “now”.

The boys with a moped.
The Beach Boys pose for a portrait around1964. Brian Wilson stands at the back. Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images

In many cases, it appears in a conversational sense – “Well, she got her Daddy’s car, and she cruised through the hamburger stand now” – but on a broader level, it perfectly encapsulates what Brian Wilson’s music offered so many listeners.

He created an endless present: a world where the sun could always be shining, where you could feel young forever, and you could visit that world any time you needed to.

Jadey O'Regan with Brian Wilson, Enmore Theatre, Sydney 2010. Jadey O'Regan

In 2010, I had the remarkable experience of meeting Brian Wilson in his dressing room before his performance at the Enmore Theatre in Sydney. He was funny and kind. He sat at a small keyboard, taught me a harmony and for a moment, we sang Love and Mercy together.

It was one of the most magical moments of my life. It is also one of Wilson’s most enduring sentiments: “love and mercy, that’s what we need tonight”.

Farewell and thank you, Brian. Surf’s up.The Conversation

Jadey O'Regan, Senior Lecturer in Contemporary Music, Sydney Conservatorium of Music, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Oldest known human fingerprint discovered on ancient Neanderthal artwork – with help from Spain’s forensic police

The fingerprint is the oldest and most complete to date. Samuel Miralles-Mosquera Policía Científica
David Álvarez AlonsoUniversidad Complutense de MadridAndrés Díez HerreroInstituto Geológico y Minero de España (IGME - CSIC)María de Andrés-HerreroUniversidad Complutense de Madrid, and Miguel Angel Mate GonzalezUniversidad de Salamanca

A unique archaeological find has recently expanded our knowledge of Neanderthals’ capacity for symbolic thought. The object in question is a granite stone, on which a red ochre dot was deliberately applied to reinforce the image of a human face. It is, to date, the oldest example of portable art associated with Neanderthals.

The most remarkable aspect of this discovery was the identification of a fingerprint in the pigment, at a level we have unequivocally dated to more than 42,000 years ago.

The fingerprint means the find is direct evidence of a symbolic action that we can attribute to a Neanderthal human (Homo neanderthalensis).

a grey rock with features resembling a human face, and a red spot in the centre
The red spot reinforces the image of a face, serving as a nose. Above right, the red dot in detail. Below, the fingerprint obtained through multispectral techniques. David Álvarez Alonso and Samuel Miralles Mosquera.

This discovery is the fruit of over two years of research, and was published in May 2025 in Archaeological and Anthropological Sciences. In addition to the team of archaeologists and geologists, our paper was co-authored by members of the Central Identification Unit of the General Commissary of Scientific Police, whose contributions were vital to the work’s success.

The last Neanderthal

The red-spotted stone was found at the Abrigo de San Lázaro archaeological site – in the Eresma river valley, downstream from the Spanish city of Segovia – where we found remains of occupations of the last European Neanderthals.

The stone was in a level where we have previously found Mousterian (Middle Paleolithic) industry. These are stone tools clearly associated with Neanderthal occupations, such as those documented in the known areas of Abrigo del Molino and other nearby sites.

A red spot for a nose

In our study, we hypothesise that the object was chosen and collected from the riverbed because of its peculiar natural features. Put simply, it looks like a human face.

Facial pareidolia, the psychological phenomenon whereby we perceive faces in inanimate objects, identifies the upper and lower indentations as eyes and a mouth in the stone. The application of red pigment to make a nose reinforces the perception of a face, and acts as a symbolically charged visual marker.

The possibility that we are dealing with a symbolic representation of a human face adds a particularly significant interpretative dimension to the archaeological find.

Forensic police identify the fingerprint

One of the most remarkable aspects of this research was its cross-disciplinary collaboration between archaeologists, geoarchaeologists and members of the General Commissary of the Spanish Scientific Police.

To reach our conclusions, a combination of techniques were applied to the object. First, we performed detailed 3D mapping using high-precision scanners and digital models, which helped to rule out that the stone had served any any functional purpose, such as that of an anvil or hammer.

We then carried out non-invasive analyses, such as X-ray fluorescence and scanning electron microscopy. The results confirmed that the red pigment was externally applied ochre, as opposed to a natural mark resulting from the decomposition of minerals in the granite itself.

But the most surprising breakthrough came from multispectral analysis. This is a well-known technique that the Spanish General Commissary of Scientific Police developed and adapted specifically for the study of the stone. By using this method, Samuel Miralles Mosquera, a forensic imaging expert, revealed a fingerprint that was invisible to the naked eye, printed directly into the pigment.

The image was later analyzed by Mª Carmen Sastre Barrio, Encarnación Nieva Gómez, Mª Remedios Díaz Delgado and Elena Ruiz Mediavilla, identification specialists of the same team. They confirmed that it matched the fingerprint of an adult human male.

Their work allowed for the identification of the fingerprint with a previously unprecedented level of detail in the context of Paleolithic study.

Their help made the research a pioneering reference in the field of applying archaeology and forensic identification to prehistoric times. It provides a new window on the symbolic world of the Neanderthals, and opens new avenues for the study of their artistic expression, their visual sensitivity and their capacity for abstraction.

Combining these scientific techniques reinforces the authenticity of the find, and underlines its exceptional nature. It is one of the most complete physical testimonies of a symbolic act performed by a Neanderthal, whose fingerprint was deliberately left in the pigment.

Who would have imagined that, more than 40,000 years later, not even Neanderthals could escape being identified by forensic scientists.

A groundbreaking discovery

The archaeological team working at the Abrigo de San Lázaro site, where the Neanderthal-marked stone was found. David Álvarez Alonso

The origin of humans’ symbolic behaviour – and with it the emergence of art itself – is one of the most hotly debated questions in research on humankind’s cognitive evolution. While both phenomena did not emerge simultaneously, they are deeply interconnected, since the capacity for symbolic thought is ultimately the foundation of all forms of artistic expression.

For decades, it was claimed that this ability was exclusive to “modern” or present-day human beings (Homo sapiens). However, the development of new methodologies and the discovery of increasingly solid evidence have challenged this view to the point of refuting it.

There is now a growing consensus that Neanderthals also possessed a complex symbolic repertoire, manifested through modified objectsuse of pigmentsritual behaviours and other unambiguously symbolic expressions.

One of the key milestones in this shift in opinion was the publication – in the journal Science in 2018 – of the dating of several cave paintings found in three Spanish caves: Ardales, La Pasiega and Maltravieso. These were the first paintings with a symbolic character attributed to Neanderthals.

They included simple, geometric shapes, including discernible patterns. Their study revealed the ability of this human group to deliberately generate symbolic images charged with shared meaning. While the representations are simple, they appear repeatedly in different places on the walls of the caves.

To this list of findings, we can now add the work of another anonymous Neanderthal. This male, one of Europe’s last Neanderthal inhabitants, saw a face on a rock collected from the river, intentionally painted a red dot with ochre, and left his mark on history.The Conversation

David Álvarez Alonso, Profesor Titular de Prehistoria, Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Universidad Complutense de MadridAndrés Díez Herrero, Profesor de Investigación (Dr. Ciencias Geológicas), Instituto Geológico y Minero de España (IGME - CSIC)María de Andrés-Herrero, Departamento de Prehistoria, Historia Antigua y Arqueología, Universidad Complutense de Madrid, and Miguel Angel Mate Gonzalez, Personal Docente e Investigador - Contratado Ramón y Cajal , Universidad de Salamanca

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

First national stocktake of Australia's food system reveals hidden costs and big opportunities: CSIRO

A new report shines a light on the complex challenges and opportunities facing Australia's $800 billion food system.
CSIRO, Australia’s national science agency, has completed the first-ever national stocktake of our $800 billion food system, which feeds around 100 million people – including 27 million Australians – with food produced by 100,000 farmers.

Released June 2 2025 as part of the Food System Horizons initiative, the report urged a new approach to managing and reporting on our food system to make it more resilient to the challenges faced by farmers, to deliver healthy food for all, and to meet critical sustainability challenges.

The report also revealed the hidden costs of Australia’s food system could be as high as $274 billion – primarily environmental and health impacts – the highest hidden costs per capita in the world.

As the first national stocktake to deepen our understanding of Australia’s complex food system, the report highlights strengths and identifies practical strategies for improvement.

CSIRO Agriculture and Food Director Dr Michael Robertson said knowing and understanding the state of our food system through regular reporting is the critical first step in dealing with the complex challenges and opportunities facing Australia’s food system.

“Our food system is more than just producing and exporting commodities – it’s also about providing equitable access to safe, nutritious and healthy food, produced sustainably for all Australians,” Dr Robertson said.

“We have an intergenerational responsibility to pursue these goals vigorously," he said.

“This national stocktake provides an evidence base to guide our actions as social, cultural, environmental, and economic priorities shift.

“While Australia’s wider food system is an economic and production success, generating more than $800 billion annually and providing significant employment particularly in regional areas, the intersection of our food system with other critical goals calls for a more comprehensive way to evaluate its performance.”

Australia’s food system includes a range of factors from production to distribution and consumption of food and food ingredients, nutrition and health, alongside the natural and social systems that support it.

CSIRO Sustainability Research Director Larelle McMillan says food policy in Australia is currently fragmented across portfolios as diverse as agriculture, environment, industry, social services, health, transport and urban planning.

“We need to move from analysing specific parts of the food system, to establishing coordinated reporting for important food system attributes and interactions, thus enabling connected up action for a national food system that serves all,” Ms McMillan said.

The report identified three key steps to guide a systems-based approach for transformation:
  1. Recognising the food system as an integrated whole, moving beyond a fragmented, sector-based view
  2. Navigating responsibility across government, industry, and communities to ensure shared accountability for sustainability, nutrition, and equity goals
  3. Enabling interactions across disconnected parts of the system, from farming and nutrition to policy and innovation.
Ms McMillan said a reporting system would offer valuable insights into where the food system is falling short – for example, almost a third of Australian households experience moderate or severe food insecurity each year – and where it’s failing to meet the needs of all Australians.

“This can be used as a focal point to bring together a greater diversity of voice and vision to identify pathways to sustainable, healthy and affordable food for all Australians,” she said.

Towards a state of the food system report for Australia has been produced by the Food System Horizons initiative, a collaboration between CSIRO and The University of Queensland.


Australia’s whooping cough surge is not over – and it doesn’t just affect babies

Tomsickova Tatyana/Shutterstock
Niall JohnstonUNSW SydneyHelen QuinnUniversity of Sydney, and Phoebe WilliamsUniversity of Sydney

Whooping cough (pertussis) is always circulating in Australia, and epidemics are expected every three to four years. However, the numbers we’re seeing with the current surge – which started in 2024 – are higher than usual epidemics.

Vaccines for this highly infectious respiratory infection have been available in Australia for many decades. Yet it remains a challenging infection to control because immunity (due to prior infection, or vaccination) wanes with time.

In 2025, more than 14,000 cases have been recorded already. Some regions, including Queensland and Western Australia’s Kimberley region, are seeing a marked rise in cases.

In 2024, more than 57,000 cases of whooping cough were reported in Australia – the highest yearly total since 1991 – including 25,900 in New South Wales alone.

What is causing the current surge?

A few factors are driving numbers higher than we’d expect for an anticipated epidemic.

COVID lockdowns in 2020 and 2021 reduced natural immunity to many diseases, disrupted routine childhood vaccination services, and resulted in rising distrust in vaccines. This has meant higher-than-usual numbers for many infectious diseases.

And it’s not only Australia witnessing this surge.

In the United States, whooping cough cases are at their highest since 1948, with deaths reported in several states, including two infants.

In Australia, vaccine coverage remains relatively high but it is slipping and is below the national target of 95% .

Even small declines may have a significant impact on infection rates.

Who is at risk of whooping cough?

Young babies, especially those under six weeks of age, are extremely vulnerable to whooping cough because they’re too young to be vaccinated.

Infants under six months of age are also more likely to require hospitalisation for breathing support or have severe outcomes such as pneumonia, seizures or brain inflammation . Some do not survive.

However, the greatest number of cases occur in older children and adults. In fact, in 2024, more than 70% of cases occurred in children 10 years and older, and adults.

Smiling baby looks at woman and man holding him, seen from behind.
Babies who are too young to be vaccinated are most vulnerable. Halfpoint/Shutterstock

Can you get whooping cough even if you’re vaccinated?

The whooping cough vaccine works well, but its protection fades with time. Babies are immunised at six weeks, four months and six months, which gives good protection against severe illness.

But without extra (booster) doses, that protection drops, falling to less than 50% by four years of age. That’s why booster doses at 18 months and four years are essential for maintaining protection against the disease.

A whooping cough vaccine is also recommended for any adult who wishes to reduce the likelihood of becoming ill with pertussis. Carers of young infants, in particular, should have a booster dose if they’ve not received one in the past ten years.

A booster dose is also recommended every ten years for health-care workers and early childhood educators.

One of the best ways we can protect babies from the life-threatening illness of whooping cough is vaccination during pregnancy, which transfers protective antibodies to the unborn baby.

If a woman hasn’t received a vaccine during pregnancy, they can be vaccinated as soon as possible after delivery (preferably before hospital discharge). This won’t pass protective immunity to the baby, but reduces the likelihood of the mother getting whooping cough, providing some indirect protection to the infant.

How contagious is whooping cough?

Whooping cough is extremely contagious – in fact, it is up to ten times more contagious than the flu.

If you’re immunised against whooping cough, you’re likely to have milder symptoms. But you can still catch and spread it, including to babies who have not yet been immunised.

Data shows siblings (and not parents) are one of the most common sources of whooping cough infection in babies.

This highlights the importance of on-time vaccination not just during pregnancy, but also in siblings and other close contacts.

How do I know it’s whooping cough, and not just a cold?

Early symptoms of whooping cough can look just like a cold: a runny nose, mild fever, and a persistent cough.

After about a week, the cough often worsens, coming in long fits that may end with a sharp “whoop” as the person gasps for breath.

In very young babies, there may be no whoop at all. They might briefly stop breathing (called an “apnoea”) or turn blue.

In teens and adults, the only sign may be a stubborn cough (the so-called “100-day” cough) that won’t go away.

If you have whooping cough, you may be infectious for up to three weeks after symptoms begin, unless treated with antibiotics (which can shorten this to five days).

You’ll need to stay home from work, school or childcare during this time to help protect others.

What should I do to reduce my risk?

Start by checking your vaccination record. This can be done through the myGov website, the Express Plus Medicare app or by asking your GP.

If you’re pregnant, get a whooping cough booster in your second trimester. A booster is also important if you’re planning to care for young infants or meet a newborn.

Got a cough that lasts more than a week or comes in fits? Ask your GP about testing.

One quick booster could help stop the next outbreak from reaching you or your loved ones.The Conversation

Niall Johnston, Conjoint Associate Lecturer, Faculty of Medicine, UNSW SydneyHelen Quinn, Senior Research Fellow, National Centre for Immunisation Research and Surveillance & Senior Lecturer, Children’s Hospital Westmead Clinical School, University of Sydney, and Phoebe Williams, Paediatrician & Infectious Diseases Physician; Senior Lecturer & NHMRC Fellow, Faculty of Medicine, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

hMPV is likely one of the viruses making us sick this winter. Here’s what to know about human metapneumovirus

svetikd/Getty Images
Lara HerreroGriffith University

As winter settles over Australia, it’s not just the drop in temperature we notice – there’s also a sharp rise in respiratory illnesses. Most of us are familiar with the usual winter players such as COVID, influenza and RSV (respiratory syncytial virus), which often dominate news headlines and public health messaging.

But scientists are now paying closer attention to another virus that’s been spreading somewhat under the radar: human metapneumovirus (hMPV).

Although it’s not new, hMPV is now being recognised as a significant contributor to seasonal respiratory infections, especially among young children, older people, and people with weaker immune systems.

So what do you need to know about this winter lurgy?

What does a hMPV infection look like?

hMPV is a close relative of RSV, and can cause infections in the upper or lower respiratory tracts.

Like other respiratory viruses, hMPV infection causes symptoms such as cough, fever, sore throat and nasal congestion. While most people experience relatively mild illness and recover in about a week, hMPV can lead to serious illness – such as bronchiolitis or pneumonia – in babies, older adults, and people with weakened immune systems.

hMPV spreads much like the flu or SARS-CoV-2 (the virus that causes COVID) – through tiny droplets from coughs and sneezes, and potentially by touching surfaces where the virus has landed and then touching your mouth, nose, or eyes.

Most people will catch it at some point in their lives, commonly more than once. While an infection confers some immunity, this wanes over time.

hMPV generally follows a seasonal pattern, tending to peak in winter and spring.

hMPV around the world

By the end of 2024, China saw a surprising spike in cases of hMPV – enough to catch the attention of public health experts. While there were some suggestions hospitals were becoming overwhelmed, exact numbers were not clear.

The World Health Organization subsequently issued a statement in January indicating this rise in hMPV infections in China aligned with expected seasonal trends.

Other countries, such as the United States, have also noted increases in hMPV infections since the COVID pandemic. Realising hMPV might be playing a more significant role in seasonal illness than we’d previously thought, and with improvements in diagnostic technology, global health agencies have ramped up their monitoring.

In Australia, comprehensive national data on hMPV is limited because hMPV is not one of the viruses with mandatory reporting. In other words, if a patient is found to have hMPV (through a PCR swab sent to a pathology lab) there’s no requirement for the doctor or the pathology lab to make a public health report of a positive result, as they would with another illness such as influenza, RSV or measles.

However, selected medical clinics voluntarily participate in systematic data collection on specific health conditions, which give us an idea of the proportion of people of people who may be infected (though not the absolute numbers).

The Australian Sentinel Practice Research Network (ASPREN) is a national surveillance system funded by the federal department of health. In 2024, up to December 15, based on ASPREN data, 7.8% of patients presenting with fever and cough symptoms tested positive for hMPV.

This year, to June 1, ASPREN data shows us hMPV has made up 4.2% of infections among people with flu-like illness, behind RSV (7.7%), COVID (10.9%), influenza (19%) and rhinovirus (a virus which causes the common cold, 46.1%).

A mother holds her hand over a sleeping child's forehead.
hMPV can hit harder in young children. Tomsickova Tatyana/Shutterstock

What about vaccines and treatments?

hMPV is likely to be part of the array of respiratory viruses circulating in Australia this winter. If you have a cold or flu-like illness and have done one of those at-home rapid tests for COVID, flu and RSV but came up all negative, it’s possible hMPV is the culprit.

There’s currently no specific treatment or vaccine for hMPV. Most cases are mild and can be managed at home with rest and symptom relief such as taking medication (paracetamol or ibuprofen) for pain and fever. But more serious infections may require hospital care.

If your baby or young child has a respiratory infection and is having trouble breathing, you should take them to the emergency department.

Researchers and companies such as Moderna, Pfizer and Vicebio are actively working on vaccines for hMPV, however they’re not yet available.

The best way to protect yourself and others against hMPV and other respiratory viruses is through simple hygiene practices. These include washing your hands often, covering coughs and sneezes, staying home if you’re sick, cleaning shared surfaces regularly, and considering wearing a mask in crowded indoor spaces during virus season.The Conversation

Lara Herrero, Associate Professor and Research Leader in Virology and Infectious Disease, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why won’t my cough go away?

Mladen Zivkovic/Shutterstock
David KingThe University of Queensland

A persistent cough can be embarrassing, especially if people think you have COVID.

Coughing frequently can also make you physically tired, interfere with sleep and trigger urinary incontinence. As a GP, I have even treated patients whose repetitive forceful coughing has caused stress fractures in their ribs.

So, why do some coughs linger so long? Here are some of the most common causes – and signs you should get checked for something more serious.

Why do we cough?

The cough reflex is an important protective mechanism. Forcefully expelling air helps clear our lungs and keep them safe from irritants, infections and the risk of choking.

Some people who have long-term conditions, such as chronic bronchitis or bronchiectasis, have to cough frequently. This is because the lung’s cilia – tiny hair-like structures that move mucus, debris and germs – no longer work to clear the lungs.

A wet or “productive” cough means coughing up a lot of mucus.

A cough can also be dry or “unproductive”. This happens when the cough receptors in the airways, throat and upper oesophagus have become overly sensitised, triggering a cough even when there’s no mucus to clear.

Causes of a chronic cough

cough is considered chronic when it lasts longer than eight weeks in adults, or four weeks in children.

The three most common causes are:

  • post-nasal drip (where mucus drips from the back of the nose into the throat)
  • asthma
  • acid reflux from the stomach.

These often go together. One study found 23% of people with chronic cough had two of these conditions, and 3% had all three.

This makes sense – people prone to airway allergies are more likely to develop both asthma and hayfever (allergic rhinitis). Hayfever is probably the main cause of persistent post-nasal drip.

Meanwhile, prolonged, vigorous coughing can also cause reflux, possibly triggering further coughing.

Chronic cough is the primary symptom of two other conditions, although these can be more challenging to diagnose: cough-variant asthma and eosinophilic bronchitis. Both conditions inflame the airways. However, they don’t rapidly improve with ventolin (the standard clinic test to diagnose asthma).

A woman sitting on the floor blows her nose next to a cat.
Allergies can cause inflammation that triggers a chronic cough. Kmpzzz/Shutterstock

Coughs after respiratory infections

Coughs can also persist long after a viral or bacterial infection. In children with colds, one systematic review found it took 25 days for more than 90% to be free of their cough.

After an infection, cough hypersensitivity may develop thanks to inflamed airways and over-responsive cough receptors. Even minor irritants will then trigger the coughing reflex.

The body’s response to infection makes the mucus more sticky – and more difficult for the overworked, recovering cilia to clear. Allergens in the air can also more easily penetrate the upper airway’s damaged lining.

This can trigger an unhelpful feedback loop that slows the body’s recovery after an infection. Excessive and unhelpful coughing tends to further fatigue the recovering cilia and irritate the airway lining.

Could I still have an infection?

When a cough persists, a common concern is whether a secondary bacterial infection has followed the first viral infection, requiring antibiotics.

Simply coughing up yellow or green phlegm is not enough to tell.

To diagnose a serious chest infection, your doctor will consider the whole picture of your symptoms. For example, whether you also have shortness of breath, worsening fever or your lungs make abnormal sounds through a stethoscope.

The possibility you have undiagnosed asthma or allergies should also be considered.

What treats a persistent cough?

People with a persistent cough who are otherwise healthy may request and be prescribed antibiotics. But these rarely shorten how long your cough lasts, as irritation – not infection – is the primary cause of cough.

The most effective treatments for shifting sticky mucus from the airways are simple ones: saline nose sprays and washes, steam inhalation and medicated sore throat sprays.

Honey has also been shown to reduce throat irritation and the need to cough.

The effectiveness of cough syrup is less clear. As these mixtures have potential side effects, they should be used with care.

A little girl with a towel over her head inhales steam from a bowl.
The most effective treatments are simple ones, including steam inhalation. New Africa/Shutterstock

Signs of something more serious

Sometimes, a cough that won’t go away could be the sign of a serious condition, including lung cancer or unusual infections. Fortunately, these aren’t common.

To rule them out, Australia’s chronic cough guidelines recommend a chest x-ray and spirometry (which tests lung volume and flow) for anyone presenting to their doctor with a chronic cough.

You should seek prompt medical attention if, in addition to your cough, you:

  • cough up blood
  • produce a lot of phlegm
  • are very short of breath, especially when resting or at night
  • have difficulty swallowing
  • lose weight or have a fever
  • have recurring pneumonia
  • are a smoker older than 45, with a new or changed cough.

What if there’s no clear cause?

Very occasionally, despite thorough testing and treatment, a cough persists. This is called refractory chronic cough.

When no cause can be identified, it’s known as unexplained chronic cough. In the past, unexplained cough may have been diagnosed as a “psychogenic” or “habit” cough, a term which has fallen from favour.

We now understand that cough hypersensitivity makes a person cough out of proportion to the trigger, and that both the peripheral and central nervous systems play a role in this. But our understanding of the relationship between hypersensitivity and chronic cough remains incomplete.

These are disabling conditions and should be referred to a respiratory clinic or a chronic cough specialist. Speech pathology treatments may also be effective for refractory and unexplained coughs.

There are a class of new medications in the pipeline that block cough receptors, and seem promising for persisting, troublesome coughs.The Conversation

David King, Senior Lecturer in General Practice, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Measles cases are surging globally. Should children be vaccinated earlier?

EyeEm Mobile GmbH/Getty Images
Meru SheelUniversity of Sydney and Anita HeywoodUNSW Sydney

Measles has been rising globally in recent years. There were an estimated 10.3 million cases worldwide in 2023, a 20% increase from 2022.

Outbreaks are being reported all over the world including in the United StatesEurope and the Western Pacific region (which includes Australia). For example, Vietnam has reportedly seen thousands of cases in 2024 and 2025.

In Australia, 77 cases of measles have been recorded in the first five months of 2025, compared with 57 cases in all of 2024.

Measles cases in Australia are almost all related to international travel. They occur in travellers returning from overseas, or are contracted locally after mixing with an infected traveller or their contacts.

Measles most commonly affects children and is preventable with vaccination, given in Australia in two doses at 12 and 18 months old. But in light of current outbreaks globally, is there a case for reviewing the timing of measles vaccinations?

Some measles basics

Measles is caused by a virus belonging to the genus Morbillivirus. Symptoms include a fever, cough, runny nose and a rash. While it presents as a mild illness in most cases, measles can lead to severe disease requiring hospitalisation, and even death. Large outbreaks can overwhelm health systems.

Measles can have serious health consequences, such as in the brain and the immune system, years after the infection.

Measles spreads from person to person via small respiratory droplets that can remain suspended in the air for two hours. It’s highly contagious – one person with measles can spread the infection to 12–18 people who aren’t immune.

Because measles is so infectious, the World Health Organization (WHO) recommends two-dose vaccination coverage above 95% to stop the spread and achieve “herd immunity”.

Low and declining vaccine coverage, especially since the COVID pandemic, is driving global outbreaks.

When are children vaccinated against measles?

Newborn babies are generally protected against measles thanks to maternal antibodies. Maternal antibodies get passed from the mother to the baby via the placenta and in breast milk, and provide protection against infections including measles.

The WHO advises everyone should receive two doses of measles vaccination. In places where there’s a lot of measles circulating, children are generally recommended to have the first dose at around nine months old. This is because it’s expected maternal antibodies would have declined significantly in most infants by that age, leaving them vulnerable to infection.

If maternal measles antibodies are still present, the vaccine is less likely to produce an immune response.

Research has also shown a measles vaccine given at less than 8.5 months of age can result in an antibody response which declines more quickly. This might be due to interference with maternal antibodies, but researchers are still trying to understand the reasons for this.

second dose of the vaccine is usually given 6–9 months later. A second dose is important because about 10–15% of children don’t develop antibodies after the first vaccine.

In settings where measles transmission is under better control, a first dose is recommended at 12 months of age. Vaccination at 12 months compared with nine months is considered to generate a stronger, longer-lasting immune response.

In Australia, children are routinely given the measles-mumps- rubella (MMR) vaccine at 12 months and the measles-mumps-rubella-varicella (MMRV, with “varicella” being chickenpox) vaccine at 18 months.

Babies at higher risk of catching the disease can also be given an additional early dose. In Australia, this is recommended for infants as young as six months when there’s an outbreak or if they’re travelling overseas to a high-risk setting.

A new study looking at measles antibodies in babies

recent review looked at measles antibody data from babies under nine months old living in low- and middle-income countries. The review combined the results from 20 studies, including more than 8,000 babies. The researchers found that while 81% of newborns had maternal antibodies to measles, only 30% of babies aged four months had maternal antibodies.

This study suggests maternal antibodies to measles decline much earlier than previously thought. It raises the question of whether the first dose of measles vaccine is given too late to maximise infants’ protection, especially when there’s a lot of measles around.

Should we bring the measles vaccine forward in Australia?

All of the data in this study comes from low- and middle-income countries, and might not reflect the situation in Australia where we have much higher vaccine coverage for measles, and very few cases.

Australia’s coverage for two doses of the MMR vaccine at age two is above 92%.

Although this is lower than the optimal 95%, the overall risk of measles surging in Australia is relatively low.

Nonetheless, there may be a case for broadening the age at which an early extra dose of the measles vaccine can be given to children at higher risk. In New Zealand, infants as young as four months can receive a measles vaccine before travelling to an endemic country.

But the current routine immunisation schedule in Australia is unlikely to change.

Adding an extra dose to the schedule would be costly and logistically difficult. Lowering the age for the first dose may have some advantages in certain settings, and doesn’t pose any safety concerns, but further evidence would be required to support this change. In particular, research is needed to ensure it wouldn’t negatively affect the longer-term protection that vaccination offers from measles.

Making sure you’re protected

In the meantime, ensuring high levels of measles vaccine coverage with two doses is a global priority.

People born after 1966 are recommended to have two doses of measles vaccine. This is because those born before the mid-1960s likely caught measles as children (when the vaccine was not yet available) and would therefore have natural immunity.

If you’re unsure about your vaccination status, you can check this through the Australian Immunisation Register. If you don’t have a documented record, ask your doctor for advice.

Catch-up vaccination is available under the National Immunisation Program.The Conversation

Meru Sheel, Associate Professor, Infectious Diseases, Immunisation and Emergencies (IDIE) Group, Sydney School of Public Health, University of Sydney and Anita Heywood, Associate Professor, School of Population Health, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What is cricket’s World Test Championship and how did Australia qualify for the final?

HENRY NICHOLLS/AFP via Getty Images
Vaughan CruickshankUniversity of Tasmania

Cricket’s third World Test Championship final will begin on Wednesday night in London. Reigning champions Australia will compete with South Africa to be crowned the world’s best men’s Test cricket team.

This new tournament has faced controversy because of the points system used to determine the two finalists, with South Africa also criticised in recent years for allowing many key players to compete in T20 tournaments instead of Test matches.

Despite this, South Africa has earned its right to take on the Australians at Lord’s Cricket Ground.

What is the World Test Championship?

The World Test Championship is a tournament played between nine full members of the International Cricket Council (ICC): Australia, Bangladesh, England, India, New Zealand, Pakistan, South Africa, Sri Lanka and the West Indies.

The previous winners were New Zealand (2021) and Australia (2023).

The ICC introduced this tournament as a way to increase the relevance and importance of Test cricket in a world dominated by popular Twenty 20 tournaments such as the Big Bash and Indian Premier League.

Each country plays three series of between two and five Test matches at home, and three away.

The tournament takes two years to complete because each Test match can take five days and there are no dedicated times for Test match cricket throughout the year. This is because many cricketers also play in T20 and one-day tournaments.

Teams are awarded points for wins (12 points), ties (six) and draws (four) – there are zero points for a loss. Teams lose points if they bowl their overs too slowly.

While this point system is simple enough, ranking teams in the results table is more confusing, because some teams play more Tests than others.

Bigger, wealthier countries such as England, India and Australia commonly play four or five Tests in a series, whereas less affluent countries often play series with only two or three Tests.

Because of this difference, the results table is based on the percentage of points teams have won (how many points they won divided by how many points they could have won).

For example, if a team played ten tests, the maximum points they could earn would be 120 (10 x 12 points for each win). If they earned 60 points, then they would be ranked on the results table as winning 50% (60 divided by 120).

How did Australia and South Africa reach the final?

South Africa finished on top of the table by winning series against the West Indies, Bangladesh, Sri Lanka and Pakistan. They also drew with India and lost to New Zealand.

Australia beat Pakistan and India at home and New Zealand and Sri Lanka away. They also drew series with England (away) and the West Indies (home).

The final will be played at the “home of cricket”: Lord’s in London.

Neutral territory

Test matches are rarely played at neutral venues but the World Test Championship final is played in England for a variety of reasons.

The current two-year World Test Championship cycle ends in June, which is early summer in England and winter or monsoon season in most other major cricket nations.

England also offers good infrastructurestrong crowds, a time zone that aligns favourably with prime time viewing hours in India, and pitches that offer a fair contest between bat and ball, allowing for exciting and competitive cricket.

Despite these reasons, the repeated scheduling of finals in England has been criticised, predominantly by India.

Criticisms of the championship

South Africa’s qualification for the final has been criticised because they have played the least number of Tests and avoided playing some stronger teams.

While these criticisms are not unfounded, they are also not South Africa’s fault: the ICC is responsible for ensuring scheduling is fair.

Richer countries such as Australia, England and India face a dilemma in that five-Test series between them are generally high quality, exciting and profitable but are also difficult to win.

Smaller nations playing two-Test series receive less interest and money but also easier opponents and less fixture fatigue. This situation can make it easier for smaller, less affluent teams to have a higher winning percentage.

Other criticisms have focused on the points deductions for slow overs and the exclusion of Test playing nations Afghanistan, Ireland and Zimbabwe. When the World Test Championship was launched in 2019, only the nine full members were included. No specific reasons were given for the exclusion of Zimbabwe, Afghanistan and Ireland.

Including these countries and having two six-team divisions – with teams being relegated and promoted each year – has been suggested as way to make the Test championship more fair and more competitive.

However, this idea has also been criticised as focusing on profits instead of protecting and nurturing the game around the world.

These deductions and divisions, and other potential changes, were considered at a recent ICC meeting but no changes were made.

Final preparations

Australian players have prepared for the final in a variety of ways, such as playing in the IPL, county cricket in the United Kingdom and practice sessions at home.

They are favourites for the final and have a strong squad to choose from.

South Africa also has a strong team with several key players returning from injuries and a drugs ban.

A win for Australia would solidify its standing as the premier Test cricket team in the world. For South Africa, a victory would showcase a remarkable turnaround after being criticised for picking a weak squad for a tour of New Zealand, with most of its better players instead competing in T20 tournaments.

There is also record prize money at stake.

If the match is a draw, tie or washed out, Australia and South Africa will share the trophy. But there is a reserve day available in case of wet weather.The Conversation

Vaughan Cruickshank, Senior Lecturer in Health and Physical Education, University of Tasmania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

2-million-year-old pitted teeth from our ancient relatives reveal secrets about human evolution

Ian Towle / The Conversation
Ian TowleMonash University

The enamel that forms the outer layer of our teeth might seem like an unlikely place to find clues about evolution. But it tells us more than you’d think about the relationships between our fossil ancestors and relatives.

In our new study, published in the Journal of Human Evolution, we highlight a different aspect of enamel. In fact, we highlight its absence.

Specifically, we show that tiny, shallow pits in fossil teeth may not be signs of malnutrition or disease. Instead, they may carry surprising evolutionary significance.

You might be wondering why this matters. Well, for people like me who try to figure out how humans evolved and how all our ancestors and relatives were related to each other, teeth are very important. And having a new marker to look out for on fossil teeth could give us a new tool to help fit together our family tree.

Uniform, circular and shallow

These pits were first identified in the South African species Paranthropus robustus, a close relative of our own genus Homo. They are highly consistent in shape and size: uniform, circular and shallow.

Initially, we thought the pits might be unique to P. robustus. But our latest research shows this kind of pitting also occurs in other Paranthropus species in eastern Africa. We even found it in some Australopithecus individuals, a genus that may have given rise to both Homo and Paranthropus.

Photos of two teeth dimpled in small, even pits like the surface of a golf ball.
Uniform, circular and shallow pitting on teeth may be a previously undetected clue about evolutionary relationships. Towle et al. / Journal of Human Evolution

The enamel pits have commonly been assumed to be defects resulting from stresses such as illness or malnutrition during childhood. However, their remarkable consistency across species, time and geography suggests these enamel pits may be something more interesting.

The pitting is subtle, regularly spaced, and often clustered in specific regions of the tooth crown. It appears without any other signs of damage or abnormality.

Two million years of evolution

We looked at fossil teeth from hominins (humans and our closest extinct relatives) from the Omo Valley in Ethiopia, where we can see traces of more than two million years of human evolution, as well as comparisons with sites in southern Africa (Drimolen, Swartkrans and Kromdraai).

The Omo collection includes teeth attributed to ParanthropusAustralopithecus and Homo, the three most recent and well-known hominin genera. This allowed us to track the telltale pitting across different branches of our evolutionary tree.

What we found was unexpected. The uniform pitting appears regularly in both eastern and southern Africa Paranthropus, and also in the earliest eastern African Australopithecus teeth dating back around 3 million years. But among southern Africa Australopithecus and our own genus, Homo, the uniform pitting was notably absent.

A defect … or just a trait?

If the uniform pitting were caused by stress or disease, we might expect it to correlate with tooth size and enamel thickness, and to affect both front and back teeth. But it doesn’t.

What’s more, stress-related defects typically form horizontal bands. They usually affect all teeth developing at the time of the stress, but this is not what we see with this pitting.

Photos of six teeth with uniform pitting.
The uniform, even nature of the pitting suggests a genetic origin rather than environmental factors such as malnutrition or disease. Towle et al. / Journal of Human Evolution

We think this pitting probably has a developmental and genetic origin. It may have emerged as a byproduct of changes in how enamel was formed in these species. It might even have some unknown functional purpose.

In any case, we suggest these uniform, circular pits should be viewed as a trait rather than a defect.

A modern comparison

Further support for the idea of a genetic origin comes from comparisons with a rare condition in humans today called amelogenesis imperfecta, which affects enamel formation.

About one in 1,000 people today have amelogenesis imperfecta. By contrast, the uniform pitting we have seen appears in up to half of Paranthropus individuals.

Although it likely has a genetic basis, we argue the even pitting is too common to be considered a harmful disorder. What’s more, it persisted at similar frequencies for millions of years.

A new evolutionary marker

If this uniform pitting really does have a genetic origin, we may be able to use it to trace evolutionary relationships.

We already use subtle tooth features such as enamel thickness, cusp shape, and wear patterns to help identify species. The uniform pitting may be an additional diagnostic tool.

For example, our findings support the idea that Paranthropus is a “monophyletic group”, meaning all its species descend from a (relatively) recent common ancestor, rather than evolving seperatly from different Australopithecus taxa.

And we did not find this pitting in the southern Africa species Australopithecus africanus, despite a large sample of more than 500 teeth. However, it does appear in the earliest Omo Australopithecus specimens.

So perhaps the pitting could also help pinpoint from where Paranthropus branched off on its own evolutionary path.

An intriguing case

One especially intriguing case is Homo floresiensis, the so-called “hobbit” species from Indonesia. Based on published images, their teeth appear to show similar pitting.

If confirmed, this could suggest an evolutionary history more closely tied to earlier Australopithecus species than to Homo. However, H. floresiensis also shows potential skeletal and dental pathologies, so more research is needed before drawing such conclusions.

More research is also needed to fully understand the processes behind the uniform pitting before it can be used routinely in taxonomic work. But our research shows it is likely a heritable characteristic, one not found in any living primates studied to date, nor in our own genus Homo (rare cases of amelogenesis imperfecta aside).

As such, it offers an exciting new tool for exploring evolutionary relationships among fossil hominins.The Conversation

Ian Towle, Research Fellow in Biological Anthropology, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

One year ago, Australia scrapped a key equity in STEM program. Where are we now?

ThisIsEngineering/Pexels
Maria VieiraUniversity of South Australia

In June 2024, the Australian government ended the Women in STEM Ambassador program. The decision followed a report that urged a broader, intersectional approach to diversity in the fields of science, technology, engineering and maths (STEM).

For six years, under the leadership of astrophysicist Lisa Harvey-Smith, the program contributed to research, tools and resources aimed at breaking down structural barriers that limit women’s and girls’ participation in STEM education and careers.

At the time, the move to scrap it was framed as a step toward more inclusive progress.

Does that reasoning still hold one year later? As diversity and inclusion efforts face global cutbacks, it’s more important than ever to reflect on where Australia is heading. Are we truly building a more equitable STEM future?

Why diversity in STEM matters

Structural barriers have long limited participation in STEM for women, people of colour, First Nations communities, people with disabilities, and those in low socioeconomic groups.

Such barriers include stereotypes and bias, a lack of role models, limited flexible work arrangements, and inadequate parental leave and childcare support.

If we achieved equity in STEM, everyone – including entire groups who have been systemically excluded in the past – would have equal access to opportunities, resources and recognition.

For a young Aboriginal woman studying engineering in a regional town, it would mean the same chance to apply for internships at top firms as peers who live in cities. She would have the same access to well-equipped labs and mentoring programs, and an equal likelihood of being nominated for academic awards or leadership roles.

Improving diversity in STEM is also critical to Australia’s capacity for innovation, particularly as we face global challenges such as climate change, disruption from artificial intelligence, and geopolitical instability.

Diverse STEM teams are more likely to approach problems from multiple perspectives. They embody democratic values, driving innovation and strengthening resilience in the face of complex issues.

Yet, despite decades of gender-focused programs, meaningful progress has been limited. STEM Equity Monitor 2024 data show that while the number of women in STEM has increased, only 37% of university STEM enrolments are women. When it comes to STEM jobs in Australia, only 15% are occupied by women.

If not an ambassador, then what?

The lack of diversity in STEM is driven by systemic barriers such as persistent stereotypes, a shortage of diverse role models, and unequal access to opportunities.

An independent report released in February 2024 recommended looking at diversity in a more inclusive way.

Instead of focusing only on women in STEM, it suggested we consider how different aspects of a person’s identity – such as their gender, race, or background – can combine and affect their experience.

This means some people may face additional challenges. For example, a migrant woman of colour in STEM might deal with more obstacles than a white woman in the same field, because of the way her different identities overlap.

So … where are we now?

While adopting this view is commendable, the practical changes that have happened over the past year raise important questions about whether Australia is truly moving toward a more inclusive STEM landscape.

In August 2024, the government announced a $38 million boost to STEM programs, aligning with recommendations from the independent report. Two long-standing programs were closed, while seven other initiatives received additional funding.

However, many of the funded programs still leave major gaps.

For instance, one of the few initiatives targeting school-aged students, the National Youth Science Forum, is mostly limited to Years 11 and 12. Yet we know that girls’ disengagement from STEM begins as early as primary school.

Similarly, while the Superstars of STEM initiative continues to receive investment, its focus remains on “inspiring” students through role models.

Inspiration alone is not enough. We need a sustained, systemic approach that changes attitudes and builds structures to support and retain diverse students throughout their STEM journey.

A key tool may have been left underfunded

Of all the initiatives announced, the STEM Equity Monitor received the smallest share of funding, despite being the key tool for tracking Australia’s progress on diversity in STEM.

The 2024 report still relies on some data last updated in 2022, reflecting a lack of commitment to maintaining a consistent, annual pulse on equity outcomes. Moreover, the monitor doesn’t provide intersectional analysis, limiting its ability to inform targeted, evidence-based actions.

In principle, it still makes sense to shift Australia’s strategy on diversity in STEM towards a more intersectional and systemic approach. However, the practical steps taken so far don’t seem to align with that vision. Funding decisions, program closures, and limited investment in data and accountability tools suggest a disconnect between intent and implementation.

Without clear action plans, inclusive design – which ensures STEM initiatives genuinely serve people of all backgrounds – and robust monitoring, there is a risk the new direction will be symbolic rather than transformative.The Conversation

Maria Vieira, Lecturer, Education Futures, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Do the quick and easy bowel screening test that could save your life

This Bowel Cancer Awareness Month, the NSW Government is urging eligible people to take the bowel screening test, with only two out of every five people in NSW who receive the kit taking the test.

The National Bowel Cancer Screening Program’s test is quick and easy, with those who have done it before almost three times more likely than first-time invitees to do it again.

The test is available to those aged between 45 and 74 years and is the easiest way to detect the early signs of bowel cancer, Australia’s second deadliest cancer. If caught early, bowel cancer can be successfully treated in more than 90 per cent of cases.

The risk of bowel cancer increases significantly with age, but people of all ages can get the disease. Anyone experiencing changes in bowel habits, bleeding, fatigue, anaemia, or unexplained weight loss should see their GP.

People can reduce their risk of bowel cancer by eating a diet rich in vegetables, fruit, cereals and wholegrains, maintaining a healthy weight and being physically active; and by doing the at-home screening test every two years from age 45.

People aged 50 to 74 receive free bowel screening tests to the address they have registered with Medicare. People aged 45 to 49 years need to request their first test kit, and will automatically receive subsequent kits.

The Cancer Institute NSW recently went live with the Bowel Cancer Screening “Do the test” Advertising Campaign to motivate eligible people in NSW to participate in the National Bowel Cancer Screening Program.   

The campaign is being delivered across a range of advertising channels, including radio, press, digital and social media.

The campaign is among several Cancer Institute NSW led initiatives to increase bowel cancer screening rates and to support people on their clinical pathway following a positive test result.

Find out more about bowel cancer screening in NSW here: Free Bowel Cancer Screening Test Kit - Cancer Institute NSW

Health Minister Ryan Park said:

“Unfortunately, Australia has one of the highest incidences of bowel cancer in the world and it’s the second biggest cancer killer in NSW, with more than 1,700 people expected to lose their lives to bowel cancer this year.

“We have this free screening test that is quick, easy and very effective in detecting the early stages of bowel cancer but we need more people to take part.

“This Bowel Cancer Awareness Month I encourage everyone eligible to not delay and do the test, for yourself and your family.”

NSW Chief Cancer Officer and CEO of Cancer Institute NSW Professor Tracey O’Brien AM said:

“If caught early, bowel cancer can be successfully treated and we know that people who do the test are almost twice as likely to have their cancer detected at the earliest stage, when it’s most treatable.

“Bowel cancer is not just an old person’s disease. With more and more young people being diagnosed with bowel cancer, I encourage everyone no matter what age to be vigilant for symptoms and see your doctor if there’s any concerns.

“I urge everyone eligible for the screening test not to put it off, it is quick and easy and could save your life.”

Rachel Rizk, who was diagnosed with bowel cancer at age 55, has stated:

“It was a big shock when I was diagnosed with bowel cancer at age 55, after seeing my doctor for erratic bowel movements.

“I had several unused tests sitting in my cupboard when I was diagnosed and I felt so silly, so now I tell everyone to do the test.

“The test is not disgusting, it’s actually very easy and it’s the best way to get an accurate result. Once I finally did it, I wasn’t sure why I didn’t do it sooner, I felt quite ridiculous letting it go so long.”

PM: Secretary appointments

June 10, 2025
The Hon Anthony Albanese MP, Prime Minister of Australia
I intend to recommend to the Governor-General that she make the following Secretary appointments to the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet and the Department of the Treasury.

Dr Steven Kennedy PSM – Secretary of the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet
Dr Kennedy has over 30 years of experience in the Australian Public Service, including serving as Secretary of the Department of the Treasury from September 2019 and Secretary of the Department of Infrastructure, Transport, Cities and Regional Development from September 2017 to August 2019.

Dr Kennedy has held other senior positions in the APS, including at the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet; Department of the Environment; and Department of Climate Change and Energy Efficiency.

Dr Kennedy was awarded the Public Service Medal in 2016 for his outstanding contributions to climate change policy.

Ms Jenny Wilkinson PSM – Secretary of the Department of the Treasury
Ms Wilkinson has served as Secretary of the Department of Finance since August 2022 and was previously Deputy Secretary, Fiscal Group, at the Department of the Treasury.

Ms Wilkinson was the Parliamentary Budget Officer from 2017 to 2020, and held senior positions at the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet; the Department of Industry; the Department of Climate Change; and the Reserve Bank of Australia.

Ms Wilkinson was awarded the Public Service Medal in 2021 for her outstanding public service in the development of fiscal policy.

The appointments of Dr Kennedy and Ms Wilkinson will commence on 16 June 2025 for a five year period.

I wish to acknowledge again the service of Professor Glyn Davis AC as he steps down as Secretary of the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet and I thank him for his contribution to the Government and the Australian Public Service.

Albanese announces first woman Treasury secretary and a ‘roundtable’ on boosting productivity

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

Treasury head Steven Kennedy will become Anthony Albanese’s right-hand bureaucrat, while Treasury will get its first female secretary, with the appointment of Jenny Wilkinson, who currently heads the Finance Department.

Kennedy, to be the new secretary of the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet, replaces Glyn Davis, who announced after the election he was leaving the post after just three years.

Kennedy, 60, has had a close working relationship with Treasurer Jim Chalmers. He also served Chalmers’ Liberal predecessor, Josh Frydenberg, during the pandemic, when the Treasury was the main bureaucratic architect of the JobKeeper scheme that provided subsidies to business to keep on workers.

Wilkinson, 58, has been secretary of the Finance Department since August 2022. She was previously a deputy secretary in Treasury, where she worked on the pandemic economic stimulus measures. She is also a former head of the Parliamentary Budget Office.

As Treasury secretary, Wilkinson will take Kennedy’s place on the Reserve Bank.

Chalmers described Kennedy and Wilkinson as “the best of the best”, saying they were “outstanding public servants”.

Finance Minister Katy Gallagher said Wilkinson’s appointment not only recognised her talent, skills and expertise, “but it also serves as an important reminder for women and girls across the country that all positions in the Australian Public Service – no matter how senior – are roles that women can hold”.

The prime minister announced the bureaucratic reshuffle during his Tuesday address to the National Press Club on his second term agenda.

With Chalmers already having named productivity as his primary priority for this term, Albanese said he had asked the treasurer to convene “a roundtable to support and shape our government’s growth and productivity agenda”.

The summit, at Parliament House in August, will bring together a group of leaders from business, unions and civil society. More details will come in a speech on productivity by Chalmers next week.

“This will be a more streamlined dialogue than the Jobs and Skills Summit, dealing with a more targeted set of issues,” Albanese said.

“We want to build the broadest possible base of support for further economic reform, to drive growth, boost productivity, strengthen the budget, and secure the resilience of our economy, in a time of global uncertainty.

"What we want is a focused dialogue and constructive debate that leads to concrete and tangible actions.”

Albanese said the government’s starting point was clear, “Our plan for economic growth and productivity is about Australians earning more and keeping more of what they earn.” The aim was for growth, wages and productivity to rise together.

The Productivity Commission recently released 15 “priority reform areas” to further explore as part of the five productivity inquiries that the government has commissioned it to undertake.

The commission’s March quarterly bulletin shows a 0.1% decline in labour productivity in the December quarter, and a 1.2% decline over the year.

COVID produced a temporary lift in productivity but that soon passed.

In general Australia’s labour productivity has not significantly increased in more than a decade.

Welcoming the roundtable, Australian Industry Group Chief Executive Innes Willox said it was “critical that this tripartite summit focus on getting private sector investment moving again. Our economy and labour market has been unsustainably reliant on government spending for a prolonged period now.”The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

In Trump’s America, the shooting of a journalist is not a one-off. Press freedom itself is under attack

Peter GresteMacquarie University

The video of a Los Angeles police officer shooting a rubber bullet at Channel Nine reporter Lauren Tomasi is as shocking as it is revealing.

In her live broadcast, Tomasi is standing to the side of a rank of police in riot gear. She describes the way they have begun firing rubber bullets to disperse protesters angry with US President Donald Trump’s crackdown on illegal immigrants.

As Tomasi finishes her sentence, the camera pans to the left, just in time to catch the officer raising his gun and firing a non-lethal round into her leg. She said a day later she is sore, but otherwise OK.

Although a more thorough investigation might find mitigating circumstances, from the video evidence, it is hard to dismiss the shot as “crossfire”. The reporter and cameraman were off to one side of the police, clearly identified and working legitimately.

The shooting is also not a one-off. Since the protests against Trump’s mass deportations policy began three days ago, a reporter with the LA Daily News and a freelance journalist have been hit with pepper balls and tear gas.

British freelance photojournalist Nick Stern also had emergency surgery to remove a three-inch plastic bullet from his leg.

In all, the Los Angeles Press Club has documented more than 30 incidents of obstruction and attacks on journalists during the protests.

Trump’s assault on the media

It now seems assaults on the media are no longer confined to warzones or despotic regimes. They are happening in American cities, in broad daylight, often at the hands of those tasked with upholding the law.

But violence is only one piece of the picture. In the nearly five months since taking office, the Trump administration has moved to defund public broadcasters, curtail access to information and undermine the credibility of independent media.

International services once used to project democratic values and American soft power around the world, such as Voice of America, Radio Free Europe and Radio Free Asia, have all had their funding cut and been threatened with closure. (The Voice of America website is still operational but hasn’t been updated since mid-March, with one headline on the front page reading “Vatican: Francis stable, out of ‘imminent danger’ of death”).

The Associated Press, one of the most respected and important news agencies in the world, has been restricted from its access to the White House and covering Trump. The reason? It decided to defy Trump’s directive to change the name of the Gulf of Mexico to Gulf of America.

Even broadcast licenses for major US networks, such as ABC, NBC and CBS, have been publicly threatened — a signal to editors and executives that political loyalty might soon outweigh journalistic integrity.

The Committee to Protect Journalists is more used to condemning attacks on the media in places like Russia. However, in April, it issued a report headlined: “Alarm bells: Trump’s first 100 days ramp up fear for the press, democracy”.

A requirement for peace

Why does this matter? The success of American democracy has never depended on unity or even civility. It has depended on scrutiny. A system where power is challenged, not flattered.

The First Amendment to the US Constitution – which protects freedom of speech – has long been considered the gold standard for building the institutions of free press and free expression. That only works when journalism is protected — not in theory but in practice.

Now, strikingly, the language once reserved for autocracies and failed states has begun to appear in assessments of the US. Civicus, which tracks declining democracies around the world, recently put the US on its watchlist, alongside the Democratic Republic of Congo, Italy, Serbia and Pakistan.

The attacks on the journalists in LA are troubling not only for their sake, but for ours. This is about civic architecture. The kind of framework that makes space for disagreement without descending into disorder.

Press freedom is not a luxury for peacetime. It is a requirement for peace.The Conversation

Peter Greste, Professor of Journalism and Communications, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

AAP Image/Supplied, 9News Australia

The Racial Discrimination Act at 50: the bumpy, years-long journey to Australia’s first human rights laws

Azadeh DastyariWestern Sydney University

On June 11, Australia marks 50 years since the Racial Discrimination Act became law. This important legislation helps make sure people are treated equally no matter their race, skin colour, background, or where they come from.

But the act didn’t happen overnight. It took nearly ten years for Australia to follow through on the promises it made to the world to fight racism when it signed the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination in 1966.

When Australia first signed that agreement, it still had laws and attitudes shaped by the White Australia Policy.

Even after Australia started moving away from the White Australia Policy, federal leaders held off on making anti-racism laws. They weren’t sure it was allowed under the Constitution, worried about the cost, and didn’t want to upset the states. Many also feared that Australians wouldn’t support it.

It took the courage of Gough Whitlam, Australia’s 21st prime minister, to pass Australia’s first anti-discrimination law. Between 1973 and 1975, Whitlam and his government made four attempts to pass laws against racial discrimination. The act was the result of their fourth try – this time, it worked.

An uphill battle

The first time the Racial Discrimination Bill was introduced was in 1973, it was alongside a Human Rights Bill. Together, they were part of a bigger plan to give people in Australia more rights and fair treatment.

People had mixed feelings about the idea of a law to protect individual rights. Most of the concern was about the Human Rights Bill, but some also doubted whether a Racial Discrimination Act was needed.

There was debate about whether it would really work or just be a symbolic step, and whether or not it would take away from people’s freedoms.

In the end, the 1973 bill lapsed and did not become law.

The Whitlam government reintroduced the bill twice more in 1974, once in April and then again in October.

The April version added protections for immigrants and focused more on conciliation and education, but it wasn’t debated before an election.

The bill returned in October with minor updates, mainly to strengthen education efforts and clarify that it used civil, not criminal, enforcement.

Still, it was withdrawn in early 1975 because of ongoing political instability.

The 1975 Racial Discrimination Bill was the Whitlam government’s final, and successful, push to make laws tackling racism.

Familiar debates

Labor MPs backed the 1975 version of the bill, highlighting its importance for Indigenous people and other marginalised groups.

But the Liberal–Country Party Coalition, then in opposition, pushed back hard.

While the opposition claimed to support equality, they questioned the legal basis of the bill, feared it gave too much power to the race relations commissioner and warned it might threaten free speech.

Some opposition voices, especially in the Senate, went further, downplaying racism altogether. Senator Ian Wood claimed Australia was “singularly free of racial discrimination”.

Senator Glen Sheil argued immigration was the issue:

Australia over recent years has adopted an immigration policy that has allowed the immigration into this country of blacks, whites, reds, yellows and browns […] because of these problems, once again created by governments, we are now faced with this Racial Discrimination Bill. In my opinion if this bill is implemented it will create more discrimination, not less.

The opposition successfully weakened the bill by removing several key parts, including:

  • criminal penalties for inciting racial discrimination

  • the ability of the commissioner to start legal proceedings in court or ask a court to make someone give evidence

  • and criminal penalties for publishing, distributing or expressing racial hostility.

Despite these setbacks, the Racial Discrimination Act passed.

Change takes time

Even with all the compromises, the passing of the act was a major moment in Australian history.

As Whitlam acknowledged:

it is of course extraordinarily difficult to define racial discrimination and outlaw it by legislative means. Social attitudes and mental habits do not readily lend themselves to codification and statutory prohibition.

The act has not erased racial discrimination, nor is it perfect.

It continues to spark debates and needs to be further strengthened to meet the changing needs of our society.

However, the laws have been used in real cases to protect people’s rights, shown the federal government does have the power under the Constitution to make laws about human rights, and has sent a strong message that everyone deserves to be safe and free from discrimination, regardless of their race, colour or national or ethnic origin.

The story of the Racial Discrimination Act is a reminder that real change takes time, resolve and tenacity.

While the laws finally passed, the Human Rights Bill introduced alongside it in 1973 did not.

More than 50 years later, Australia still does not have a national Human Rights Act. As more people call for stronger human rights protections in our laws, the Racial Discrimination Act stands as both a reminder of what progress can look like and a challenge to imagine what bold leadership could achieve today.

A Human Rights Act is now needed more than ever to protect those most at risk. It will take the same political will, moral clarity, and bravery that brought the Racial Discrimination Act to life.The Conversation

Azadeh Dastyari, Director, Research and Policy, Whitlam Institute, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week Two June 2025 (June 2 - 9): King's Birthday Honours Edition

High schools Get Hooked on new fishing program

Thursday June 5, 2025

The NSW Government’s highly successful primary school fishing education program, which has introduced more than 70,000 students to the joys of fishing, is set to expand into NSW high schools from today.

The Get Hooked fishing primary schools’ program was launched in 2008 under the Iemma Labor Government.

Since then, more than 750 primary schools in NSW have taken part in program, learning from education officers and Fishcare volunteers about responsible fishing and environmental awareness.

The program integrates practical fishing skills with environmental education through subjects like Biology, Environmental Science, and Physical Education, helping students learn and take care of our water ways and resources.

The new high school program includes curriculum-aligned units - Fishing in NSW; Understanding Fish Habitat; Conserving Fish Habitat with lesson plans, activities and assessments tailored to year 7 to 10 students.

This expanded program also delivers additional benefits to the community by educating students on sustainable fishing practices, including habitat conservation and biosecurity, to protect the environment for the future.

Additionally, the program also promotes the health and social benefits of recreational fishing to teenagers and encourages inclusive participation across ages and genders.

From the North Coast, to Bega, out to the Far West, 67 high schools have already shown interest in the high school program, showing a demand across the public, private, and independent education sectors.

The program is proudly supported with funding from the NSW Recreational Fishing Trust.

High schools can get involved by registering for the free program and gain access to four online learning units designed to support sustainable fishing education.

Visit: www.dpi.nsw.gov.au/fishing/recreational/resources/schools-education-programs/high-schools-get-hooked

Minister for Agriculture, Regional and Western NSW, Tara Moriarty said:

“The Get Hooked high school program will support the next generation of fishers.

“The Government is committed to providing children with lifelong skills throughout their school years and the Get Hooked program will now give high school students a chance to experience to the joys of fishing.

“The Get Hooked program has thrived in NSW primary schools over the past 17 years and I look forward to seeing the next generation of avid fishers grow within our geography, science and marine studies classrooms.”

“Each year, about 100 schools and over 5,000 students from both public and independent primary schools across NSW join the primary school program. Now, it’s being expanded to include high school students.

“This is a great example of how money from the NSW Recreational Fishing Licence Fee is being used to support projects that benefit the fishing community.

Johann Bell, Chair, Recreational Fishing NSW Advisory Council said:

"The success of the Get Hooked program in primary schools has sparked a passion for fishing and conservation in countless students. Expanding into high schools is an exciting next step that will inspire the next generation of recreational fishers."

Ryan Decker, Science Teacher, St John Bosco College said:

"Over the past few years, St John Bosco College has partnered with Fishcare and the Get Hooked team through Fishing for Sport.

“This collaboration has helped students develop a passion for fishing, build lasting bonds, and gain skills in fishing safety, handling, and species identification.

“As a Marine Science teacher, I’m excited to integrate aspects of the new High School Program into my lessons, empowering students with the skills and resources to become responsible stewards of the marine environment and deepen their appreciation for marine activities like fishing." 

 

North Narrabeen in 1911 - Panoramas taken for West's Lakeside Estate

While doing some research in the digitised records provided online by the National Archives of Australia these three panoramas popped up, and are listed, via their original file names as:

1: Panoramic Photograph of Narrabeen and Collaroi Beach from West's Lakeside Estate.:

2: Panoramic Photograph of View of Narrabeen Lakes from West's Lakeside Estate:

3: Panoramic Photograph of View of Narrabeen Lakes from West's Lakeside Estate:

These photos were taken and sections and put together by the 'Exchange Studios of 49 Pitt Street'. The same firm also took panoramas of Manly during this era. The first panoramic photographs were created in the 1840s by assembling multiple images into single scenes. By 1898, specialised panoramic cameras such as the Al-Vista were being mass produced in America.

The renowned American panoramic photographer Mervin Vaniman visited Australia in 1903–04, further popularising the artform.  Australian photographers including Robert Henry Ward and William Charles Farran, and Augustus George Sands recognised potential commercial opportunities. They applied for artistic copyright then exhibited and sold souvenir booklets and large-format prints of their work.

They worked successfully for years before dissolving their partnership:

WARD & FARRAN (Robert Henry Ward & William Charles Farran,  trading.as), Exchange Studios, 49 Pitt-st., Sydney—Reported partnership dissolved as from September 24. Wm. Chas. Farran & Peter Volkert Payeris continue under the name of .“The Exchange  Studios. ”  (October 24 1921). BUSINESS CHANGES, ETC, Dun's gazette for New South Wales Retrieved June 8, 2025, from http://nla.gov.au/nla.obj-779841052

They show not much had changed between the above and when this photo was taken form around the same aspect:

View from Collaroy of Narrabeen, circa 1888, courtesy State Library of Victoria. The house on the far right looks like it is near Obed West's cottage (circa 1884)- the middle house is the heritage listed “Lemville” Circa 1860 - and the third is the original site of the Narrabeen Hotel, where “Setai” can be seen. 

West's Lakeside Estate refers to the land holdings of the West family here. 

Obed West was born December 4 1807 in Pitt Street, Sydney, in a house on the eastern bank of the Tank Stream between what is now Martin Place and King Street. He was the son of convict parents, Thomas West (1773-1858) and Mary Rugg (circa 1769-1865).

In 1810 West's father obtained Barcom Glen, a 75-acre (30 ha) property above Rushcutter's Bay, to construct and operate a water mill for milling flour and West lived there from that date until his death in 1891. In 1836, his father conveyed the property to him on condition that he not sell, alienate or dispose of any of it, except by leases not exceeding 19 years. The land, at the edge of the inner Sydney suburb of Paddington, therefore remained largely undeveloped at least until 1910. It was said that the property remained, at West's death, "an oasis of verdant green and spreading forest trees in a wilderness of terraced houses". The family home at Barcom Glen was demolished in 1912. 

In 1831 he married Jane Margaret Lindsey (1811-1875) at St James’ Church, Sydney, with whom he had 14 children! Those children  are listed by descendants as:

Sarah J Blackwood; Mary Ann Wilcox; Rebecca Elizabeth West; Thomas John West; Obediah West; Jane Margaret Dobson - Haynes; Naomi Cooper; Louisa Jane Alcorn; Caroline Amelia Iredale; Edward Augustus Sydney West; Emily Matilda McLauchlan; Margaret Lucy Marriott; Clara Mary Elizabeth West and Arthur Owen West. 

He was a businessman and milled flour with his father's watermill - the first of its type for grinding flour in Sydney. He also bred cattle in the Camden district, and carried on a dairy business and grew fruit at Barcom Glen.

Obed West (1807-1891) bought land in North Narrabeen in 1881 and 1883, during the first land sales of the acres from Collaroy to Narrabeen Lagoon. His son, Thomas John West, would become President of what was called the Narrabeen Progress Association, a position he held until he passed away in 1906. T J West was also an Alderman (current day term is 'Councillor') on the City and Paddington Councils of his era.

Obed also became well-known for sharing his insights into early Sydney in local newspapers as he became older, and because people wanted to know more about what happened here before they were born.

TO THE EDITOR. OF THE HERALD.

Sir,-I read with a great deal of satisfaction the letter in your columns from Mr. James Norton, in which he directs attention to the wholesale and increasing destruction of our native plants and flowers through the medium of these shows. I deplore with him the rapid extirpation of our beautiful wild flowers, ferns, and indigenous plants in the districts adjacent to Sydney, and think that the show craze is assuming such proportions that it should be restrained. The floral wealth of our bush is disappearing rapidly enough in other ways without the extravagant appropriation that is made from it every year for these displays. We have not merely to consider the flowers and plants taken away, but it is the quantity, ruthlessly destroyed by the collectors, who care not what damage they do provided they can make up their dray loads. 

I have had experience of this on my property at Lake Narrabeen, which I purposely purchased to preserve the beautiful cabbage-trees, ferns, and lilly-pilly trees upon it; and much as I admire the object for which the exhibitions are held, I cannot refrain from expressing the opinion that they are doing a deal of harm in the direction pointed out by Mr. Norton. The interval between the shows is far too short, and the contributions levied upon our native plants far too exacting. In a short time the beauty of the bush and gullies around Sydney and Pittwater, so much appreciated by strangers for their profuse adornment of native flowers and ferns, will be gone, and I think it behoves those profess a love for our indigenous plants to see that the present wanton destruction is stayed. The mischief is rapidly growing; the example set by Manly Beach is being followed by others, and this month we are having the bush and the gullies ransacked in every direction to supply the shows at North Shore and Kogarah, in addition to the one at Manly. I hope Mr. Norton's protest will have the effect of directing the attention of the promoters of these exhibitions to the injury they are, I believe unwittingly, doing to the beauty spots around their own and other localities near Sydney.

OBED WEST.
Barcom Glen. TO THE EDITOR OF THE HERALD. (1885, September 28). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 5. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article28364152

Mount Ramsay Estate subdivision, near Narrabeen, L88— Mr Obed West, sen, ; lot 8, section G, ... SALES OF PROPERTY. (1883, December 22). The Sydney Daily Telegraph (NSW : 1879 -1883), p. 7. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article239272826

THE LATE MR. OBED WEST. 


The Late Mr. Obed West.

Year by year the roll of colonists who knew Sydney when it was an unimportant and insignificant town is becoming briefer, and amongst those who could carry their recollections back to the early part of the present century there was, perhaps, no person in the colony who could give a more interesting and stirring account of the struggles of the early settlers than the subject of our sketch, who passed peacefully away to his rest, at his residence in Darlinghurst, on Monday week last. He was born in Pitt- street, Sydney, in the year 1807, on the banks of the Old Tank stream, and during his lifetime saw the erection of most of the old public and other buildings which graced the old colonial days. The Blue Mountains had not been crossed in his day, and the colonists were prohibited from proceeding further inland than Penrith on the west, and the Cowpasture River at Camden on the south ; all beyond was practically a terra incognita, so that he had seen the whole of these great colonies explored and opened up beyond the limits referred to. As marking the progress of the colony, he mentions in some of his reminiscences that he recollected the time when Governor Macquarie used to pitch a tent on the Race Course (Hyde Park), and give out to the residents orders for grants of town allotments, and some of these he has since seen become some of the most valuable in Sydney. When given they could be purchased in some cases for the sum of £1 10s and £2 each. 

He had seen the Ti Tree and the Black Butt give way to stately houses and well kept streets, and it was only such as he who could fully realise the change that had taken place in Sydney in the space of a lifetime. He was a robust type of man, standing six feet high, and a perfect type of the hardy old pioneers. 

His father was engaged for some time as superintendent of the Government gangs employed at Lane Cove, and when this establishment was broken up he turned his attention to milling. In the first year of Macquarie's Governorship, he was granted the Barcom Glen estate, which runs from the waters of Rushcutter's Bay to the main South Head-road, Paddington, for the purpose of establishing a water-mill to grind wheat. This mill was the first erected in Australia. 

Mr. Obed West went to reside there with his father in 1810, and he continued to live there up till the day of his decease. He, however, pursued for a time the business of cattle-raising and farming in the Camden district, in conjunction with his place at Barcom Glen. He was a keen sportsman in his early days, and won the first gold medal given for rifle shooting in the colony. The old house and grounds have been kept almost intact, and form one of the prettiest residential spots about Sydney. Mr. West preserved his faculties wholly unimpaired up to the last, and has left behind him a large number of descendants who now mourn the loss of a good and kindly progenitor. The Late Mr. Obed West. (1891, September 5). The Sydney Mail and New South Wales Advertiser (NSW : 1871 - 1912), p. 526. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article162175303

ALDERMAN THOMAS J. WEST.
PADDINGTON.
Alderman Thomas J. West, a freetrade candidate for Paddington, was born In the Paddington electorate. His father, Mr. Obed West, whose writings on old colonial history are well known, was a resident of Paddington from 1810 until his death. 


The subject of the sketch received his early education at the private academy of Mr. T. W. Cape, and completed his studies under Mr. T. L. Dodd. He was engaged for a time in pastoral and agricultural pursuits in the northern districts of the colony, and is a warm advocate of the simplification of the land laws, to enable people of limited means to go upon the soil. He has had an honorable career in municipal politics, and is a good business man. ALDERMAN THOMAS J. WEST. (1894, June 30). The Daily Telegraph (Sydney, NSW : 1883 - 1930), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article236148707

Thomas John West was an Alderman of the Borough of Paddington before joining the Sydney Council. He was Mayor of Paddington from 1897 to 1899. West was Alderman for Bligh Ward from 7 December 1900 until his death in May 1906. He was a member and vice-chairman of the Health and By-Laws Committee, 1904-06, the Works Committee, 1901-06, the Labour Advisory Committee in 1901, the Staff and Labour Committee, 1902-03, the Health and Recreations Committee in 1903 and the Electric Lighting Committee, 1905-06. Thomas inherited Barcom Glen at Darlinghurst after his father passed away in 1891. 

In 1862, Thomas John West married Sarah Jane Alcorn (1833-1907) at Patrick’s Plains. Children of the union were:

WEST EDITH M12958/1864 THOMAS J SARAH J PATRICKS PLAINS
WEST EDWARD T13554/1865 THOMAS J SARAH J PATRICKS PLAIN
WEST ADA B19118/1869 THOMAS J SARAH J WARIALDA

A few insights from his years as President of the Narrabeen Progress Association:

THE LAKE DISTRICTS OF PITT-WATER AND NARRABEEN.

A PROGRESSIVE MOVEMENT.

There are many parts of Sydney and its suburbs better known to most people than the charming district comprising Narrabeen, Pittwater, Newport. etc.. which stretches away to the north-west of Manly, skirting the ocean on one side, and extending on the other to the picturesque reaches of the Hawkesbury. Yet there is no more delightful and bracing spot among the many pleasure resorts of the metropolis. At a first glance it seems difficult to understand why there should be this ignorance, especially in view of the nearness of the district to Sydney. In all probability it is owing lo the fact that the harbor divides the district from Sydney proper, and that thousands who visit Manly each year regard that pleasant watering-place as being in that direction the ''Land's End" of the colony. But the residents are now bestirring themselves to impress the claims of their district for larger share of consideration In the expenditure of Government money on local improvements, and also for the construction of a tramway to open up the district from Manly, If not all the way from Sydney, via the Spit. The difficulty of taking the line the on the distance is the cost of a bridge across Middle Harbor, but it is believed that a line could be constructed from Manly which would pay well within a very short time of completion, as far as Narrabeen, if not even to Pittwater. 

On Saturday evening last the various Progress Committees of the district foregathered at a banquet held in the Narrabeen Hotel for the purpose of ventilating their views on the subject, and by way of Initiating a combined movement on the part of these districts to advance their common interests. There were over 40 gentlemen present, including Mr. T. J. West (Mayor of Paddington), who occupied the chair, the Rev. A. G. Stoddart, Mr. Passau (Mayor of Manly), Mr. D. C. M'Lachlan, Mr. J. Taylor, Mr. John Woods (of Manly), Mr. Iredale, and the chairmen of the Narrabeen, Newport, and Pittwater Progress Committees. An excellent spread was provided, and a lengthy list of toasts having been honored, the larger property-owners present, as well as several influential visitors, pledged themselves to do all in their power to secure improved means of communication with the district, and a working committee was formed to take the matter in hand. THE LAKE DISTRICTS OF PITTWATER AND NARRABEEN. (1898, March 30). The Daily Telegraph (Sydney, NSW : 1883 - 1930), p. 4. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article238375681

Narrabeen.
From A Correspondent.
The annual meeting of the Narrabeen Progress Association was held on Saturday, December 9th, in the Association Room. The chair was occupied during the earlier part of the meeting by the President, Alderman T. J. West. The reports showed that the Association was still in active work, and the membership keeping up, for although the loss of three members had been sustained during the year three others had joined. The general finance was good, and after all expenses had been met a credit balance remained in the treasurer's hands of £3/12/11. The election of officers resulted as follows;—President, Alderman J. T. West ; Vice-Presidents, Messrs. Gordon and Larkin ; Secretary, Mr. George Powell; Treasurer, Mr. F. W. Loder; Executive Committee, J. Russell. A. O. West, Whiting, Hinchcliflf, and R. Marshall. 

The Association is fully alive to the fact that very shortly a momentous change will be taking place, viz;.. the creation of a Shire Council, and recognise the desirability of closely watching the trend of events. 

On Saturday evening a very pleasing entertainment was given by the scholars in the Public School, Narrabeen, under the direction of the teacher, Mr. J. McDonald, assisted by friends, the programme consisted of part songs, duets, recitations, dumb bell exercise and wanddrill, all of which were performed in a very creditable manner. The president of the N. P. A., Alderman T. J. West, occupied the chair. The event was inaugurated for the purpose of raising funds to purchase prizes to be distributed amongst the pupils on breaking up for Christmas holidays. A very pleasant evening was concluded with a vote of thanks to the Chairman, and the singing of the National Anthem. Miss McDonald presided at the piano in a very efficient manner. Narrabeen. (1905, December 16). Mosman, Neutral and Middle Harbour Resident (NSW : 1904 - 1907, 1916 - 1919), p. 6. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article252191375

He died at his Paddington home on May 4th 1906, aged 70, survived by his wife, son and two daughters - a list of those who paid tribute at his funeral service lists others associated with Narrabeen subdivisions and their roads developments among his chief mourners:

ALDERMAN WEST'S ILLNESS.
The health of Alderman T. J. West, of the City and Paddington Councils, who resides at 'Barcom Glen,' Glen View-street, Paddington, is occasioning his friends considerable anxiety just now. He has been suffering from an internal complaint for some time past, and a few weeks ago his medical attendants. Drs. Crago and Rennie, ordered him to New Zealand to see it the change would effect an improvement. He returned to Sydney 'much worse than when he set out, and has since been confined to his bed. To-day his condition was extremely critical, but as the day advanced he rallied, and showed a slight improvement.  ALDERMAN WEST'S ILLNESS. (1906, April 19). Evening News (Sydney, NSW : 1869 - 1931), p. 5. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article114320951

ALDERMAN WEST'S FUNERAL.
A REPRESENTATIVE ATTENDANCE.
There was a large and representative attendance at the funeral of the Iate Alderman T. J. West, which took place from his late residence, "Barcom Glen." Glenview-street, Paddington, yesterday morning.
The late Mr. West had for a number of years been associated with the City and Paddington councils, and at the time of his death was a member of both bodies. He was held In the highest esteem by his fellow-representatives, most of whom were in the funeral procession. A short service was held at "Barcom Glen" by Rev. E. C. Beck, of St. John's Darlinghurst, prior to the cortege leaving tor St. Jude's Cemetery. Randwick, where the remains were laid to rest. 

The chief mourners were Messrs. E. T. West (son). E. A. S. West, O. West. and A. West (brothers). H. W. Ellis, and F. W. Loder (sons-in-law). L. P. Iredale, E. Marriott, and D. McLachlan, Commonwealth Public Service Commissioner (brothers-in-law). H. W. Ellis (grandson), A. Alcorn, E. Alcorn. W. West, Percy Iredale, Arthur McLachlan, Leslie Iredale, Percy Alton, Harry Blackwood, Ernest Blackwood, H. G. Iredale and Arthur Blackwood (nephews), F. A. Coghlan (Chief Clerk, Chief Secretary's Department). 

The City Council was represented by the Lord Mayor (Alderman Allen Taylor), the Town Clerk (Mr. T. H. Nesbitt). Aldermen Thomas Hughes, T. H. Barlow, T. Henley, M.L.A., G. Perry, T. H. Kelly, Fitzgerald, E. Lindsay Thompson, Evan Jones, Laurence, A. Kelly, English, M'lvor. Meagher, Henson, J. G. Griffin; Mr. W. G. Laytou (deputy' Town Clerk), Mr. P. S. Dawson (City Solicitor), Dr. W. G. Armstrong (City Healthy Officer). Mr. T. Rooke (Electrical Engineer), Mr. R. H. Broderick (City Building Surveyor), Mr. W. M. Gordon (City Surveyor). the Lord Mayor's orderly (Mr. Carrick). The Paddington Council was represented by Aldermen Denis Brown (Mayor), Gusbell, Yarroll, Meacle, Dillon, H.H. Laurence, Howard, Mr A Vlaloux (council clerk), Mr. George Davidson (engineer), Mr. A. D. Carmichael (municipal inspector). 

Included among the general public were Dr. W. H. Crago, Messrs. E. C. V. Broughton, M.L.A., C. W. Oakes, M.L.A.. J. A Brodie, C. Campbell, J. Robinson. C. Henderson, T. TenIan. M. Teulan, T. Dillon, A. Sloman, W. H. Robinson, A. Wells, A. H. Brown, W. Brown, W. Hornsby, C. Limbert, J. Spencer, T. Ridley,  V. A. Spence, D. Brown, J. Brown, J. Alford, C. Smart, Alex. Martin, A. Walker, D. Hickey, J. Lane Mullins, R. M. McC. Anderson, P. M'Mahon, M. Maloney, J. S. Alexander; and the members of the Narrabeen Progress Association.

In addition to wreaths by the family and relatives of deceased, floral tributes were sent by the following; The Lord Mayor and Lady Mayoress, Lord Mayor and aldermen of the City Council,  Mayor and alderman of Paddington, official staff of the Paddington Council, Narrabeen Progress Association, Paddington Cricket Club, Eastern Suburbs Football Club. Albion-street Public School,- Mr. John Robinson, Mr.' and Mrs. M'Lean, Mr. J. Alford, Messrs. Alford and Orwell and Phillips, Mr. and Mrs. C. W. Oakes. Mr. A. B. Love, Mr. and Mrs. Wells, Mr. and Mrs R. D. Meagher, Mr, and Mrs. Jones and family, Mr. A. Martin. Misses Leslie and Davis; Mr. and Mrs. A. Carpenter, Mr. and Mrs. Buck, Mr, and Mrs. H. Curtis. 

At St. Jude's Church Rev. E. C. Beck conducted a funeral service and also at the grave site. . At last night's meeting of the Paddington Council It was decided to forward a message of condolence to the widow and family of the deceased. The resolution was moved by Aldermen Walker and George, and supported by the Mayor and the other aldermen present, all of whom paid high tribute to their late comrade's worth. The council then adjourned for a week without transacting any business. ALDERMAN WEST'S FUNERAL. (1906, May 8). The Daily Telegraph (Sydney, NSW : 1883 - 1930), p. 5. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article236843342

The West family clearly held on to some of their North Narrabeen land - this article tells us:

Mr. Ramsay held the country for many years, and eventually saw It pass into the hands of Mr. John Wetherill, who at one time had a big drapery shop in Pitt Street, somewhere near the Strand. At that time much of the land was subdivided under the name of the Mount Ramsay Estate. Messrs. Richardson and Wrench held the first sale of the property on October 28, 1881. It was at that sale that Mr. Obed West, of Barcom Glen, Paddington, purchased a section on the Pittwater Road, Goodwin, M'Tier, and Park Streets fronts. 

Four years later, Mr. John West, his son, built the Palm Cottage, which some of the residents still say was the old Reynolds home. A year or so later, Mr. Cyrus E. Fuller acquired the balance of the estate, and sold a lot of it at prices that ran from £10 to £14 a half-acre block. Beach frontages could be had 24 years ago at 10s per foot. Corner lots were offering at from 10s to 20s. During August, 1910, the Crown acquired the rights to the beach, and all the streets in the Mount Ramsay estate. Soon after that, Mr. Arthur Griffith came into the picture. He very quickly set the ball rolling. His trio of big actions altered the whole position. The tram lines were laid down as far as Collaroy, then the iron way was extended to the bridge terminus. Water was taken through to Narrabeen by means of wooden pipes, and the big Griffith Park reservation was acquired at a very low figure. 

To complete the tramway, a 33ft. resumption was made from Collaroy corner to the lakeside terminus. That was another wise stroke. Mr. Griffith was more than likely the prime mover in that action. It did not matter to him how many of the old residents had their homes disturbed. Was not the old church cut clean in two for the benefit of the tramway? Yes, and when all the old church timbers were sold by auction, the brass bell and the carved stone font were also knocked down to the highest bidder. I lost the opportunity of a lifetime in not getting hold of those two sacred items. Just now the people of the village are very anxious to know where the bell and the font are in hiding. Can anyone tell me? 

All I got at that sale was roof-iron, and long Oregon plates, which were worked into the small seaside home that overlooks much of the land where the earliest of the pleasure seekers spent their happy holiday hours. NARRABEEN (1926, January 4).The Daily Telegraph (Sydney, NSW : 1883 - 1930), p. 6. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article245843909 


FOR CITY GIRLS holiday home
MEMBERS of the City Girls Amateur Sports Association have completed negotiations for a week-end holiday house at Narrabeen. "Palm Cottage" is an ideal place for a holiday, with the ocean in front and the big lake at the back. The creeks, too, offer pleasure to those whose fancy turns to quiet, inland waters. Mr. T. West, who built "Palm Cottage," went to Narrabeen in 1884, and from almost the whole coastline chose the site because it provided such an unusual vista of the sea. The house will accommodate 12 girls for each week-end, and it will probably be used for holidays also.


PALM COTTAGE The house at Narrabeen which has been secured by the City Girls' Amateur Sports Association for a week-end resort. FOR CITY GIRLS (1926, March 1). The Sun (Sydney, NSW : 1910 - 1954), p. 13 (FINAL EXTRA). Retrieved fromhttp://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article224055821 

City Girls
New Holiday House At Narrabeen

PALM Cottage, one of the oldest houses In Narrabeen, Is to be the scene of many happy weekend parties for the City Girls' Amateur Sports Association. The cottage is large, and rambling, surrounded by wide verandahs, and stands on a hill, overlooking the ocean beach on one side and the Narrabeen Lakes on the other. It is an ideal place for large parties of club girls, the ample balcony space making It possible to accommodate unlimited numbers of camp stretchers for sleeping out, while a specially glassed-in portion will lend itself to the use of long, trestle dining-tables, to seat at least 20 girls. 

The lawns surrounding the house are excellently suited for circles courts and basket-ball. Already a number of clubs affiliated to the C.G.A.S.A. have booked up week-ends well into the winter, for the colder weather will make no difference, as the charm of boating on the lakes and tramping into the woods surrounding them will afford sufficient interest as a substitute for the joys of surfing. Each girl, with a minimum number of eight, will be charged five shillings for a party. At present there is only accommodation for twelve, but, as the popularity of Palm Cottage grows, the association will be prepared to arrange for further accommodation. City Girls (1926, March 11). The Daily Telegraph (Sydney, NSW : 1883 - 1930), p. 4 (The Daily Telegraph Woman's Supplement). Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article245839929 

It is likely the road on the southern side of the lagoon was first built due to the West family selling off their Narrabeen land, although its extension and climb up to Collaroy Plateau, along with the land at that end of the lagoon for the Veterans Village, was resumed in part, through the work of the then Warringah Shire Council, from the Wheeler family:

Plan of Subdivision.

An owner of property submitted a plan of subdivision of an estate at Narrabeen to the Warringah Shire Council for approval. He proposed to allow a road around the waters of the Lake that would provide a beautiful parade, if the council would make some concession in return. Plan of Subdivision. (1911, October 20). The Land (Sydney, NSW : 1911 - 1954), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article102900950 

This notification about bringing some of the Wheeler land (paddocks) under the Real Property Act shows how the West family Narrbeen holdings were then held by a few family members:

No. 16,973. APPLICANT James Wheeler, Narrabeen. LAND : County Cumberland, parish Manly Cove, shire Warringah, 1 acre 1 rood 31 1/2 perches, 3 roods 18 perches, 1 acre 3 roods 1 perch, 3 acres 11 perches, 1 acre 3 roods 3 perches, 34 perches, 1 rood 30 1/2 perches, 35 perches, 2 roods 2 1/2 perches, 1 rood 30 1/2 perches, 2 roods 2 3/4 perches, and 2 acres 3 roods If perches, in Jenkins, Frazer, Ramsay, Stuart, Wetherill, Clarke, Mactier, Goodwin, Devitt, Lagoon, Wellington, and Park streets, and on Narrabeen Lagoon,—lots 22 to 28. section 8; lots 9, 16, 17, 18, section 11: lots 10 to 14 and 17. 18, 19, scction 12; lots 13 to 26, section 16; lots 12 to 15 and 18 to 21, section 19: part lot 14a, section 20: lots 3, 4, 7, 11, 12, 13, section 21: lots 12, 13. section 22: lots 5, 7, 8, section 26: part lot 2: and lots 3 to 8, section 42, Mount Ramsay Estate: and part 410 acres (portion 1,217 of parish) granted to John Ramsay: adjoining properties of J. Wheeler, R. Pfoeffer, C. A. S. Hayden, E. A. Powell, C. M. E. West, H. S. Haynes, E J. West, Mrs. E. M. Loader, A. E. Ellis, C. A. de Kantzow, D. McLean, A. O. West, H. H. Gordon, W. Pollard, W. S. Beale, W. A. Lipscombe, W. L. McFarlane, estate J. Langley, J. F. C. Goodridge, A. E. Dowling, W. Nicholls, T. H. Page, and G. L. Pring. NOTICE UNDER REAL PROPERTY ACT. (1911, August 30). Government Gazette of the State of New South Wales (Sydney, NSW : 1901 - 2001), p. 4711. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article230685900



Narrabeen - West's Lake-Side Estate - The Esplanade, Government Rd, O'Keefe Ave, Wetherill St, Lindley Ave, Clarke St, Park St, Mactier St, Goodwin St, Devitt St, Robertson St, Narrabeen St, King St, Albert St, Waterloo St, Victoria St, Ocean St, 1911 - Item c050370013, courtesy  the State Library of New South Wales.

view from same road beside the lagoon today

Below run sections from these panoramas so you can see the details - although the middle one was not available in a high enough resolution, the 1st and 3rd ones were - they allow you to see a place of trees looking north, and cleared fields looking east - but first, a  from the ground images closer o the bridge, and one looking south during this same few decades:


Narrabeen 'road bridge' - postcard, from the collection of Josef Lebovic Gallery collection no. 1, courtesy National Museum of Australia - circa 1907 to 1913


Narrabeen, Star photo, circa 1900-1910. Item a116483h courtesy State Library of NSW

'View taken near Narrabeen on the road to La Corniche' - Sunday September 17th, 1911. Image No.:  a3289060h from  Allen family albums, courtesy State Library of NSW 


Narrabeen lagoon, circa 1915, Item hall_34703h, courtesy State Library of NSW

______________________________________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________



Opportunities:

Surfrider Foundation: June 2025 Surf Swap

🌊Sun 22 June - Surfrider 3rd Annual Surf swap & Repair Market
Venue: Surfrider Gardens, 50 Oceans St, Narrabeen
Time: 11 - 3pm 
Ride the Use Wave - Sell, Swap, Repair or repurpose your preloved Surf gear.
Meet shapers and makers of sustainable surfboards, local innovators of upcycling waste into surf accessories
Upcycle your ‘end of life’ wetsuit with Ripcurl, attend minor board repair workshops
Chill to smooth beats in the winter sun and enjoy killer coffee from the local cafes
This event is held with the support of the Northern Beaches Council.
Free to attend and a waste free event!
Event Registration here - Day traders and Stallholders

Kay Cottee Women's Development Regatta

Sunday 29th June 2025 | RPAYC

Get ready for a day of fun, learning, and friendly competition on the water! The Kay Cottee Women’s Development Regatta is all about building confidence, developing sailing skills, and giving recent Sailing Academy graduates a chance to experience the excitement of racing in a supportive and welcoming environment.

Whether you’ve just completed a learn to sail course at RPAYC or a similar program at another club, this is your chance to take the next step in your sailing journey – no pressure, just good company, great vibes, and time on the water!

Who Can Join?
You’re eligible if you have recently completed a Learn to Sail course (at RPAYC or another club) and are keen to try out racing in a fun, relaxed regatta format.

Event Schedule – Sunday 29 June 2025
Morning Training Session
⏰ 8:30am – 11:00am
Kick off the day with on-water coaching designed to boost your skills and build racing confidence. Our experienced instructors will guide you through boat handling, starting techniques, and race strategy.

Lunch Break – Clubhouse Social
🍽️ 11:30am – 12:30pm
Enjoy a relaxed lunch in the clubhouse with fellow sailors, swap stories, and fuel up for the afternoon.

Afternoon Racing Session
🚩 First Warning Signal: 1:00pm
⚓ Up to 4 short-format races
🏁 No races will be started after 3:30pm
The regatta will follow a Windward/Leeward course, keeping things simple and fun as you put your new skills into practice.

Presentation & Wrap-Up
🏆 Celebrate the day’s efforts with a casual awards presentation and cheer on your fellow sailors!

Entries Are Now Open!
Spots are limited – don’t miss your chance to be part of this empowering day on the water. We can’t wait to see you on the start line!

Click HERE to register your name - Registration for this event closes at Monday 23 Jun 2025

Entry Fee:
  • $100 for RPAYC members per person
  • $125 for non-members per person
The Entry Fee Includes:
  • Comprehensive Training Session: Shore-based and on-water coaching to prepare you for the regatta.
  • Racing on our Fleet of Elliott 7 Inshore Keelboats: You’ll sail with a skilled Mentor Skipper, gaining hands-on experience.
  • Some Fantastic Prizes: Because every sailor deserves to be rewarded for their hard work and spirit!
  • An Amazing Day on the Water: With a fun, supportive atmosphere to help you grow your sailing skills while making lasting memories.
Event Overview:
This exciting event is specifically designed to promote and develop women’s sailing, creating an opportunity for emerging sailors to build confidence, refine skills, and transition into the world of racing. Whether you’re a recent graduate of our Sailing Academy or have participated in similar programs at other clubs, this regatta is the perfect chance to test your abilities in a friendly and supportive environment.

How It Works:
This regatta focuses on creating an inclusive atmosphere where women sailors can experience racing in a safe and encouraging space. Female crews will be formed from individual applications, with each crew paired with a Sailing Academy-appointed skipper/instructor. This ensures that you have expert guidance throughout the event. Each crew will have a maximum of 5 members, and the goal is to encourage learning, teamwork, and fun!

In this format, helm swapping is encouraged, allowing everyone to take turns as helmsperson throughout the day. This gives each participant a chance to grow their skill set, whether you’re new to helming or experienced and looking to refine your technique.

The Day of the Event:
Morning Training Session (8:30 AM – 11:00 AM):
The day will kick off with a comprehensive training session, covering both shore-based and on-water components. You’ll practice essential skills like boat handling, crew coordination, and communication. We’ll also hold a race briefing to go over key race rules, strategies, and the conduct of sailing races – all designed to increase your knowledge and boost your confidence when you’re out there on the race course.

Racing Session (1:00 PM – 3:30 PM):
The afternoon is all about putting your new skills into action! Crews will compete in up to four fun-filled races on a Windward/Leeward course, designed to be accessible for all levels while still offering exciting racing. After each race, there will be time to debrief, make adjustments, and get ready for the next round.

You’ll be sailing on a fleet of Elliott 7 inshore keelboats, known for their stability and ease of handling, which means you can focus on developing your sailing skills without worrying about complicated boat handling. Each boat will be helmed by one of the crews, with guidance from the skilled Mentor Skipper who will be there to offer tips, advice, and support throughout the regatta.

Why You Should Join:
  • A Supportive Learning Environment: This event is specifically designed to help you transition into racing in a low-pressure, fun atmosphere. It’s about development, not just competition!
  • Skilled Mentorship: With an experienced instructor at the helm, you’ll have the chance to learn the ropes and refine your sailing technique.
  • Collaboration and Teamwork: The focus on working as a crew will help you hone essential skills like communication, coordination, and leadership.
  • Networking with Other Women Sailors: Connect with like-minded women who are passionate about sailing and eager to improve, share tips, and make lasting friendships on the water.
  • A Confidence Boost: Whether you’re aiming to compete in future races or just looking for more sailing experience, this regatta is a stepping stone to building your confidence and skills in a real-world racing environment.
What you’ll get out of it:
  • A deeper understanding of race tactics and sailing rules.
  • Hands-on practice with boat handling, racing strategy, and teamwork.
  • The chance to helm a keelboat and swap positions with your teammates.
  • Exposure to different sailing styles and techniques from others in the event.
  • An amazing time sailing, making new friends, and learning in a supportive, fun atmosphere
This is your chance to join a community of women sailors who are passionate about improving their skills and having a blast on the water. We can’t wait to see you there, ready to race, learn, and grow as part of this incredible sailing experience!

If you have any questions about the event, you can contact the Sailing Office via email, sailtraining@rpayc.com.au or (02) 9998 3700

The 2025 CWAS "David Malin Awards"

Entries close July 1 2025. For details on each category visit: https://www.cwas.org.au/astrofest/DMA/

There is a new International Section open to all astrophotographers - both Australian and overseas residents. 

The Competition Structure:
  • General Section (Open only to Australian residents):
  • Wide-Field
  • Deep Sky
  • Solar System
  • Theme - "People and Sky"
  • Junior Section (Australian residents aged 18 years or younger):
  • One Open Category (can be of any astronomical subject)
  • International Section (Open to all Australian and overseas resident astrophotographers)
  • Nightscapes
An additional prize, "The Photo Editor's Choice", will also be awarded. This will be judged by a major news organisation's photo editor or editors. Entry fees are $20 per entry and can be paid by the PayPal, Credit and debit cards.

Wide field winner in the 2018 CWAS David Malin Awards: Barrenjoey Milky Way Arch
Supplied: ©Tom Elliott/David Malin Awards

More places available in innovative jobs program for women

Applications are now open for the 2025 Future Women (FW) Jobs Academy – an innovative pre-employment initiative designed to help women overcome career challenges and connect them with employers.

The NSW Government invested $5.8 million as part of an election promise to support 1,000 women to be part of FW Jobs Academy.

The program is already showing results with nearly 75 per cent of the 2024 participants now actively looking for work or applying for further study, and 85 per cent reporting they now feel well-equipped to search for work.

Flexible, free and online, FW Jobs Academy is a year-long program that equips women with the skills, networks and confidence they need to re-enter the workforce following a career break. The program offers a curated mix of learning, mentoring and community to assist participants navigate evolving job search tools, employer expectations and workplace environments.

The NSW Government is focused on supporting women who face intersecting barriers to securing employment and career progression through FW Jobs Academy. This includes women from the following communities:

  • Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women, who are prioritised and accepted on an ‘if not why not’ basis
  • women from culturally diverse backgrounds
  • women living with disability
  • women living in regional, rural or remote areas.

Jobs Academy is delivered by FW (formerly Future Women), an Australian-based organisation that was founded in NSW. FW’s programs help women succeed in finding work, building their careers and securing their economic futures. Since launching in 2021, the Jobs Academy program has helped thousands of women to return to work and thrive.

The 2025 program will commence in early August 2025. For more information and to apply, visit the Future Women Jobs Academy web page.

Minister for Women Jodie Harrison said:

“FW Jobs Academy is solving two challenges simultaneously. Helping NSW women overcome the barriers they face in finding meaningful work and achieving financial security and, at the same time, helping employers access an untapped talent pool.

“By supporting more New South Wales women to return to work, the Minns Government is not only empowering women to succeed but addressing critical skills gaps in industries that will drive the future prosperity of our state.

“FW Jobs Academy is helping to unlock the full potential of NSW’s skilled workforce, boosting women’s workforce participation and securing their economic futures.”

FW Managing Director and co-founder of FW Jobs Academy Helen McCabe said:   

“Hundreds of thousands of Australian women would like to return to work but can face multiple and intersecting barriers to paid employment.

“Jobs Academy works because we recognise women as experts in their own lives and, with their input, we’re providing the right balance of education, empowerment and connection to achieve real results.”

FW Deputy Managing and co-founder of FW Jobs Academy Jamila Rizvi said:  

“As Australia faces skills shortages in a variety of occupations, FW Jobs Academy offers a practical pathway for women to be part of the solution.

“Having already supported thousands of women to re-enter the workforce or undertake further study, FW Jobs Academy is boosting workforce participation and productivity, as well as addressing skills shortages and helping families make ends meet.”

2025 Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards entries are now open!!

The Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards seek to capture the imaginations of school students across Australia, inspiring them to express their thoughts and feelings through the medium of poetry in their pursuit of literary excellence. The standard of entries year after year is consistently high, yet the winning poems never cease to impress the judges. From reading the entries of both the primary and secondary students, one can get an idea of the current events and issues that have had a great impact on young Australians over the decades. 

The awards are held every year and open for entries until the 30th of June with the winners announced on the first Friday in September.

For more information on the competition and how to enter CLICK HERE.

Conditions of entries:

  • Only students enrolled in an Australian education facility (Kindergarten to Year 12) are eligible to enter.
  • Poems must be no more than 80 lines with no illustrations, graphics or decorations included.
  • Entries are limited to up to 3 poems per student.
  • Poems on any subject are accepted, the annual theme is optional.
  • Poems that have been previously entered in the Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards are NOT ELIGIBLE to be entered.
  • Poems entered in other competitions are eligible to be entered.

Our poets are encouraged to take inspiration from wherever they may find it, however if they are looking for some direction, they are invited to use this year’s optional theme to inspire their entries.

“All the beautiful things” has been selected as the 2025 optional theme. Students are encouraged to write about topics and experiences that spark their poetic genius (in whatever form they choose).

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Snow

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. atmospheric water vapour frozen into ice crystals and falling in light white flakes or lying on the ground as a white layer. 2. a mass of flickering white spots on a television or radar screen, caused by interference or a poor signal. 3. a dessert or other dish resembling snow.

Verb

1. Snow fall - to fall as snow, to snow. 2. [informal; North American] mislead or charm (someone) with elaborate and insincere words.

From: Middle English snou, from Old English snaw "snow, that which falls as snow; a fall of snow; a snowstorm," from Proto-Germanic snaiwaz (also the source of Old Saxon and Old High German sneo, Old Frisian and Middle Low German sne, Middle Dutch snee, Dutch sneeuw, German Schnee, Old Norse snjor, Gothic snaiws "snow"), from word root sniegwh- "snow; to snow" (source also of Greek nipha, Latin nix (genitive nivis), Old Irish snechta, Irish sneachd, Welsh nyf, Lithuanian sniegas, Old Prussian snaygis, Old Church Slavonic snegu, Russian snieg', Slovak sneh "snow"). The cognate in Sanskrit, snihyati, came to mean "he gets wet."

Verb form from: c. 1300, snouen, "to fall as snow," from the noun, replacing Old English sniwan, which would have yielded modern snew (which lingered as a parallel form until 17c., longer in Yorkshire), from the Proto-Germanic source of snow (n.). The Old English verb is cognate with Middle Dutch sneuuwen, Dutch sneeuwen, Old Norse snjova, Swedish snöga.

The four best non-lyrical vocal moments in pop music – from la la las to duh duh duhs

Glenn FosbraeyUniversity of Winchester

My professional life revolves around the academic study of song lyrics. So it may seem like a strange move to write about how some of the most powerful and emotive vocal moments in popular music have come when singers reject words. But it’s impossible to ignore that sometimes a song needs something more universal, more innate and more guttural than language.

Some vocalists have eschewed words entirely in their songs, like Ella Fitzgerald scatting throughout Flying Home (1945), or David Crosby da da dumming his way through Song With No Words (1971). More frequently, though, these wordless singalong moments appear as hooks.

Think the “la la la las” of Elton John’s Crocodile Rock (1972); the “duh duh duh duhs” in The Fratellis’ Chelsea Dagger (2006); the “ooh-aah-aaahs” of Fun’s Some Nights (2012) and Coldplay’s Viva La Vida (2008); or the ear worm “eh, eheu, eheus” of Bastille’s Pompeii (2013).

To paraphrase Ronan Keating (for the first and probably last time), sometimes singers say it best when they say nothing at all. And here are my four favourite examples of where they do just that.

1. The Great Gig in the Sky by Pink Floyd (1973)

When Richard Wright brought his song The Great Gig in the Sky to the studio during Pink Floyd’s The Dark Side of The Moon recording sessions, the band felt something was missing. They wanted a “foreground element to make it really transcend”, and versatile session vocalist Clare Torry was brought in to provide it.

The Great Gig in the Sky by Pink Floyd.

Receiving little musical direction from the band apart from that they wanted the vocal to be wordless, she ad-libbed a few different ideas before leaving the studio, fully expecting nothing more to come of it. To Torry’s surprise, her vocal not only made it onto the finished record, but arguably became a pinnacle not just of the album, but of Floyd’s entire canon.

With a jaw-dropping wail that elevated the track to near-celestial heights, Torry managed to express the full range of human emotion without relying on words. Her contribution was eventually recognised with a co-authorship credit alongside Wright.

2. Anywhere by Rita Ora

If my championing of non-lexical sounds in songs is to dabble in unfamiliar waters, then praising anything by Rita Ora is to sail into “here there be monsters” territory. And yet the hook of her 2017 song Anywhere is just so dang good that it demanded to be include here.

Anywhere by Rita Ora.

Heavily-treated and chopped-up by producers Alesso, Andrew Watt and Sir Nolan, Ora’s vocal flirts with decipherability as the occasional word emerges from the wonderful confusion, but then veers joyously off into digitised gibberish again.

It’s a prime example of what a crucial role production can play in a song’s success. Such is the manipulation of her original take, even Ora herself admits that she has no idea what she’s singing. Sadly, public and media pressures eventually led her to reveal what the lyrics were before they were “chopped up”.

If you really want to know, watch this Live Lounge performance. For me, though, the power of the song lies beyond language, so, in this case, ignorance is indeed bliss.

3. Blue Moon by Elvis Presley (1956)

There have been some great falsetto singers over the decades, with the likes of Frankie Valli, Brian Wilson, The Bee Gees, Smokey Robinson and Prince all true masters of the craft. My favourite ever example, though, comes from Elvis’s eponymous 1956 album and his cover of Blue Moon.

Blue Moon by Elvis Presley.

After spending the first two minutes of the track in the trademark croon of his lower register, Elvis then soars into wordless falsetto at various points in the last 30 or so seconds. It’s unexpected. It’s delicate yet somehow strong. And it’s musical heaven.

4. Gimme Shelter by The Rolling Stones (1969)

Similarly to The Great Gig in the Sky, The Rolling Stones wanted something that would transform their new song Gimme Shelter from good into great. The solution was soul and gospel singer Merry Clayton, who was brought in to sing the heavy, dark chorus, first alongside Mick Jagger, then solo. The rest, as they say, is history.

I can’t include Clayton’s vocal itself in this list, seeing as it contains words, but I can include a by-product of it, which, for me, is one of the greatest, most natural moments ever caught on record: Mick Jagger’s reaction.

Gimme Shelter by The Rolling Stones.

At 3m 02s, when the intensity of Clayton’s third go-around of the line “rape, murder, it’s just a shot away” has caused her voice to crack under the strain, we hear Jagger whooping in the background, unable to contain his amazement and joy at what he was witnessing.

Gimme Shelter’ has become one of the Stones’ most enduring tracks and is a staple of their live shows, which include some great performances of Merry’s section from Lisa Fischer and Chanel Haynes, and a not-so-great one from Lady Gaga. As with so many things, though, nothing will ever come close to the original.The Conversation

Glenn Fosbraey, Associate Dean of Humanities and Social Sciences, University of Winchester

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘There are too many unpleasant things in life without creating more’: why Impressionism is the world’s favourite art movement

Installation view of French Impressionism from the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston on display from June 6 to October 5, at NGV International, Melbourne. Photo: Sean Fennessy
Sasha GrishinAustralian National University

Impressionism is the world’s favourite art movement.

Impressionist paintings create an oasis of beauty into which a viewer can escape from a sometimes dark and troubling world, or simply from the mundane boredom of urban living.

The Impressionist master, Pierre-Auguste Renoir, once famously observed:

To my mind, a picture should be something pleasant, cheerful, and pretty. Yes, pretty! There are too many unpleasant things in life as it is without creating still more of them.

The new Impressionism exhibition at the National Gallery of Victoria brings together over a 100 of these pleasant, cheerful and pretty paintings and graphics. It features some of the greatest names in French Impressionism, including Claude Monet, Pierre-Auguste Renoir, Edgar Degas, Camille Pissarro, Édouard Manet, Mary Cassatt, Berthe Morisot, Paul Signac and Alfred Sisley.

Claude Monet French, 1840–1926 Water lilies, 1905. Oil on canvas. 89.5 x 100.3 cm. Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. Gift of Edward Jackson Holmes. Photography © Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. All Rights Reserved

For the first time in Australia

Initially, the Impressionist painters had difficulty in selling their work amid the torrent of negative criticism.

But then their Parisian art dealer Paul Durand-Ruel established a gallery in New York City, and the American artist Mary Cassatt – who worked with the Impressionists in Paris – found increasing popularity. By the 1880s and 1890s, American collectors started to buy Impressionist paintings by many of the top French artists.

This explains why the Museum of Fine Arts in Boston possesses such an outstanding collection of Impressionist paintings. Yet, unlike the museums in New York, the Boston museum is less well known and Australians are seeing many of these paintings for the first time.

Mary Stevenson Cassatt American, 1844–1926 Ellen Mary in a white coat, c. 1896. Oil on canvas 81.3 x 60.3 cm. Museum of Fine Arts, Boston Gift of Charles, Hope, and Binney Hare in honor of Ellen Mary Cassatt. Photography © Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. All Rights Reserved

To say that most works in this exhibition have never been previously seen in Australia is only partially true. Four years ago, just before Melbourne was locked down for COVID, the NGV launched a similar show. Apart from a handful of art lovers posing as media, that show expired under lockdown and was packed up and returned to Boston without being widely exposed to Australian audiences.

The new reiteration is supplemented with six additional paintings, including the early and deeply moving painting by Degas of Degas’s Father Listening to Lorenzo Pagans Playing the Guitar (1869–72).

Edgar Degas, French, 1834–1917, Degas’s Father Listening to Lorenzo Pagans Playing the Guitar, about 1869–72. Museum of Fine Arts Boston

The whole exhibition has been totally reimagined as part of an immersive interior design. It moves far away from the clinical white cube of a modern exhibition space and closer to the 19th century posh domestic interiors in which the paintings first appeared.

An extensive and in-depth exhibition

Chronologically, the exhibition charts the development of French Impressionism from the mid-19th century and the so-called Barbizon school and realism, through to late Impressionism in the early 20th century.

It includes the great paintings by Cézanne and Manet, and memorable paintings from early to late Impressionism. There is an abundance of important works by the main Impressionist masters including Monet (16 of his canvases in one room), Degas, Sisley, Renoir, Pissarro, Cassatt and Morisot, and a few unexpected gems by van Gogh and Signac.

People in a green room
Installation view of French Impressionism from the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston on display from June 6 to October 5, at NGV International, Melbourne. Photo: Sean Fennessy

It is an extensive and in-depth exhibition.

The depth of the Boston collection enables rare insights. For example, when we see Édouard Manet’s Street Singer (1862), we may be aware that he employed his favourite model Victorine Meurent. Apart from being a model, Meurent was also an artist in her own right and in the same exhibition there is a self-portrait of her from 1876.

Left: Edouard Manet, French, 1832–1883. Street singer, c. 1862. Oil on canvas. 171.1 x 105.8 cm Museum of Fine Arts, Boston Bequest of Sarah Choate Sears in memory of her husband, Joshua Montgomery Sears. Right: Victorine Meurent, French, 1844–1927. Self-portrait c. 1876. Oil on canvas 35 × 27 cm. Museum of Fine Arts, Boston Arthur Gordon Tompkins Fund. Photography © Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. All Rights Reserved.

Strictly speaking, perhaps neither painting can be described as “Impressionist”. But it is a wonderful encounter of a woman being observed and, in the same exhibition, this woman looking out of the picture space and doing the observing. The self-portrait is one of those additions that was not in the original show.

If we glance at a handful of some of the outstanding paintings in the show – including Monet’s Grainstack (snow effect) (1891), The water lily pond (1900), or Water lilies (1905); Renoir’s Dance at Bougival (1883) or The Seine at Chatou (1881); Pissarro’s Spring pasture (1889); Degas’s Racehorses at Longchamp (1871/1874); and Morisot’s Embroidery (1889) – we have all of the beloved features of French Impressionism.

Camille Pissarro French (born in the Danish West Indies), 1830–1903 Spring pasture, 1889. Oil on canvas, 60 x 73.7 cm. Museum of Fine Arts, Boston Deposited by the Trustees of the White Fund, Lawrence, Massachusetts. Photography © Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. All Rights Reserved

Light and bright

While the French Impressionists were not a monolithic group, their art was generally characterised by three things.

Firstly, a lighter and brighter palette with a conscious move to the ultraviolet end of the colour spectrum.

Secondly, a divisionist application of colour with juxtaposed dabs of pigment allowing for colour to blend in the eye rather than on a mirror-smooth surface of the canvas.

Finally, a move to a more democratic subject matter with landscapes, gardens, drinking parties, picnics and street scenes easily outnumbering images of pagan gods in complicated embraces.

Paul Signac, French, 1863–1935. Port of Saint-Cast, 1890. Oil on canvas, 66 x 82.5 cm. Museum of Fine Arts, Boston Gift of William A. Coolidge. Photography © Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. All Rights Reserved

Australian audiences never seem to tire of French Impressionism. This exhibition brings a fresh crop of rarely seen major paintings and graphics of the highest order.

If you love Impressionism, French Impressionism from the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, is a must-see exhibition. This new exhibition will change the history of Australian art exhibitions from Australia’s greatest Impressionist show that no one had seen, to Australia’s greatest Impressionist exhibition that everyone has seen.

French Impressionism from the Museum of Fine Arts, Boston, is at the National Gallery of Victoria until October 5.The Conversation

Sasha Grishin, Adjunct Professor of Art History, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Pulp are back and more wistfully Britpop than before

Mark RJ HigginsUniversity of Bristol

Ah, the 90s. A decade when the future seemed bright, technological modernity was pregnant with promise, and Britannia was revelling in a rediscovered sense of cool. The pop-culture emblem of this was Britpop.

After the economically turbulent 1970s and the intense industrial restructuring of the 1980s, Britpop bands hearkened romantically back to the 1960s with a reimagining of a swinging Britain as the place to be.

Looking back on Britpop today echoes something of what those bands were themselves doing: peering across three decades of cultural and technological change.

Britpop was a preface to what cultural critic Simon Reynolds later called “retromania”, a pop culture obsessed with its own archaeological detritus. Reynolds, along with despondent contemporaries like the late Mark Fisher, were critics of a future irreverently assembled within a growing repository of the past.

Against the grain of Britpop’s 1960s upcycling, however, were Pulp.

After a big breakthrough in the 90s, Pulp were strongly associated with the retro-maniacal, “hey look, Britain still swings” Britpop era. Unlike the Blurs and Oases of the time, though, Pulp had traipsed their way through the decidedly unswinging 1980s indie scene. They shunned the tropes of repurposed mod fashions and appeals to the spirit of John Lennon, and some of their lyrics even read like critiques of Britpop’s cultural romanticism.

For example, in Common People the band caution that working-class life is not an opportunity to indulge in immersive performance art. Between the lines of Disco 2000, meanwhile, is a musing on how weird it would probably feel to revisit the past at some point in the future.

Pulp sang in counterpoint to their contemporaries, offering something different to the flaccidly nationalistic, wistful nostalgia common among the other acts of the time.

And now, returning with More, their first album since Britpop, how might Pulp reflect upon our experience of the present? A time in which digital media has etched deep divisions across society and the only surety seems to be socioeconomic uncertainty. Amid all of this, Brexit Britain doesn’t feel so cool any more.

If the lead single, “Spike Island”, is anything to go by, it looks like the retro-maniacal Britpop ethos might have registered belatedly with the band.

The sonic vocabularies of britfunk, disco and early indie converge in a texture of juicy synth bass, lively hand claps and sharp, edgy guitar sounds. These musical components are roughly contemporaneous with Pulp’s formation in 1978, but the pristine 21st-century production quality assures us we are listening in the present.

Lyrically, meanwhile, singer Jarvis Cocker seems to be reaching through the disastrously absurd cultural kaleidoscope of the 2020s in search of something more certain, back in the 90s perhaps.

Here, the refrain “Spike Island come alive” references a concert by Manchester indie band The Stone Roses, which became mythologised in British music history.

Held in 1990 on Spike Island in Widnes, Merseyside, the gig was a makeshift, outdoor, all day event, which attracted around 27,000 people. The warm up acts were back to back DJs, creating a rave atmosphere ahead of the band’s headlining show. This combined two of the currents that set Britain’s 1990s cultural optimism in motion: rave culture and “madchester”, a musical and cultural movement born in Manchester in the late-80s. Madchester birthed bands like The Stone Roses and The Happy Mondays, who injected indie rock with a rave-like hedonism.

By referencing the concert, Cocker effectively romanticises a time three decades gone, just as Britpop did its peak. The Spike Island concert, where rave and madchester met, represents a twin-headed crest of pop-culture. The pent up energy of this swept through the 90s with a wave of promise before it abruptly met the epochal breakwater of 9/11 and sluiced terminally into the bottomless drains of social media.

In the way it looks back on more jubilant times, Spike Island suggests the return of Pulp in a spirit more wistfully Britpop than the band were back in the day. What could reviving the essence of Britpop mean in 2025 when comparing the climate with the heady optimism that carried the movement 30 years ago?

Like Pulp, Gen Z are nostalgic for the 90s, a now mythical period that predates many of their births. From the vantage point of 2025, the 90s perhaps seem simpler, cooler and rather more stable socially and economically.

In a world now saturated by the distractions of digital media, it might be a stretch to hope for a 1990’s style period of collective optimism anytime soon. The sounds of that decade echo on, though. Maybe with More we can join Pulp for a moment in briefly reanimating the spirit of a time when the winds of change felt like they were blowing in a rather more positive direction.

More by Pulp will be released on June 6, 2025The Conversation

Mark RJ Higgins, PhD Candidate, Department of Music, University of Bristol

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Both novelty and familiarity affect memory – how to make use of this when preparing for exams

gonzagon/Shutterstock
Judith SchomakerLeiden University

When getting ready to take exams, it can sometimes feel as though there’s no way all the information you need to remember is going to fit in your brain. But there are ways to create the right conditions to make your studying as efficient as possible.

My research into the science of memory shows that both novelty – new experiences – and familiarity can affect memory. You can use novelty to prime yourself for learning, and familiarity to organise your memory and retain knowledge.

To start with, this might mean going for a walk in an unfamiliar part of your neighbourhood or looking at some art for the first time – in person or online – before you even start studying.

In the lab, colleagues and I have observed that chances are higher that you will remember new information if you just visited an unfamiliar place.

In a typical experimental set-up, participants came to the lab to familiarise themselves with a virtual environment on a PC or with a virtual reality headset. This consisted of a fantasy island with unexpected elements, such as streetlight-sized candy canes. We invited our research participants to come back on two other occasions. During these sessions, they explored the same – now familiar – virtual environment, and one they hadn’t seen before.

After each round of virtual exploration, the experiment participants were presented with a series of words to try to commit to memory, which we then tested them on after a completely different “distractor” task that consisted of solving simple maths problems. Interestingly, the participants who had explored a new environment typically remembered more words than those who had explored a familiar one. This suggests that novelty may prepare the brain for learning.

After you’ve prepared your brain with a foray into the unknown, it’s time to harness familiarity.

Why the familiar is important

Learning entirely new information is often very challenging. Students sometimes report reading several pages, but having no recollection of what they read.

There may be several reasons for this, but a common one is that it is difficult to memorise something if it is very different from anything you have learned before.

The brain likes to categorise and label information, and our memory is organised in semantic categories. For example, if I mention “swivel chair”, “computer”, and “filing cabinet”, the overarching term “office” may pop to mind.

Memory associations like these are crucial during memory retrieval, as linked information can work as a memory cue. In memory research we sometimes refer to these interlinked concepts as “memory schema”.

When you have to learn something new, your brain will try to categorise that novel information. If a link can be made with something you already know, this information can more easily be integrated into an existing memory schema.

Based on research, we would predict that studying for a test is more effective if you already know something about the topic, as it allows you to put novel information in your existing memory schema, and allows you to retrieve that information more easily at a later point in time.

For example, imagine eating a yellow kiwi for the first time. Your previous experience with green kiwis will allow you to recognise the fruit. The novel experience of eating this slightly sweeter kiwi is easy to integrate in your existing knowledge of kiwis, including what they look, feel and taste like.

Making connections

But studying for exams often means learning abstract concepts. The related memory schemas are underdeveloped for less concrete information, which makes new information hard to remember.

In a biological psychology course I teach, students have to learn about the transfer of information between brain cells. One of the crucial aspects of this topic is the change in chemistry of the neuron, from when it is at rest to when it is firing, and the potassium and sodium chloride ions involved.

Exam results showed that students found these processes hard to remember. One year, I decided to introduce a simple visual memory aid: an image of a banana with a container of table salt on top.

Image of a banana and table salt labelled as ions
Memory aid to help students remember ions involved in neural transmission. Judith SchomakerCC BY-NC-ND

Most students know that bananas are rich in potassium, while table salt is sodium chloride. This simple picture shows the situation of a neuron at rest: A lot of potassium on the inside, and a lot of sodium chloride on the outside of the cell. But when the neuron is firing, ion channels open, and due to laws of diffusion, potassium will flow out, and sodium chloride into the cell.

After I introduced this memory aid, the performance of students on the exam question about this topic increased significantly. In fact, last year it was labelled as “too easy” by our exam monitoring tool, because so many students got it right. The image made integration of novel knowledge into an existing schema easier because it linked new, abstract information to well-known elements – the banana and the table salt.

When preparing for an exam, then, it can be helpful to think about how the new information you are trying to memorise relates to things you already know, even if this information is not directly relevant for the exam. Knowing that bananas are high in potassium, for instance, is not a learning objective of a biological psychology course.

And if you go for a walk somewhere new first, even better. Hopefully these tips will help you turn difficult exam material into lasting memories.The Conversation

Judith Schomaker, Assistant Professor, Department of Health, Medical and Neuropsychology, Leiden University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Your smartphone is a parasite, according to evolution

vchal/shutterstock, The Conversation
Rachael L. BrownAustralian National University and Rob BrooksUNSW Sydney

Head lice, fleas and tapeworms have been humanity’s companions throughout our evolutionary history. Yet, the greatest parasite of the modern age is no blood-sucking invertebrate. It is sleek, glass-fronted and addictive by design. Its host? Every human on Earth with a wifi signal.

Far from being benign tools, smartphones parasitise our time, our attention and our personal information, all in the interests of technology companies and their advertisers.

In a new article in the Australasian Journal of Philosophy, we argue smartphones pose unique societal risks, which come into sharp focus when viewed through the lens of parasitism.

What, exactly, is a parasite?

Evolutionary biologists define a parasite as a species that benefits from a close relationship with another species – its host – while the host bears a cost.

The head louse, for example, is entirely dependent on our own species for its survival. They only eat human blood, and if they become dislodged from their host, they survive only briefly unless they are fortunate enough to fall onto another human scalp. In return for our blood, head lice give us nothing but a nasty itch; that’s the cost.

Smartphones have radically changed our lives. From navigating cities to managing chronic health diseases such as diabetes, these pocket-sized bits of tech make our lives easier. So much so that most of us are rarely without them.

Yet, despite their benefits, many of us are hostage to our phones and slaves to the endless scroll, unable to fully disconnect. Phone users are paying the price with a lack of sleep, weaker offline relationships and mood disorders.

From mutualism to parasitism

Not all close species relationships are parasitic. Many organisms that live on or inside us are beneficial.

Consider the bacteria in the digestive tracts of animals. They can only survive and reproduce in the gut of their host species, feeding on nutrients passing through. But they provide benefits to the host, including improved immunity and better digestion. These win-win associations are called mutualisms.

The human-smartphone association began as a mutualism. The technology proved useful to humans for staying in touch, navigating via maps and finding useful information.

Philosophers have spoken of this not in terms of mutualism, but rather as phones being an extension of the human mind, like notebooks, maps and other tools.

From these benign origins, however, we argue the relationship has become parasitic. Such a change is not uncommon in nature; a mutualist can evolve to become a parasite, or vice versa.

Smartphones as parasites

As smartphones have become near-indispensible, some of the most popular apps they offer have come to serve the interests of the app-making companies and their advertisers more faithfully than those of their human users.

These apps are designed to nudge our behaviour to keep us scrolling, clicking on advertising and simmering in perpetual outrage.

The data on our scrolling behaviour is used to further that exploitation. Your phone only cares about your personal fitness goals or desire to spend more quality time with your kids to the extent that it uses this information to tailor itself to better capture your attention.

So, it can be useful to think of users and their phones as akin to hosts and their parasites – at least some of the time.

While this realisation is interesting in and of itself, the benefit of viewing smartphones through the evolutionary lens of parasitism comes into its own when considering where the relationship might head next – and how we could thwart these high-tech parasites.

Close-up of a pink fish with a smaller striped fish sticking its head in the bigger fish's mouth.
A bluestreak cleaner wrasse at work cleaning the mouth of a goatfish. Wayne and Pam Osborn/iNaturalistCC BY-NC

Where policing comes in

On the Great Barrier Reef, bluestreak cleaner wrasse establish “cleaning stations” where larger fish allow the wrasse to feed on dead skin, loose scales and invertebrate parasites living in their gills. This relationship is a classic mutualism – the larger fish lose costly parasites and the cleaner wrasse get fed.

Sometimes the cleaner wrasse “cheat” and nip their hosts, tipping the scale from mutualism to parasitism. The fish being cleaned may punish offenders by chasing them away or withholding further visits. In this, the reef fish exhibit something evolutionary biologists see as important to keeping mutualisms in balance: policing.

Could we adequately police our exploitation by smartphones and restore a net-beneficial relationship?

Evolution shows that two things are key: an ability to detect exploitation when it occurs, and the capacity to respond (typically by withdrawing service to the parasite).

A difficult battle

In the case of the smartphone, we can’t easily detect the exploitation. Tech companies that design the various features and algorithms to keep you picking up your phone aren’t advertising this behaviour.

But even if you’re aware of the exploitative nature of smartphone apps, responding is also more difficult than simply putting the phone down.

Many of us have become reliant on smartphones for everyday tasks. Rather than remembering facts, we offload the task to digital devices – for some people, this can change their cognition and memory.

We depend on having a camera for capturing life events or even just recording where we parked the car. This both enhances and limits our memory of events.

Governments and companies have only further cemented our dependence on our phones, by moving their service delivery online via mobile apps. Once we pick up the phone to access our bank accounts or access government services, we’ve lost the battle.

How then can users redress the imbalanced relationship with their phones, turning the parasitic relationship back to a mutualistic one?

Our analysis suggests individual choice can’t reliably get users there. We are individually outgunned by the massive information advantage tech companies hold in the host-parasite arms race.

The Australian government’s under-age social media ban is an example of the kind of collective action required to limit what these parasites can legally do. To win the battle, we will also need restrictions on app features known to be addictive, and on the collection and sale of our personal data.The Conversation

Rachael L. Brown, Director of the Centre for Philosophy of the Sciences and Associate Professor of Philosophy, Australian National University and Rob Brooks, Scientia Professor of Evolution, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australia’s lowest paid workers just got a 3.5% wage increase. Their next boost could be even better

Carlos Castilla/Shutterstock
John BuchananUniversity of Sydney

A week ago, the Australian Financial Review released this year’s “Rich List”. It reported the number of billionaires in Australia increased from 150 to 166 between 2024 and 2025.

A very different story is happening at the other end of the market. On Tuesday the Fair Work Commission awarded the lowest paid 20% of wage earners a 3.5% increase as a result of its annual review.

The commission acknowledged even with this increase, our lowest paid employees will not be earning as much in real terms as they did before the post-COVID inflationary surge of 2021-2022.

Why such a meagre increase?

In Australia it has long been accepted that – all things being equal – wages should move with both prices and productivity.

Adjusting them for inflation ensures their real value is maintained. Adjusting them for productivity means employees share in rising prosperity associated with society becoming more productive over time.

This “prices plus productivity” model of wage rises is, however, subject to economic circumstances. In recent times the key circumstance of concern has been inflation.

Depending how it is measured it peaked at between 6.5% and 9.6% in 2022-2023.

Since 2022, economic agencies such as the Reserve Bank and state treasuries, along with finance sector economists, have been preaching about the threat of inflation persisting.

Cutting real wages to control inflation

Interest rates were increased to tame the inflation dragon. And these agencies all issued dire warnings about the threat of long-term inflationary pressure if wages were adjusted to maintain lower and middle income earners living standards.

In its last three decisions the Fair Work Commission accommodated this narrative. Since July 2021 it ensured wages for the lowest paid 20% of employees did not keep up with inflation.

Unsurprisingly, real wages for award-dependent employees fell.

The commission has done its best to look after those on the absolute lowest rates: that is the 1% or so on the national minimum wage.

Their wages have fallen by 0.8% over the period since July 2021. For those in the middle of the bottom 20% of employees dependent on awards the fall has been in the order of 4.5%.

For example, this is the fall experienced by an entry level tradesperson in manufacturing dependent on an award.

Because inflation is currently running at about 2.4%, the 3.5% increase marks a modest 1% real wage gain for a worker on or close to the entry level manufacturing tradesperson rates.

In making this increase, the commission argued if real wage cuts continued, the entrenchment of lower minimum award rates was likely. It noted the economy is in pretty good shape – not just in terms of inflation and employment – but also many firms are turning a profit.

What about productivity?

The other striking feature of the post-COVID economic recovery has been poor productivity performance. It initially went backwards and more recently has flatlined.

The commission rejected arguments recent poor performance in national productivity numbers should prevent raising the minimum award higher than inflation.

It did this because it distinguished between productivity in the market and non-market sectors. In the former, productivity growth has been modest, but positive.

Poor numbers in the non-market sector like health and social services were an artefact of both measurement problems and the need for more workers per unit output to boost the quality of these services.

Silver linings?

It is always a judgement call as to what is the appropriate scale of any wage increase. Given low paid workers were not the source of recent inflationary pressure, it is reasonable to claim now is the time to reverse the recent trends of cutting their real wages.

Whether the increase had to be so modest is something the commission has indicated it is open to considering in future hearings. It has sent this signal by floating two novel arguments.

The first argument concerns how cuts in real pay are calculated. In its decision it makes the very important point that conventional measures of real wage movements use monthly measures of inflation but wages only increase annually.

It’s on this basis the 4.5% cut for the benchmark entry level trade worker in manufacturing was calculated.

The commission notes, however, that if you take into account wages only rise once a year and inflation rises continuously, the overall loss of earnings power for such workers has been 14.4% since July 2021.

This is a much higher account of real wage cuts than has previously informed debates on wages policy.


FairWork Commission Annual Wage Review 2025CC BY-NC-ND

Secondly, the commission has noted consideration should be given to phasing out some of the lowest classifications in the award system. This is something it has done in the past.

In this way it does not have to “increase rates” for low paid classifications as such. Rather, it just eliminates the possibility of having rates for exceptionally low paid jobs – and so raises the base rates dramatically for the lowest paid workers.

Next year, things could be better. Australia has a long history of having a wages system that takes seriously the needs of all workers, and especially the low paid. This decision marks a break with the recent habit of using the lowest paid workers as a shock absorber for macroeconomic policy.

The 3.5% rise is a modest increase but an important one. More important is the framework the commission has set up for decisions in future years. Devising a more accurate measure of real wage cuts and noting the importance of abolishing whole classifications of low paid work lays the foundations for potentially very exciting developments in Australian wages policy in coming years.The Conversation

John Buchanan, Professor, Discipline of Business Information Systems, University of Sydney Business School, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Austen and Turner: A Country House Encounter captures the spirit of two great geniuses, born 250 years ago

Self-Portrait by J.M.W Turner (1799) and an engraving of Austen by William Home Lizars (1869). Wiki CommonsCC BY-SA
Oksana HubinaUniversity of Leeds

Harewood House, with its impressive history and classic English beauty, is a magnificent place to visit in Leeds, west Yorkshire. The house frequently hosts remarkable exhibitions and cultural events devoted to art, poetry and history.

This time, its doors are open for a new exhibition Austen and Turner: A Country House Encounter, which marks the 250th anniversaries of the landscape painter J.M.W. Turner and the novelist Jane Austen.

The anniversaries have presented an opportunity for the co-curators of Harewood House Trust and the Centre for Eighteenth Century Studies at the University of York to unite the incredible works of two outstanding personalities of the Regency era.

Their masterpieces reflect their common engagement with the cultural and societal significance of British country houses and their landscapes. Though the pair seem to have never met, the expressiveness of Turner’s paintings are complemented by the literary richness of Austen’s manuscripts.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


The exhibition creatively highlights the common threads within Austen and Turner’s work through shared themes. The first is Austen Meets Turner, which explores how Austen and Turner’s interests and experiences intersected in the country estates that inspired their works.

I was especially struck by Harewood House from the North East (1797). Turner captured the magnificent building with such softness and light. The painting makes the landscape feel peaceful and alive, showing his ability to transform a real place into something almost dreamlike.

It highlights the grandeur of the landed aristocracy of the time, symbolising wealth, influence and a strong social hierarchy that was rooted in land ownership. Austen also used houses as symbols of status and wealth in her novels. Pemberley in Pride and Prejudice (1813), for example, reflects the class, riches and style of the love interest, Mr Darcy.

Another theme that attracted my attention was Encounters with Austen and Turner, located at the heart of the Harewood House library. Here, among the letters is another of his well-known paintings, Harewood Castle from the South East (1798). A visit to the exhibition can be complemented by a short walk to the real castle ruins in the Harewood grounds.

You just cannot take your eyes off this painting. Turner captures the ruin bathed in soft, natural light, blending the architectural detail of the castle with the surrounding pastoral landscape. His delicate use of colour and atmospheric perspective evokes a sense of romantic nostalgia, highlighting the harmony between human history and nature – a key feature of his style.

Objects of genius

The theme Interior Worlds deserves special attention. It is especially engaging because it offers the opportunity to feel the presence of Austen and Turner through the very objects that once made them famous.

Turner’s travelling watercolour box from 1842, for example, was made by the artist using two cards attached to a linen cloth. It was designed to hold a new kind of watercolour block, variations of which are still manufactured today.

Another such item is the original handwritten version of Austen’s unfinished novel Sanditon, penned during the last months of her life in 1817.

A first edition of Sense and Sensibility is also on show, with a fascinating explanation of the history behind its creation. Originally titled Elinor and Marianne and written in 1795, it was intended to be a novel in letters. But Austen later revised the text, and the version as we know it was published anonymously in 1811.

Finally, a collection of period costumes from Austen adaptations makes this exhibition truly memorable. An impressive collection of costumes from Sense and Sensibility (1995), Pride and Prejudice (1995) and Emma (2020) are on display.

Each garment reflects the elegance and social nuance of the Regency era, bringing Austen’s characters vividly to life. The craftsmanship and historical detail in the costumes evoke a sense of timeless charm that deepen the viewer’s connection to the novels.

This incredible exhibition is sure to move everyone who really wishes to engage with the high art and experience the historical spirit of the Regency era.The Conversation

Oksana Hubina, Research Fellow, English literature, University of Leeds

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Friday essay: let’s rethink Australia’s national security – and focus on fairness and climate action, not blind fealty to the US

Emma ShortisRMIT University

The America we thought we knew is not coming back. America in 2028 will be different, perhaps worse. And Australians, along with much of the world, are eager for something different.

In polling conducted by The Australia Institute in February 2025, 44% of respondents agreed that it is in Australia’s interests to pursue a more independent foreign policy. The way we think about our relationship with the United States, and our role in the world, is changing and changing quickly.

Those who insist that we can carry on as we always have, that we can just ride Trump out, or that we have to remain close to his version of America because that is the way we have always ensured our “security” are leaving the field open to bad-faith actors, making our world even less safe.

Proponents of the status quo also have a shallow and ungenerous understanding of what “security” really is.

Supporters of the AUKUS deal, and blind supporters of the US, typically exaggerate the threat to Australia of countries like China while deliberately obscuring the risks to our security and the security of our region if we unquestioningly follow the US.

Those risks include miscalculations or deliberate provocations of war between great powers. They also include threats such as catastrophic climate change, another global pandemic, nuclear annihilation, and the breakdown of the rule of law.

But to our current leaders, those real threats don’t appear to matter, because our current understanding of security doesn’t consider so-called “soft” issues such as environmental catastrophe or the collapse of international law as genuine threats.

The Australian government says that it considers climate change a threat to regional stability and international security. The 2024 Australia–Tuvalu Falepili Union, for example, committed both countries to

enhancing their partnership to promote and protect the Parties’ shared interest in each other’s prosperity, stability and security, including by responding to current and emerging security challenges, such as climate change.

The Union also recognised that “climate change is Tuvalu’s greatest national security concern”. But that rhetoric is not matched by action. Australia’s subsidies to fossil fuel producers and major users totalled $14.5 billion in 2023-24.

That number is an increase of 31% on the recorded figure in 2022-23. Since 2022, the federal environment minister has approved 10 new coal mines or expansions. The hypocrisy is breathtaking.

What about international law?

The same applies to Australia’s stated commitment to the “international rules-based order”.

In January 2025, Defence Minister Richard Marles was asked if Australia would support Trump’s attacks on the foundations of international law, perhaps a unilateral takeover of Panama, or annexation of Greenland.

The best response Marles could muster was that “our alliance with the US is really the cornerstone of our national security, our foreign policy”.

No one in the current government is able to say that such a move – or a US “take over” of Gaza, for that matter – would be a clear breach of the international rule of law.

It is extraordinary that a Labor government refuses to state unapologetically that Australia has a longstanding, and continuing, commitment to the institutions and structures of international law and that it is in both our and our closest ally’s interests that that system survives.

We are choosing to forgo our responsibility to protect and uphold the rule of law, to accept the significant risks to our security keeping Donald Trump on our side. Sometimes, as Phillip Coorey wrote in the Australian Financial Review in early 2024, “cosying up to a madman” is “a necessity”.

Self-harm is never a necessity.

What kind of security is that? What do we think security actually is?

As Trump sets about dismantling what is left of the international rules-based order, destabilises the US and global economies, undermines public health, increases already rising inequality, unleashes white supremacy at home and abroad, accelerates catastrophic climate change – exactly as he told us he would – we need a better answer to that question. And we need it quickly.

We can and we must think about our security differently.

Letting the powerful off the hook

Real security is more than just the temporary prevention of war. In Australia, and across much of the Western world, foreign and security policy is built on the assumption that war is inevitable. This assumption is based on a selective understanding of history and of human behaviour that ends up reinforcing, rather than challenging, the worst trends in international relations.

Pundits and politicians then make claims like “we live in the worst strategic circumstances since World War II”, that we face a “new Cold War”, that “great power competition” is necessary and completely beyond our control, without ever facing much challenge. Anyone who disagrees can be dismissed as an “appeaser”.

Those historical analogies are appealing and comforting, because the world is a dangerous place. But that isn’t how history works, and all those assumptions do is let those in power off the hook for their actions (or inactions).

The suggestion that we face the worst strategic circumstances since the last global war, for example, implies that it doesn’t matter what we do. In our circumstances, it suggests that our latest existential enemy is coming for us because that is what great powers do, and all we can do is prepare for the worst.

That is the basic assumption of the ANZUS Treaty and Australian foreign and security policy more broadly; Australia is always threatened by enemies from the north. Those enemies don’t look like us, and the only way we can protect ourselves from them is to fall in line behind another great (white) power.

That, in the end, is what AUKUS is all about. AUKUS was, as it was described at the time, always about the revival of the Anglosphere. It is the fatalism that induces paralysis.

Both the US and Australia often behave as if the provocative behaviour of the Anglosphere has nothing to do with how other nations respond. Any perception of Chinese aggression is framed as unreasonable and threatening.

Anything that Australia does – such as embarking on a plan to acquire nuclear-powered submarines clearly designed to engage in conflict far from Australian shores – is necessary and self-evidently defensive.

China is, undoubtedly, a risk to be managed. But it is not a direct, immediate threat to Australia, and it is not inevitable that it will become one. Diplomacy, genuine engagement, cultural exchange, people-to-people contact: these are all tools available to us, tools that Australia has been historically good at using when we have chosen to.

That genuine engagement – real relationships – requires a clear understanding of what our interests and values truly are. Right now, our approach to the world is undermined by the way our foreign and defence policy, and our alliance with the US, actively contradict those values.

Both Australia and the US pride themselves on their democracies, on their democratic values. China is, rightly or wrongly, regarded as an existential enemy because it is not a democracy. And yet the way Australia approaches our engagement with China in the world is a very, very long way from democratic.

The alliance is anti-democratic

Australian foreign and security policy is marked by intense secrecy. AUKUS is the epitome of this practice: it was conceived entirely in secret and sprung on the Australian people overnight without any consultation. It still has not been subject to any serious parliamentary or democratic scrutiny.

This is how critical decisions about national security are made in this country: in secret, mostly by men in suits or uniforms, with no democratic accountability.

The AUKUS deal probably would not have survived independent, democratic scrutiny from Treasury, or Defence, at least not in its current form. But foreign and security policy in this country isn’t subject to that kind of accountability, which results in unnecessary and eye-wateringly expensive agreements such as AUKUS.

Agreements that do not make us safer; agreements that fundamentally misunderstand what does threaten us and thus dramatically increase our insecurity.

Secrecy does not create security. Secrecy undermines security, as it undermines democracy.

And these kinds of secretive deals also undermine what we are often told are the “shared democratic values” of our alliance with the US. As AUKUS shows, the alliance is actively anti-democratic, and it is very far from transparent.

An alliance with the US that genuinely valued transparency, and democracy, would look very different. It wouldn’t allow the revenge fantasies of men like Boris Johnson to dictate the future of our security, and the ability of future Australian governments to make independent decisions in the national interest.

It wouldn’t allow our closest ally to persecute an Australian citizen for publishing the truth. It wouldn’t allow for the punishment of whistleblowers and publishers exposing war crimes, as the only people to be punished for war crimes committed in the name of that alliance. It would value the truth. It would value transparency.

These are things we can aspire to in Australian foreign policy that would make us more secure. It’s not inevitable that we go without. It is entirely possible for Australia to reform our secrecy and whistleblower laws. In a democracy, we all have a right to contribute and to hold our leaders accountable for their decisions and actions.

A healthy democracy is built on the understanding that human security is the wellspring of national security. Human security – real, lasting security – means addressing inequality, building prosperity, acting on climate and protecting the environment on which we depend.

Australia has considerable power and agency, more than enough to pursue this kind of security. We are a rich country. We have the 13th largest economy in the world. When that world is on fire, we could choose to focus on fighting the flames instead of fanning them.

Instead of spending upwards of $368 billion on escalatory military hardware, we could invest in things that make us safer. That could involve simple, practical choices.

As of early 2024, for example, Australia had a fleet of just six large fixed-wing air tankers, 15 large helicopters, 70 medium and small helicopters, 56 small fixed-wing firebombers, and 15 light fixed-wing aircraft available for firefighting. Most of that fleet is privately owned; the government leases them as required.

Annual government spending on this fleet totals around $125 million. Over a 30-year period – the same delivery timeline imagined for the AUKUS deal – that’s about $3.75 billion.

Put another way, that amounts to about 1% of the AUKUS budget. That it seems so unrealistic or even unreasonable to suggest that we might spend that kind of money on firefighting equipment instead of weapons is a marker of our current politics. But what would actually make us safer?

Investment in that kind of security is something we could do. We could decide, like Norway, that instead of charging our kids to go to university and subsidising fossil fuels to the tune of $14 billion, we could instead tax fossil fuels and make university free.

We could invest in public education, in public health, and action on climate change. We could operate in genuine partnership with countries in our region to build collective security.

As the former treasurer Josh Frydenberg said when asked about the eye-watering amount of money his government had committed to AUKUS: “everything is affordable if it’s a priority”.

Genuine democratic solidarity

None of that means abandoning our relationship with the United States. It does mean that relationship must change. We can rebalance and reprioritise that relationship away from its blind focus on a hollow understanding of “security” towards a genuine democratic solidarity.

Australia can seek out, and support, those with an interest in the revival of American democracy, in Congress, in the courts, and in civil society. We can try to be the kind of friend that brings out the best in someone and pushes back on their worst instincts. The kind of friend that rejects demands for blind fealty. A real friend.

We, and the rest of the world along with us, have choices, power, and agency. We do not have to weather whatever Trump’s America throws at us, hoping in vain for rare and costly scraps of his benevolence.

As the Board of the Doomsday Clock explained in early 2025, we are in this situation precisely because “despite unmistakable signs of danger, national leaders and their societies have failed to do what is needed to change course”.

Disaster is not inevitable.

We are capable of doing things differently from how we have done them before. We could play a leadership role in building genuine global security, by acting on climate change, on nuclear non-proliferation, on peacebuilding, and on safeguarding the international rule of law.

Instead, we consistently underestimate and undermine our own influence by refusing to acknowledge what we have and refusing to consider what we might do with it.

We could continue to choose irrelevance, or subservience, or we could choose something else. We could choose to continue with our usual meaningless and cowardly gestures towards a kind of “national security” that is, in reality, no security at all.

Or we could choose another world. We could build a vision and a plan, together, for what this country and the world might look like after America. And that post-America world is coming whether we like it or not.

What Australia does matters. Our choices matter. We can choose to build a world after America. A world that is better and safer than the one we had before.


This is an edited extract from After America: Australia and the new world order by Emma Shortis (Australia Institute Press)The Conversation

Emma Shortis, Adjunct Senior Fellow, School of Global, Urban and Social Studies, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

2025 NSW School Sport Games: Results + State Team for Australian Football

The 2025 inaugural NSW School Sport Games ran from Monday 2 to Friday 6 June 2025 at Blacktown International Sports Park, consisting of 12 championships across 9 sports.

The focus of the NSW School Sport Games was on the importance, connection and community that comes with participating in school sport, as well as the role that sport and physical activity plays in building resilience and student wellbeing.

The NSW Australian Football Primary All Schools Girls 12 Years and Under Pathway Program is a School Sport Unit initiative. Initial trials were held to select 6 All Schools teams from identified areas around NSW. These selected teams participated in a final trial held in Blacktown on 2 and 3 June 2025. 

A NSW All Schools team was selected from the final trial to compete at the School Sport Australia, Australian Football Girls 12 Years and Under Championship in Queensland from 3 to 10 August 2024.

2025 Results for NSWPSSA - Primary All Schools - Australian Football - Girls 12 years & under - Selection Trial State Team show four local girls have been selected - congratulations!

Selected team 2025: NSWPSSA Australian Football Primary Girls 12 years and Under State Team 2025

Role         Name                                 School                                   All Schools Team

Player Charlie Antony                        St Catherine's, Sydney           Metropolitan East

Player Maisy Chamberlain                Holy Trinity, Wagga                   Southern Inland

Player Scarlett Crouch                St Patrick's, Lochinvar           Mid North Coast and Inland

Player Olivia Daniel                        Wyong Creek PS                   Mid North Coast and Inland

Player Adelyn Davies                        Quakers Hill East PS           Metropolitan West

Player Ella Frith-Wall                        Elanora Heights PS                   Metropolitan East

Player Lacey Grey                         Glendore PS                           Mid North Coast and Inland

Player Ginger Kerr                         Shellharbour PS                    South Coast

Player Andie Lawrence                  Kooringal PS                            Southern Inland

Player Summer Lawson                 Sacred Heart, Wagga Wagga     Southern Inland

Player Sophie Leonard                 West Wyalong PS                     Southern Inland

Player Matisse McLeod    St Catherine's Catholic College, Singleton Mid North Coast and Inland

Player Camilla Menem                  Bexley PS                              Metropolitan East

Player Sophie Miller                      Holy Spirit, Kurri Kurri              Mid North Coast and Inland

Player Harper Packman               Pagewood PS                              Metropolitan East

Player Valla Parsons                        Kororo PS                              Northern Coastal and Inland

Player Sophie Patton                      Holy Spirit, Kurri Kurri              Mid North Coast and Inland

Player Madison Reed                      St Mary's, Noraville                      Mid North Coast and Inland

Player Bella Rokovaka                   Bermagui PS                              South Coast

Player Claudine Scamps                   Newport PS                              Metropolitan East

Player Poppy Schipper                    Dudley PS                              Mid North Coast and Inland

Player Amelia Stumbles             St Gregory's, Queanbeyan              South Coast

Player Lucy Turner                             Avalon PS                              Metropolitan East

Coach Travis Irvin Parkview PS Riverina

Manager Anthony Celi Forest Hill PS Riverina

Trainer  Kate Holland Wirreanda PS Hunter

2025 Results for NSWPSSA - Primary Rugby Union - Girls 7s - 12 years

Held Thursday 5 June 2025

The selection for the Development Squad 2025 NSWPSSA Girls Rugby 7's - Selected Development Squad, records Ayva Jane Tu-Uholaki, Collaroy Plateau PS, Sydney North selected - congratulations!

2025 Results for NSWPSSA - Primary Softball - Girls - Championship

Held Monday 2  to 5 June 2025, Final placings records equal first for Sydney North and CIS teams. The NSWPSSA Girls Softball team records Lucy Clarke and Annabelle O'Keefe, both of the Sydney North team, have been selected - congratulations!

2025 Results for NSWPSSA - Primary Rugby League - 11 years - Championship

Held Monday 2 June 2025 to Wednesday 4 June 2025. 2025 final placings show the Sydney North polaced 2nd out of the 12 teams competing - congratulations!

Avalon Beach Historical Society June 2025 Meeting

The next meeting of the Society will be held on TUESDAY 10 JUNE in the usual venue – the ANNEXE in the north-west corner of Dunbar Park and will start at 8pm.

Unfortunately our planned guest speaker is unable to attend so we have a series of surprises to keep you well and truly entertained and more importantly, historically satisfied.

Over our many years, and with our esteemed photographic wizard (aka John Stone) we have amassed a great compilation of appropriate film and video historic clips.

We are going to take you to a folk song concert in St. Michael’s Cave in 1964 and we’ll join A. J. Small in 1932 behind the viewfinder of his movie camera as he films ‘AvaPutt’, his mini-golf course. You’ll also witness his son Geoff, as he sets out the flags to begin patrolling on Avalon Beach after successfully obtaining his Bronze Medallion in the first squad in January 1926.

In 2015 we shared some of our classic photos from our archives which were transformed into a unique video/film presentation called ‘Creative Features’ as part of the Film Festival of the same name.

We will also share with you the sad demise of the classic art-deco Beacon Store at Palm Beach when the ‘rights’ to burn it to the ground were ‘sold’ by the Council to Home and Away.

We couldn’t let you go without the promised last meeting of a local excerpt from ‘Skippy’ and yet another glimpse of the stunning ‘Elephants on Avalon Beach’ by our local resident Jae Morrison.

A big ‘Thanks’ to the 13 members who supported David Elfick in his quest to get a reasonable outcome for the DA on the site to the north of his mighty ‘Palladium’. He has an update for us in General Business.

Geoff Searl OAM
President Avalon Beach Historical Society

History of Narrabeen: U3A Speaker

LOCAL HISTORIAN SUSAN JOY ALEXANDER WILL BE SPEAKING ABOUT “THE HISTORY OF NARRABEEN” AT 2PM ON 24TH JUNE, AT THE U3A MEETING AT THE TRAMSHED AT 1395A PITTWATER ROAD, NARRABEEN

Susan says: ''It is not surprising that I am so drawn to Narrabeen. In this photo of Narrabeen taken in 1888 from a ledge on Collaroy Plateau, I have been associated with all three of the buildings in the photo. I grew up in the one on the far right. The middle house is the heritage listed “Lemville” Circa 1860 where Markus and I lived for 30 years and the third is the original site of the Narrabeen Hotel, where “Setai” has been built and Markus and I have been residing for the past 11 years.


Narrabeen has an amazing history. Once I started researching, I was captivated.''

Please advise Marcia Andrews the convener of the meeting that you are coming for catering purposes. Afternoon tea will be provided. Visitors are required to give a Gold Coin donation.

E-learning now available for the new Aged Care Act

June 3, 2025
There will be four e-learning modules for providers and workers on the new Act. Each module takes 20–30 minutes to complete. They cover: 
  1. understanding and adapting to the new system – available now 
  2. aligning to key changes – available in June 
  3. embedding best practice in the new system – available in August 
  4. reflecting and adjusting – available in December. 
You can access the training, along with a range of other resources including readiness checklists and transition guides, on the department’s website.  

Training for older people, their families and carers 

There are also separate e-learning modules to explain the new Act to older people, their families and carers. Older people can complete the training through either the link on the department’s website or the OPAN website.  

The training for older people can also be downloaded as a document and may be used as a resource for a facilitated conversation about the changes, for those who would prefer to not do the training online. 

AvPals 25th Year: Term Two Newport Sessions

You can book in and pay for sessions at Newport via the AvPals shop.

Avalon Computer Pals (AVPALS) helps seniors learn and improve their computer and technology skills. Avpals is a not for profit organisation run by volunteers. Since 2000, we have helped thousands of seniors from complete beginners to people who need to improve or update their skills. We offer “one to one” personal tuition or special short courses. 

Small class workshops are run at the Newport Community Centre on Tuesday afternoons.

One-to-one training is provided at our rooms in Avalon, under the Maria Regina Catholic Church, 7 Central Road, Avalon.

Join us in learning 'how to' in our 25th year!

The AvPals shop for Newport short sessions is HERE
The rest of this terms workshop offerings are:

Your smartphone is a parasite, according to evolution

vchal/shutterstock, The Conversation
Rachael L. BrownAustralian National University and Rob BrooksUNSW Sydney

Head lice, fleas and tapeworms have been humanity’s companions throughout our evolutionary history. Yet, the greatest parasite of the modern age is no blood-sucking invertebrate. It is sleek, glass-fronted and addictive by design. Its host? Every human on Earth with a wifi signal.

Far from being benign tools, smartphones parasitise our time, our attention and our personal information, all in the interests of technology companies and their advertisers.

In a new article in the Australasian Journal of Philosophy, we argue smartphones pose unique societal risks, which come into sharp focus when viewed through the lens of parasitism.

What, exactly, is a parasite?

Evolutionary biologists define a parasite as a species that benefits from a close relationship with another species – its host – while the host bears a cost.

The head louse, for example, is entirely dependent on our own species for its survival. They only eat human blood, and if they become dislodged from their host, they survive only briefly unless they are fortunate enough to fall onto another human scalp. In return for our blood, head lice give us nothing but a nasty itch; that’s the cost.

Smartphones have radically changed our lives. From navigating cities to managing chronic health diseases such as diabetes, these pocket-sized bits of tech make our lives easier. So much so that most of us are rarely without them.

Yet, despite their benefits, many of us are hostage to our phones and slaves to the endless scroll, unable to fully disconnect. Phone users are paying the price with a lack of sleep, weaker offline relationships and mood disorders.

From mutualism to parasitism

Not all close species relationships are parasitic. Many organisms that live on or inside us are beneficial.

Consider the bacteria in the digestive tracts of animals. They can only survive and reproduce in the gut of their host species, feeding on nutrients passing through. But they provide benefits to the host, including improved immunity and better digestion. These win-win associations are called mutualisms.

The human-smartphone association began as a mutualism. The technology proved useful to humans for staying in touch, navigating via maps and finding useful information.

Philosophers have spoken of this not in terms of mutualism, but rather as phones being an extension of the human mind, like notebooks, maps and other tools.

From these benign origins, however, we argue the relationship has become parasitic. Such a change is not uncommon in nature; a mutualist can evolve to become a parasite, or vice versa.

Smartphones as parasites

As smartphones have become near-indispensible, some of the most popular apps they offer have come to serve the interests of the app-making companies and their advertisers more faithfully than those of their human users.

These apps are designed to nudge our behaviour to keep us scrolling, clicking on advertising and simmering in perpetual outrage.

The data on our scrolling behaviour is used to further that exploitation. Your phone only cares about your personal fitness goals or desire to spend more quality time with your kids to the extent that it uses this information to tailor itself to better capture your attention.

So, it can be useful to think of users and their phones as akin to hosts and their parasites – at least some of the time.

While this realisation is interesting in and of itself, the benefit of viewing smartphones through the evolutionary lens of parasitism comes into its own when considering where the relationship might head next – and how we could thwart these high-tech parasites.

Close-up of a pink fish with a smaller striped fish sticking its head in the bigger fish's mouth.
A bluestreak cleaner wrasse at work cleaning the mouth of a goatfish. Wayne and Pam Osborn/iNaturalistCC BY-NC

Where policing comes in

On the Great Barrier Reef, bluestreak cleaner wrasse establish “cleaning stations” where larger fish allow the wrasse to feed on dead skin, loose scales and invertebrate parasites living in their gills. This relationship is a classic mutualism – the larger fish lose costly parasites and the cleaner wrasse get fed.

Sometimes the cleaner wrasse “cheat” and nip their hosts, tipping the scale from mutualism to parasitism. The fish being cleaned may punish offenders by chasing them away or withholding further visits. In this, the reef fish exhibit something evolutionary biologists see as important to keeping mutualisms in balance: policing.

Could we adequately police our exploitation by smartphones and restore a net-beneficial relationship?

Evolution shows that two things are key: an ability to detect exploitation when it occurs, and the capacity to respond (typically by withdrawing service to the parasite).

A difficult battle

In the case of the smartphone, we can’t easily detect the exploitation. Tech companies that design the various features and algorithms to keep you picking up your phone aren’t advertising this behaviour.

But even if you’re aware of the exploitative nature of smartphone apps, responding is also more difficult than simply putting the phone down.

Many of us have become reliant on smartphones for everyday tasks. Rather than remembering facts, we offload the task to digital devices – for some people, this can change their cognition and memory.

We depend on having a camera for capturing life events or even just recording where we parked the car. This both enhances and limits our memory of events.

Governments and companies have only further cemented our dependence on our phones, by moving their service delivery online via mobile apps. Once we pick up the phone to access our bank accounts or access government services, we’ve lost the battle.

How then can users redress the imbalanced relationship with their phones, turning the parasitic relationship back to a mutualistic one?

Our analysis suggests individual choice can’t reliably get users there. We are individually outgunned by the massive information advantage tech companies hold in the host-parasite arms race.

The Australian government’s under-age social media ban is an example of the kind of collective action required to limit what these parasites can legally do. To win the battle, we will also need restrictions on app features known to be addictive, and on the collection and sale of our personal data.The Conversation

Rachael L. Brown, Director of the Centre for Philosophy of the Sciences and Associate Professor of Philosophy, Australian National University and Rob Brooks, Scientia Professor of Evolution, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Potter Museum of Art relaunches with the outstanding 65,000 Years, a Short History of Australian Art

Installation view of 65,000 Years: A Short History of Australian Art, Potter Museum of Art, the University of Melbourne, 2025. Photography by Christian Capurro
Roger BenjaminUniversity of Sydney

In the late 1970s, when I was a fine arts student, the Melbourne University Gallery was just one room in a neo-gothic quadrangle. It wasn’t until the mid 1990s that the university commissioned Nonda Katzalidis to design a four-story concrete gallery on a narrow site fronting Swanston Street.

The Ian Potter Museum of Art quickly became a vital centre for displaying diverse university collections – from classical antiquities to post-war bark paintings and contemporary art.

The re-opening of the museum, after it closed for renovations in 2018, is an art event of major proportions with the architectural clout to match.

The newest addition by Randal Marsh of Wood Marsh Architects transforms an adjacent red-brick building. A polished-steel portal gives onto stylish spaces: high vaulted ceilings, a light-filled atrium, new teaching rooms and luxurious bathrooms. There is now a serious restaurant with a long dining room, open kitchen and balcony café.

Named “Residence” for its annual chef-in-residence program, starting with the Michelin-starred Robbie Noble, this may well become the go-to space for visitors, academics and students alike.

Potter Museum of Art, the University of Melbourne. Photography by Christian Capurro.

All expectations are exceeded by the opening exhibition 65,000 Years, a Short History of Australian Art. The title emphasises both the ancient Indigenous presence on this continent, and cheekily suggests that the main art that’s been made here is Aboriginal.

As we recognise the monumental contributions of bark painting from the 1940s on, dot-painting from the 1970s on, and urban art starting in the 1980s, there is much to commend this view.

Grand ambitions

The exhibition, in eight main spaces over three floors, has an ambition and scope exceeding landmark surveys such as Dreamings: Art of Aboriginal Australia (1988) and Aratjara: Art of the First Australians (1993).

There is a powerful curatorial will here, led by the legendary public intellectual and Indigenous scholar Marcia Langton, who initiated the project.

She engaged one of the country’s most effective and knowledgeable curators in Judith Ryan, known for her series of field-defining exhibitions over four decades at the National Gallery of Victoria.

Installation view of 65,000 Years: A Short History of Australian Art, Potter Museum of Art, the University of Melbourne, 2025. Photography by Christian Capurro

Working together with associate curator Shanysa McConville, their exhibition is both politically astute in its management of tough historical issues, and visually stunning. The team has sourced superlative, large-scale examples of major artists’ work from private and public sources to sit alongside the university collections.

It’s an exhibition that repays hours of looking, aided by the curators’ exemplary wall labels. A sumptuously illustrated 340-page tome published by Thames & Hudson Australia for the Potter supports a deeper dive. This includes 23 essays by both Indigenous and non-Indigenous writers who delve into specific groups of work.

An example is the pungent essay by Grazia Gunn, who in 1973 exhibited the University’s rare barks from Groote Eylandt, presented in 1946 by the Jewish refugee Leonhard Adam.

Installation view of 65,000 Years: A Short History of Australian Art, Potter Museum of Art, the University of Melbourne, 2025. Photography by Christian Capurro

These barks can be seen again in the show, near a masterful assemblage of early barks from Yirrkala, painted in 1937 at the request of ethnographer Donald Thomson. This selection is unprecedented: a dozen barks with complete body designs for mardayin (mens’ ceremony), organised across clan groups.

Truth telling

Throughout 65,000 Years, there is a powerful truth-telling element on frontier wars and massacres. The early recognition of First Peoples’ work as art in the assembled barks goes some way to balancing Melbourne University’s own chapter of shame.

In the side gallery, Langton and team present the role of Melbourne University medical anatomists, eugenicists and physical anthropologists in grave-robbing, and promoting the illicit collection and sale of Aboriginal remains, right up to the mid-1930s.

On a big-screen video Langton, seated in a massive carved cathedral chair like a modern-day Delphic Oracle, dispassionately retells this grisly truth.

The exhibition is comprehensive as it moves across regions and eras in a deft interplay with the building’s shifting levels. The ground floor (bar a stunning atrium enlaced with newly commissioned women’s baskets and “sun-mats”) deals with the imagery of contact from early colonial settlements.

A group of French and British drawings of First Peoples are true portraits in the sense that the sitters are named. Late 19th century colour drawings by Barak or Mickey of Ulladulla are next to rare archival finds: distressing drawings of police reprisals by Oscar (Kuku-Yalanji), from 1898, and six lyrical drawings by Blak inmates of the Darwin Gaol, mounted together under the title “Dawn of Art” for display at the 1888 Melbourne Centenary Exhibition.

Gordon Bennet (1955–2014), Big romantic painting (apotheosis of Captain Cook) 1993, synthetic polymer paint on canvas, 182×400.5×4cm. The University of Melbourne Art Collection

Entering this colonial/decolonial zone, the glowering work of the late, great Gordon Bennett sets the precedent for the current historical citation and appropriation of colonial imagery.

His example has inspired artists from Richard Bell and Brook Andrew to Megan Cope and Daniel Boyd.

Bennett, faithfully represented by Melbourne’s Sutton Gallery through his life, was a McGeorge Fellow at Melbourne Uni in 1993, producing the groundbreaking Mirrorama installation with Groote Eylandt barks in opposition to classical busts. A gentle man and great thinker in art, Bennett then, as now, adds lustre to the Potter.

65,000 Years, a Short History of Australian Art is at the Potter Museum of Art, Melbourne, until November 22.The Conversation

Roger Benjamin, Professor in Art History, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Avalon Beach SLSC turns 100 in 2025!

2025 marks 100 years of Avalon Beach Surf Lifesaving Club.

Planning is underway to celebrate the achievement of Avalon Beach SLSC's Volunteer Surf Lifesavers keeping Avalon Beach safe for residents and visitors for 100 years!

A number of celebratory events and activities spread throughout the Club's 100th year, are currently under development, and will be progressively announced through the year. 

The range of celebrations will involve past and present members, the Avalon Beach community, as well as visitors to our area.  The Surf Club is a focal point in and for the Avalon Beach community, so it is fitting that the community takes pride in this milestone.

Initially, so that our records are up to date, we invite all past members of our Club to Email the Club at 100years@avalonbeachslsc.com.au  with your updated details so we can keep you informed of what will be happening for members.

If you know of others that may be interested in the 100th Anniversary celebrations please pass the message on. 

The Club looks to the future, acknowledging and building on the legacy left from those who came before us over the past 100 years.

Avalon Beach SLSC Centenary Committee

A Call to Volunteer Trainers and Students

Come and share your knowledge or learn more about your device! 
Computer Pals for Seniors Northern Beaches would love to hear from you. We are a not-for-profit organisation helping seniors navigate the wonderful world of technology.

We teach in term times Monday to Friday in a relaxed fun environment.

Common topics requested by Students are: Sending and receiving emails, discovering useful apps, safe banking online, learning how to take and store photos, avoiding Scams, and basically being able to operate their device with confidence.

We teach Android/Apple tablets and phones, and Apple/Microsoft/ Chromebook laptops.

We are based at the Tramshed Arts & Community Centre, 1395a Pittwater Road, Narrabeen, near the B-Line bus stop.

Why not give us a call on 0478 920 651



Friendly's 50 Years of Coaching: Community Recognition statement

In a Community recognition statement tabled by Pittwater MP Jacqui Scruby in the Parliament of New South Wales on Thursday June 5, the local member stated:

''Brian Friend OAM is a wonderful local leader and long-term coach at Avalon Bulldogs. Affectionately known as Friendly, this local legend will mark 50 years of coaching junior rugby league with the Avalon Bulldogs this month. 

His ongoing contribution at 81 years young reflect the best of the NRL values - excellence, inclusiveness, courage and teamwork. Friendly has coached with each of these values in mind which he has passed along to hundreds of young players over the past five decades. 

Friendly first stepped up to coach in 1975 when his son's team were without a coach. Throughout this time, Friendly has built much more than sporting teams. He has fostered a community of families, volunteers, supporters and young athletes, inspiring participation on and off the field. In the off season, he helped pioneer local junior football competitions, which has engaged over 700 children. 

As a coach, referee, player and mentor, his impact on Pittwater's sporting community and youths is immeasurable. On behalf of the community of Pittwater, particularly Avalon, we sincerely thank Friendly for his incredible five decades of service. Congratulations on this truly remarkable milestone- and go the Doggies!''


Celebrating 50 Years of Friendly at the Avalon Bulldogs

Join us as we honour a true club legend – Friendly – and his incredible 50 years of service to the Avalon Bulldogs.

Let’s come together to celebrate a lifetime of coaching, mentoring, and unwavering dedication that has shaped the heart of our club and community.
  • 📅 Date: Saturday, 21st June 2025
  • 🕖 Time: TBC
  • 📍 Location: Avalon Bulldogs Clubhouse, Hitchcock Park, Avalon
  • 🍴 Food & Drinks: BBQ + bar open, family-friendly
  • 🎤 Speeches, Stories & Surprises – plus a few laughs along the way!
Whether you’re a past or present player, parent, volunteer, or friend – everyone is welcome. Let’s show our appreciation for Friendly and celebrate this remarkable milestone together.
One club. One legend. 50 years of loyalty.

More details to come, but we can’t wait to see you there!

New Aged Care Act to start from 1 November

June 4, 2025
Statement by The Hon Mark Butler MP, Minister for Health and Ageing, Minister for Disability and the National Disability Insurance Scheme

The Australian Government is delivering once-in-a-generation reforms to aged care to build a high-quality, respectful and sustainable system that puts older Australians at the centre of their care, now and into the future.

We have been clear that we want to successfully deliver these reforms in the right way.
 
We have received advice from the sector and experts that more time will improve the delivery of these reforms and minimise disruption.
 
Following careful consideration, the Government will recommend to the Governor-General, Her Excellency the Honourable Sam Mostyn AC, that she proclaim the commencement of the new Aged Care Act to be 1 November 2025.
 
This will allow more time for aged care providers to prepare their clients, support their workers and get their systems ready for the changes. It will also give us more time to finalise key operational and digital processes, and for Parliament to consider supporting legislation that will enable the new Act to operate effectively.
 
The new Act is transforming aged care laws to put the rights of older people first. It includes, for the first time, a Statement of Rights for older people and a Statement of Principles to guide how providers and workers must behave and make decisions.
 
The Support at Home program, which supports older people to remain healthy, active and socially connected to their community, will commence with the new Act.
 
Until then, the Commonwealth Home Support Program, Short-Term Restorative Care Program and Home Care Packages Program will continue to support older Australians who wish to continue living at home.
 
The new Act is the next step in the Albanese Government’s ambitious plan to reform aged care. It follows the introduction of Star Ratings, more direct care for over 250,000 older people in aged care homes, 24/7 nursing in aged care homes, higher wages for aged care workers, a new single assessment system, more transparency on provider finances and operations and higher standards for people working in the aged care sector.
 
Minister Butler stated:
 
“The Albanese Government has made no secret of the fact that this is an incredibly ambitious reform.
 
“These are once-in-a-generation reforms, which put older Australians at the centre of aged care.
 
“We want to make sure that all operational, digital and legislative pieces are in place before the rollout starts.
 
“This brief deferral allows providers to train their staff and have conversations with their clients, get their IT systems ready and prepare operations for an orderly transition.
 
Minister Rae said:
 
“I have spent my first weeks as Minister for Aged Care and Seniors listening to older Australians and stakeholders who have generously shared with me both the importance of the new Aged Care Act, and the importance of getting it right.
 
“This is about ensuring the new Aged Care Act and Support at Home is ready for older Australians and their families.
 
“We have already achieved so much in partnership with older people, providers, workers and the sector.
 
“This brief deferral will allow more time to bed down key changes to reduce aged care assessment times, in line with community expectations.
 
“We will continue to work hand-in-hand with older Australians, the sector and the Taskforce to make sure the benefits of these once-in-a-generation reforms are realised.”

New Aged Care Act to start from 1 November

June 4, 2025
The Australian Government has announced that the start date of the new Aged Care Act 2024 will be briefly deferred.

The government will recommend to the Governor-General, Her Excellency the Honourable Sam Mostyn AC, that she proclaim the commencement of the new Act to be to 1 November 2025.

Feedback from the aged care sector supports the decision of a brief start-date deferral and will mean a better outcome for older people.

Read about the announcement:
Open letters from Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, Sam Rae MP
How aged care is changing
The deferral will allow aged care providers to better prepare clients, support workers, and ensure their systems are ready for the changes.

It will mean providers and workers will have more time to talk to older people about how aged care is changing to make sure:
  • the rights of older people are protected
  • decision-making support is their choice
  • care assessment is easier
  • aged care service information is transparent
  • what older people should expect from providers and workers is clear.
The brief deferral will also ensure older people accessing home care have the time to understand the Support at Home changes, including:
  • service agreements and care plans
  • service list, prices and contributions to non-clinical services.
Supporting delivery of the Act
The Australian Government's Department of Health, Disability and Aging will continue to work in partnership with the Transition Taskforce, advisory groups, peak bodies and advocacy organisations to:
  • develop the requirements of the legislation and Aged Care Rules
  • produce guidance and training to support the sector.
The government is committed to reforming aged care. The new Act ensures a sustainable, world-class aged care system that puts older people at the centre of their care.

Read more about the new rights-base Aged Care Act.

COTA Australia statement regarding Aged Care Act delay

June 4, 2025
Today’s announcement of a four month delay to the commencement of the new Aged Care Act, including the Support at Home program, is important to ensure older people have time to understand what the upcoming changes mean for them, COTA Australia says.

COTA Australia Chief Executive Officer, Patricia Sparrow, said COTA Australia has been listening to older people about their experiences to date and their concerns about the lack of individualised information from aged care providers and the Government.

Last week COTA and OPAN wrote to the Government to advise that it’s become clear that a time-limited delay to the Act – which was due to come into effect on 1 July 2025 – was necessary to avoid confusion and make sure older people and their families are informed about how the new system will work.

“We welcome the Federal Government’s response to our call for a new commencement date for the Aged Care Act. The move to a 1 November 2025 commencement date acknowledges that more time is needed to inform older people about the changes, to support its successful implementation and build confidence in the system,” Ms Sparrow said.

“The new Aged Care Act is an important step towards a better future for current and future generations of older Australians – one that puts their rights and dignity at the centre of the care system. We wanted a 1 July start date so people didn’t have to wait any longer for their rights than they already have, but ultimately, we concluded it’s far more important to get it right and ensure that older people understand what will happen for them.

Ms Sparrow said that the Federal Government and aged care providers must use this additional time to ensure the system is set up for a smooth implementation on 1 November. This needs to include Services Australia starting the process of providing older Australians with the critical financial information they need as soon as possible.

“COTA Australia is calling on the government to continue to release extra packages of support for people living at home and reduce the home care package wait list even with the delayed start for the new Support at Home program.

“We don’t want to see older Australians continuing to experience long wait times for the support they need to remain independent at home. No one should be waiting for longer than 30 days for these critical supports.

“This delay provides an opportunity to work with older Australians and their supporters to explain what the changes will mean for them. This time must be used wisely to iron out any remaining implementation issues and prioritise supporting older people. The system must be ready to go from 1 November.”

Reform delay backed, but home care action needed now

June 6, 2025
National Seniors Australia (NSA) supports the government’s decision to delay implementation of the new Aged Care Act to 1 November 2025 but calls for the immediate release of additional home care packages to ease home care wait times. 

NSA chief executive officer, Chris Grice, said while the peak consumer body supports a delay to the aged care reforms to ensure providers are ready and consumers are informed, the 83,000 people waiting for a Home Care Package can’t be forgotten.

“NSA supports additional time to ensure a smooth transition to the changes, but we are running out of time for vulnerable Australians desperately waiting for support at home,” Mr Grice said.

“National Seniors Australia is calling for an immediate increase in the number of Home Care Packages to reduce the wait list to approximately 25,000 people by 1 January 2026.
“We keep hearing about the delivery of 'once in a generation reforms that put older Australians at the centre of their care.' They are inspirational words, but they are meaningless for the 83,000 people living in the community waiting for care.”

While the wait list has steadily decreased since June 2019, wait times have shot up again since 2023, with almost 83,000 older Australians now waiting for a Home Care Package.

“The government’s response to the final report of the Royal Commission into Aged Care Quality and Safety in May 2021 assured us, “the respect for senior Australians is, and must be, a national priority”. 

"This once‐in‐a‐generation opportunity was reaffirmed by the current government with the same passion prior to the election,” Mr Grice said.

“Clearing the home care wait list was one of the many recommendations of the Aged Care Royal Commission, one National Seniors Australia has always seen as a top priority for the Federal Government.

“The government’s delay of the reform start date is a practical move. Delivering more home care packages urgently is another."

Resident-to-resident aggression is common in nursing homes. Here’s how we can improve residents’ safety

Wbmul/Shutterstock
Joseph IbrahimLa Trobe University and Amelia GrossiLa Trobe University

The Coroners Court of Victoria is undertaking an inquest into the deaths of eight aged care residents across six facilities, over a nine-month period in 2021.

Each death occurred after an interaction between residents, known as resident-to-resident aggression.

If your loved one is living in aged care, it’s natural to be distressed and concerned for their safety after hearing about these deaths.

Here’s what we know about when and where it’s more likely to happen, how relatives can safeguard their loved ones, and what’s happening across the system to reduce the risk of it occurring.

What does it look like?

Resident-to-resident aggression refers to aggressive and intrusive interactions between long-term care residents that would likely be unwelcome and potentially cause the recipient physical or psychological distress or harm. It includes physical, sexual and verbal aggression.

However, the term “aggression” is potentially misleading. In most cases, the residents involved are not consciously intending to cause harm.

The prevalence of resident-to-resident aggression in aged care has been estimated at 20%, but is likely under-reported. This means that over a month, 20% of aged care residents are likely to experience an incident of resident-to-resident aggression. This is usually verbal abuse or an invasion of privacy.

The variation in reported prevalence rates makes it hard to know if the rate is increasing.

The consequences of resident-to-resident aggression range in seriousness from functional decline, to psychological or physical injury, to death.

In 2017, we published a national study of deaths from resident-to-resident aggression in nursing home residents in Australia. Over 14 years, we identified 28 deaths.

Almost 90% of residents involved – either as an “exhibitor” (often referred to as the aggressor) or a target – had dementia. Three-quarters of those diagnosed with dementia had a history of behavioural and psychological symptoms of dementia, including wandering and physical aggression.

Exhibitors of aggressive behaviour were mostly male (85.7%), often younger, and more recently admitted to the aged care facility than the target.

Resident-to-resident aggression leading to death was most likely to occur between two male residents.

Half of all incidents leading to death involved a resident pushing and the target falling, leading to injuries such as hip fracture and head injury. This underscores the vulnerabilities posed by physical frailty among aged care residents.

Incidents resulting in death occurred mostly in communal areas, reflecting the ongoing challenges of an aged care system that relies on residents living together.

Learning from past incidents

Resident-to-resident aggression was previously brought to national attention by the death of a resident at the Oakden facility in South Australia. This led to a coronial inquest and the facility closed in 2017.

The case raised issues including the need for residents exhibiting potentially aggressive behaviour to have regular clinical reviews, accurate and detailed documentation, and adequate escalation and reporting of any incidents of aggression.

Since 2021, facilities have been required to report incidents of “unreasonable use of force”. The Australian Aged Care Quality and Safety Commission monitors these events through the Serious Incident Response Scheme.

The last report, from March 2023, provides a series of case studies and highlights the need for better approaches to behaviour support and risk assessment.

However, prevention requires a broader systems-based approach to better understand the problem, and generate and evaluate interventions. This should include reviewing trends at the facility, provider and national level.

Approaching individual situations

Resident-to-resident aggression is expected to become more common as more people are diagnosed with dementia.

Cognitive impairment in both the exhibitor of aggressive behaviour and targets makes this more complex, as a resident could become either one, depending on the precipitating circumstances.

In one-third of the cases we analysed, the exhibitor of aggressive behaviour and the target had been involved in an earlier incident together in the past 12 months. This suggests there are opportunities for intervention.

Are police involved?

When serious injury or death occurs, it is the role of police to investigate the incident and refer to the Office of Public Prosecutions, if appropriate.

Attributing legal responsibility is problematic and criminal charges are rarely filed. This may be because the residents involved are unfit for police interview or unfit to stand trial.

Alternatively, prosecution may not be deemed in the public interest.

Managing symptoms of dementia

Dementia may impair a person’s ability to reason, express their needs and manage their emotions. It can also impair their ability to respond, in a socially acceptable way, to interpersonal conflict.

Behaviour-management strategies to support the person with dementia include having a calm environment with a familiar routine and clear communication.

Over the past decade, more formal services have become available to help manage behavioural and psychological symptoms of dementia.

Dementia Support Australia operates a Severe Behaviour Response Team which is available 24/7, responding to referrals from health professionals within 48 hours.

Specialist dementia care units also operate across Australia, as recommended by the Royal Commission into Aged Care Quality and Safety final report.

Managing dementia symptoms requires multidisciplinary expertise spanning the aged care, disability and mental health sectors. Yet integrating these services remains a challenge.

The federal government has committed to addressing the sub-optimal management of residents living with dementia.

Supporting your loved one

If you’re worried about your loved one, the first step is to express these concerns directly to the facility staff, as you would with any other matter. Open communication helps the facility staff to get to know your loved one and provide more tailored support.

Being better informed about the subject can help you to advocate for your loved one.

The Older Persons Advocacy Network is available to residents for free, independent and confidential support. They can advocate for you if you feel your concerns aren’t being heard or your loved one’s care is compromised.

What happens next with the inquest?

The Coroners Court will investigate this important and distressing issue and aims to reduce the number of preventable deaths.

The coroner will hear the evidence, and may make formal recommendations about how to improve resident safety. Government agencies are required to consider and respond to these recommendations.

It’s clear we have a long way to go to safeguard the rights of older people living in residential care.The Conversation

Joseph Ibrahim, Professor, Aged Care Medical Research Australian Centre for Evidence Based Aged Care, La Trobe University and Amelia Grossi, Casual Academic, Australian Centre for Evidence Based Aged Care, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Too much sitting increases risk of future health problems in chest pain patients – new research

Chest pain could be a symptom of angina or a heart attack. Moyo Studio/E+ via Getty Images
Keith DiazColumbia University

For patients hospitalized with chest pain, the amount of time they spend sedentary afterward is linked to a greater risk for more heart problems and death within a year. That’s the key finding of a new peer-reviewed study my colleagues and I published in the journal Circulation: Cardiovascular Quality and Outcomes.

We asked 609 emergency room patients experiencing chest pain — average age of 62 — to wear a physical activity monitor for 30 days after leaving the hospital. The monitor measured movements, sitting time and sleep throughout the day. We then followed patients for one year to track whether they had additional heart problems or died.

We found that patients who averaged more than 15 hours of sedentary behavior daily — which does not include sleep — were more than twice as likely to experience more heart problems or die in the year after discharge than patients who accrued a daily average of 12 hours of sedentary time.

But our goal wasn’t just to document that sitting is harmful. It was also to figure out what patients should do instead to lower their risk.

We found that replacing 30 minutes of sedentary time with moderate or vigorous movement, like brisk walking or running, was most beneficial. It was associated with a 62% lower risk of experiencing more heart problems or dying in the year after discharge. But we also found that replacing 30 minutes of sedentary time with just light movement, such as slow walking or housework, lowered the risk of heart problems and death by 50%.

Sleep was also a healthier option. Replacing 30 minutes of sedentary time with sleep lowered the risk of heart problems and death by 14%.

A diagram that shows the human heart and an artery blocked by cholesterol.
Clogged arteries could lead to a heart attack. Veronica Zakharova/Science Photo Library via Getty Images

Why it matters

Over 8 million people in the U.S. are admitted to the hospital with chest pain suggestive of acute coronary syndrome. annually. This covers a range of conditions involving reduced blood flow to the heart, including angina and heart attack.

Patients with acute coronary syndrome remain at high risk of having another heart problem even with optimal medical treatment.

The risk also remains high for patients with chest pain who are discharged without a diagnosis of acute coronary syndrome, as their unexplained chest pain may be a precursor to more serious heart problems. Given this risk, there is a need to identify risk factors that can be modified to improve a patient’s prognosis after hospitalization for chest pain.

In previous research, we found that patients with acute coronary syndrome had a fear of exercise and were sedentary, spending over 13 hours a day sitting.

Given that sedentary behavior has been linked to poor heart health in the general population, we were concerned that patients were unknowingly increasing their risk of having another heart problem.

Our latest findings confirm that sedentary time is a harmful behavior for these patients. But beyond telling patients to stop sitting so much, our work provides important guidance: Any movement, regardless of how intense, can be beneficial after hospitalization. This is especially relevant for people recovering from heart problems who may find exercise difficult or scary.

While exercise provides the best “bang for your buck” in terms of health benefits, our findings are good news for patients who may not have the time, ability or desire to exercise. And for those unable to fit in more movement, just getting an extra half hour of sleep is a small, doable step that can make a meaningful difference for your health after hospitalization.

What still isn’t known

Researchers don’t fully understand why sedentary time is harmful. Muscles help regulate blood sugar and lipid levels. It is thought that when muscles aren’t used, such as when patients sit for hours, this can lead to harmful elevations in blood sugar and lipids.

In turn, this can cause inflammation, plaque buildup in the arteries and organ damage. More research is needed to understand the biological mechanisms so that we can determine just how much movement is needed in a day.

What’s next

While our study highlights the potential risks of sedentary behavior after being hospitalized for chest pain, it was an observational study. Clinical trials are needed to confirm that replacing sedentary time with activity or sleep can improve prognosis.

The Research Brief is a short take on interesting academic work.The Conversation

Keith Diaz, Associate Professor of Behavioral Medicine, Columbia University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

u3a at Newport Community Centre: 

About Our Courses and Activities
Sydney u3a comprises seven regions covering the greater Sydney metropolitan area. The local one is U3A Northern Beaches Region.

Sydney u3a is managed and run entirely by volunteers who contribute time and energy to provide life-long learning and social activities for everyone.  Join in to enjoy the benefits of membership!  At the one affordable annual membership fee of $85.00 (less than $2 per week), you’ll get:
  • access to a wide range of courses and presentations
  • friendly and inviting social events in your region

Members can attend any course in any of the seven regions
  • Volunteers lead and administer the courses and talks
  • A wide range of topics is covered – from learning foreign languages to table tennis to history to book/movie clubs to philosophy to science related issues. There’s something for everyone!
  • Courses are held in a variety of local venues and via Zoom
  • Events, visits, tours and social activities are also offered
  • Full details of activities are listed each semester in the Course Book and on individual regional pages
From time to time there are changes to course details after publication of the Course Book. Please keep checking your region’s website or the website home page for updates.

u3a Northern Beaches Region
Our current newsletter includes up to date information on courses, events and any changes to the program.  Previous newsletters are available here if you missed any information or wish to refresh your memory.

Please note:  The newsletter is distributed to members by email at the end of each month. If you haven’t received the latest copy please check as it may have been captured in your Junk email folder. If this is the case, please adjust your settings so that you receive future newsletters as soon as possible. We also take this opportunity to issue a friendly reminder to contact us with your updated details if you change your home or email address. Thank you.

Do the quick and easy bowel screening test that could save your life

This Bowel Cancer Awareness Month, the NSW Government is urging eligible people to take the bowel screening test, with only two out of every five people in NSW who receive the kit taking the test.

The National Bowel Cancer Screening Program’s test is quick and easy, with those who have done it before almost three times more likely than first-time invitees to do it again.

The test is available to those aged between 45 and 74 years and is the easiest way to detect the early signs of bowel cancer, Australia’s second deadliest cancer. If caught early, bowel cancer can be successfully treated in more than 90 per cent of cases.

The risk of bowel cancer increases significantly with age, but people of all ages can get the disease. Anyone experiencing changes in bowel habits, bleeding, fatigue, anaemia, or unexplained weight loss should see their GP.

People can reduce their risk of bowel cancer by eating a diet rich in vegetables, fruit, cereals and wholegrains, maintaining a healthy weight and being physically active; and by doing the at-home screening test every two years from age 45.

People aged 50 to 74 receive free bowel screening tests to the address they have registered with Medicare. People aged 45 to 49 years need to request their first test kit, and will automatically receive subsequent kits.

The Cancer Institute NSW recently went live with the Bowel Cancer Screening “Do the test” Advertising Campaign to motivate eligible people in NSW to participate in the National Bowel Cancer Screening Program.   

The campaign is being delivered across a range of advertising channels, including radio, press, digital and social media.

The campaign is among several Cancer Institute NSW led initiatives to increase bowel cancer screening rates and to support people on their clinical pathway following a positive test result.

Find out more about bowel cancer screening in NSW here: Free Bowel Cancer Screening Test Kit - Cancer Institute NSW

Health Minister Ryan Park said:

“Unfortunately, Australia has one of the highest incidences of bowel cancer in the world and it’s the second biggest cancer killer in NSW, with more than 1,700 people expected to lose their lives to bowel cancer this year.

“We have this free screening test that is quick, easy and very effective in detecting the early stages of bowel cancer but we need more people to take part.

“This Bowel Cancer Awareness Month I encourage everyone eligible to not delay and do the test, for yourself and your family.”

NSW Chief Cancer Officer and CEO of Cancer Institute NSW Professor Tracey O’Brien AM said:

“If caught early, bowel cancer can be successfully treated and we know that people who do the test are almost twice as likely to have their cancer detected at the earliest stage, when it’s most treatable.

“Bowel cancer is not just an old person’s disease. With more and more young people being diagnosed with bowel cancer, I encourage everyone no matter what age to be vigilant for symptoms and see your doctor if there’s any concerns.

“I urge everyone eligible for the screening test not to put it off, it is quick and easy and could save your life.”

Rachel Rizk, who was diagnosed with bowel cancer at age 55, has stated:

“It was a big shock when I was diagnosed with bowel cancer at age 55, after seeing my doctor for erratic bowel movements.

“I had several unused tests sitting in my cupboard when I was diagnosed and I felt so silly, so now I tell everyone to do the test.

“The test is not disgusting, it’s actually very easy and it’s the best way to get an accurate result. Once I finally did it, I wasn’t sure why I didn’t do it sooner, I felt quite ridiculous letting it go so long.”

Exercise proves powerful in preventing colon cancer recurrence – new study

SUPERMAO/Shutterstock.com
Justin StebbingAnglia Ruskin University

New evidence has linked physical activity with improved colon health, underscoring the vital role of exercise in cancer prevention and care.

The landmark international trial – the Challenge study – showed that structured exercise programmes can dramatically improve survival rates for colon cancer survivors.

The study was unveiled at the meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology. Each June, cancer specialists from around the world convene in Chicago for the conference where new research is announced that pushes the boundaries of cancer treatment and this year’s conference featured a wealth of exciting discoveries.

Conducted across six countries and published in the New England Journal of Medicine, the Challenge study tracked 889 patients for several years following chemotherapy. Participants were randomly assigned to one of two groups: one received standard post-treatment care, while the other took part in a three-year coaching programme that included personalised exercise plans and regular check-ins with fitness professionals.

The results were striking. Those in the exercise group experienced 28% fewer cancer recurrences and 37% fewer deaths.


Get your news from actual experts, straight to your inbox. Sign up to our daily newsletter to receive all The Conversation UK’s latest coverage of news and research, from politics and business to the arts and sciences.


In the programme, people slowly built up how much they exercised, with most choosing to go on brisk 45-minute walks four times a week. Ninety per cent of the people who exercised stayed cancer free for five years, compared with just 74% of those who didn’t.

This study provides the first strong evidence that exercise not only correlates with better outcomes but directly improves survival rates in cancer patients. While earlier observational studies found a link between being active and better cancer outcomes, this first randomised controlled trial helps show causation, meaning that exercise can directly benefit the survival of cancer patients.

We don’t know yet if the same goes for other cancers like breast, prostate or lung, but it’s a big step forward.

The programme’s success hinged on consistent support. Participants met with fitness coaches every two weeks at first, then monthly, which helped them stick to their routines even after treatment ended.

While minor injuries such as muscle strains were slightly more common among those who exercised (19% compared to 12% in the control group), researchers emphasised that these issues were manageable and far outweighed by the significant survival benefits.

Potential downsides to exercise?

In contrast to the encouraging findings on structured exercise, a separate study presented in Chicago has raised questions about the potential downsides of extreme endurance training.

Researchers tracking marathon runners found a higher rate of polyps (small growths in the colon that can sometimes develop into cancer) compared with the general population. This unexpected finding has sparked a fresh debate about the effect of high-intensity exercise on long-term colon health.

However, context is needed. The study did not find higher cancer rates among runners, and most of the detected polyps were low risk.

Several possible explanations have been offered: endurance athletes may simply undergo more frequent screenings, leading to increased detection, or intense exercise might temporarily raise inflammation markers. Crucially, the overall risk of cancer remains lower in active people than in those who are more sedentary, reinforcing the well-established protective benefits of regular exercise.

Marathon runners.
Endurance athletes were found to have more polyps than the general population. MikeCPhoto/Shutterstock.com

This apparent contradiction highlights the medical community’s evolving understanding of the “dose” of physical activity. While moderate exercise is consistently linked to significant health benefits, emerging data from endurance athletes suggests that extreme, high-intensity training may place different kinds of stress on the body’s systems.

Researchers also suggest that factors such as dehydration during long-distance runs, changes in gut function, or the use of certain nutritional supplements common among endurance athletes could play a role in polyp development. These findings don’t diminish the well-documented benefits of physical activity, but instead point to the importance of personalised, balanced health strategies.

For cancer survivors, the structured exercise study provides a message of practical hope. Participants aimed for the equivalent of about three hours of brisk walking per week, gradually increasing their activity levels over time.

The programme’s social support was key, with fitness coaches helping participants tailor their routines to match their abilities and recovery needs.

Exercise is believed to affect key biological processes – including insulin sensitivity, inflammation and immune function – that play important roles in cancer development and progression. Ongoing research is analysing participants’ blood samples to better understand these mechanisms and eventually create personalised exercise “prescriptions” based on an individual’s genetic profile.

While the findings from marathon runners are less conclusive, they still offer practical takeaways. The research suggests that although vigorous exercise is generally beneficial, high-intensity athletes may face a higher risk of developing polyps and should therefore consider regular colonoscopies as a precaution.

For the general public, these findings reinforce that combining moderate exercise with timely screenings offers the best protection against colon cancer, a disease that remains the fourth most common worldwide and is alarmingly increasing among young people.

For both patients and athletes, these findings highlight a central truth: movement matters, but the right approach is crucial. Colon cancer survivors now have proven tools to reduce recurrence through structured exercise, while endurance enthusiasts gain motivation to pair their training with preventative care.

As science continues unravelling the intricate dance between activity and biology, one message remains clear: whether recovering from illness or chasing personal bests, informed exercise combined with medical guidance is the most reliable path to long-term health.The Conversation

Justin Stebbing, Professor of Biomedical Sciences, Anglia Ruskin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Rosalind Croucher appointed NSW Information Commissioner

Emeritus Professor Rosalind Croucher AM, distinguished lawyer, educator and human rights advocate has been appointed the NSW Information Commissioner. 

In her role as Information Commissioner, Professor Croucher will lead the Information and Privacy Commission NSW (IPC), an independent statutory authority administering NSW legislation dealing with privacy and access to government information. 

Professor Croucher brings extensive experience from a distinguished career spanning senior executive roles in both the private and public sectors. She previously served as President of the Australian Human Rights Commission and as President and Commissioner of the Australian Law Reform Commission where she led several major law reform inquiries. 

Professor Croucher was appointed a Member of the Order of Australia in 2015 for significant service to the law as an academic, to legal reform and education, to professional development and to the arts. 

The Information Commissioner’s statutory roles include promoting public awareness and understanding of the Government Information (Public Access) Act 2009 (GIPA Act); providing information, advice, assistance, and training to agencies and the public; dealing with complaints about agencies; investigating agencies’ systems, policies and practices; and reporting on compliance with the GIPA Act. 

Find out more about the Information and Privacy Commission NSW here: https://www.ipc.nsw.gov.au/ 

Minister for Customer Service and Digital Government Jihad Dib said: 

“I welcome the appointment of Rosalind Croucher AM as NSW Information Commissioner. 

“Professor Croucher has extensive experience across highly respected and important programs of work which are testament to her capabilities and values. 

“Her appointment reflects the NSW Government’s commitment to promoting trust and transparency, with the role of Information Commissioner essential in strengthening the relationship between government and the public.” 

Attorney General Michael Daley said: 

“I congratulate Rosalind Croucher AM on her appointment as NSW Information Commissioner. She is an eminently qualified appointee who brings significant government, private sector and legal experience to the role.” 

NSW Information Commissioner Rosalind Croucher said: 

"It’s an honour to be appointed to the role of NSW Information Commissioner, and I look forward to working with the Privacy Commissioner, NSW Government agencies and the community to promote the important work of the Information and Privacy Commission NSW. 

"The people of NSW deserve full confidence in how government information is handled and protected. They should also understand their rights to access information and how to exercise those rights.” 

National Anti-Scam Centre calls for stronger business role to disrupt scams

June 2, 2025
The National Anti-Scam Centre is calling on businesses to join the fight against increasingly sophisticated scams by partnering and sharing data after Australians reported about $119 million in scam-related losses in the first four months of 2025.

The statistics, sourced from reports to Scamwatch, show that despite a 24 per cent drop in overall scam reports to 72,230, reported losses increased by 28 per cent to $118,993,148 compared to the same time last year.

However, the reported losses for early 2025 were 38 per cent below the $193.2 million in reported losses in the first four months of 2023.

The biggest increase in reported losses in 2025 came from phishing scams, which involve scammers impersonating entities such as government agencies or financial institutions, which accounted for $13.7 million in financial losses, compared to $4.6 million in early 2024.

“Scams are affecting Australians of all ages, often beginning with an unprompted or unexpected contact via social media and other digital platforms,” ACCC Deputy Chair Catriona Lowe said.

“Our approach to scam prevention is grounded in partnership. Sharing information is a key step towards improving community safety – organisations, such as banks, digital platforms, and telecommunication companies, can help disrupt scams faster and reduce the harm they cause.”

“The work of our fusion cells has demonstrated that a piece of data that may be unremarkable on its own, when joined with other pieces of data, can form powerful intelligence. With data held across the ecosystem, sharing data with the National Anti-Scam Centre enables those vital connections to be made,” Ms Lowe said.

The number of people reporting financial loss to social media scams increased by almost 50 per cent to 3,336 (up from 2,232 in 2024) and overall losses to these scams increased by 30 per cent to $23.4 million. Increases in the number of people reporting loss were also reported where initial scam contact occurred via digital channels including websites, email and mobile apps.

Phone scams appear to be declining, with an 11 per cent drop in reports compared to early 2024; however, they still account for the highest overall financial losses of any contact method, with $25.8 million lost in the first four months of 2025.

“While the average and median losses per victim have slightly decreased, the rise in overall financial loss and the number of people being impacted is a reminder to stay alert. We encourage all Australians to report suspicious scam activity, even if no money is lost as you can provide us with vital intelligence, and talk to friends and family to help spread awareness,” Ms Lowe said.

“Businesses in all industries also need to stay alert to the risk of scams and adapt their systems to keep customers safe.”

Scam Trends
  • Phishing scams had $13.7 million in financial losses reported to these scams, compared to $4.6 million in early 2024.
  • Investment scams also remain a significant issue, accounting for over half of all reported scam losses. In the first four months of 2025, Australians lost a total of $59 million to investment scams, a slight decrease of 1.4 per cent compared to last year. Despite this, investment scams continue to target vulnerable individuals with promises of high returns.
  • Scams through social media have increased considerably. There was a 50 per cent increase in people reporting financial loss through social media, with 3,300 reports totalling $23.4 million.
  • Older Australians aged 65 and over reported the highest total losses of any age group, totalling $33.1 million. However, younger Australians aged 25 to 34 (1,504 reports) and 35 to 44 (1,678 reports) were the most likely to report having lost money.
How to spot and avoid scams
STOP – Don’t give money or personal information to anyone if you’re unsure. Scammers will create a sense of urgency. Don’t rush to act. Say ‘no’, hang up, delete.

CHECK – Ask yourself could the call or text be fake? Scammers pretend to be from organisations you know and trust. Contact the organisation using information you source independently, so that you can verify if the call is real or not.

PROTECT – Act quickly if something feels wrong. Contact your bank immediately if you lose money. If you have provided personal information call IDCARE on 1800 595 160. The more we talk the less power they have. Report scams to the National Anti-Scam Centre’s Scamwatch service at scamwatch.gov.au when you see them. If you’re contacted on a messaging platform like WhatsApp or iMessage, please also report the scam in the app.

Background
The ACCC runs the National Anti-Scam Centre, which commenced on 1 July 2023, and Scamwatch service. The National Anti-Scam Centre is a virtual centre that sits within the ACCC and brings together experts from government, law enforcement and the private sector, to disrupt scams before they reach consumers.

The National Anti-Scam Centre analyses and acts on trends from shared data and raises consumer awareness about how to spot and avoid scams.

Scamwatch collects reports about scams to help us warn others and to take action to stop scams. It also provides up-to-date information to help consumers spot and avoid scams.

Average retail petrol prices edge higher in the March quarter on the back of a lower Australian dollar

June 3, 2025
Retail petrol prices across Australia’s five largest cities moved higher in the March quarter 2025, according to the ACCC’s latest quarterly petrol monitoring report.

In the March quarter 2025, average retail petrol prices across the five largest cities (Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth) were 182.2 cents per litre (cpl), an increase of 2.4 cpl from the previous quarter.

Map of Australia showing average retail petrol prices. Average retail prices across the 5 largest cities increased by 2.40 cpl in the quarter, largely reflecting the impact of a lower AUD-USD exchange rate.

Quarterly average retail prices were higher in Sydney, Brisbane and Perth and only marginally lower in Melbourne (by 0.7 cpl) and Adelaide (by 0.4 cpl).

A lower AUD-USD exchange rate was the main contributor to higher average retail prices
Higher retail petrol prices on average largely reflected the impact of a lower AUD-USD exchange rate, which makes the international cost of refined petrol relatively more expensive in Australian dollar terms.

In the March quarter 2025, the AUD-USD exchange rate averaged US 62.7 cents, which was the lowest quarterly average AUD-USD exchange rate in more than 20 years.

The international price of refined petrol (Mogas 95) is traded in US dollars in global markets and made up the largest component of average retail petrol prices.

If the quarterly average AUD–USD exchange rate had remained the same, Mogas 95 prices would have decreased by 0.5 cpl in the quarter. Instead, the lower AUD–USD exchange rate meant that average Mogas 95 prices increased by 2.9 cpl in Australian dollar terms.

“The lower AUD-USD exchange rate meant that consumers paid higher prices on average at the bowser in the most recent quarter,” Commissioner Anna Brakey said.

Other components of retail prices include taxes, wholesale costs and margins, and retail costs and margins (represented by gross indicative retail differences). Gross indicative retail differences are a broad indicator of gross retail margins and include both retail operating costs and retail profits.

Petrol gross indicative retail differences were 14.4 cpl across the five largest cities in the quarter, a decrease of 2.8 cpl from the previous quarter. They varied between the five largest cities, and were lowest in Adelaide (7.6 cpl) and highest in Brisbane (24.2 cpl).

Average retail petrol prices were higher in the smaller capital cities and on average across the regions
In Canberra, Hobart and Darwin quarterly average retail petrol prices were also higher from the previous quarter. Quarterly average retail petrol prices in Canberra were the highest among the eight capital cities.

Across 190 regional locations that the ACCC monitors, average retail petrol prices across regional locations (in aggregate) were 184.3 cpl, an increase of 4.8 cpl from the previous quarter. On average, regional retail prices across all locations were 2.1 cpl higher than prices across the five largest cities (182.2 cpl).

“We continue to encourage consumers to use information available through fuel price apps and websites to find lower priced retailers and save money where possible,” Ms Brakey said.

“Fuel price transparency schemes collect price data for display on fuel price apps and websites. In January, the Victorian Government announced a price transparency scheme to be phased in over 2025, which would then mean every jurisdiction in Australia is covered by one of these schemes.”

After initial uptick, international crude oil prices then trended downward in the quarter
International prices for refined petrol (Mogas 95) are largely driven by international crude oil prices. In the March quarter 2025, after an initial increase, crude oil prices largely trended downward.

This downward trend was influenced by international factors, including concerns of lower demand stemming from the United States’ plans for higher tariffs, the potential for Russian oil supply to re-enter the market as part of a peace deal with Ukraine, and several OPEC countries increasing supply.

Diesel prices were higher in all capital cities for the first time in four consecutive quarters
Quarterly average retail diesel prices increased in all eight capital cities. Across the five largest cities, quarterly average retail diesel prices were 186.9 cpl, an increase of 9.8 cpl from the previous quarter. Retail diesel prices generally followed international diesel benchmark prices, which accounted for the largest component of retail diesel prices.

The higher quarterly prices followed four consecutive quarters of decline, from the December quarter 2023 to the December quarter 2024.

Three years after the Jenkins report, there is still work to be done on improving parliament culture

Maria MaleyAustralian National University

Three and a half years ago, then-sex discrimination commissioner Kate Jenkins’ Set the Standard report was handed to federal parliament, commissioned after Brittany Higgins’ allegations of sexual assault in Parliament House, which had shocked the public and politicians alike. Since then, work has been underway to implement its 28 recommendations.

The report found unacceptable levels of sexual harassment, bullying and misconduct in parliamentary workplaces, and laid out a radical plan to create a standards regime. The plan would provide tools to deal with such conduct, and try to prevent it by changing the culture of parliament.

In 2025, parliament’s implementation of the Jenkins review is due to be evaluated by an external independent reviewer. Have the recommendations been implemented? What are the prospects for continued reform of conduct in the parliamentary workplace? Will the election of an historic number of women into parliament create pressure for further reform?

Action after the review

On February 8 2022, the first sitting day of federal parliament after the Jenkins review had been handed down, both houses of parliament made an historic statement of acknowledgement and apology to the victims of misconduct in its workplace. It stated:

We say sorry. […] This place and its members are committed to bringing about lasting and meaningful change to both culture and practice within our workplaces. We today declare our personal and collective commitment to make the changes required.

Parliamentarians committed to implement all 28 recommendations of the Jenkins review. A cross-party body was created to lead the implementation process.

Known as the Parliamentary Leadership Taskforce, it had members from both houses of parliament, ministers and legislators, Labor, the Coalition, the Greens and one independent parliamentarian. It worked hard for three years to design and put in place the rules and mechanisms laid out in the Jenkins review, before disbanding in September 2024.

The magnitude of the changes parliament had to make should not be understated. Among many ground-breaking reforms, it involved developing codes of conduct and a body to enforce them by investigating complaints about breaches of the code.

In February 2023, both houses of parliament agreed on codes of conduct. In October 2024, an Independent Parliamentary Standards Commission was established to receive complaints, investigate and make findings about misconduct. There are seven commissioners, appointed from outside parliament, who are lawyers, former public servants, tribunal members and ex-ombudsmen. For the first time, there will be external independent review of parliamentarians’ conduct.

An independent human resources body for the parliamentary workplace was also created, known as the Parliamentary Workplace Support Service. These are huge achievements and represent historic reforms.

In line with Jenkins’ recommendations, the taskforce committed to an external independent review of parliament’s implementation of the Jenkins report.

But has it been effective?

It is hard to evaluate new rules, systems and bodies that are in their infancy, but one part of the new standards architecture does not represent best practice. After the Independent Parliamentary Standards Commission has completed an investigation of a parliamentarian’s conduct, made findings and recommended sanctions, it will hand its report to the privileges committee in each house.

The privileges committees are made up of parliamentarians, almost exclusively members of the major parties. It is up to these committees to decide on any action to be taken. We won’t know if they depart from the commission’s recommendations, as standards commission reports are not public.

In the United Kingdom House of Commons, which represents best practice in this area, independent investigation reports are handed to a parliamentary committee called the Committee on Standards. Half the members of that committee are MPs, but half are “lay members” – that is, appointed members of the community, including lawyers and HR professionals.

The House of Commons established its standards regime in 2018, and has reviewed and improved it over time. Lay members were placed on the committee because it was evident MPs found it difficult to judge the conduct of their peers and struggled to hold them accountable.

Unfortunately Australia’s new standards system leaves decisions in the hands of parliamentarians, without the corrective and robustness that members of the public would provide. Will the federal parliament continue to reform and reshape its arrangements if they prove not to be robust enough?

Ongoing leadership is needed if parliament is to continue to address conduct issues, drive culture change and refine and develop its new standards regime. Some believe the culture of parliament has improved since the Jenkins review. Others disagree.

There are still recommendations of the review that have not been addressed. These include developing a ten-year strategy to increase diversity in the workplace, establishing a health and wellbeing service in parliament, and introducing an alcohol policy. Now that the Parliamentary Leadership Taskforce has disbanded, who will continue to advance the reform process?

In October 2024, parliament decided to create a Parliamentary Joint Committee on Parliamentary Standards. Its functions include reviewing the operation of the new codes and the Independent Parliamentary Standards Commission.

This committee should play a leadership role on conduct and culture issues, but its membership is tightly restricted. The government dominates positions and all members must also be members of the privileges committees. Presiding officers are not permitted to sit on the committee, despite their important leadership roles and responsibilities in parliament. Crossbenchers and independent parliamentarians are largely locked out of the committee (only two positions are reserved for them), despite the fact they have often been the leading voices calling for culture change.

With the influx of many more women and new faces into the parliament after the election, there is an opportunity to press for continued reform and for membership of the joint committee to include diverse voices from across the parliament.The Conversation

Maria Maley, Senior Lecturer in Politics, School of Politics and International Relations, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Is the private hospital system collapsing? Here’s what the sector’s financial instability means for you

lightpoet/Shutterstock
Yuting ZhangThe University of Melbourne

Toowong Private Hospital in Brisbane is the latest hospital to succumb to financial pressures and will close its doors next week. The industry association attributes the psychiatric hospital’s closure to insufficient payments from and delayed funding negotiations with private insurers.

Meanwhile, the future of Australia’s second-largest hospital provider, Healthscope, remains uncertain, after its parent company went into receivership last week.

Healthscope’s 37 private hospitals are being kept afloat with a A$100 million loan and will continue to operate for now. But the hospitals will be sold to repay lenders, so their future depends on who buys and what the new owners decide to do.

Across the board, private hospitals are struggling with soaring costs for staff and supplies, while private health insurance isn’t paying enough to cover these expenses.

These underlying issues will not disappear magically. More private hospitals will face similar financial troubles and some will be forced to close. But we’re unlikely to see the collapse of the entire private sector.

A mix of public and private

Australia operates a unique public-private health-care mix, with around 700 public and 647 private hospitals.

Public hospitals are largely government-owned and provide free care, funded by taxes. Private hospitals are owned and managed by private organisations, some of which are non-profit.

The private health-care sector plays a large role in Australia, providing 41% of all hospitalisations, however 74% are same-day stays.

Private hospitals are often smaller than public hospitals, without emergency departments, focusing on simpler, same-day care, and are more likely in cities. Some 83% of private hospitals are in metropolitan, 9% in regional centres and 8% in rural towns.

In contrast, 27% of public hospitals are in the major cities, 57% in regional areas and 16% in remote areas.

The role of private health insurance

Most people who access private hospitals have private health insurance or are covered by another system such as Veterans Affairs – otherwise private hospital care is too expensive and few can afford it.

In 2022-23, the total A$21.5 billion was spent on private hospitals. Private health insurance covered about 45% ($9.7 billion), which comes from members’ premiums. Patients contributed 11% ($2.4 billion) in out-of-pocket costs.

The government contributed a substantial 37% ($8 billion) mainly through Medicare. This is separate from the additional $8 billion the government provides annually as rebates to individuals for buying private health insurance.

Surgeon does paperwork
The majority of private hospitals are in metro areas. Ground Picture/Shutterstock

A key issue is this rebate money doesn’t directly flow to private hospitals, leaving them vulnerable in negotiations with insurers, as we saw with Toowong Private Hospital.

Evidence suggests these rebates might not be the most effective government investment. Experts, including me, have argued for direct funding into hospitals instead.

So, as more private hospitals face troubles, what does this mean?

Less choice and access for patients

Patients will experience less choice and potentially harder access for specific types of care.

In larger metropolitan areas with numerous private and public hospitals (including private wings in public hospitals), patients might switch to other private facilities or seek care as private patients in public hospitals.

However, in smaller or rural areas with limited or no other private hospitals, choice diminishes significantly. In this case, you will need to reconsider whether you need to buy private health insurance.

Currently, people earning over $97,000 (or families over $194,000 face an additional Medicare Levy Surcharge if they don’t hold private health insurance.

This policy is not fair to those who have no access to private hospitals and should be changed.

While there might be slightly longer waits in the short-term for elective surgeries due to shifting patient loads, our analysis suggests this won’t be a major long-term problem. The primary constraint for wait times is often personnel, not facilities.

If private hospitals close, doctors and nurses could potentially shift to public hospitals, helping to alleviate staffing shortages and reduce overall wait times.

Impacts for the public system

The impact on public emergency departments will be minimal, as most private hospitals lack them.

Many private hospital admissions are same-day and for simpler procedures. So public hospitals and remaining private hospitals (that are not operating at full bed capacity) should be able to absorb this extra demand in the long run, if they can attract more staff previously employed (or even facilities) in the closing private hospitals.

These hospitals will also receive additional revenue for these additional procedures.

Ilia Matushkin/Shutterstock
Public hospitals should be able to absorb the extra demand. Shutterstock

Consequently, the effect on public hospital wait times for most conditions should not be substantial.

However, some complex, long-stay, or specific mental health cases (such as those from Toowong) may be hard to absorb without additional supply of specialists and funding.

What about health budgets?

In areas where patients are absorbed into existing public hospital capacity or other private facilities, the direct impact on the health budget would be minimal.

With more patients, the remaining private hospitals may gain more power to negotiate better funding contracts with insurance companies and achieve better supplier costs through economies of scale.

In areas where private hospitals (or public hospitals offering private care) cease to be viable, and people drop their private health insurance cover to use public hospitals, the government would pay more directly into public hospitals. However, this increased cost would be partially offset by reduced expenditure on private health insurance rebates.

Patients would also save money on premiums and out-of-pocket costs in private hospitals, though they would lose the choice of private care.

Ultimately, where a private model isn’t financially sustainable, the government or taxpayers often end up bearing the cost anyway.

Investing more directly in public hospitals in these areas, rather than relying on inefficient rebates, could be a more effective solution.


Correction: an earlier version of this article said access to private hospitals requires private health insurance.The Conversation

Yuting Zhang, Professor of Health Economics, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Newcastle ready for global take-off with first international flight outside Australasia

June 3, 2025
For the first time in its history, Newcastle Airport will welcome an ongoing international service outside Australasia, connecting the Hunter region directly to Asia with links the world.

Backed by the NSW Government’s Aviation Attraction Fund, the new service marks a transformational leap forward for Newcastle Airport, which is preparing to open its brand-new international terminal later this year.

Once complete, the expanded terminal will unlock major opportunities for the region, welcoming more visitors and turbocharging local tourism and trade.

On 21 October 2025, Jetstar will launch a direct route between Newcastle and Denpasar (Bali), putting Newcastle firmly on the map for international travellers and airline networks alike – Denpasar is a major international aviation hub offering connections to over 40 countries.

With three flights a week between Newcastle and Denpasar, this direct connection also means easier getaways for Novocastrians and regional NSW, giving them access from the heart of the Hunter to one of Southeast Asia’s most popular destinations.

The announcement is part of the NSW Government’s broader strategy to grow the state’s aviation capacity drive growth in our international visitor economy. It follows recent international flight wins for Sydney Airport, including new services from Istanbul (Turkish Airlines) and Shanghai (Juneyao Air), also secured through the Aviation Attraction Fund.

Managed by Destination NSW on behalf of the NSW Government, the Aviation Attraction Fund offered financial incentives and marketing support to assist NSW airports to secure routes and increase aviation capacity to the state. Applications for the fund were open between February 2022 and June 2023.

Minister for the Hunter Yasmin Catley said:

“This is a game changer for the Hunter. We're not just opening the door to Bali - we're opening our region up to the world.

“With more direct international flights, we're positioning the Hunter as a tourism Mecca. It's about making it easier for the people who live here to explore the world and for the world to discover everything we have here.

“The NSW Government is backing the Hunter with real investment that boosts our economy, improves connectivity and puts us firmly on the global map. This new link to Bali is just the beginning!”

Minister for Jobs and Tourism Steve Kamper said:

“The Minns Labor Government is proud to have worked with Newcastle Airport and Jetstar to secure Newcastle’s first ever international route outside of Australasia, signalling the start of a new era of growth for Newcastle and the Hunter region.

“Not only will this strategic investment boost the capacity of Newcastle Airport, it will open the Hunter and the Mid-North Coast to a major South-East Asian transport hub and a wealth of opportunity.

“The first ongoing international flight for Newcastle Airport is a significant moment for the region’s visitor economy – and we’re only just getting started.”

Member for Port Stephens Kate Washington said:

“This is awesome news for the people of Port Stephens and the Hunter – our new international airport is taking off!

“Port Stephens will be connected to the world like never before, locals can jump on a Jetstar flight direct to Bali and more people can visit us in return.

“The NSW Government has made a smart and strategic investment in Newcastle Airport and the Hunter, so more visitors from around the world can experience everything Port Stephens and the Hunter has to offer.

“This is the news we’ve all been waiting for! It’s just the beginning of an exciting new chapter for our region.”

Newcastle Airport CEO Linc Horton said:

“This route reflects what’s possible when industry and government work together to back regional growth. We thank the NSW Government for their partnership in making this international connection a reality for the Hunter region and the Federal Government for supporting the build of our international terminal.

“We’re proud to be delivering what our (Hunter) region has long asked for … direct international flights from their local airport. This achievement shows what the Hunter is capable of when we aim high. Bali is one of Australia’s most loved destinations and is the first of many exciting destinations we will deliver.”

Jetstar Group CEO Stephanie Tully said:

“The new international route is an exciting milestone as Jetstar continues to significantly expand its network. 

“We're thrilled to be the airline to launch Newcastle’s first international flights in more than five years with our new direct service from Newcastle to Bali.

"Jetstar is committed to making travel more accessible, and people living in and around Newcastle will no longer need to drive to other airports to fly overseas, which means more time and money can go toward their holiday.

“We want to thank Newcastle Airport and the NSW Government for their support in making travel more accessible.”

With a government review underway, we have to ask why children bully other kids

Rawpixel.com/Shutterstock
Marilyn CampbellQueensland University of Technology and Shannon O'BrienQueensland University of Technology

The federal government has launched a “rapid review” to look at what works to prevent bullying in schools.

Led by mental health experts, the review will underpin a new national standard to respond to bullying. This follows the death of a young Sydney school student last year.

It also comes as the Queensland government rolls out a A$33 million anti-bullying plan in the state’s schools.

As schools, parents and governments look at what more can be done to prevent bullying, we have to ask why children bully other kids.

If we understand the motives, we can help these children change their behaviour – and achieve their goals or have their needs met in other ways.

What lies behind bullying?

Research tells us children broadly bully for social reasons. For example, a 2022 study showed children can bully to gain social status among peers – to be seen as powerful, tough or cool. Or they can bully to maintain status as part of an in-group. Perhaps another child is seen as a “threat” to that status.

Children can also bully for revenge for perceived insults. Or for entertainment – making a joke at another student’s expense.

Research shows motivations can also differ depending on the type of bullying. For example, face-to-face bullying seems to involve more children who bully for social dominance, while those who cyberbully do it more for entertainment and “fun”.

In a 2014 study, Marilyn Campbell and colleagues asked different groups about their perceptions of why young people engaged in cyber-bullying. Parents said children did it out of revenge for being bullied themselves, teachers said students did it for fun, and students thought others cyber-bullied because of peer pressure.

This highlights how complex understanding children’s motives can be.

Children may not bully for long

We should be careful about thinking of all students who bully as long-term “bullies”.

Most children who bully try the behaviour and stop when it does not get them what they want, just as many children who are victimised are not bullied for long.

Though of course, even being bullied for a short time can still be damaging and traumatic for the student on the receiving end.

This could suggest there is a developmental phase in bullying as most bullying occurs between children in Year 6 through to Year 10.

However, there are those students who persistently bully others and these are the students whose behaviour remains a problem despite interventions and prevention approaches.

Who is more likely to bully?

There are certain personality types who are more likely to persistently bully others. These include:

But research is mixed on the question of self-esteem. Some researchers say children who bully have high self-esteem, yet others have found they have low self-esteem.

There are many reasons why a child might develop the personality traits that would lead them to bully.

Physical abuse in childhood can play a role. There is an association between a child being exposed to domestic violence at home and then bullying their peers.

Parenting can also be a factor. For example, being overvalued but not well disciplined by parents can lead to higher traits of narcissism and a greater likelihood a child will bully.

What can we do?

Children who persistently bully may require targeted and nuanced approaches. Current approaches emphasise restoring positive relationships, rather than punishments or sanctions.

One approach is individual motivational interviewing. Here a school counsellor shows young people they can achieve their goals by other means. This encourages perpetrators to see there are more benefits in not bullying than in bullying. For example, “I want to be popular. But if I bully, I also make other kids scared of me and not want to hang around me.”

More broadly, schools can also teach explicit programs on social and emotional learning.

These programs focus on emotional intelligence and emotional literacy, enabling students to recognise and manage their emotions, understand the perspectives of others and have positive relationships with peers.

Schools which respect the diversity of students, are also better placed to address bullying. If all students have opportunities to participate in learning, it will develop their sense of belonging to their school community. This not only decreases rates of bullying but supports students who have been victimised.


If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14 or Kids Helpline on 1800 55 1800.The Conversation

Marilyn Campbell, Professor, School of Early Childhood & Inclusive Education, Queensland University of Technology and Shannon O'Brien, PhD Candidate, School of Education, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Police aren’t properly trained for mental health crises – but they’re often the first responders. Here’s what works better

Rosie Marinelli/Shutterstock
Panos KaranikolasThe University of MelbourneChris MayleaLa Trobe University, and Hamilton KennedyLa Trobe University

In an emergency, police are often the first called to the scene. But they are rarely equipped to deal with complex mental health crises.

Following recent parliamentary inquiries and royal commissions there has been a push – led by researchers, advocates and some senior police officials – for a shift to a health-led and paramedic-first response.

South Australia is one of a number of states trialling a program based on a “co-responder” model. This means trained specialists accompany police to some mental health call-outs in the community.

So, how do co-responder programs work? And are they effective? Here’s what the evidence says.

The current situation

Mental health legislation in all states and territories gives police the power to use “reasonable force” to transport people who “appear to have a mental illness” to hospital to prevent harm.

In most cases, this involves police taking people experiencing mental health crises to hospital emergency departments, without help from mental health clinicians or paramedics.

Overburdened emergency departments have long wait times for mental health and are often inadequate at responding to people experiencing distress.

Those who need mental health support may not need a hospital stay.

One study found only one in five (23%) of those taken to emergency by police – usually after expressing intention to self-harm – were admitted.

The strain on police resources is also significant. For example, in New South Wales, police now respond to triple zero calls about mental health crises in the community every nine minutes (in Victoria it’s every ten).

Criminalising mental health

The mere presence of police alone can escalate already heightened emotional situations.

Police frequently lack training in mental health, with combative police culture and the militarisation of police training presenting significant problems.

Police often acknowledge they are ill-equipped to intervene in a mental health crisis.

Yet, about one in ten people who access mental health services have previously interacted with police.

These encounters can be risky and even deadly.

People who experience mental health issues are over-represented in incidents of police use of force and fatal shootings.

Police involvement can also lead to the criminalisation of people with mental health issues and disability, as they are more likely to be issued with charges and fines or be arrested.

Yet the main reason police take people to hospital is for self-harm or suicidal distress, and most are not deemed to be of risk to others.

What do people with mental health issues want instead?

In our research, conducted in 2021–2022, we interviewed 20 people across Australia who’d had police intervene when they had a mental health crisis.

Those we spoke to often had multiple experiences of police call-outs over their lifetime.

They told us excessive use of force by police had traumatising and long-term effects. Many were subject to pepper spray, tasers, police dogs, batons, handcuffs and restraints, despite not being accused of committing criminal offences.

For example, Alex*, said:

I was having an anxiety attack, and they pepper sprayed me. I had bruises all over my hands from the handcuffs they put on really roughly, even though I wasn’t under arrest. Then they took me to hospital.

In our study, people with mental health issues said they would prefer an ambulance-led response wherever possible, without police attending at all.

They also wanted to be linked to therapeutic and community-based services, including mental health peer support, housing, disability support and family violence services.

What are co-responder programs?

Co-responder programs aim to de-escalate mental health incidents, reduce the number of emergency department presentations and link people experiencing mental health crises with services.

These programs, such as the one being trialled in South Australia, mean mental health clinicians (for example, social workers, counsellors or psychologists) attend some mental health incidents alongside police.

Peer-reviewed research shows these kinds of responses can be effective when compared to traditional police-led interventions.

An evaluation of a co-response program in Victoria found the mental health response was quicker and higher quality than when police attended alone.

The success of programs in the United States and Canada shows many mental health crises can safely managed without police involvement, for example by addressing issues such as homelessness and addiction with health workers, and reducing the number of arrests.

Limited by a lack of resources

While the evidence shows co-responder schemes are valued by people with lived experience, they are often limited by under-resourcing.

Co-responder programs are not universally available. Often, they do not operate after usual business hours or across regions.

There is also a lack of long-term evaluations of these programs. This means what we understand about their implementation, design and effectiveness over time can be mixed.

More broadly, the mental health sector is facing significant and ongoing labour shortages across Australia, posing another resourcing challenge.

How can responses to mental health crises be improved?

Last year, the final report from the Royal Commission into Victoria’s Mental Health System recommended paramedics should act as first responders in mental health crises wherever possible, instead of police, diverting triple zero calls to Ambulance Victoria.

However that reform has been delayed, with no indication of when it may be implemented.

A 2023 NSW parliamentary inquiry also remarked on the need to explore reducing police involvement.

Co-responder and ambluance-first models offer an improvement.

But our research suggests people with lived experience of mental health issues want more than ambulances replacing the police as crisis responders.

They need a mental health system that supports them and provides what they needed, when they need it: compassionate, timely and non-coercive responses.

*Name has been changed.

If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14.The Conversation

Panos Karanikolas, Research officer, Melbourne Social Equity Institute, The University of MelbourneChris Maylea, Professor of Law, La Trobe Law School, La Trobe University, and Hamilton Kennedy, PhD Candidate, La Trobe Law School, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

People with severe mental illness are waiting for days in hospital EDs. Here’s how we can do better

Matthew Ashmore/Shutterstock
Sebastian RosenbergUniversity of Sydney

On ABC’s 4 Corners this week, psychiatrists and nurses have warned New South Wales’ mental health system is in crisis. They report some patients with severe mental distress are waiting two to three days in emergency departments for care.

The program highlighted chronic failures in NSW’s mental health system, but the shortfalls are being felt across the nation.

Just over 7% of the nation’s health budget is spent on mental health. But together with alcohol and drug issues, mental health accounts for around 15% of the nation’s burden of disease.

Problems in mental health go beyond under-funding: it’s also about how the resources we do have are spent.

So how did we get here? And what can we do to fix it?

It wasn’t supposed to be like this

Back in the 1980s, psychiatric deinstitutionalisation promised to replace treatment provided in the old psychiatric institutions with mental health services and care in the community. Too often, these institutions failed to promote recovery, and delivered improper care and even abuse.

Many of these institutions were indeed closed. But the shift in mental health care over the past 40 years has not been from asylums to the community, but rather to the mental health wards of Australia’s general public hospitals and the emergency departments (EDs) which operate in them.

Hospitals are expensive and often traumatic places to provide mental health care. We know this from frequent statutory inquiries and reports.

Man lays in hospital bed
Deinstitutionalisation aimed to treat patients in the community rather than hospital. Shutterstock

For presentations to EDs, all the indicators are heading in the wrong direction. More people are seeking care for their mental health in EDs, they are arriving sicker (according to their triage category) and they wait longer for care.

Hospitals account for more than 80% of total state and territory spending on mental health. In 2022–23, A$6.5 billion of the states and territories’ total spend of $8bn on mental health was directed towards hospital-based care. Just $1bn was provided outside hospitals.

Evidence indicates community-based care can reduce reliance on EDs for mental health care.

Yet community mental health services now often comprise little more than a phone call to check if a client is taking their medication. Of the 9.4 million community mental health service contacts in 2022–3, 4 million lasted less than 15 minutes.

Mental health clinical staff spend just 20% of their time with consumers.

What are the solutions?

The solutions are already at hand, but haven’t been pursued or scaled up. These include:

  • multidisciplinary models such as assertive community treatments, which provide mixed specialist clinical and psychosocial support in the community, in people’s homes

  • service models the Australian College of Emergency Medicine have proposed as alternatives to hospital ED care. These include safe havens, mental health nurse liaison services and dedicated homelessness teams. These services can provide the care required to divert patients away from hectic emergency departments, in calmer, more therapeutic spaces

  • NSW programs such as the Housing and Accommodation Support Initiative provide community based, clinical and psychosocial support to people with severe mental health needs. This program reduced admissions due to mental health by 74% over two years

  • Adelaide’s Urgent Mental Health Care Centre, which operates as an alternative to EDs and is open 24 hours a day, seven days a week. This clinic was designed in collaboration with the community, including people with a lived experience of a mental health crisis, and offers a welcoming, safe environment

  • Step-Up Step-Down services, which can effectively meet the needs of some of “the missing middle”. These are people whose mental health needs are too complex for primary care but not assessed as a big enough risk to themselves or others to “qualify” for hospital admission.

Man sits with social worker
Community-based care for mental illness and social support can reduce reliance on EDs. Monkey Business Images/Shutterstock

Funding support for psychosocial services remains tiny. It accounts for about 6% of total spending on mental health care by states and territories.

As a result, almost half a million Australians with either severe or moderate mental health needs are currently unable to access necessary psychosocial care. This impacts their recovery.

It also leaves clinical services without a viable “psychosocial partner”. So people needing mental health care might be able to get a prescription, but are much less likely to receive assistance with unstable housing, employment support or help getting back to school.

Working together

There is already concern to address identified workforce shortages and psychiatrists’ pay disputes.

The next round of mental health planning must also discuss and clarify the complementary roles in mental health care, as people with more complex mental health needs typically benefit from multidisciplinary, team-based care. This includes psychiatrists, psychologists, allied health professionals, nurses, peer workers, social service providers, GPs, justice, school and housing services and others such as drug and alcohol services. Who is best placed to plan and coordinate this care?

Reducing our over-reliance on hospital-based mental health care and EDs needs agreement by all Australian governments to explicitly prioritise the principles of early intervention, community-based mental health care and hospital avoidance in mental health.

These steps, together with more personalised approaches to treatment and better accountability, will help us achieve systemic quality improvement in mental health care.The Conversation

Sebastian Rosenberg, Associate Professor, Health Research Institute, University of Canberra, and Brain and Mind Centre, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What’s a ‘Strombolian eruption’? A volcanologist explains what happened at Mount Etna

Fabrizio Villa / Getty Images
Teresa UbideThe University of Queensland

On Monday morning local time, a huge cloud of ash, hot gas and rock fragments began spewing from Italy’s Mount Etna.

An enormous plume was seen stretching several kilometres into the sky from the mountain on the island of Sicily, which is the largest active volcano in Europe.

While the blast created an impressive sight, the eruption resulted in no reported injuries or damage and barely even disrupted flights on or off the island. Mount Etna eruptions are commonly described as “Strombolian eruptions” – though as we will see, that may not apply to this event.

What happened at Etna?

The eruption began with an increase of pressure in the hot gases inside the volcano. This led to the partial collapse of part of one of the craters atop Etna.

The collapse allowed what is called a pyroclastic flow: a fast-moving cloud of ash, hot gas and fragments of rock bursting out from inside the volcano.

Two thermal images of a mountain.
Thermal camera images show the eruption and flows of lava down the side of Mount Etna. National Institute of Geophysics and VolcanologyCC BY

Next, lava began to flow in three different directions down the mountainside. These flows are now cooling down. On Monday evening, Italy’s National Institute of Geophysics and Volcanology announced the volcanic activity had ended.

Etna is one of the most active volcanoes in the world, so this eruption is reasonably normal.

What is a Strombolian eruption?

Volcanologists classify eruptions by how explosive they are. More explosive eruptions tend to be more dangerous, because they move faster and cover a larger area.

At the mildest end are Hawaiian eruptions. You have probably seen pictures of these: lava flowing sedately down the slope of the volcano. The lava damages whatever it runs into, but it’s a relatively local effect.

As eruptions grow more explosive, they send ash and rock fragments flying further afield.

At the more explosive end of the scale are Plinian eruptions. These include the famous eruption of Mount Vesuvius in 79AD, described by the Roman writer Pliny the Younger, which buried the Roman towns of Pompeii and Herculaneum under metres of ash.

In a Plinian eruption, hot gas, ash, and rock can explode high enough to reach the stratosphere – and when the eruption column collapses, the debris falls to Earth and can wreak terrifying destruction over a huge area.

What about Strombolian eruptions? These relatively mild eruptions are named after Stromboli, another Italian volcano which belches out a minor eruption every 10 to 20 minutes.

In a Strombolian eruption, chunks of rock and cinders may travel tens or hundreds of metres through the air, but rarely further. The pyroclastic flow from yesterday’s eruption at Etna was rather more explosive than this – so it wasn’t strictly Strombolian.

Can we forecast volcano eruptions?

Volcanic eruptions are a bit like weather. They are very hard to predict in detail, but we are a lot better than we used to be at forecasting them.

To understand what a volcano will do in the future, we first need to know what is happening inside it right now. We can’t look inside directly, but we do have indirect measurements.

For example, before an eruption magma travels from deep inside the Earth up to the surface. On the way, it pushes rocks apart and can generate earthquakes. If we record the vibrations of these quakes, we can track the magma’s journey from the depths.

Rising magma can also make the ground near a volcano bulge upwards very slightly, by a few millimetres or centimetres. We can monitor this bulging, for example with satellites, to gather clues about an upcoming eruption.

Some volcanoes release gas even when they are not strictly erupting. We can measure the chemicals in this gas – and if they change, it can tell us that new magma is on its way to the surface.

When we have this information about what’s happening inside the volcano, we also need to understand its “personality” to know what the information means for future eruptions.

Are volcanic eruptions more common than in the past?

As a volcanologist, I often hear from people that it seems there are more volcanic eruptions now than in the past. This is not the case.

What is happening, I tell them, is that we have better monitoring systems now, and a very active global media system. So we know about more eruptions – and even see photos of them.

Monitoring is extremely important. We are fortunate that many volcanoes in places such as Italy, the United States, Indonesia and New Zealand have excellent monitoring in place.

This monitoring allows local authorities to issue warnings when an eruption is imminent. For a visitor or tourist out to see the spectacular natural wonder of a volcano, listening to these warnings is all-important.The Conversation

Teresa Ubide, ARC Future Fellow and Associate Professor in Igneous Petrology/Volcanology, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week Five May 2025 - Week One June 2025 (May 26 - June 1): Issue 643

VW State Classic 2025 - NSW High School State Titles: Results

Surfing NSW is currently running the 2025 Volkswagen State Classic, a historic event combining five NSW State Titles: Juniors, Masters Shortboard, Longboard, SUP and High School, under one banner for the very first time.

Being held from May 27 to June 1 in Coffs Harbour, the six-day event features more than 700 of the state’s top surfers, aged 10 to 80+, competing across three breaks on the Coffs Coast. This all-ages, inclusive surfing celebration is bringing the community together for a week of competition, connection and experiences that reach far beyond the water.

The results of the NSW High School State Titles, held Wednesday May 28, are already in and record Narrabeen Sports High School had two teams taking part, both of which won a place in the finals, with their junior team winning first place, while St. Augustine's secured the silver in the Seniors Division - congratulations to all who had a go - and especially to the St Augustine's and Narrabeen crews who did so well in their heats and across the competition.

The news service sent through a request for some 'medal pics' late Saturday (May 31) and the great team at Surfing NSW (thanks Zoe!), and your peers, sent back those that run below - we'll run a full 'wrap' next Sunday, including action pics. In the meantime, some results:

Senior Boys- High School (16 teams overall)

  1. Illawarra Sports High - Ethan Rule  and Taj Air
  2. St Augustines College Sydney - Aussie Kelaher and Ben Zanatta
  3. St Francis Xavier's College - Jye Kelly and Felix Byrnes
  4. Narrabeen Sports High School - Louie Ewing and Rene Galloway

Senior Girls- High School

  1. Illawarra Sports High
  2. Cronulla High
  3. Byron Bay High School
  4. McAuley Catholic College

Junior Boys- High School

  1. Narrabeen Sports High School - Jaggar Phillips and  Eli Clarke
  2. Illawarra Sports High - Cruz Air and Ashton Mekisic
  3. Lindisfarne Anglican Grammar School (2)- Jay Whitfield and  Charlie Cairncross
  4. Lindisfarne Anglican Grammar School (1) - Hunter Sutcliffe and Marvin Freeman

Junior Girls- High School

  1. Illawarra Sports High
  2. St Peters Anglican College (1)
  3. St Peters Anglican College (2)
  4. McAuley Catholic College (1)

 

Empowering voices: youth have their say

By YAG (Youth Advisory Group) writer Isabel Schilling

Wednesday, 28 May 2025

Have Your Say Day, the Beaches’ youth voice forum, is back for it’s fourth year. 

This year’s successful forum, held at Northern Beaches Secondary College Freshwater Senior Campus, provided a platform for young people to share their voice on important matters impacting them to a packed, enthusiastic crowd. 

This year’s forum leaders had the opportunity to present to the key decision makers from local, state and federal government. 

With support from Northern Beaches Council and their Youth Advisory Group (YAG), the event sees young leaders from ten local high schools collaborate and network to voice the concerns raised by 2,120 local young people in the Have Your Say Day survey. 

Here are some of the issues that were discussed at Have Your Say Day: 

Social media:

Students explored the impact of harmful online content shaping young people’s identity and emotional regulation.  

They discussed the importance young people place on their phone and social media usage. Highlighted was the idea that online content is not just seen but learned, making it a public health concern. 

They called for community actions including limiting phone use, promoting outdoor activities and empowering schools to continue to educate students on the risks related to phone use, social media and accessing online content. 

Teacher inconsistencies:

177 surveyed participants named education as their top concern. Student speakers addressed the impact of teacher inconsistencies on students' engagement and success. They highlighted a lack of consistency with regular substitute and casual teachers. 

Students called for both immediate and long-term solutions such as third learning spaces and quiet study zones.

Their calls for action also focused on systematic reform of the education system including increased pay for teachers to make it more attractive and extra permanent teaching staff. 

Discrimination: 

Speakers addressed casual discrimination, focusing on racism and homophobia, and its impact on youth mental health, academic performance and inclusion. 

They shared how harmful jokes, bullying and a culture of silence can perpetuate stigma. Students highlighted the risk of this becoming normalised if inadequately addressed, particularly in schools and sports settings. 

They proposed emotionally engaging workshops to educate and dismantle harmful attitudes to normalise queer identity, build empathy and foster inclusion to change mindsets. They noted that ‘little by little, a little becomes a lot’. 

Other issues:

Other issues presented during the forum and discussed during the Q&A session that followed included environmental anxiety, destigmatising mental health, public transport concerns, the overuse of technology and economic pressures faced by young people.

Students called for practical action, community support and real youth involvement in decision making. Their message was clear: listen to us, involve us, and work with us to create meaningful, lasting change.

The results of the Have Your Say Day survey and full transcripts of speeches will be collated into a report, made publicly available on Council's website in July 2025.

Follow @keepalookoutfor on Instagram and Facebook for events, programs, and opportunities for young people on the Beaches. 

Fishing on Commuter Wharf: Church Point

Broken Bay Water Police are asking for your assistance. 

Police are responding to an increasing number of incidents in relation to youths Fishing against Local Government signage on the Church Point Commuter Wharf. 


It’s fabulous to see young people out enjoying our waterways but unfortunately we have had issues with youths 
  • - walking over vessels,
  • - obstructing boats coming into the wharf, 
  • - hooks and lines left on vessels and wharfs, 
  • - fish bait and guts left behind.
Frustrations are escalating with several members of the community accidently breaking / snapping fishing rods trying to get on and off their boats.  

Over the weekend over 30 youths have been spoken to on the wharf aged between 12 and 14. 

Police ask that locals respect each other and abide by wharf signage before fishing.

Sunday May 25 2025

Inaugural NSW School Sport Games 

Some of the state’s best up-and-coming sports stars will be on display when the biggest schools’ multisport event ever hosted in NSW comes to Blacktown from the 2 to 6 June.

The inaugural NSW School Sport Games will see more than 2,000 athletes from 15 NSW Sports Associations compete across the week in Aussie rules, bowls, football, gymnastics, rugby league, rugby7s, softball, ten pin bowling and touch football.

Twelve state champions will be named, as the cream of NSW primary and secondary public school talent will be represented alongside combined teams from NSW Catholic and Independent Schools.

Athletes from the state’s rural, regional and remote areas will converge on Blacktown to join their metropolitan counterparts in competition.

The Games will also include the inaugural Ten Pin Bowling State Championship for students with a disability.

“Physical activity plays a vital role in wellbeing and the NSW School Sport Games provide a fantastic platform to bring together athletes from across the state for a celebration of school sport,” said Darren Lang, Sport Strategy and Planning Coordinator for the School Sport Unit.

“NSW public schools have had a long history of developing athletes for state, national and international competitions and these Games will showcase that talent in a carnival-style atmosphere.

“And with professional sporting teams in the NRL, AFL, A-League and cricket all based in the region, we knew there’d be no better host than Western Sydney with fantastic venues such as the Blacktown International Sports Park.”

Six Australian Olympians will attend the event: Aidan Roach (water polo), Alexandra Croak (gymnastics), Noah Havard (canoe sprint), Ellen Roberts (softball), Nick Timmings (skeleton) and Emma Tonegato (rugby 7s), engaging with students as part of the Olympics Unleashed program.

The event is expected to provide a $4 million boost to the local economy.

Competing Associations at the School Sport Games. 

Sydney West; Sydney North; Sydney South West; Sydney East; Riverina; Western;  North West; North Coast; Hunter; South Coast; Barrier; West Darling; MacKillop (Catholic Schools NSW); Polding (Catholic Schools NSW); NSW Combined Independent Schools. 

Schedule of Championships 

Primary Girls’ Australian Football: Monday 2 – Tuesday 3 June 

Primary Boys’ Australian Football: Wednesday 4 – Friday 6 June 

Secondary Bowls: Tuesday 3 – Thursday 5 June 

Secondary Boys’ Football: Monday 2 – Wednesday 4 June 

Secondary Girls’ Football: Wednesday 4 – Friday 6 June 

Secondary Gymnastics: Monday 2 – Wednesday 4 June 

Primary 11 Yrs Rugby League: Monday 2 – Wednesday 4 June 

Primary Girls’ Rugby 7s: Thursday 5 – Friday 6 June 

Primary Girls Softball: Monday 2 – Thursday 5 June 

Inclusive Sport Ten Pin Bowling: Tuesday 3 – Wednesday 4 June 

Secondary Girls’ Touch Football:  Monday 2 – Wednesday 4 June

Secondary Boys’ Touch Football: Wednesday 4 – Friday 6 June 

 

2025 Environment Art & Design Prize Finalists announced

Friday May 30 2025

Council is delighted to announce the finalists for the 2025 Environment Art & Design Prize. 

Finalists include a range of early career and established artists and designers, who together will create 3 contemporary exhibitions exploring critical environmental issues.

Mayor Sue Heins said the range of entries were broad and thought-provoking.

“We were thrilled to receive almost 700 entries this year and 191 of the best works of art and design have been selected as finalists for the exhibition opening on 1 August 2025. 

“This year’s Environmental Art & Design Prize attracted entries from across the nation, many sharing a common theme of how the issues of climate change and sustainability affect local communities across the globe,” Mayor Heins said.

You can view the finalists’ works at Manly Art Gallery and Museum, Curl Curl Creative Space and Mona Vale Creative Space Gallery from 1 August to 14 September.

“Don’t forget to vote for your favourite entry through the People’s Choice Award, which is open till 10 September, with the winner announced on 12 September,” added Mayor Heins.

This Year’s prize money, is an impressive $20,000 for each of the Art and Design categories, making the design category one of Australia’s richest design awards. The Young Artists and Designers winners will receive a total of $3,000, and the three People’s Choice winners will receive $1,000 per venue.

Young 7-12 years

  • Camilo Budet Trescott, Ancestral Sunrise 
  • Audrey Chen, Shy Forest 
  • Beatrix Dennison, I Love North Head
  • Constance Fan, Golden Treasure
  • Abbey Fu, The Stranded Penguin
  • Iris Ha, The Ocean's Secret Message
  • Zoe Jiang, Witch House
  • Yichen (Jasmine) Jiang, Imagination
  • Alice Juwono, The Green Fennec Fox in Bushland
  • Phoenix Libotte, Broken Seasons
  • Saffron Libotte, Turtle Island
  • Felicia Lin-Xie, Living Fossil - Bulloak Jewel Butterfly
  • Anahid Mezoghlian, The Busy Penguin
  • Louie (Lucinda) Ornelas, Squawks the Grubinator
  • Sophie Poulier, Frogzilla
  • Sophie Poulier, Captain Cassowary
  • Vivian Qin, Don't Cut Our Home
  • Theodore Saldan, The Ugly Face of Pollution
  • Lia Shachar, Fruit Break
  • Ellory Tan, Beneath and Beyond the Circle of Life
  • Aria Tan, A Cute Seahorse
  • Eva Wheeler, The Worker Bee
  • Màira Widholzer with Florence, Rachel, Aarna, Ava and Clara, The Sisters Tree
  • Evangeline Wrightson, Great Barrier Grief
  • Felix Xu, Log-head Shark
  • Angie Xu, Nature's Room
  • Brandon Xu, Hell in Paradise
  • Blair Xu, Guardians of the Ocean
  • Emmie Yao, The Final 50
  • Kloe Zhou, Reality Check

Young 13-18 years

  • Luca Bianchinotti, My Perfect Summer 
  • Jennifer Charlton, 2050
  • Ivy Chen, Filet-O-Fish
  • Claire Childs, Once Loved
  • Arabella Czerwenka, Coral Seascape
  • Banjo Evans, Discarded World, Fading Creatures 01
  • Oscar Gilliland, Long Reef Headland in Clay
  • Miley Hiraizumi, Ocean of Digestion 
  • Madeline Hollier, The Emu
  • Laura Hou, Australia's Sounds
  • Isla Jessup, Ingalalla 
  • Sierra Knights, Tide Riders
  • Abigail Lee, The Tree and Waratah 
  • Suzie Leys, Mandy's Gourmet Delicacies
  • Ching Ka Janelle Lin, The Last Branch
  • Zoe Maryska, River Songs of Life
  • Chelsea Moss, Ignorant Bliss
  • Meera Nirmalendran, Nature's Bounty
  • Serena Plane, The Places We Have Been
  • Clare Powell, Irrawong
  • Willamina Powell, Natural Renaissance
  • Claire Power, Beneath Our Actions
  • Angie Procter, Seahorse  
  • Emma Sproule, Slipping Glimpse
  • Yudie Sun, Mother Nature's Wrath
  • Ali Talebian, The Price of Thirst
  • Eden Xu, Numbat

Art

  • Luke Abdallah & Izumi Nago, Rhythm in Nature (Bilpin)
  • Gus Armstrong & Peter Swain, Creek Dreaming W/Peter Swain
  • Tara Axford, Held in Balance
  • Rina Bernabei, Groundings
  • Camille Blyth, The Secret Keepers
  • Lisa Cahill, Effervesce
  • Gordon R Carmichael, Anthroposcream
  • The Arthitects – Gary Carsley & Renjie Teoh, Wambuul (Proclamation Park Bathurst) 
  • Caroline Christie-Coxon, The Unburdening
  • Jan Cleveringa, What Rubbish
  • Sadhbha Cockburn, Earth Bound
  • Samuel Condon, Six Days in Dordogne 
  • Penny Coss, Cross Currents 2024
  • Danielle Creenaune, Resounding Vale
  • Laura Curcio, Best Before
  • Julia Davis, In Relation: To the Heart
  • Chris De Rosa, Bloom/Doom
  • Tamara Dean, Blowin’ in the Wind
  • Shoufay Derz, The Maws - Emptiness (Part 3)
  • Joel Dickens, Rhizome
  • Susie Dureau, Powerful Owl
  • Helen Earl, Landscape Embodied
  • Julie Edgar, Veiled
  • Matt Elliott & David Collins, Changing of Tides (Crosslands Exchange)
  • Claire Ellis, Hot Air
  • Bernadette Facer, Low Water
  • Dongwang Fan, Nine Gum Trees 
  • Nic Fern, Frayed Ideals
  • Louise Fowler-Smith, Extinction Solastalgia
  • Guy Fredericks, Lasso 1 & 2
  • Kath Fries, Beguiling (Lean on Me)
  • Phillip George, Swimming to Hades 
  • Maddison Gibbs Wing, Kin
  • Allan Giddy, Abandoned Home
  • Genevieve Ginty, The Future
  • Marisabel Gonzalez, Field Notes from the Body of the Earth 2
  • Maharlina Gorospe-Lockie, Discomfort Food: Sinangag (Garlic Fried Rice)
  • Petra Gotthardt, Agony & Apathy
  • Tim Gregory, Farmland Landscape C.1990/2025
  • Chris Hagen, Apistolaries (Exchange)
  • Lee Harrop, Foundation Stone
  • Dan Hewitt, Queensie from Dad's Place
  • Mahala Hill, Apocalypse Unfolding VII
  • Rachel Honnery, Green Between the Trees
  • Linda Hume, Kate's Garden
  • Jude Hungerford, Arbores Vitae
  • Jude Hungerford, Burn 2
  • Les Irwig, Ocypode Art
  • Derek Jungarrayi Thompson, Maku (Witchetty Grub) Derek’s Story
  • Lea Kannar-Lichtenberger, Footprint Convergence - Penguin Highway
  • Freddy Ken, Kulata Tjuta - Kungkarangkalpa Freddy's Story
  • Bella La Spina, Margin
  • James Lai, Paddocks and Vineyards
  • Birte Larsen, End Grain
  • Ryan Andrew Lee, Anthropocentrism
  • Pamela Leung, Yuenyeung 43
  • Chrystie Longworth, Jetsam Sentinels
  • Daniel Lopez Lomeli, Kodama Variation #3
  • Orlando Luminere, Brooklyn #0088
  • Amelia Lynch, Flora Strata
  • Rachel Mackay, Crabs Nipping at My Flesh Beneath the Surface
  • Kathy Mackey, Coastal Drawings (Inverted) 
  • Negin Maddock, Standing Still
  • David Manley, Post-Traumatic Urbanist #14
  • Donna Marcus, End of Empire
  • Katherine Marmaras, Waste Not, Want Not (Memories)
  • Sally Mayman, Liminal Zone, Wontanella
  • Georgia McFarland, Poolside #63 (Suburban Dreams)
  • Catherine McGuiness & Diane Pirotta, My Parents Always Called Me A Possum
  • Milan Milojevic, The Great White Hunter After a Hard Day's Work 1
  • Luanne Mitchelmore, Honouring Soil
  • Jodie Munday, Gunlindulin - Eel Wiradjuri
  • Kendal Murray, Keen Eyed Applied, Hillside Confide
  • Ainslie Murray, Not A Problem
  • Phillip Muzzall, And If It All Falls Apart, What Then?
  • Anne Nginyangnka Thompson, Strong Family Connection
  • Julie Nicholson, Water Forms
  • Lucy O'Doherty, Car in Blue Storm 
  • Julie Paterson, The Menindee Memorial Loop
  • Meagan Pelham, Bird Land Washy Whale Party
  • Lori Pensini, Empty
  • Emma Pinsent, Return to Form
  • Julien Playoust, Standing by the Gate Set, Old Stringy Bark & Gravel Pit Near the Woolshed
  • Shirley Ploog, Salt Lake Wanderings
  • Anthony Polkinghorne, Katabasis
  • Kim Power, Dyad
  • Sandra Pumani, Maku Tjukurpa
  • Simon Reece, Resting Sponge
  • Margaret Richards, Tjukula Tjuta
  • Adam Sébire, Anthroposcene XII: Iceberg Care
  • Douglas Schofield, Suburban Tree Tensions
  • Gary Shinfield, Remnants
  • Patrick Shirvington, Observation of Beauty
  • Kris Smith, Tree Litmus
  • Emma Sutherland, Totems
  • Jane Theau & Ramji Ambrosiussen, Saint Bob and the Swifts
  • Carlene Thompson, Tjulpu Kulunypa - Baby Birds
  • Thomas Thorby-Lister, Can't See the Forest for the Fields
  • Angela Tiatia, Render
  • Shonah Trescott, Red Gold 
  • Jennifer Turpin, CR.E
  • Gabriela Villalba, Queenscliff
  • Hilary Warren, Banksia Cones
  • Ben Waters, A Patchwork of Sunlight
  • Rachael Wellisch, Recuperated Material Monuments #23
  • Cat Wilson, Just Hanging
  • Jason Wing, Save Our Souls
  • Mei Zhao, Garden C

Design

  • Craig Ashton, Connections
  • Jane Bamford, Ceramic Little Penguin Nesting Module 
  • Luke Batten, Dyad lamp
  • Julian Clarkson, Bedridden
  • Kate Dorrough, River Costume
  • Caren Elliss, Grandiflora Chandelier
  • Björn Eriksson, Co-Habitat Coat: Fashion for Nonhuman Kinship
  • Diego Faivre, Altare di Casa made in 3669 minutes
  • Chloe Ferres, All That Remains (Burial Quilt) 
  • Maddison Gibbs Wing, Fallen Kin
  • Georgia Graham, Like a Virgin
  • Anne Greenway, SEGway
  • Shawnna Hodgson, Waves
  • Locki Humphrey, Vault Stool
  • Trent Jansen & Tanya Singer, Manta Pilti | Dry Sand Low Chair
  • Marlo Lyda, Turning (Camphor) - Bed & Lamp
  • Joanne Odisho, Pathways
  • Joanne Odisho, Lume
  • Susie Roberts, Star
  • Lucile Sciallano, Loose Threads 
  • Christine Simpson, Hooked
  • Jasmine Stein, Phyla
  • Ben Styles & Jordan Goren, Caustara
  • Lilli Taranto, Transparent Paths: Reframing waste as a precious resource.
  • Emma Varga, Hug Me
  • Xinze Yu, Emberbloom

Opportunities:

Surfrider Foundation: June 2025 Events

Check out our Epic line-up of events this month ! 🌊🤙
Join the wave of changemakers protecting our beautiful blue backyard !
🌊This Sun 1 June - Adopt a Beach Community Clean ups
Venue: 9 x northern beach locations.
Time: 3 - 4pm
*Note* the new event time during winter months (June, July, Aug) 
Check out our Impact to-date and beach location details: https://www.surfrider.org.au/impact/adoptabeach/


🌊Thu 5 June - A Brew for the Blue 
Venue: Bonsai Bar ( below 4 Pines Brewery Manly)
Time: 5 - 7pm 
A collaboration with SIMS (Sydney Institute of Marine Science)
A Celebration for World Ocean Day, Science, Underwater photography competition.
Surfrider will join a panel of SIMS scientists to chat about Sydney’s ocean conservation programs.
Tix $10 includes a cold brew on arrival. Event details and Book tickets here



🌊Sun 22 June - Surfrider 3rd Annual Surf swap & Repair Market
Venue: Surfrider Gardens, 50 Oceans St, Narrabeen
Time: 11 - 3pm 
Ride the Use Wave - Sell, Swap, Repair or repurpose your preloved Surf gear.
Meet shapers and makers of sustainable surfboards, local innovators of upcycling waste into surf accessories
Upcycle your ‘end of life’ wetsuit with Ripcurl, attend minor board repair workshops
Chill to smooth beats in the winter sun and enjoy killer coffee from the local cafes
This event is held with the support of the Northern Beaches Council.
Free to attend and a waste free event!
Event Registration here - Day traders and Stallholders

Kay Cottee Women's Development Regatta

Sunday 29th June 2025 | RPAYC

Get ready for a day of fun, learning, and friendly competition on the water! The Kay Cottee Women’s Development Regatta is all about building confidence, developing sailing skills, and giving recent Sailing Academy graduates a chance to experience the excitement of racing in a supportive and welcoming environment.

Whether you’ve just completed a learn to sail course at RPAYC or a similar program at another club, this is your chance to take the next step in your sailing journey – no pressure, just good company, great vibes, and time on the water!

Who Can Join?
You’re eligible if you have recently completed a Learn to Sail course (at RPAYC or another club) and are keen to try out racing in a fun, relaxed regatta format.

Event Schedule – Sunday 29 June 2025
Morning Training Session
⏰ 8:30am – 11:00am
Kick off the day with on-water coaching designed to boost your skills and build racing confidence. Our experienced instructors will guide you through boat handling, starting techniques, and race strategy.

Lunch Break – Clubhouse Social
🍽️ 11:30am – 12:30pm
Enjoy a relaxed lunch in the clubhouse with fellow sailors, swap stories, and fuel up for the afternoon.

Afternoon Racing Session
🚩 First Warning Signal: 1:00pm
⚓ Up to 4 short-format races
🏁 No races will be started after 3:30pm
The regatta will follow a Windward/Leeward course, keeping things simple and fun as you put your new skills into practice.

Presentation & Wrap-Up
🏆 Celebrate the day’s efforts with a casual awards presentation and cheer on your fellow sailors!

Entries Are Now Open!
Spots are limited – don’t miss your chance to be part of this empowering day on the water. We can’t wait to see you on the start line!

Click HERE to register your name - Registration for this event closes at Monday 23 Jun 2025

Entry Fee:
  • $100 for RPAYC members per person
  • $125 for non-members per person
The Entry Fee Includes:
  • Comprehensive Training Session: Shore-based and on-water coaching to prepare you for the regatta.
  • Racing on our Fleet of Elliott 7 Inshore Keelboats: You’ll sail with a skilled Mentor Skipper, gaining hands-on experience.
  • Some Fantastic Prizes: Because every sailor deserves to be rewarded for their hard work and spirit!
  • An Amazing Day on the Water: With a fun, supportive atmosphere to help you grow your sailing skills while making lasting memories.
Event Overview:
This exciting event is specifically designed to promote and develop women’s sailing, creating an opportunity for emerging sailors to build confidence, refine skills, and transition into the world of racing. Whether you’re a recent graduate of our Sailing Academy or have participated in similar programs at other clubs, this regatta is the perfect chance to test your abilities in a friendly and supportive environment.

How It Works:
This regatta focuses on creating an inclusive atmosphere where women sailors can experience racing in a safe and encouraging space. Female crews will be formed from individual applications, with each crew paired with a Sailing Academy-appointed skipper/instructor. This ensures that you have expert guidance throughout the event. Each crew will have a maximum of 5 members, and the goal is to encourage learning, teamwork, and fun!

In this format, helm swapping is encouraged, allowing everyone to take turns as helmsperson throughout the day. This gives each participant a chance to grow their skill set, whether you’re new to helming or experienced and looking to refine your technique.

The Day of the Event:
Morning Training Session (8:30 AM – 11:00 AM):
The day will kick off with a comprehensive training session, covering both shore-based and on-water components. You’ll practice essential skills like boat handling, crew coordination, and communication. We’ll also hold a race briefing to go over key race rules, strategies, and the conduct of sailing races – all designed to increase your knowledge and boost your confidence when you’re out there on the race course.

Racing Session (1:00 PM – 3:30 PM):
The afternoon is all about putting your new skills into action! Crews will compete in up to four fun-filled races on a Windward/Leeward course, designed to be accessible for all levels while still offering exciting racing. After each race, there will be time to debrief, make adjustments, and get ready for the next round.

You’ll be sailing on a fleet of Elliott 7 inshore keelboats, known for their stability and ease of handling, which means you can focus on developing your sailing skills without worrying about complicated boat handling. Each boat will be helmed by one of the crews, with guidance from the skilled Mentor Skipper who will be there to offer tips, advice, and support throughout the regatta.

Why You Should Join:
  • A Supportive Learning Environment: This event is specifically designed to help you transition into racing in a low-pressure, fun atmosphere. It’s about development, not just competition!
  • Skilled Mentorship: With an experienced instructor at the helm, you’ll have the chance to learn the ropes and refine your sailing technique.
  • Collaboration and Teamwork: The focus on working as a crew will help you hone essential skills like communication, coordination, and leadership.
  • Networking with Other Women Sailors: Connect with like-minded women who are passionate about sailing and eager to improve, share tips, and make lasting friendships on the water.
  • A Confidence Boost: Whether you’re aiming to compete in future races or just looking for more sailing experience, this regatta is a stepping stone to building your confidence and skills in a real-world racing environment.
What you’ll get out of it:
  • A deeper understanding of race tactics and sailing rules.
  • Hands-on practice with boat handling, racing strategy, and teamwork.
  • The chance to helm a keelboat and swap positions with your teammates.
  • Exposure to different sailing styles and techniques from others in the event.
  • An amazing time sailing, making new friends, and learning in a supportive, fun atmosphere
This is your chance to join a community of women sailors who are passionate about improving their skills and having a blast on the water. We can’t wait to see you there, ready to race, learn, and grow as part of this incredible sailing experience!

If you have any questions about the event, you can contact the Sailing Office via email, sailtraining@rpayc.com.au or (02) 9998 3700

The 2025 CWAS "David Malin Awards"

Entries close July 1 2025. For details on each category visit: https://www.cwas.org.au/astrofest/DMA/

There is a new International Section open to all astrophotographers - both Australian and overseas residents. 

The Competition Structure:
  • General Section (Open only to Australian residents):
  • Wide-Field
  • Deep Sky
  • Solar System
  • Theme - "People and Sky"
  • Junior Section (Australian residents aged 18 years or younger):
  • One Open Category (can be of any astronomical subject)
  • International Section (Open to all Australian and overseas resident astrophotographers)
  • Nightscapes
An additional prize, "The Photo Editor's Choice", will also be awarded. This will be judged by a major news organisation's photo editor or editors. Entry fees are $20 per entry and can be paid by the PayPal, Credit and debit cards.

Wide field winner in the 2018 CWAS David Malin Awards: Barrenjoey Milky Way Arch
Supplied: ©Tom Elliott/David Malin Awards

More places available in innovative jobs program for women

Applications are now open for the 2025 Future Women (FW) Jobs Academy – an innovative pre-employment initiative designed to help women overcome career challenges and connect them with employers.

The NSW Government invested $5.8 million as part of an election promise to support 1,000 women to be part of FW Jobs Academy.

The program is already showing results with nearly 75 per cent of the 2024 participants now actively looking for work or applying for further study, and 85 per cent reporting they now feel well-equipped to search for work.

Flexible, free and online, FW Jobs Academy is a year-long program that equips women with the skills, networks and confidence they need to re-enter the workforce following a career break. The program offers a curated mix of learning, mentoring and community to assist participants navigate evolving job search tools, employer expectations and workplace environments.

The NSW Government is focused on supporting women who face intersecting barriers to securing employment and career progression through FW Jobs Academy. This includes women from the following communities:

  • Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander women, who are prioritised and accepted on an ‘if not why not’ basis
  • women from culturally diverse backgrounds
  • women living with disability
  • women living in regional, rural or remote areas.

Jobs Academy is delivered by FW (formerly Future Women), an Australian-based organisation that was founded in NSW. FW’s programs help women succeed in finding work, building their careers and securing their economic futures. Since launching in 2021, the Jobs Academy program has helped thousands of women to return to work and thrive.

The 2025 program will commence in early August 2025. For more information and to apply, visit the Future Women Jobs Academy web page.

Minister for Women Jodie Harrison said:

“FW Jobs Academy is solving two challenges simultaneously. Helping NSW women overcome the barriers they face in finding meaningful work and achieving financial security and, at the same time, helping employers access an untapped talent pool.

“By supporting more New South Wales women to return to work, the Minns Government is not only empowering women to succeed but addressing critical skills gaps in industries that will drive the future prosperity of our state.

“FW Jobs Academy is helping to unlock the full potential of NSW’s skilled workforce, boosting women’s workforce participation and securing their economic futures.”

FW Managing Director and co-founder of FW Jobs Academy Helen McCabe said:   

“Hundreds of thousands of Australian women would like to return to work but can face multiple and intersecting barriers to paid employment.

“Jobs Academy works because we recognise women as experts in their own lives and, with their input, we’re providing the right balance of education, empowerment and connection to achieve real results.”

FW Deputy Managing and co-founder of FW Jobs Academy Jamila Rizvi said:  

“As Australia faces skills shortages in a variety of occupations, FW Jobs Academy offers a practical pathway for women to be part of the solution.

“Having already supported thousands of women to re-enter the workforce or undertake further study, FW Jobs Academy is boosting workforce participation and productivity, as well as addressing skills shortages and helping families make ends meet.”

2025 Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards entries are now open!!

The Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards seek to capture the imaginations of school students across Australia, inspiring them to express their thoughts and feelings through the medium of poetry in their pursuit of literary excellence. The standard of entries year after year is consistently high, yet the winning poems never cease to impress the judges. From reading the entries of both the primary and secondary students, one can get an idea of the current events and issues that have had a great impact on young Australians over the decades. 

The awards are held every year and open for entries until the 30th of June with the winners announced on the first Friday in September.

For more information on the competition and how to enter CLICK HERE.

Conditions of entries:

  • Only students enrolled in an Australian education facility (Kindergarten to Year 12) are eligible to enter.
  • Poems must be no more than 80 lines with no illustrations, graphics or decorations included.
  • Entries are limited to up to 3 poems per student.
  • Poems on any subject are accepted, the annual theme is optional.
  • Poems that have been previously entered in the Dorothea Mackellar Poetry Awards are NOT ELIGIBLE to be entered.
  • Poems entered in other competitions are eligible to be entered.

Our poets are encouraged to take inspiration from wherever they may find it, however if they are looking for some direction, they are invited to use this year’s optional theme to inspire their entries.

“All the beautiful things” has been selected as the 2025 optional theme. Students are encouraged to write about topics and experiences that spark their poetic genius (in whatever form they choose).

Big Brother Movement's Scholarships Now open for All Young Australians

For a century, the Big Brother Movement (BBM) has been a catalyst for change and opportunity, opening doors for young people to explore the world and make their mark.

It began as Australia’s most successful migration program for young men moving from the UK to Australia, the Big Brother Movement. 

Today, built on this legacy, BBM continues to empower young people to venture overseas for work experience through their Global Footprints Scholarships program. 

So instead of bringing young people to Australia to access all the opportunities here, they are providing a chance for young Australians to follow their vocational dreams overseas.

few insights into their Global Footprints Scholarship opportunity for young men and women aged 18 to 24.

What is a Global Footprints Scholarship?

A Global Footprints Scholarship is a self-directed career development opportunity for young Australians in agriculture, trades and horticulture. Successful applicants receive an AUD $9,000 grant to travel overseas for industry experience, professional development workshops, networking opportunities and mentoring.  University Students are not eligible to apply - this is for young people outside of that system.

Scholarships are awarded once a year. 

Who can apply?

To be eligible for a Global Footprints Scholarship you must be an Australian citizen or permanent resident and be between 18-25 years old. Check their “Who can apply?” page for full details. If your application is shortlisted you will need to provide evidence for the above.

Applications open every year on 1 May and close 1 June. Shortlisted applicants will be notified by September. 

Will you assist me in finding a work placement?

The Global Footprints Scholarship is a self-directed career development opportunity. You are expected to have a good idea of where you want to go and why, including an understanding of who the industry trailblazers in your field are and where they are located. Networking to find your placement is the first critical learning opportunity of your scholarship experience. We will give you advice on how to approach them, and put you in touch with past scholars who can help.

Find out more and apply at: www.globalfootprints.org.au

Inaugural Murcutt Symposium 2025, 11-13 September 2025

Glenn Murcutt AO is Australia's most celebrated living architect. To mark more than five decades of architectural practice, the inaugural Murcutt Symposium offers 3 days of tours, activities and events in Sydney from 11-13 September 2025.

Murcutt will not be alone in headlining the Murcutt Symposium in 2025. Fellow Pritzker Prize winning architect and friend Francis Kéré will join Murcutt on stage over two days in Sydney - delivering a public lecture, and keynote at a one-day symposium.

Join us for a rare chance to come inside some of Murcutt's most awarded buildings on guided tours. Hear the backstory and share in tales of the design evolution from those who have lived in and loved these places.

Witness the first ever award of the Murcutt Pin, a new international award for architecture designed by Murcutt and presented at the flagship public Murcutt Oration in Sydney on Friday, 12 September.

Dive deep into the themes that have driven Murcutt and informed his unique model of practice, and his internationally awarded projects at a one-day symposium.

Join us for 3 days of tours, talks and deep dives into architecture with a meaningful connection to place.

Murcutt building tours
Thursday 11 September: 8am-5pm
This is an exceptionally rare chance to go inside the iconic Nicholas House (Mount Irvine) and Simpson Lee House (Mount Wilson), with Glenn Murcutt AO as your guide. 
Lunch provided. Vigorous walking involved. Numbers strictly limited.

Friday 12 September: 1.30pm-5pm
Come inside an early Murcutt house in Cromer, north of Sydney, that has been described as "a hidden masterpiece in the suburbs" - given a new life by architect Matt Chan, in consultation with Glenn Murcutt.
Vigorous walking involved. Numbers strictly limited.

Murcutt Oration 
Friday 12 September 2025: 6pm-8pm
Award of the inaugural Murcutt Pin, and Murcutt Oration 
The inaugural Murcutt Oration will be delivered by Francis Kéré, laureate of the Pritzker Prize (2022) and Praemium Imperiale (2023) - widely recognised as one of the worlds leading architects.

Murcutt Symposium 
Saturday 13 September 2025: 9am-5pm
Join us for a deep dive into the themes behind Murcutt's work (3 hours Formal CPD, 2 hours informal CPD):

In-conversation - Glenn Murcutt AO and Francis Kéré
Hear these two eminent Pritzker Prize winning architects and warm friends engage in conversation on events and experiences that have shaped their personal lives and their practice over decades. 

Keynote - Piers Taylor (UK)
Piers Taylor is the founder and principal of the highly awarded Invisible Studio, and Professor of Knowledge Exchange in Architecture at UWE; founding 2 renowned academic programs: ‘Studio in the Woods’ and 'AA Design and Make'. Both engage students in hands-on design and construction. Piers Taylor originally studied in Australia and currently lives in a prototypical self built award winning house in the UK and manages a 100 acre woodland as a research resource for the practice.

Healthy buildings breathe - Lindsay Clare, Ché Wall, Kerry Clare, Rod Simpson
Buildings that breathe and have good natural ventilation are now event more critical in a changing climate. Are our current planning and building regulatory settings match-fit? Three eminent practitioners question the current state of play at the intersection of architecture, environmental science and emerging building regulation. 

Design for climate/Design for change - Carol Marra, Marra + Yeh
Carol Marra is an award-winning architect and Churchill Fellow specialising in sustainable and climate-resilient design. For over 25 years, her architecture, advocacy and research have guided the success of city-based and regional projects. Awarded an Alastair Swayn Strategic Research grant, her practice recently released Design for Climate | Design for Change, a toolkit for climate-resilient design. Originally from Argentina but trained in the United States, Carol has worked across cultural landscapes from North America, Australia and the Asia Pacific region, in urban, regional and remote locations.

The Murcutt legacy - celebrated documentary film maker Catherine Hunter shares footage from 30 years following Glenn Murcutt AO.
Catherine Hunter has followed and documented the work of celebrated architect Glenn Murcutt for more than thirty years and collaborated on a number of film projects. Share in Murcutt's warmth, humanity and skill in pursuit of an architectural vision that always seeks to respond to place and provide delight.

Contributors
Glenn Murcutt AO, Australia
Francis Kéré, Germany/Burkina Faso
Piers Taylor, UK
Brit Andresen, Australia
Kerry Clare, Australia
Lindsay Clare, Australia
Ché Wall, Australia
Richard Leplastrier AO, Australia
Peter Stutchbury, Australia
Carol Marra, Australia  

Tickets are designed for you to choose one or more events, including ticket packages if you can't decide. 
The 2025 Murcutt Symposium is supported by the Robin Boyd Foundation and National Gallery of Victoria; Sydney Design Week (thanks to the Powerhouse); and the Futuna Chapel Trust (NZ). 

This event is presented in partnership with the State Library of New South Wales.

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Gravitas

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1.dignity, seriousness, or solemnity of manner.

From: Latin, from gravis ‘serious’.

Gravitas was one of the ancient Roman virtues that denoted "seriousness". It is also translated variously as weight, dignity, and importance and connotes restraint and moral rigor. It also conveys a sense of responsibility and commitment to the task.

Along with pietas (regard for discipline and authority), severitas, gloria, simplicitas (lucidity), integritas, dignitas, and virtus, gravitas was particularly appreciated as an ideal characteristic in leaders. Gravitas and virtus are considered more canonical virtues than the others.

Gravitas was one of the virtues that allowed citizens, particularly statesmen, to embody the concept of romanitas, which denotes what it meant to be Roman and how Romans regarded themselves, eventually evolving into a national character. Many Roman philosophers praised constantia (perseverance, endurance, and courage), dignitas, and gravitas as the most important virtues; this is because they made dignified men capable. They accompany Roman actions. The men of the ruling upper and upper-middle classes were educated in a public school system where Classical language and literature formed basic elements of the curriculum.

Exuding gravitas or dignified and serious conduct allowed Romans to maintain a persistent element of conservatism and traditionalism.[6] According to the Roman emperor and philosopher Marcus Aurelius, the cultivation of gravitas involves acting with sincerity and dignity, by being temperate in manner and speech as well as by carrying oneself with authority.

Other sources associate gravitas with living an austere lifestyle. 

Gravitas is also used in communication, particularly in speech, where it denotes the use of emphasis in order to give certain words weight.

Jacinda Ardern, 2025 Yale Class Day Speaker

The Right Honorable Dame Jacinda Ardern, former prime minister of New Zealand, delivered the 2025 Yale Class Day address - well worth a listen.

Actually, Gen Z stand to be the biggest winners from the new $3 million super tax

Brendan CoatesGrattan Institute and Joey MoloneyGrattan Institute

As debate rages about the federal government’s plan to lift the tax on earnings on superannuation balances over A$3 million, it’s worth revisiting why we offer super tax breaks in the first place, and why they need to be reformed.

Tax breaks on super contributions mean less tax is paid on super savings than other forms of income. These tax breaks cost the federal budget nearly $50 billion in lost revenue each year.

These tax breaks boost the retirement savings of super fund members. They also ensure workers don’t pay punitively high long-term tax rates on their super, since the impact of even low tax rates on savings compounds over time.

But they disproportionately flow to older and wealthier Australians.

Two thirds of the value of super tax breaks benefit the top 20% of income earners, who are already saving enough for their retirement.

Few retirees draw down on their retirement savings as intended, and many are net savers – their super balance continues to grow for decades after they retire.

By 2060, Treasury expects one-third of all withdrawals from super will be via bequests – up from one-fifth today.

Superannuation in Australia was intended to help fund retirements. Instead, it has become a taxpayer-subsidised inheritance scheme.

The tax breaks aren’t just inequitable; they are economically unsound. Generous tax breaks for super savers mean other taxes (such as income and company taxes) must be higher to make up the forgone revenue. That means the burden falls disproportionately on younger taxpayers.

The government should go further

The government’s plan to increase the tax rate on superannuation earnings for balances exceeding $3 million from 15% to 30% is one modest step towards fixing these problems. The tax would only apply to the amount over $3 million, not the entire balance.

This reform will affect only the top 0.5% of super account holders – about 80,000 people – and save more than $2 billion a year in its first full year.

Claims that not indexing the $3 million threshold will result in the tax affecting most younger Australians, or that it will somehow disproportionately affect younger generations, are simply nonsense.

Rather than being the biggest losers from the lack of indexation, younger Australians are the biggest beneficiaries. It means more older, wealthier Australians will shoulder some of the burden of budget repair and an ageing population. Otherwise, younger generations would bear this burden alone.

The facts speak for themselves: a mere 0.5% of Australians have more than $3 million in their super, and 85% of those are aged over 60.

Even in the unlikely scenario where the threshold remains fixed until 2055 – or for ten consecutive parliamentary terms – it would still only affect the top 10% of retiring Australians. Treasurer Jim Chalmers has rightly pointed out that it is unlikely the threshold will never be lifted.

Far from abandoning the proposed $3 million threshold, the government should go further and drop the threshold to $2 million, and only then index it to inflation, saving the budget a further $1 billion a year.

There is no rationale for offering such generous earnings tax breaks on super balances between $2 million and $3 million.

At the very least, if the $3 million threshold is maintained, it should not be indexed until inflation naturally reduces its real value to $2 million, which is estimated to occur around 2040.

Sure, it’s complicated

Levying a higher tax rate on the earnings of large super balances is complicated by the fact existing super earnings taxes are levied at the fund level, not on individual member accounts.

And it’s true that levying a 15% surcharge on the implied earnings of the account over the year (the change in account balance, net of contributions and withdrawals) will impose a tax on unrealised capital gains, or paper profits.

Taxing capital gains as they build up removes incentives to “lock in” investments to hold onto untaxed capital gains, as the Henry Tax Review recognised. But it can create cash flow problems for some self-managed super fund members who hold assets such as business premises or a farm in their fund.

Yet there are seldom easy answers when it comes to tax changes.

Most people with such substantial super balances are retirees who already maintain enough liquid assets to meet the minimum drawdown requirements.

Indeed, self-managed super funds are legally obligated to have investment strategies that ensure liquidity and the ability to meet liabilities.

In any case, the tax does not have to be paid from super. Australians with large super balances typically earn as much income from investments outside super. And the wealthiest 10% of retirees today rely more on income from outside super than income from super.

Good policy is always the art of the compromise

Australia faces the twin challenges of big budget deficits and stagnant productivity. Tax reform will be needed to respond to both.

Good public policy, like politics, always requires some level of compromise.

Super tax breaks should exist only where they support a policy aim. And on balance, trimming unneeded super tax breaks for the wealthiest 0.5% of Australians would make our super system fairer and our budget stronger.The Conversation

Brendan Coates, Program Director, Housing and Economic Security, Grattan Institute and Joey Moloney, Deputy Program Director, Housing and Economic Security, Grattan Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

X-rays have revealed a mysterious cosmic object never before seen in our galaxy

Author provided
Ziteng WangCurtin University

In a new study published today in Nature, we report the discovery of a new long-period transient – and, for the first time, one that also emits regular bursts of X-rays.

Long-period transients are a recently identified class of cosmic objects that emit bright flashes of radio waves every few minutes to several hours. This is much longer than the rapid pulses we typically detect from dead stars such as pulsars.

What these objects are, and how they generate their unusual signals, remains a mystery.

Our discovery opens up a new window into the study of these puzzling sources. But it also deepens the mystery: the object we found doesn’t resemble any known type of star or system in our galaxy – or beyond.

An image of the sky showing the region around ASKAP J1832-0911. The yellow circle marks the position of the newly discovered source. This image shows X-rays from NASA’s Chandra X-ray Observatory, radio data from the South African MeerKAT radio telescope, and infrared data from NASA’s Spitzer Space Telescope. Author provided

Watching the radio sky for flickers

There’s much in the night sky that we can’t see with human eyes but can detect when we look at other wavelengths, such as radio emissions.

Our research team regularly scans the radio sky using the Australian SKA Pathfinder (ASKAP), operated by CSIRO on Wajarri Yamaji Country in Western Australia. Our goal is to find cosmic objects that appear and disappear (known as transients).

Transients are often linked to some of the most powerful and dramatic events in the universe, such as the explosive deaths of stars.

In late 2023, we spotted an extremely bright source, named ASKAP J1832-0911 (based on its position in the sky), in the direction of the galactic plane. This object is located about 15,000 light years away. This is far, but still within the Milky Way.

An overhead view of large white radio dishes under a bright blue sky littered with clouds and a red earth underneath.
Some of the ASKAP antennas, located at Inyarrimanha Ilgari Bundara, the Murchison Radio-astronomy Observatory in Western Australia. CSIRO

A dramatic event

After the initial discovery, we began follow-up observations using telescopes around the world, hoping to catch more pulses. With continued monitoring, we found the radio pulses from ASKAPJ1832 arrive regularly – every 44 minutes. This confirmed it as a new member of the rare long-period transient group.

But we did not just look forward in time – we also looked back. We searched through older telescope data from the same part of the sky. We found no trace of the object before the discovery.

This suggests something dramatic happened shortly before we first detected it – something powerful enough to suddenly switch the object “on”.

Then, in February 2024, ASKAPJ1832 became extremely active. After a quieter period in January, the source brightened dramatically. Fewer than 30 objects in the sky have ever reached such brightness in radio waves.

For comparison, most stars we detect in radio are about 10,000 times fainter than ASKAPJ1832 during that flare-up.

A lucky break

X-rays are a form of light that we can’t see with our eyes. They usually come from extremely hot and energetic environments. Although about ten similar radio-emitting objects have been found so far, none had ever shown X-ray signals.

In March, we tried to observe ASKAPJ1832 in X-rays. However, due to technical issues with the telescope, the observation could not go ahead.

Then came a stroke of luck. In June, I reached out to my friend Tong Bao, a postdoctoral researcher at the Italian National Institute for Astrophysics, to check if any previous X-ray observations had captured the source. To our surprise, we found two past observations from NASA’s Chandra X-ray Observatory, although the data were still under a proprietary period (not yet public).

We contacted Kaya Mori, a research scientist at Columbia University and the principal investigator of those observations. He generously shared the data with us. To our amazement, we discovered clear X-ray signals coming from ASKAPJ1832. Even more remarkable: the X-rays followed the same 44-minute cycle as the radio pulses.

It was a truly lucky break. Chandra had been pointed at a different target entirely, but by pure coincidence, it caught ASKAPJ1832 during its unusually bright and active phase.

A chance alignment like that is incredibly rare – like finding a needle in a cosmic haystack.

Artwork of a tube-shaped telescope in space with large solar panel arrays on one end.
NASA’s Chandra X-ray Observatory is the world’s most powerful X-ray telescope, in orbit around Earth since 1999. NASA/CXC & J. Vaughan

Still a mystery

Having both radio and X-ray bursts is a common trait of dead stars with extremely strong magnetic fields, such as neutron stars (high-mass dead stars) and white dwarf (low-mass dead stars).

Our discovery suggests that at least some long-period transients may come from these kinds of stellar remnants.

But ASKAPJ1832 does not quite fit into any known category of object in our galaxy. Its behaviour, while similar in some ways, still breaks the mould.

We need more observations to truly understand what is going on. It is possible that ASKAPJ1832 is something entirely new, or it could be emitting radio waves in a way we have never seen before.The Conversation

Ziteng Wang, Associate Lecturer, Curtin Institute of Radio Astronomy (CIRA), Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Friday essay: I’m an Aboriginal farmer. But a romanticised idea of agriculture writes Black people out of the farming story

Joshua GilbertUniversity of Technology Sydney

I grew up with Dorothea Mackellar and The Man from Snowy River, where ragged mountain ranges met the colt from Old Regret. I grew up with the idea that the Australian bush meant endless possibility to breed livestock and find gold in every rock overturned. But these practices of clearing and marking ownership through decree of unproductive agricultural land pushed mob further from their traditional lands. It discredited their voices and their connection to Country.

Indigenous culture is viewed as something that is static, unable to move with the times. It’s one of many stereotypes in Australia, from the deemed requirement of dark skin to “be Aboriginal”, to the assumption that our participation in society only occurred in the time prior to colonisation. Indigenous people and our culture continue to be romanticised and therefore fixed in time.

I want to broaden the story and build a new reality for the future. But to do this I need to break down the stereotypes.

Joshua Gilbert. Penguin Random House Australia

After a yarn about climate change, or my family’s farming legacy, or my Aboriginal heritage, it doesn’t take long before I get asked the same old questions. Questions about the size of our properties, the number of cows, or the length of time we’ve been farming. I find this a bit uncomfortable, given the way Aboriginal land was taken, and the actions made to remove our people from this Country.

More uncomfortable are some of the questions I’m asked in other circles. You aren’t really that Aboriginal, are you? Or, what percentage Aboriginal are you?

Instead of answering, I usually spin a yarn that I believe is more relevant, more representative of my views. I try to challenge the fearful motivations behind these attempts to minimise or negate my voice and my identity.

Indigenous people have more than enough experience on these lands to give things a go and we’re more than capable of working as hard as non-Indigenous people. I’m the fourth generation of my family to raise cattle with humps – the drought-hardy Bos indicus breed – on British-type cattle country. We know how to deal with the floods and the droughts and the pests that creep a little further south each year.

I didn’t have to answer these sorts of questions when I was a kid; these conversations were hidden when my grandparents or great-grandparents were farming and supporting their families. But now they seem to matter.

Today, a farmer’s bio often starts with the numbers. The number of cattle and acres, the number of generations the farm’s been in the family and the volume of commodities produced. But what about the things that aren’t so easily quantified? The knowledge derived from deep and rich sources, of connection running through the veins and told to us by the landscape as we walk it?

This is all despite the challenges outlined in the Australian Beef Report, which estimates the average farm now needs over A$10 million of land assets to be self-sustaining. In the United States, the Department of Agriculture found that 88% of farmers run small family farms, with most relying on off-farm income to keep their passion for feeding people alive. The data is likely not much better in Australia.

Systematically organised land

My connection to food began in the Taree butcher shop my family used to run. I watched my uncles talk shop with old-timers from behind their refrigerated counter and marvelled at the different cuts of meat. Every now and then, my uncles would pause to pass a frankfurter over the counter to a youngster walking past. Back then, there was a generosity of spirit and a deep understanding of where meat came from and how it was produced. Sadly, a lot of that’s been lost to the big supermarkets who cater to customers who prioritise the convenience of getting everything in one place over the chance for a yarn.

These memories remind me of a time when agriculture was celebrated in city streets. Steers were pushed through Sydney to market or the abattoir. Back then, there was a wealth of connections between farmers and the steadily developing city towers. It’s a romantic vision of the past, of course. Poetic.

On Worimi Country, the vast riverbanks nestled deeply in a gorge remind me of what this place once was. So too the marking of a bunya pine, its height visible across the landscape indicating a place of trade or celebration.

In order to connect to this place in a way that prioritises culture and our relationship with the land, we need to learn the lessons she imparts. Indigenous people know this innately; it travels in the veins and minds of those who traverse this Country and is recalled when you hear the clicking jump of the kangaroo sound deep in the drone of the didgeridoo.

The natural flair and intuition of Aboriginal stockmen and stockwomen around livestock is reaffirmed every time I speak to a fellow Aboriginal farmer, and often comes up in reflection during a yarn with non-Indigenous farmers.

Indigenous people did not simply hunt and gather, we had a systematic way of organising the land that meant we used the precious resources wisely, from burning Country appropriately, to planting tubers and native foods, and using fence-like structures to herd kangaroos.

During the extended droughts and floods of the mid-2020s, the sustainability of farming has been top of the news agenda. But what of Indigenous sustainability and land management? Isn’t it time we asked where the Indigenous voices in those discussions are? What if we recognised the 60,000 years of knowledge to understand Australia and its landscapes better?

Take for example the ability to regenerate landscapes and promote growth with the use of fire. By regularly burning bushland, Aboriginal people were also able to keep track of areas in which animals would graze and shelter.

Indigenous people have a connection to the land that goes beyond words, and this contains knowledge of climate adaptation from old times. They’ve survived drought, extreme weather and floods for tens of thousands of years. The knowledge we have gathered can help both farmers and scientists understand how to adapt to a changing climate. We should tap into and value this and embrace what Indigenous Australians have to offer.

Black imagination

Farmers can start by reaching out to local Indigenous groups and working with them to build new, sustainable practices based on Indigenous concepts and knowledge. Local and federal government can also take action, by meeting with Aboriginal farmers to hear their thoughts on how we can make successful and sustainable change.

Our romanticised notion of agriculture threatens our mob’s inclusion, stitching a colonial fabric of Australia’s early agricultural development and removing the black faces who stood alongside early white pioneers to write the next chapter.

This Country is where culture and connection danced upon ancient land with foreign cattle and people, building both a new form of agriculture and a new society. These stories exist in the written accounts of those who crossed these lands during colonisation.

Cover of Gilbert's book
Penguin Random House

I find these intersections in Australian history fascinating, where horses galloped across ancient bush food-filled landscapes, where tribes met and often helped settlers, and where grasslands were disputed by someone new. Again and again, black imagination accommodated foreign animals, ancient songs calmed new cattle, and boys became men on horseback.

It’s this connection that I yearn for – the honest conversations about what happened here, how this land was overtaken and where we find ourselves now.

Where we can all understand our truths on these lands – how they come together on the ground and through nature and wildlife, livestock and the humans that share the pathways on Country. Where our truths build new romantic connections for the generations to come through shared stories, an awareness of past challenges and opportunities for new agricultural methods.

While the stories of the past still linger across the landscape, I am intrigued by what’s to come. How we can adapt the lessons of the past by coming together to create a more inclusive definition of Australia and what it means to be Australian.

This is an extract from Australia’s Agricultural Identity: An Aboriginal yarn by Joshua Gilbert (Penguin Random House).The Conversation

Joshua Gilbert, Researcher (Indigenous Policy) Jumbunna Institute for Indigenous Education & Research, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Oscar Wilde’s The Ballad of Reading Gaol is a work of art activism beloved by Banksy

Oscar Wilde photographed by Napoleon Sarony (c. 1882). Library of Congress

Sondeep KandolaLiverpool John Moores University

In 2021, Banksy revealed a mural of Oscar Wilde, clad in prisoner garb, making an escape from the abandoned Reading jail. The artist claimed that he would donate profits from the sale of the stencil he used to create the work (a projected £10 million) to set up an arts hub in the Grade II listed building.

This hasn’t yet taken place, but speaking about the work at the time, Banksy dubbed Wilde “the patron saint of smashing two contrasting ideas together to create magic. Converting the place that destroyed him into a refuge for art feels so perfect we have to do it.”

In 1895, Wilde was sentenced to two years of hard labour for “gross indecency” after being convicted of “homosexual acts”. He was posthumously pardoned in 2017 under the Turing Law.

The Ballad of Reading Gaol, which he wrote two years after his release, hypnotically details the psychological and physical horrors of living in isolation in unsanitary single-cells for 23 hours a day.

It also reveals the mind-numbing conditions and physically exhausting jobs that were relentlessly inflicted on prisoners in Wilde’s day. They were required to ascend 56 steps a minute for nine hours a day on a treadmill, break stones and pick oakum (fibres from the ropes used on ships). And to do so in complete silence.


This article is part of Rethinking the Classics. The stories in this series offer insightful new ways to think about and interpret classic books and artworks. This is the canon – with a twist.


In the poem, Wilde details the intense surveillance techniques and harsh punishments adopted by the prison wardens against the “outcast men”.

A small prison cell with white walls, a bed and table.
Oscar Wilde’s prison cell in Reading Gaol as it appears today. Jack1956/Wiki Commons

“Like ape or clown, in monstrous garb,” he writes, the inmates silently trudge the prison yard in their one allotted hour of exercise per day. The poem focuses on one prisoner in particular, named only as CTW, who is sentenced to death for murdering his wife. It traces his walk to the “hideous” shed where he is to be executed, which ghoulishly sees him “cross his own coffin”.

More gothic images abound. CTW’s impending burial in an unhallowed and anonymous grave is described as “with yawning mouth the horrid hole / Gaped for a living thing” while “the very mud cried out for blood”.

Wilde also references a scene from Coleridge’s 1797 masterpiece The Rime of the Ancient Mariner as he envisions phantoms dancing a “grisly masque” in which they sing of inexorable triumph of sin in prison, “the Secret House of Shame”.

Moreover, Wilde denies that the sacrifice that CTW has offered to the prison with his execution is ultimately redemptive for him as:

He did not pass in purple pomp

Nor ride a moon-white steed

Three yards of cord and a sliding board

Are all the gallows need.

In the ballad, Wilde represents the prison experience as sadistic and unrelenting. Much like Banksy over a century later, Wilde used the degree of anonymity the poem afforded (he published it under his cell number, C33) to berate an inhumane society and the distressing penal policy of “hard labour, hard fare, hard board” that he was forced to endure.

The Ballad of Reading Gaol can ultimately be read as a celebration of compassion, resilience and art activism. Through the poem and letters he wrote to the Daily Chronicle, Wilde publicly attempted to “try and change [prison life] for others”.

Wilde and his lover, Lord Alfred Douglas.
Wilde and his lover, Lord Alfred Douglas in 1893. British Library

Despite Wilde’s public notoriety, Irish MPs Michael Davitt and T.P. O’Connor even went as far as to quote the ballad in parliamentary debates, which led to the adoption of some of the recommendations that Wilde had made in his letters in the 1898 Prison Reform Act.

Although Wilde, himself, was to suffer the psychological and physical effects of his imprisonment until the end of his short life two years later, the 1898 Act saw the treadmill abolished, ensured solitary confinement could only be used for a maximum of 28 days and children were separated from adult prisoners. And yet, sadly, Wilde’s description of “the foul and dark latrine” of “humanity’s machine” continues to reverberate today.

On August 22 2024, “independent monitors” into the conditions at Wandsworth Prison (where Wilde was briefly held) found it to be “crumbling, overcrowded and vermin-infested, with inmates living in half the cell space available when it was first opened in 1851”.

While Wilde’s “swan song” joins with Banksy’s escaped prisoner to expose the failings of modern penal practices, it also reminds us of the enduring power of art and imagination to foster change.

Beyond the canon

As part of the Rethinking the Classics series, we’re asking our experts to recommend a book or artwork that tackles similar themes to the canonical work in question, but isn’t (yet) considered a classic itself. Here is Sondeep Kandola’s suggestion:

If you are looking for further reading on the topic of prison life and the prison experience, Andy West’s memoir The Life Inside (2022) offers a sobering and often witty reflection on living in the carceral state today. A philosophy teacher in prison, West explores the notion of freedom, redemption and our broken prison system.

You might also be interested to read Brendan Behan’s powerful 1958 autobiography Borstal Boy and Bobby Sands’ courageous Writings from Prison (2020), two incarcerated Irish writers who shared Wilde’s republican sympathies and similarly questioned the ethics and integrity of the British government who imprisoned them.The Conversation

Sondeep Kandola, Senior Lecturer in English Literature and Cultural History, Liverpool John Moores University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Sports hernias can cause severe pain in the groin region – and footballers may be at greatest risk

Sports hernias – which are more common in men – cause pain in the groin and pubic region. Inspiration GP/ Shutterstock

Dan BaumgardtUniversity of Bristol

A friend of mine came to see me recently complaining of an odd ache he’d noted in his lower abs and groin. He couldn’t blame it on crunches at the gym, nor a cow kicking him in the belly again (he’s a farmer). But he does spend a fair amount of his time on the football pitch and was now noticing that every training session and match was bringing the pain on – sometimes agonisingly so.

The diagnosis? A sports hernia. This condition also goes by many other names, including athletic pubalgia and Gilmore’s groin – after the late British surgeon Jerry Gilmore who was the first to coin it. It’s actually a fairly recently described condition, dating back to only the 1980s.

The main symptom of a sports hernia is pain in the pubic and groin regions, brought on through athletic activity. The condition is actually more common that you think, especially so in footballers. Around 70% of all sports hernias appear to be related to the sport. It’s also estimated that groin pain accounts for around 5-18% of athletic injuries.

A sport’s hernia is not your typical hernia. In fact, it’s not really a hernia at all.

true hernia is defined as when a section of tissue or organ passes into a space where it shouldn’t be. Many will be aware of those hernias which involve a section of bowel passing through the abdominal wall – such as an inguinal hernia.

There are other types of hernias as well. For instance, your stomach can pop through a gap in the diaphragm and into the chest (called a hiatus hernia). More seriously, even the brain can herniate – out of one of the holes in the skull.

But a sports hernia is different, in that it actually arises from overuse of the abdominal muscles.

The abdominals include the long, straight and central “rectus abdominis” muscles – which allow you to perform a sit-up or crunch. Three layers of muscle also lie on either side of the abdominals. These are the obliques, which have important roles in twisting and turning our bodies. The muscles are also mixed with layers of tendon and connective tissue which not only attach them together, but also to the bones and ligaments of the pelvis.

Sports hernias are typically caused by moves which involve a lot of twisting and turning – and especially those occurring at speed. Hip movements can also put strain on where the ab muscles attach at the groin region. These actions appear to cause shearing and tears in the tissue, leading to pain. It’s felt in the groin or lower abs, usually on one side. In men, who are particularly at risk, pain may also be felt in the genitalia.

Some sports rely upon these sorts of moves and actions during play. Think about dribbling in football and hockey, or pinning and throwing opponents in wrestling or martial arts. Slalom skiing is another prime example – travelling at speed and rapidly changing direction. Tackling and scrum action in rugby or American football, and explosive block starts and hurdling in track athletes might also be to blame.

Two football players from opposing teams face off on the pitch as they chase the ball.
People who play sports that have a lot of twisting, such as football, may have a greater risk of suffering a sports hernia. Vitalii Vitleo/ Shutterstock

The condition appears much more common in males, who are up to nine times more likely to develop it. This is perhaps because of the anatomy of their lower abs, which is different to females. The testes – which initially develop inside the abdomen – descend to the scrotum during the foetal period. But to do this, they actually have to pass through the layers of the abdominal wall which makes the structure weaker and potentially more prone to damage.

While sports hernias are vastly more common in athletes because of the regular repetitive strain they put their bodies under, it’s still technically possible for non-athletes to get it.

If you work in a job where there’s regular heavy lifting, pivoting as you do so – on a building site for instance – it may be possible to sustain the same injury. Or, doing too many advanced core exercises at the gym before you’re sufficiently strong enough might also make you more prone. Dead lifts and core exercises that use a medicine ball (such as Russian twists) are some culprits.

Managing a sports hernia

If you do develop a sports hernia, it appears that improving core strength may help you recover. Patients diagnosed with a sports hernia typically undergo a training programme to strengthen and stabilise their core muscles. In athletes who already have a strong core, it may also be worthwhile training muscles that strengthen the pelvis alongside a gradual return to sport. Physiotherapy, massage and acupuncture may also help.

Some cases might also require surgery to reinforce the groin structure, and relieve any tension on the tissues.

There’s evidence to suggest that sports hernias are both under-reported and under-diagnosed. This may be because they get confused with other types of injuries – such as an inguinal hernia, which is also related to the groin, more commonly found in males and associated with abdominal wall strain and damage.

The key difference is that a real inguinal hernia causes a swelling in the groin region or scrotum, whereas sports hernias do not. Inguinal hernias can also cause complications if the bowel gets twisted and obstructed, which can have potentially severe consequences.

So, if you’re someone who participates in these twisting, turning types of sports and notice any of the symptoms of a sports hernia, it’s best to stop instead of pushing yourself through the pain. You should also speak to a doctor in case there are signs of a true hernia, which often requires further surgical treatment.The Conversation

Dan Baumgardt, Senior Lecturer, School of Physiology, Pharmacology and Neuroscience, University of Bristol

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Faces you hear? Dolphin ‘signature whistles’ may transmit more than just identity information

Ekaterina Ovsyanikova
Ekaterina OvsyanikovaThe University of Queensland

Like us humans, many animals rely on social interactions to survive and thrive. As a result, effective communication between individuals is essential.

Highly social animals often have more complex communication systems. Think of a group of chimpanzees gesturing and vocalising at each other, or a family of elephants communicating through touch or low-frequency calls.

Bottlenose dolphins live in complex societies where each animal has a small number of closely connected individuals and a larger number of looser associates (not dissimilar to our own social networks). They rely heavily on interpersonal interactions to maintain a healthy social balance.

Scientists have long known that dolphins use “signature whistles” to identify themselves to others. In our recent study, we present evidence suggesting that these whistles may contain more information than just identity.

Dolphins frolicking.
Dolphins live in complex societies where communication is important. Ekaterina Ovsyanikova

A unique but variable sound

Dolphins use various sounds, such as burst pulses and whistles, to communicate. There are two broad categories of whistles: signature whistles (distinctive whistle types that are unique to each individual) and non-signature (the rest).

Dolphins use the unique frequency patterns of their signature whistles to broadcast their identity. They develop these signals when they are young and maintain them throughout their lives.

When interacting with others, up to 30% of a dolphin’s whistling may be comprised of its signature whistle. There is often some variation in the whistle versions produced by the individual animals. This led us to analyse the balance between stability and variability of the signature whistles to test if they can contain more information than just the whistler’s identity.

Listening to whistles

In 2017 and 2018, our research team made repeated sound recordings of a group of Indo-Pacific bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops aduncus) at Tangalooma Island Resort near Moreton Island, off the coast of Brisbane in eastern Australia.

We collected many instances of signature whistles produced by the same animals. We also used historical data collected from the same group 15 years earlier.

We found that, while the whistles were exceptionally stable in their frequency patterns, they did vary a certain amount (this variability also remained similar across the years). This suggests that even though frequency patterns of signature whistles encode identity, they are also likely to transmit more information, such as emotional or contextual cues.

Photo of a dolphin's dorsal fin emerging from the water, accompanied by several graphs showing a changing frequency pattern.
An example of the variability in signature whistle renditions produced by a single animal. Dolphins can be individually identified by their dorsal fins. Ekaterina Ovsyanikova

Our study group of animals was too small to draw definitive conclusions, but our findings indicated that males demonstrate more variability in their signature whistles than females. It could be linked to the differences in their social roles and the nature of their interactions with others.

We also identified a whistle much like a signature, but which was shared between several individuals. This supports recent findings that groups of dolphins may have shared distinctive whistles, along with their individual ones.

Faces that you hear

What does all this mean?

First, signature whistles are likely to be more versatile than previously thought. They may carry additional information within their frequency patterns, and possibly other structural elements.

The second lesson is that, while signature whistles are individually learned “labels” that are like human names in many ways, in terms of the information they transmit, a useful analogy may be human faces.

Humans carry identity information in our fixed facial features. At the same time, we transmit a lot of additional information, including emotional and contextual cues, through more transient facial expressions. Like signature whistles, our faces combine stability and variability in their “information package”.

A pair of dolphins swimming along the surface.
Like human faces, dolphin signature whistles may convey a stable identity alongside other information. Ekaterina Ovsyanikova

Making the whole world blurry

Understanding dolphin communication helps us better understand the challenges these animals face in an increasingly human-affected world.

Take noise pollution in the oceans. It’s a hot topic among marine bioacoustics researchers, but rarely at the front of the general public’s mind.

If we do think of it, it’s probably in human terms. Living in a noisy environment for us might be annoying and stressful, but we could still do most of the things we need to do.

But for dolphins, deafening shipping noise would be the equivalent of the whole world going blurry for us. Imagine what it would be like to navigate through life, make friends, stay away from bad connections, and be socially effective (which is necessary for survival), if you can’t recognise anyone’s face or see their expressions.

Thinking of the dolphins’ key signal, a signature whistle, as informational equivalent of our faces, may help us see (and hear) the world from a dolphin’s perspective.The Conversation

Ekaterina Ovsyanikova, Academic, School of the Environment, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A 1980s cost-of-living crisis gave Australia a thriving arts program – could we do it again?

A Railways Union cultural exhibition, September 1985. Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales and Courtesy SEARCH FoundationCC BY
Izabella NantsouUniversity of Sydney

The cost-of-living crisis is hitting the arts hard. Artists struggle to survive on poverty wages and audiences are getting priced out.

This challenge is not unprecedented. In the 1980s, another cost-of-living crisis sparked a bold and imaginative model for embedding artists into the everyday rhythms of working life.

Art for the working class

It was 1982. The country was in the grip of stagflation: low growth, high inflation and rising unemployment. The Australia Council for the Arts was reconciling a 20% funding cut. Seeking to offset its cut funds, the council sought out an unexpected partner to launch a community arts program: the Australian Council of Trade Unions.

The “Art and Working Life” initiative sought to celebrate, encourage and support working class art and culture. By embedding artists in workplaces across the country, it enabled workers to practice and develop their artistic skills and expression.

It also addressed two key issues: employment for artists, and increasing the public’s access to the arts.

Unions would sponsor projects and act as employers for the artists involved throughout the project’s duration. This arrangement placed artists in diverse settings such as factory floors, hospital wards, offices and construction sites, where they collaborated with workers to create art that reflected the realities of their working lives.

The NSW Railways Union, partnering with the Art and Working Life program, showcased a cultural exhibition in September 1985. Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales and Courtesy SEARCH FoundationCC BY

Why trade unions?

In 1982, 57% of Australian workers were unionised. This meant unions had the infrastructure to match the government’s funding through the Australia Council, and to employ artists on a project basis.

With union membership mandatory in many industries, this generated a guaranteed resource base capable of funding an arts program for the broader community. For artists, the unions’ reach into various industries provided significant potential audiences.

Unions offered more than resources; they brought a philosophy and a plan. Art was a cultural right. In workplaces, it could lift morale, disrupt the grind and add meaning to labour.

It also had practical benefits: strengthening workplace culture, engaging members and helping artists organise within their own industry.

Art and Working Life projects varied widely. Dancers in garment factories devised movement routines aimed at reducing repetitive strain injury. In rail yards, theatre artists wrote plays in collaboration with engineers and mechanics about genderrace, and labour. Musicians headed underground – literally – to record original songs written by miners about the threat of job losses.

By 1986, Australia Council chair Donald Horne lauded the program as “a good example of value for money”.

In four years, it reached over three million workers and their families – nearly 20% of the population – at a cost of just A$2.8 million (around $9 million today).

By the end of the decade, it had employed more than 2,000 artists, with union support matching federal funding.

A slow decline

But the program depended on two fragile pillars: a strong labour movement and sustained government support.

By the 1990s, both were under threat.

As privatisation, deregulation and enterprise bargaining eroded union powermembership declined, workplaces fragmented, and the foundations of Art and Working Life weakened.

At the same time, a major shift occurred in arts funding. In 1994, Paul Keating released Australia’s first national cultural policy Creative Nation, reframing the arts as an economic driver, emphasising export-ready, profitable outcomes. Arts funding increasingly favoured media, tourism and “creative industries”.

For the Australia Council, this shift meant a retreat from community arts programs like Art and Working Life, and the program was quietly shelved in 1995.

It marked more than the loss of a funding stream: it signalled the decline of a cultural policy vision grounded in social equity and everyday life.

Would it work in 2025?

Today, with union density hovering around historic lows of 13.1%, the infrastructure that once supported a national workplace arts program is largely gone. But the need is as urgent as ever.

In the face of today’s cost-of-living crisis, we need bold, integrated policy frameworks with a strong social foundation. Australia’s current cultural policy, Revive, was released in 2023. The document signals a rhetorical shift away from economic metrics and towards access and inclusion. But what structures bring this vision to life?

Today’s cost-of-living crisis could be used to inspire a new wave of cultural investment that supports employment, fosters participation and embeds creativity in everyday life.

Looking at the history of Art and Working Life offers more than nostalgia: it provides a practical model for anchoring arts policy in the material conditions of working people’s lives, where the arts are not apart from daily experience, but central to it.The Conversation

Izabella Nantsou, Academic in Theatre and Performance Studies, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Friday essay: ‘the Boy-Girl’, a crime journalist and a Black activist – meet the radical ratbags of 19th-century Melbourne

Daniel Henderson (left), The Boy-Girl (right). State Library of Victoria
Lucy SussexLa Trobe University

“The past is a foreign country, they do things differently there,” wrote English author L.P. Hartley in The Go-Between (1953). Modern Melburnians may feel the same. But while they live with an increasing cityscape of skyscrapers, the past is not far away.

Consider Scots Church in Collins Street. Its spire tip was for some time the highest point in the city, but now it is relatively low compared to surrounding buildings. The idea behind its vantage was different to modern planning decisions: it indicated the Presbyterians had a closeness to Heaven not possessed by other Christian denominations.

Certainly, the beliefs of many 19th-century Melburnians appear equally odd. The pseudoscience of Phrenology held that the shape of people’s skulls denoted their character. Phrenologist Philemon Sohier was even allowed to take plaster casts from the heads of freshly hanged criminals. His wife Ellen, an Antipodean Tussaud, then used the casts to create realistic replicas for the Chamber of Horrors in their associated waxworks.

But equally, while researching my recent book on colonial crime writer Mary Fortune, I encountered individuals living in 19th-century Melbourne who seem startlingly modern. A wealthy teenage girl who dressed in drag for months as The Boy-Girl, likely as a protest. A radical journalist and sometime criminal who published a lurid true-crime newspaper. And a Black author and activist who advocated for workers’ rights, the unemployed and men of colour.

This trio did not fit the mould – nor do they fit our preconceived views of what colonial Australians were like. They were ratbags: a term extremely expressive of the national character, then and now. They had the strength of character to be different, subversive, even to protest publicly. They did what they wanted, against constraints – and they deserved better than to be forgotten.

The Boy-Girl

Let us start with dress. A man wearing a dress would not be immediately arrested these days. No one would cite the Biblical injunction against cross-dressing, Deuteronomy, at them. But in 1857, French artist Rosa Bonheur had to get permission from the Prefect of Police to wear pants, for reasons of “health”.

a boy in a white dress
Ernest Hemingway as a baby. Pinimg

Family photographs from the Victorian era depict rigid gender roles in dress, with father in trousers, tailcoat and top hat, mother in crinoline and bonnet, surrounded by their many offspring. Yet those roles could be bent, or blurred. Look more closely at the youngest children in these photographs. Small boys wore frocks and their hair long, until “breeched”, put into pants. Even the macho Ernest Hemingway once wore frills and furbelows, most cutely.

In 1875, Melbourne’s Block, the promenade space of the fashionable wealthy, was the site for a challenging display: the Boy-Girl. Here, notions of gender were confounded by an individual dressed as female from the waist down, but male from the waist up. As a letter to the Herald noted:

Sir,– A most distressing sight is to be seen every evening on our principal streets, viz., a poor boy evidently from want of means going about in petticoats, perhaps his mother or sister’s. I would gladly subscribe my mite towards providing him with suitable nether habiliments, and I trust the matter will be taken up by our charitable public. Yours,

“PANTALOON”

21st September. P.S. – Since writing the above a friend has told me the object of my pity is a girl – this must be a joke.

While this letter may have been tongue in cheek, it expressed the general puzzlement. The act was clearly performative, and it happened daily, from 4-5pm. Above the conventional woman’s skirt was a man’s jacket, tie, hat, starched collar and even monocle. The hair was cropped: something prescribed for women suffering fever, but not flaunted in the street. One observer noted slangy speech, loud laughter, a bold gaze – all unwomanly behaviour.

At the time the very act of being a woman in public, rather than the idealised domestic Angel in the House, was considered daring. Walking the streets was a euphemism for prostitution, as with the French “faire le trottoir”.

The Boy-Girl proved a sensation in the colonial media. No known photographs survive, but there are Punch engravings. The first, from winter 1875, has the heading IN DRAG, and shows an Irish cop protesting: “If yez ain’t a man in female’s clothes, yez a male in man’s clothes …”

Edward De Lacy Evans (left) pictured with third wife, Julia Marquand (right). Wikipedia

A man in a woman’s dress faced being jailed in Pentridge. Gordon Lawrence, who co-blackmailed bestselling author Fergus Hume for the then-crime of homosexuality, was arrested in 1888 for “soliciting”, in a bustle outside the Melbourne Exhibition Building. He was sentenced to six months in prison, for vagrancy and “insulting behaviour”, a catch-all charge covering obscenity to prostitution.

In 1879, servant, blacksmith and gold miner Edward De Lacy Evans achieved worldwide fame when revealed to be a cross-dressing woman during their stay in an insane asylum.

The Boy-Girl proved a sensation in the colonial media. Punch/National Library/St Kilda History

The right to be sinful?

In the Boy-Girl’s case, any arrest would have been a major problem. The Boy-Girl’s father was one of the richest men in Melbourne. Kate Johnson, then 17, had been born in Mount Gambier, South Australia, to Archibald and Mary Johnson. Archibald, a Scots Presbyterian, had worked his way up from station overseer to pastoral magnate, with sufficient wealth to buy Stonnington, a major mansion, in his retirement. Of his large family, Kate was his favourite. She would promenade as the Boy-Girl for months.

Her act was primarily visual and she never commented on it publicly. An “interview” with Punch appeared under the heading “Practical Papers on Vice”. Though written with irony, it claimed the Boy-Girl wanted equality of the sexes and rights for women – including the right to be sinful. The journalist concluded the Boy-Girl would lead to a future race of Australian hermaphrodites.

One journalist concluded the Boy-Girl would lead to a future race of Australian hermaphrodites. National Library of Australia/St Kilda History

Others termed her “eccentric”, or claimed the stunt was to win a lucrative bet, though the Boy-Girl did not want for money. When she stopped, to grow her hair again and dress conventionally, it was to study music and drama, at professional level. In 1877, she took to the stage, a natural progression given that theatre was a liminal space regarding gender roles. Pantomime featured cross-dressers, with the Principal Boy (an actress) and the Widow Twankey, a caricature of femininity even more grotesque than Edna Everage.

It was an unusual move for a rich young lady, since actresses were regarded as being little less than whores, however glamorous. One journalist deplored her move, saying “we fathers and brothers” only wished to keep womenfolk pure, and “out of the sight of impurity”. Johnson played Kate in The Taming of the Shrew, to a packed house but poor notices. More successful were piano performances, where she showed both skill and brio.

What might have been a brilliant career came to a premature halt in February 1878. Kate died at Stonnington, of typhoid fever – the mansion had bad drains. Crowds lined the streets to watch her funeral cortege. Even journalists who had mocked her expressed sorrow.

Her grieving parents planned a memorial, of Carrara marble, 14 feet high, in Melbourne General Cemetery, with a portrait of Kate, and of her mother, weeping at the base. It never eventuated. Archibald died in 1881, with his will bitterly contested. A marble bust of Kate was completed. Once in the Victorian National Galley, its location is now unknown.

A ratbag radical journalist

Popular commentary on the Boy-Girl included an 1877 poem, printed in the sensational weekly Police News. Its editor, Richard Egan-Lee (1809-1879), was also a noted ratbag. During a busy and disreputable life, he was a printer, publisher, inventor and radical journalist. He had at least 12 children with four wives, likely involving bigamy. Egan-Lee was one of only two people sued successfully by Charles Dickens, for pirating A Christmas Carol. Insolvencies following, he emigrated in 1863 to Melbourne.

Typically, Victorians were fascinated by true crime, but Lee had personal experience. In 1866 he was sent to jail for 12 months, for stealing type. He emerged to work editorially on the popular fiction magazine the Australian Journal, but anonymously. His eight-year tenure overlapped with Marcus Clarke. One of Lee’s descendants recalled that Clarke wrote For the Term of His Natural Life in Lee’s office, which sounds inconvenient.

Observing the success of the US Police News, featuring sensational true crime, Lee produced his own Australian version. It featured not only crime but radical politics. He declared its mission as: “to drag forth into the light of day, more shams, frauds, and humbugs, than all the other papers put together […] ever since Victoria was a colony”. He added that Victorian society was “composed of the rankest duffers and the most consummate veneered hypocrites that can be found in any country”. From the law and legislature, to the police, press and the pulpit, “all is a mass of make-believe and mockery”.

His Police News was wildly popular. Lee sold 17,000 copies weekly: a huge circulation for the colonies. Part of the success was lurid illustrations, sourced from the public: Lee would ask crime witnesses to send in sketches, which he then had engraved in an innovative process he termed zincotype. The Age deplored his “literary garbage”, but he outsold it.

Small wonder he got sued, for obscenity, though the offending illustration merely showed a man and women drinking in a bar; he was also sued for libel. The magazine ran on a shoestring and indignation. It also displayed a fascination with strong women: revenging themselves on seducers, repelling burglars, even murdering.

Lee seems a proto-feminist. He devoted an editorial to “man’s inhumanity to women”. He was also a sympathetic editor to crime writer and journalist Mary Fortune, unlike the misogynistic Clarke.

The ‘wildly popular’ Police News sold 17,000 copies weekly. August 19, 1876. State Library of Victoria

Lee died of typhoid fever (like Kate Johnson), in 1879. Few copies of his magazine survive, but the unique art project of his Police News was the subject of an exhibition by noted artist Elizabeth Gertsakis in 2018.

A Jamaican Black activist

Our last ratbag, like Kate Johnson, appeared in Punch, where he was rendered with stereotypical racism, talking like Uncle Tom. His photograph shows formidable attitude, not least as a man of letters.

Daniel Henderson was an Afro-Jamaican author and activist. A journalist termed him “Henderson Africanus”, after the Roman general Scipio Africanus. Henderson proceeded to own the nickname, proudly adopting it as “an African Political General”.

Like the Boy-Girl, he made a public display, a celebrity selling newspapers in a huge white hat, but also giving speeches and campaigning via letters. He was politically active, a proud and loud Black man.

Afro-Jamaican author and activist Daniel Henderson was a politically active Black man in 19th-century Melbourne. State Library of Victoria

Daniel Ross Henderson was born in Kingston, Jamaica, son of Thomas, a cabinet-maker, and his wife Elizabeth. The family were politically engaged. Daniel was named for Daniel O'Connell, former Lord Mayor of Dublin, an activist for emancipation as well as Irish rights.

The formidable Elizabeth legally and vigorously fought a claim against her freedom, and favoured education for her son. Henderson would find advancement and mobility in the British Navy, which took men upon their worth, not race. That led him to emigrate to Australia. In 1880, he married a white woman, Aphra Lightbourne, of military background.

As a child, he had read the political section of newspapers aloud to his father and workmen. Now, he sold newspapers in Exhibition Street. The proximity to Parliament House was no accident. In 1868, government supply was blocked by the Victorian Legislative Council. Henderson responded with a 24-page pamphlet, Our Imbroglio: (The Crisis) and Our Way Out of It, which closely examined constitutional law. Ten years later, a similar crisis sent political leaders Sir Grahame Berry and Charles Pearson to appeal to London, personally.

The received wisdom is it was an Opposition joke that Henderson be proposed to accompany them. The magazine Table Talk, which had the best gossip, said Punch cartoonist Tom Carrington was behind it. Carrington knew Henderson was good copy. He denigrated him racially and politically in Punch, a Tory publication.

Truth was, Henderson had already argued the case articulately and well. Newspapers and the Bulletin would note Henderson was “really one of the founders of the great liberal party” (Premier Graham Berry’s party and in those days, radicals). He was a presence, a public intellectual, who just happened to be also a Black man. The degree of vilification he faced shows how much he challenged notions of nineteenth-century race. Although Henderson tried standing for parliament several times in the 1880s and 1890s, he was never pre-selected.

Instead, he devoted time to causes such as worker’s rights, the unemployed and men of colour in serious trouble with the law. The Public Record Office preserves many of his distinctive purple-inked letters, including to the police commissioner. One prompted an formal investigation into the case of Antoine Bollars, his lodger, who (with Gordon Lawrence) had blackmailed Fergus Hume. Bollars, also Afro-Jamaican, had been convicted of a homosexual indecent assault, which occurred under Henderson’s roof. It was an unspeakable crime, but Henderson had the courage to intervene.

He was cranky, a show-off, but with the wit and force of character to defy the contemporary strictures on Black people. When he died, of peritonitis, even Punch had to admit he was “a well-meaning and good fellow”.

Bloody minded, showy and bold

A teenage girl who pushed the public limits regarding accepted notions of gender. A radical journalist and inventor who crusaded against the blackguards of his colony in one of its most successful magazines. A politically active Black public intellectual.

They captured public attention, but after their deaths they were soon forgotten.

That they existed at all in their conservative era seems extraordinary – but that they persisted against the formidable opposition is a lesson in personal courage. It is also a lesson in the virtues of ratbaggery.

Let us celebrate those who go against the grain, for they have often have the uncomfortable tendency to be right. And we can learn a good deal from them that can be applied to our troubled times: not least the virtues of political performance art, and of being bloody minded, showy and bold.The Conversation

Lucy Sussex, Honorary Associate, Humanities and Social Science, La Trobe University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Vale Jack McCoy

July 31, 1948 - May 26, 2025

Our community is in mourning on hearing of the passing of one of our own and extends love to Jack's wife Kelly, children Cooper and Indiana, and grandchildren Makoha, Kalani, Cloudy, and Isabel.

Jack passed peacefully at home on Monday.

His family stated on Thursday, May 29:

The last couple of days have been a blur however the pain has been eased by the outpouring of tributes and stories being shared. It’s a testament to the amazing life he created and a reminder of how much he touched, moved and inspired so many people from every corner of the world. We thank you all from the bottom of our hearts.

In true Jack McCoy style, we’ll be organising a couple of celebrations in the coming months to allow those from far and wide to join us and pay their respects, beginning with a small paddle out at Scotts Head this Saturday for the local community and friends nearby.

The main ceremony / paddle out will be held at Avalon Beach on July 5th, and then we will return to Hawaii later this year to spread his ashes.

We invite all friends, family, the wider community and beyond to come and respectfully celebrate his amazing life.

Dress: Wear your favourite aloha shirt.

It’s been literally impossible to keep up with the sheer volume of posts and stories that have been shared - if you could please send any special pics and videos you may have to jackmccoyaloha@outlook.com so we can compose something special for the celebrations and our family at this time and forever.

Love, the McCoy ohana

Jack McCoy, who wrapped up two months of touring Blue Horizon for the 20th Anniversary of this award winning film on Saturday May 24th, reminded surf fans that it was he who fed Mark Foo the famous line, 'Eddie Would Go', and closed with a plea to go easy in the lineup, share the waves, and love your brothers and sisters - your brothers and sisters who are everywhere and present in everyone.

Every time any of us saw him out and about, Jack always had a big smile for you - he was about community, surfing, sharing the stoke - living every moment as best you can, and family.

More in this week's Profile: A Celebration of Jack McCoy

New research reveals ageist assumptions that “bleep” off older people

National Seniors Australia (NSA) has released new research into the annoying and contradictory assumptions made about older people.

More than 2,000 people aged 50+ shared their views on assumptions that annoy them about older people’s bodies, brains, values, lifestyles, and more.

Some people objected to the stereotypes of older people as frail and incapable, bad with technology, resentful of change, or unable to contribute to society.

Such assumptions were countered with comments about older people’s “enormous unpaid contribution to society and economy”, the fact they “still want to be a punk rocker”, or their “lifelong history of protest”.

Other people objected to the counter-stereotypes that older people are all fit, technology savvy, and excited about change. As one person wrote, “I feel that society is impatient with the slowness of older people.”

NSA Head of Research Dr Diane Hosking said the research reinforces older people are extremely diverse and while some are sharper and fitter than ever, others do need support and consideration.

“The research shows how ridiculous it is to make assumptions about people based on age,” Dr Hosking said.

Objections to assumptions about Baby Boomers were common as well. Such assumptions include the contradictory ideas that Baby Boomers hoard wealth or are conversely a “drain on the public purse”.

Some Baby Boomers shared stories of struggling financially during their lives – especially those who didn’t earn superannuation for much of their working lives because of their age, gender, or profession.

“Older people don’t stop being our diverse selves just because we age,” Dr Hosking said.

“More than a third of Australia’s population is aged 50+. Like any large group, it is full of very different people. We were different from each other when we were 20 and we’re still very different now.

“Part of recognising diversity in ageing is accepting that declines in body and mind can come with age and adapting to ensure new needs are met. It is also about respecting people’s values, preferences, and lifestyle expectations, and enabling people to age in the way that’s right for them.” 

History of Narrabeen: U3A Speaker

LOCAL HISTORIAN SUSAN JOY ALEXANDER WILL BE SPEAKING ABOUT “THE HISTORY OF NARRABEEN” AT 2PM ON 24TH JUNE, AT THE U3A MEETING AT THE TRAMSHED AT 1395A PITTWATER ROAD, NARRABEEN

Susan says: ''It is not surprising that I am so drawn to Narrabeen. In this photo of Narrabeen taken in 1888 from a ledge on Collaroy Plateau, I have been associated with all three of the buildings in the photo. I grew up in the one on the far right. The middle house is the heritage listed “Lemville” Circa 1860 where Markus and I lived for 30 years and the third is the original site of the Narrabeen Hotel, where “Setai” has been built and Markus and I have been residing for the past 11 years.



Narrabeen has an amazing history. Once I started researching, I was captivated.''

Please advise Marcia Andrews the convener of the meeting that you are coming for catering purposes. Afternoon tea will be provided. Visitors are required to give a Gold Coin donation.

The Avon Lady

May 28, 2025 from Omeleto
THE AVON LADY is used with permission from Carolina Espiro. Learn more at: carolinaespiro.com

Rosa is a 65-year-old Chilean immigrant who decides to become an Avon Lady, in part to practice her English and earn some extra money. But she's having a hard time getting into the swing of things, struggling with her pronunciation, her spiel and her confidence.

But then she meets a friendly eccentric neighbour, Matty, who is not only patient with Rosa but helps her with her presentation. Under Matty's tutelage, she blooms into the confident, joyful saleswoman she longs to be.

Directed and written by Carolina Espiro, this colourful, delightful short comedy chronicles the travails and triumphs of a senior immigrant woman embarking on a new challenge, as she ventures forth into the wider world to become an Avon Lady. Iconic in the 1980s as a symbol of feminine independence, Avon Ladies sold not just makeup but glamour and empowerment to their customers. But Rosa's need to get her English up to speed hampers her aspirations until she meets a friendly, cheerfully vivacious neighbour who teaches her the secret of success.

Letters to home care recipients to prepare for Support at Home

May 23, 2025
Letters to older people on a Home Care Package to prepare for the new Support at Home program.

The Australian Government Department of Health, Disability and Aging  are sending letters to older people who currently receive a Home Care Package to help them prepare for the new Support at Home program that starts on 1 July.

These letters include:
  • an overview of the Support at Home program
  • information on preparing a service agreement with their provider
  • a checklist detailing activities to help them prepare for the transition.
The letter they receive will depend on whether they were approved for a Home Care Package on or before 12 September 2024, or after.
Translated versions of the letters and checklist are also available at the above links.

Read some frequently asked questions about the letters for older people and providers.

New Australian data shows most of us have PFAS in our blood. How worried should we be?

New Africa/Shutterstock
Ian A. WrightWestern Sydney University

The Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) has this week released new data which tells us about the presence of per- and polyfluoroalkyl substances (PFAS) in Australians’ bodies.

The data comes from concentrations measured in blood samples of nearly 7,000 people aged 12 and over, collected as part of the National Health Measures Survey for 2022–24.

The findings are concerning, showing PFAS are detectable in the vast majority of the Australian population, to varying levels.

But are they cause for alarm? What do these findings mean for our health?

‘Forever chemicals’

PFAS, often called “forever chemicals”, are a group of thousands of different human-made chemicals. The molecular structure of PFAS chemicals – characterised by extremely strong bonds between carbon and fluorine atoms – makes PFAS resistant to degradation.

Many PFAS products are very effective for their resistance to water, oil, grease and stains, while others promote foaming. Since the 1940s, PFAS chemicals have been widely used in many consumer and industry products, such as non-stick pans, stain-resistant fabrics and firefighting foam.

One of the downsides of PFAS is their potential to bioaccumulate, or gradually build up in the body.

Important exposure pathways include ingestion of PFAS in drinking water, in food, or absorption through the skin. Absorption of small amounts progressively builds up in the organs of people and animals, particularly the liver.

Exposure to PFAS is associated with a heightened risk of many adverse health outcomes. These include reduced fertility, and increased risk of some cancers, liver disease, kidney disease, high cholesterol and obesity.

Digging into the data

The ABS data measured 11 types of PFAS. The group of PFAS chemicals they selected reflects the most commonly detected forms from previous studies. The concentration of PFAS chemicals is measured in blood serum in nanograms per millilitre (ng/mL).

Three types of PFAS were detected in the blood of more than 85% of Australians, while the remainder were detected in lower proportions of people.

The type of PFAS most commonly detected in blood was perfluorooctanesulfonic acid (PFOS). It was found in 98.6% of samples.

PFOS accumulation has been a major problem in firefighters. Many were exposed occupationally to PFOS, sometimes for decades, and many suffered an unusually high incidence of disease, including a suspected cancer cluster.

The below graph shows the level of PFOS increases with age. This could be because it accumulates in the body over time, and because many types of PFOS are being phased out. From 2004 its use in firefighting was phased out by major users, such as the Department of Defence.

PFOS was also found to be higher in males – research shows PFAS is excreted more rapidly in females, including through menstruation and breastfeeding.

The second most commonly detected type of PFAS detected in Australian blood samples was perfluorooctanoic acid (PFOA), in 96.1% of samples. PFOA has recently been classified by the World Health Organization as a group 1 carcinogen, meaning it’s a recognised cancer-causing agent.

The third most commonly detected type of PFAS was perfluorohexane sulfonic acid (PFHxS), which was detected in 88.1% of samples.

So what are the implications?

The National Health Measures Survey identified a relationship between higher mean PFOS levels and markers of chronic disease including high total cholesterol levels, diabetes and kidney function.

However, it’s important to note this is only 7,000 people, and the data were weighted to be representative of the Australian population. There may be other factors, such as lifestyle or occupation, that have influenced the results.

While these findings may be concerning, they’re not cause for alarm. The scientific evidence more broadly doesn’t tell us conclusively whether concentrations of PFAS equivalent to those seen in the current data would have a direct effect on disease outcomes.

Some good news is that overall, this data suggests we have less PFAS in our blood compared to people in other countries.

Why this data is important

The ABS report provides the most detailed national baseline data on PFAS in the Australian population to date.

While many people are concerned about PFAS, some Australian communities have been particularly worried.

For example, in August 2024 it was revealed that a water filtration plant in the Blue Mountains contained substantial concentrations of PFAS. This was probably due to a major petrol tanker crash in 1992 and residual effects of PFAS from firefighting foam used to respond to that incident.

While people can have a blood sample taken to measure PFAS levels, it’s very expensive. NSW Health advises PFAS testing is not covered by Medicare or private health insurance.

Reports are emerging of Blue Mountains residents that have paid for blood testing getting very high concentrations of PFAS. These ABS results will help people who do receive blood testing assess how their results compare with typical results of a person of the same age and sex. People with concerns should consult a medical professional.

The ABS data will also be valuable for medical practitioners and public health authorities, providing important information to guide the management of PFAS contamination and its potential health effects.The Conversation

Ian A. Wright, Associate Professor in Environmental Science, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Can your cat recognise you by scent? New study shows it’s likely

Julia HenningUniversity of Adelaide

Ever wonder if your cat could pick you out of a line up?

New research suggests they could … but maybe not in the way you would expect.

Previous research has found that only 54% of cats could recognise humans by their face alone.

So how does your cat know it’s you?

Studying the sniff

A new study published today in PLOS One suggests your cat can recognise you by your smell. This feat has not been studied before and may reveal another layer of depth within cat-human bonds.

Cats often get a bad rap for being aloof or uncaring about the people in their lives, but a growing number of studies are finding the opposite to be true. We now know that cats learn the names we give them, cats and their guardians form their own communication style, and most cats will pick human social interaction over food, a choice even dogs struggle with.

And now, thanks to this most recent study, we know that cats can identify their people by smell, something they also rely on to identify their close feline social groups.

The study, by Yutaro Miyairi and colleagues at Tokyo University of Agriculture, investigated the ability of 30 cats to differentiate between their guardian and an unknown person based on scent alone.

Cats in the study were presented with a plastic tube containing swab samples from under the armpit, behind the ear and between the toes of either the cat’s guardian or of a human they had never met. As a control, cats were also presented with an empty plastic tube.

The results?

Cats in the study spent longer sniffing the scent of an unknown person compared to the scent of their guardian or the empty tube.

A shorter sniffing time suggests that when cats came across the smell of their guardian, they recognised it quickly and moved along. But when they came to the swabs from an unknown person, the cat sniffed longer, using their superior sense of smell to gather information about the scent.

Similar patterns have been observed previously, with kittens sniffing the odour of unknown female cats longer than the odour of their own mother, and adult cats sniffing the faeces of unfamiliar cats longer than those within their social group.

The findings of this new study may indicate that we, too, are in our cats’ social circle.

Two cats in cardboard boxes with a black tuxie sniffing a ginger cat.
Cats do use their sense of smell to tell apart familiar and unfamiliar cats. Chris Boyer/Unsplash

The brain and the nose

The study also found a tendency for cats to sniff familiar scents with their left nostril, while unknown scents were more often sniffed using their right. But when cats became familiar with a scent after sniffing for a while, they switched nostrils from the right to the left.

While this may sound like an odd finding, it’s a pattern that has also been observed in dogs. Current research suggests this nostril preference may indicate that cats process and classify new information using their right brain hemisphere, while the left hemisphere takes over when a routine response is established.

Close-up of the amber nose of a silver tabby cat.
Cats will sniff things with different nostrils depending on whether the information is familiar or not. Kevin Knezic/Unsplash

Why scent?

Cats rely on scent to gather information about the world around them and to communicate.

Scent exchange (through cheek-to-cheek rubbing and grooming each other) is used as a way to recognise cats in the same social circle, maintain group cohesion, and identify unfamiliar cats or other animals that may pose a threat or need to be avoided.

Familiar scents can also be comforting to cats, reducing stress and anxiety and creating a sense of security within their environment.

When you come back from a holiday, if you notice your cat being distant and acting like you’re a total stranger, it might be because you smell like one. Try taking a shower using your usual home products and put on some of your regular home clothing. The familiar scents should help you and your cat settle back into your old dynamic sooner.

And remember, if your cat spends a lot of time sniffing someone else, it’s not because they prefer them. It’s likely because your scent is familiar and requires less work. Instead of being new and interesting, it might do something even better: help your cat feel at home.The Conversation

Julia Henning, PhD Candidate in Feline Behaviour, School of Animal and Veterinary Science, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Not a saint’: Florence Nightingale, heroic founder of modern nursing, is humanised in a new novel

Caitlin MacdonaldUniversity of Sydney

Florence Nightingale is often described as the founder of modern nursing. She was immortalised in Henry Wadsworth Longfellow’s 1857 poem, Santa Filomena: “A noble type of good / Heroic Womanhood.” For over a century, she has been remembered as “the lady with the lamp”, moving through the wards of war hospitals.

In Laura Elvery’s debut novel, Nightingale, she is something else entirely. She is not the symbol, but the woman – not solely the caregiver, but a patient, child and sister. It opens with an epigraph from T.S. Eliot’s Little Gidding:

We shall not cease from exploration
And the end of all our exploring
Will be to arrive where we started
And know the place for the first time.

This idea of seeing the familiar in a new light mirrors the novel’s structure and spirit. Nightingale is not a linear biography, nor a detailed account of Nightingale’s public accomplishments. It is a quiet meditation on memory, and on care and the ways it marks a life.


Review: Nightingale – Laura Elvery (UQP)


Death from poor hygiene and neglect

The novel is told in three parts across two timelines. It opens in Mayfair, London, in 1910. Florence is 90, frail and close to death. Her housekeeper, Mabel, watches over her as she drifts between moments of lucidity and memories of her past. The figure who once helped to transform military hospitals reflects on her frailty, and on Mabel’s care for her. She recalls her old instructions:

Use a clear, firm voice so the patient hears you the first time. Do not ask a patient to turn their head towards you. Let the light in. Ventilate the room. Clean the utensils. Change the sheets yourself and do it quickly, without comment.

Florence Nightingale. Henry Hering, National Portrait Gallery/Wikipedia

These directions reflect Nightingale’s ethos: that death came not only from bullets, but from poor hygiene, infection and administrative neglect. Elvery hints at Nightingale’s broader impact – her work on sanitation, hospital reform and data collection – not through exposition, but through the quiet authority of her voice and the awe she commands among doctors, nurses and soldiers alike.

On her final day, Nightingale receives a visit from Silas Bradley, a former soldier whose presence unsettles both her and the reader. As Part One ends, Silas asks, “What did Jean do to me?” The question will continue to haunt the novel.

Jean Frawley, a young nurse serving under Nightingale (or “Miss N”) during the Crimean War (1853–56), is introduced in the novel’s second part. In Marseilles, on her way to Scutari, Jean meets Silas. Their brief encounter sets up a romantic subplot that runs throughout.

But this thread is also one of the novel’s weakest. Jean is introduced as capable and competent, but her story becomes dominated by her feelings for Silas. Her longing for him seems out of proportion and out of step with the more grounded scenes surrounding it. The emotional arc feels less earned, compared to the stark realism of the hospital scenes.

Laura Elvery hints at Florence Nightingale’s wider impact through the awe she commands among doctors, nurses and soldiers. Joe Ruckli/UQP

Vivid hospital scenes

The focus soon shifts to Scutari (part of what is now Istanbul) in 1854, and an overcrowded, filthy and overwhelmed hospital. This is the novel’s strongest section: vivid, harrowing and sharply observed.

Jean’s voice brings urgency to the everyday horrors she witnesses: “Whimpering men lay on stuffed sacks on every side of every corridor, keeping company with the rats, the roaches, the maggots.” Supplies are short, medical tools are rudimentary, nurses are exhausted. The men are dying. In this world, care is emotional work.

Elvery, known for her short-story collections Ordinary Matter and Trick of the Light, brings a lyrical, sensory style to these scenes. Her descriptions are rich with visceral, sensory detail of rats, maggots, blood and chloroform.

But the focus isn’t on historical accuracy for its own sake. Elvery is more interested in the interiority of her characters, in the psychic and bodily toll of caregiving. She doesn’t dwell on dates or battles. Instead, she focuses on what caregiving feels like: its cost, its mess and its strange intimacy.

They asked the girls to kiss them, to write for them, to tell them jokes […] One soldier asked Jean to breathe in time with him.

One of the most moving scenes comes after the war, in 1861, when Jean visits a Crimean War memorial in London. She sees “on a plinth, the figure of a cloaked woman […] arms outstretched”.

Jean expects to feel pride or recognition. Instead, she finds the statue unfamiliar. “Perhaps it was a goddess,” she thinks, noticing the “haloes of leaves that circled her wrists.” She recalls the words of the tailor who sold her her uniform: “Women can’t imagine that sort of suffering.”

The scene captures a key question in the book: who is remembered, and in what form?

Resisting mythmaking

Elvery resists mythmaking. Her Nightingale is not a saint, but a woman forged in complexity: brilliant, stubborn, sometimes difficult. The novel invites us to see her not as a symbol, but as a person shaped by illness, desire, pain and time. Nightingale is not just a novel about Florence Nightingale, or about nursing. It’s about the physical and emotional labour of care, and the people whose work often goes unnoticed.

Part Three returns to 1910 and Nightingale’s final moments. But Nightingale is not the centre of her own story. Jean’s narrative forms the novel’s emotional core, and her connection to Silas drives more of the plot than Nightingale’s recollections. In this way, Elvery shifts focus, both structurally and thematically, away from a single figure – and toward the quieter, often invisible work of caregiving itself.

In a time when the cost of care – whether in hospitals, homes, or war zones – is so visible, Nightingale feels timely. Elvery asks what it means to nurse, and to be nursed. Her novel honours the messy, human particulars of caregiving, even as it gestures toward the legacy of a woman who reshaped its very foundations.The Conversation

Caitlin Macdonald, PhD candidate, Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Avalon Computer Pals turns 25

Avalon Computer Pals for Seniors (Avpals) has marked 25 years teaching local seniors how to use computers and related technology.

Community interest in learning to use computers resulted in a meeting at Avalon Recreation Centre on 19 January 2000 organised by Nan Bosler, a founder of a similar club at Narrabeen. The meeting appointed a steering committee of volunteers, and premises at Maria Regina (Catholic) Church Hall were obtained.
 
The first public meeting was chaired by David Bennett on 15 April. It elected a committee, and eleven trainers joined up. Lessons commenced on 1 May 2000. Originally 58 students were enrolled, and by 3 July there were 86. Financial support was provided by Pittwater Council and Avalon RSL
 
The aim of the club was written up by Judith Morrissey in “Information for Members”. It is relevant today. “Senior citizens have many reasons for wanting to be computer literate. Computers are used widely in today’s society. We can communicate with members of our family travelling anywhere in the world by email. We can manage our finances on computer, write our life histories and participate with our grandchildren who are using computers. The list is endless. Our aim is to assist seniors by removing barriers and de-mystifying this area of modern life.”
 
When Avpals began, two students at a time sat in front of a club computer with a trainer for an hour’s weekly lesson. There were no smartphones or tablets and few laptops. Even the internet was in its infancy. Today, the club continues to teach students at the Avalon Catholic Church for weekly lessons one-on-one. Nearly all students bring their own devices, and trainers tailor the lesson content to the students’ particular needs.
 
In 2012, Avpals broadened its activities to provide lectures and small-group workshops at the Newport Community Centre one afternoon a week during school terms. These have proved very popular and cover topics such as iPhones, photography, internet security, travelling with technology, and many others.
 
Fees are very affordable, at $50 for a ten-week term one-on-one and $10 or $15 for Newport workshops. Some lectures are free.
 
Avpals president Jim Carmichael said, “Minutes from a meeting in 2007 suggested that Avpals may be dying, with student numbers in steady decline. But since then, with new technologies, new applications, worries about security and curiosity about AI, our numbers have recovered, and both the Avalon and Newport activities are thriving. It looks like Avpals will be around for a while yet.”
 
Avpals is always looking for new students and trainers. 
 
Details are available at the website avpals.com and on the club’s Facebook page. There is a weekly newsletter for people on the mailing list.


Photo: Avpals trainer Saskia Zaitzieff delivering a lesson at the Newport Community Centre.

AvPals 25th Year: Term Two Newport Sessions

You can book in and pay for sessions at Newport via the AvPals shop.

Avalon Computer Pals (AVPALS) helps seniors learn and improve their computer and technology skills. Avpals is a not for profit organisation run by volunteers. Since 2000, we have helped thousands of seniors from complete beginners to people who need to improve or update their skills. We offer “one to one” personal tuition or special short courses. 

Small class workshops are run at the Newport Community Centre on Tuesday afternoons.

One-to-one training is provided at our rooms in Avalon, under the Maria Regina Catholic Church, 7 Central Road, Avalon.

Join us in learning 'how to' in our 25th year!

The AvPals shop for Newport short sessions is HERE
The rest of this terms workshop offerings are:

Avalon Beach Historical Society June 2025 Meeting

The next meeting of the Society will be held on TUESDAY 10 JUNE in the usual venue – the ANNEXE in the north-west corner of Dunbar Park and will start at 8pm.

Unfortunately our planned guest speaker is unable to attend so we have a series of surprises to keep you well and truly entertained and more importantly, historically satisfied.

Over our many years, and with our esteemed photographic wizard (aka John Stone) we have amassed a great compilation of appropriate film and video historic clips.

We are going to take you to a folk song concert in St. Michael’s Cave in 1964 and we’ll join A. J. Small in 1932 behind the viewfinder of his movie camera as he films ‘AvaPutt’, his mini-golf course. You’ll also witness his son Geoff, as he sets out the flags to begin patrolling on Avalon Beach after successfully obtaining his Bronze Medallion in the first squad in January 1926.

In 2015 we shared some of our classic photos from our archives which were transformed into a unique video/film presentation called ‘Creative Features’ as part of the Film Festival of the same name.

We will also share with you the sad demise of the classic art-deco Beacon Store at Palm Beach when the ‘rights’ to burn it to the ground were ‘sold’ by the Council to Home and Away.

We couldn’t let you go without the promised last meeting of a local excerpt from ‘Skippy’ and yet another glimpse of the stunning ‘Elephants on Avalon Beach’ by our local resident Jae Morrison.

A big ‘Thanks’ to the 13 members who supported David Elfick in his quest to get a reasonable outcome for the DA on the site to the north of his mighty ‘Palladium’. He has an update for us in General Business.

Geoff Searl OAM
President Avalon Beach Historical Society

Celebrating 50 Years of Friendly at the Avalon Bulldogs

Join us as we honour a true club legend – Friendly – and his incredible 50 years of service to the Avalon Bulldogs.

Let’s come together to celebrate a lifetime of coaching, mentoring, and unwavering dedication that has shaped the heart of our club and community.
  • 📅 Date: Saturday, 21st June 2025
  • 🕖 Time: TBC
  • 📍 Location: Avalon Bulldogs Clubhouse, Hitchcock Park, Avalon
  • 🍴 Food & Drinks: BBQ + bar open, family-friendly
  • 🎤 Speeches, Stories & Surprises – plus a few laughs along the way!
Whether you’re a past or present player, parent, volunteer, or friend – everyone is welcome. Let’s show our appreciation for Friendly and celebrate this remarkable milestone together.
One club. One legend. 50 years of loyalty.

More details to come, but we can’t wait to see you there!

There’s a new COVID variant driving up infections. A virologist explains what to know about NB.1.8.1

VioletaStoimenova/Getty Images
Lara HerreroGriffith University

As we enter the colder months in Australia, COVID is making headlines again, this time due to the emergence of a new variant: NB.1.8.1.

Last week, the World Health Organization designated NB.1.8.1 as a “variant under monitoring”, owing to its growing global spread and some notable characteristics which could set it apart from earlier variants.

So what do you need to know about this new variant?

The current COVID situation

More than five years since COVID was initially declared a pandemic, we’re still experiencing regular waves of infections.

It’s more difficult to track the occurrence of the virus nowadays, as fewer people are testing and reporting infections. But available data suggests in late May 2025, case numbers in Australia were ticking upwards.

Genomic sequencing has confirmed NB.1.8.1 is among the circulating strains in Australia, and generally increasing. Of cases sequenced up to May 6 across Australia, NB.1.8.1 ranged from less than 10% in South Australia to more than 40% in Victoria.

Wastewater surveillance in Western Australia has determined NB.1.8.1 is now the dominant variant in wastewater samples collected in Perth.

Internationally NB.1.8.1 is also growing. By late April 2025, it comprised roughly 10.7% of all submitted sequences – up from just 2.5% four weeks prior. While the absolute number of cases sequenced was still modest, this consistent upward trend has prompted closer monitoring by international public health agencies.

NB.1.8.1 has been spreading particularly in Asia – it was the dominant variant in Hong Kong and China at the end of April.

A graphic showing the evolution of NB.1.8.1.
Lara Herrero, created using BioRender

Where does this variant come from?

According to the WHO, NB.1.8.1 was first detected from samples collected in January 2025.

It’s a sublineage of the Omicron variant, descending from the recombinant XDV lineage. “Recombinant” is where a new variant arises from the genetic mixing of two or more existing variants.

The image to the right shows more specifically how NB.1.8.1 came about.

What does the research say?

Like its predecessors, NB.1.8.1 carries a suite of mutations in the spike protein. This is the protein on the surface of the virus that allows it to infect us – specifically via the ACE2 receptors, a “doorway” to our cells.

The mutations include T22N, F59S, G184S, A435S, V445H, and T478I. It’s early days for this variant, so we don’t have much data on what these changes mean yet. But a recent preprint (a study that has not yet been peer reviewed) offers some clues about why NB.1.8.1 may be gathering traction.

Using lab-based models, researchers found NB.1.8.1 had the strongest binding affinity to the human ACE2 receptor of several variants tested – suggesting it may infect cells more efficiently than earlier strains.

The study also looked at how well antibodies from vaccinated or previously infected people could neutralise or “block” the variant. Results showed the neutralising response of antibodies was around 1.5 times lower to NB.1.8.1 compared to another recent variant, LP.8.1.1.

This means it’s possible a person infected with NB.1.8.1 may be more likely to pass the virus on to someone else, compared to earlier variants.

What are the symptoms?

The evidence so far suggests NB.1.8.1 may spread more easily and may partially sidestep immunity from prior infections or vaccination. These factors could explain its rise in sequencing data.

But importantly, the WHO has not yet observed any evidence it causes more severe disease compared to other variants.

Reports suggest symptoms of NB.1.8.1 should align closely with other Omicron subvariants.

Common symptoms include sore throat, fatigue, fever, mild cough, muscle aches and nasal congestion. Gastrointestinal symptoms may also occur in some cases.

An illustration of SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID.
COVID is continuing to evolve. Joannii/Shutterstock

How about the vaccine?

There’s potential for this variant to play a significant role in Australia’s winter respiratory season. Public health responses remain focused on close monitoring, continued genomic sequencing, and promoting the uptake of updated COVID boosters.

Even if neutralising antibody levels are modestly reduced against NB.1.8.1, the WHO has noted current COVID vaccines should still protect against severe disease with this variant.

The most recent booster available in Australia and many other countries targets JN.1, from which NB.1.8.1 is descended. So it makes sense it should still offer good protection.

Ahead of winter and with a new variant on the scene, now may be a good time to consider another COVID booster if you’re eligible. For some people, particularly those who are medically vulnerable, COVID can still be a serious disease.The Conversation

Lara Herrero, Associate Professor and Research Leader in Virology and Infectious Disease, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Google is going ‘all in’ on AI. It’s part of a troubling trend in big tech

Zena AssaadAustralian National University

Google recently unveiled the next phase of its artificial intelligence (AI) journey: “AI mode”.

This new feature will soon be released as a new option to users of Google’s search engine in the United States, with no timeline yet for the rest of the world. The company says it will be akin to having a conversation with an expert well versed on a wide range of topics.

This is just one of many steps Google is taking in pursuit of its “all-in” approach to AI.

The “all-in” approach extends beyond just integrating the technology into different applications. Google is providing products all along the AI supply chain – a process known as “vertical integration” – housing everything from AI computer chips through to the user interfaces we interact with on a daily basis, such as Google maps or Gmail.

Google isn’t the only AI company with ambitions of vertical integration. For example, OpenAI recently acquired a hardware startup co-founded by Apple’s Jony Ive, which will centralise hardware development within the company. Amazon is taking similar steps. It owns cloud computing platforms, custom chips, device plans and is incorporating more AI services into products.

This may be the beginning of a trend of vertical integration across big tech. And it could have significant implications for users and companies alike.

The AI ‘tech stack’

Hardware, software, data sources, databases and servers are some of the layers that make up what is commonly referred to as the “AI tech stack”.

There are four main layers to Google’s evolving vertical tech stack:

1. Hardware layerGoogle develops its own AI chips, known as tensor processing units (TPUs). The company claims these chips provide superior performance and efficiency compared to general purpose processors.

2. Infrastructure layer. The company uses its own cloud infrastructure to source its computing power, networking and storage requirements. This infrastructure is the foundation for running and scaling AI capabilities.

3. Model development layer. In-house research capabilities are used to drive the development of their products and services. This includes research around machine learning, robotics, language models and computer vision.

4. Data layer. Data is constantly sourced from users across all Google platforms, including its search engine, maps and email. Data collection is a condition of using any Google application.

Some argue vertical integration is an optimal and cost-effective business strategy in many industries, not just tech. However, the realities of this set-up prove otherwise.

A blue, red, yellow and green Google sign on a building roof.
Google is seeking to become a vertically integrated AI company. RYO Alexandre/Shutterstock

Fuelling power imbalances

Google and OpenAI are two of just a handful of companies which dominate the global technology market.

Thanks to this market dominance, these companies can charge higher markups for their goods and services and abuse practices in online advertising.

Vertical integration further skews this power imbalance by centralising the layers of the AI tech stack to one company. A distribution of hardware, infrastructure, research and development and data across multiple industries helps support a more equitable playing field across the industry.

The loss of this equity creates greater barriers to entry for smaller companies as the larger conglomerates keep everything in-house.

It also reduces incentives to innovate in ways that benefit consumers because it eliminates the business competition that usually drives innovation.

Data is often described as the new gold. This is especially true in the case of AI, which is heavily reliant on data. Through its many platforms, Google has access to a continuous stream of data. In turn, this gives the company even more power in the industry.

A large Amazon sign outside a glass building.
Other tech companies such as Amazon are moving towards vertical integration in the AI sector. ACHPF/Shutterstock

The vulnerabilities of vertical integration

The success of a company that is vertically integrated relies on housing the best knowledge and expertise in-house. Retaining this level of resourcing within a small handful of companies can lead to knowledge and expertise hoarding.

Research shows knowledge and expertise hoarding reduces social learning and increases disparities between “winners” and “losers” in a given market. This creates an overall vulnerable industry, because net gains are lost in the pursuit of exclusivity.

Exclusivity also breeds a lack of resilience. That’s because the points of failure are centralised.

Risk is better managed with additional oversight, transparency and accountability. Collaborations across industry rely on these processes to work together effectively.

Centralising the AI tech stack within one organisation eliminates external scrutiny, because it reduces interactions with external providers of products and services. In turn this can lead to a company behaving in a more risky manner.

Regulatory bodies can also provide external scrutiny.

However, the current push to deregulate AI is widening the gap between technology development and regulation.

It is also allowing for big tech companies to become increasingly opaque. A lack of transparency raises issues about organisational practices; in the context of AI, practices around data are of particular concern.

The trend towards vertical integration in the AI sector will further increase this opacity and heighten existing issues around transparency.The Conversation

Zena Assaad, Senior Lecturer, School of Engineering, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Avalon Beach SLSC turns 100 in 2025!

2025 marks 100 years of Avalon Beach Surf Lifesaving Club.

Planning is underway to celebrate the achievement of Avalon Beach SLSC's Volunteer Surf Lifesavers keeping Avalon Beach safe for residents and visitors for 100 years!

A number of celebratory events and activities spread throughout the Club's 100th year, are currently under development, and will be progressively announced through the year. 

The range of celebrations will involve past and present members, the Avalon Beach community, as well as visitors to our area.  The Surf Club is a focal point in and for the Avalon Beach community, so it is fitting that the community takes pride in this milestone.

Initially, so that our records are up to date, we invite all past members of our Club to Email the Club at 100years@avalonbeachslsc.com.au  with your updated details so we can keep you informed of what will be happening for members.

If you know of others that may be interested in the 100th Anniversary celebrations please pass the message on. 

The Club looks to the future, acknowledging and building on the legacy left from those who came before us over the past 100 years.

Avalon Beach SLSC Centenary Committee

Protecting workers compensation for future generations

May 27, 2025
The Minns Labor Government has announced it will today (Tuesday May 27 2025) introduce a bill to Parliament to reform the way the NSW workers compensation system deals with psychological injury.

The government states the reforms will address the lack of focus on preventing psychological injury, the low rate of recovery and return to work for psychological injuries, and arrest the sharp rise in premiums.

As well as changes within the system, a Workplace Mental Health package with $344 million in new funding will provide additional measures to support mental health in the workplace, including:
  • SafeWork funding for injury prevention, with more than 50 new inspectors specialising in psychological injury
  • wraparound psychological support services for people navigating the claims process
  • WH&S compliance and enforcement to strengthen psychosocial hazard prevention
  • eight weeks’ income and medical/vocational support to access immediate support.
The Workers Compensation Legislation Amendment Bill 2025 has been informed by consultation within unions and experts, including the release of an exposure draft and a parliamentary inquiry.

The final bill to Parliament includes a range of refinements to proposals that were contained in the exposure draft, including:

  • adding 'excessive work demands' as a new compensable cause of psychological injury
  • an expedited 8-week claims assessment process for psychological injuries caused by bullying or harassment
    • this is instead of a requirement to have a finding in the IRC or FWC
    • workers will still have the right to seek IRC intervention for bullying and harassment, whether they are injured or not
  • introducing commutations to allow psychologically injured workers with a Whole Person Impairment (WPI) of 30 per cent or below to access a lump sum before their weekly payments cease
  • a gradual increase to the WPI measure to determine weekly payments for life, rising to 25 per cent from October 2025 and greater than 30 per cent from 1 July 2026
  • clarifying language around 'vicarious trauma' as a compensable event
  • supporting prevention by including stronger workplace health and safety powers in the jurisdiction of the IRC
  • reducing legal costs with new requirements that any scheme-funded lawyers must be acting in the interests of workers and be judged to have a reasonable prospect of success.
This reform will enable the Minns Labor Government to protect the workers compensation system for future generations of workers across NSW.

Combined with the new Workplace Mental Health funding package, the reform creates a modernised scheme that can better protect workers from psychological injury and more effectively support them when injury does occur.

Currently, half of workers with psychological injury claims return to work within the first year. The average cost of these claims has jumped $100,000 in five years to almost $300,000, and businesses are facing a 36 per cent increase to workers compensation premiums.

Treasurer Daniel Mookhey said:

“We are creating a modern system that will better protect workers from psychological injury and provide better help when they need it.

“I want to ensure that future generations of workers across NSW have a workers compensation system they can rely on.

“As the workplace evolves, our capacity to support people in it must adapt accordingly.”

Industrial Relations Minister Sophie Cotsis said:

“The Minns Labor Government is committed to strengthening a culture of prevention, early intervention, recovery and effective return to work through a series of reforms. 

“These include major reforms to SafeWork NSW, including investing in more inspectors to focus on psychosocial harm prevention and industrial relations reforms that establish a 'stop bullying' jurisdiction.

“Additionally, we have amended the iCare Act to include a principal objective focused on promoting early and appropriate treatment and care for injury and illness. This aims to optimise recovery, support return to work and daily activities, and ensure a sustainable compensation system.

“Thank you to all who contributed submissions to the consultative process for their practical and considered responses. We particularly acknowledge the trade union movement, as we work together to reach our shared goal of a better, more sustainable system for injured workers.”

Minister for Customer Service Jihad Dib said:

“These changes are aimed at sustaining our workers compensation scheme for the long term as we scale up prevention efforts and wraparound support services for people navigating the claims process.

“We need a system that continues to support injured workers and helps them recover as quickly as possible so they can return to their lives.”

Captain Cook College, Site Group and Blake Wills to pay total penalties of $30.4 million for unconscionable conduct towards students

Tuesday May 27, 2025
The Federal Court has today ordered vocational college Captain Cook College to pay penalties of $20 million for engaging in systemic unconscionable conduct and $750,000 for making false or misleading representations to students in connection with online diploma courses under the former VET FEE-HELP loan program.

The College, which received tens of millions of dollars of Federal Government funding, removed consumer safeguards from its enrolment and withdrawal processes from 7 September 2015.

The removal of these safeguards meant that thousands of students incurred substantial debts, despite the fact they were not engaging with their courses.

As a result of Captain Cook College’s actions, about 5,500 affected consumers were left with VET FEE-HELP debts, totalling over $60 million. The vast majority of them failed to complete any part of their course, and around 86 per cent never even logged in to their online course. The Government ultimately waived the VET FEE-HELP debts of affected Captain Cook College students and withheld some of the payments from the college.

“Captain Cook College’s conduct not only cost taxpayers tens of millions of dollars, but it also caused distress to the thousands of consumers enrolled in their courses who for many years were told they had significant debts to the Government,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

The Court also imposed penalties of $10 million on Captain Cook College’s parent company, Site Group International Limited (Site), and $400,000 on Blake Wills (Site’s former COO), who were knowingly concerned in Captain Cook College’s system of unconscionable conduct.

The Court also disqualified Mr Wills from managing corporations for three years.

Today’s decision comes after two unsuccessful appeals by Captain Cook College, Site and Mr Wills against the systemic unconscionable conduct findings.

“We are pleased with this outcome which sends a message to all businesses, including those seeking to obtain government funding, that they must comply with the laws which protect consumers. The judgment also shows the ACCC’s determination to pursue individuals in appropriate cases,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

The Court also made a costs order in favour of the ACCC.

In June 2020, as part of a settlement with the ACCC, former Captain Cook College CEO Ian Cook admitted that he was knowingly concerned in Captain Cook College’s system of unconscionable conduct. The Court disqualified Mr Cook from managing corporations for three years and ordered that he pay $250,000 in penalties and contribute towards the ACCC’s costs.

Background
Productivity Partners Pty Ltd trading as Captain Cook College was a provider of online VET FEE-HELP diploma courses.

Captain Cook College was established in 1998 and was acquired by Site Group in 2014. It ceased substantive trading at the end of 2016.

Site and several subsidiaries entered into voluntary administration in March 2025. Administrators have been appointed to Site and Captain Cook College.

The ACCC commenced proceedings against Captain Cook College, Site Group, Ian Cook (the former CEO of Captain Cook College) and Mr Wills in November 2018.

In July 2021 the Federal Court found that Captain Cook College engaged in a system of unconscionable conduct and made false or misleading representations to prospective students in relation to online diploma courses following contested proceedings. The Federal Court found that Mr Wills and Site Group were knowingly concerned in Captain Cook College’s system of unconscionable conduct.

In April 2023, the Full Federal Court upheld the majority of these findings following an appeal by Captain Cook College, Site Group and Mr Wills.

In May 2023, Captain Cook College, Site Group and Mr Wills appealed to the High Court which dismissed the appeal in August 2024.

The ACCC and the Commonwealth have previously obtained judgments in relation to educational colleges against Unique International College, Cornerstone Investment Aust Pty Ltd (trading as Empower Institute), Australian Institute of Professional Education and Acquire Learning. The ACCC was also awarded record penalties of $438 million against Phoenix Institute of Australia Pty Ltd and its marketing arm Community Training Initiatives Pty Ltd.

VET FEE-HELP was an Australian Government loan program that assisted eligible students to pay their tuition fees for higher level vocational education and training (VET) courses at the diploma level and above, undertaken at approved VET FEE-HELP providers. The program was replaced by VET Student Loans from 1 January 2017.

Corroboree 2000, 25 years on: the march for Indigenous reconciliation has left a complicated legacy

Heidi NormanUNSW Sydney and Anne Maree PayneUNSW Sydney

First Nations people please be advised this article speaks of racially discriminating moments in history, including the distress and death of First Nations people.


On a cold day 25 years ago, a bitter wind swept up from the south, pushing against an endless throng of people crossing one of Australia’s most famous landmarks.

Some 250,000 people were walking across Sydney Harbour Bridge in support of Indigenous reconciliation. It was an event called Corroboree 2000.

It took more than six hours for the mass of people to make their way from north to south, into the city. Across the nation, in small towns and in the capital cities, bridge walks symbolised overcoming a difficult past and coming together.

But Australia’s relationship with First Nations people in the years since has been sometimes tumultuous, occasionally optimistic and often vexed. What legacy did the event leave?

A ‘decade of reconciliation’?

A “Decade of Reconciliation” started with the unanimous passage of the Council for Aboriginal Reconciliation Act through the federal parliament in 1991. “Reconciliation” was to be achieved between Indigenous and non-Indigenous Australians by the centenary of Federation in 2001.

The act made a national commitment for the federal government to address both “Aboriginal disadvantage and aspirations”.

It didn’t, however, specify what reconciliation was or what a reconciled nation would look like. The 2001 deadline would come and go without any way of knowing if it had been achieved.

The amorphous nature of the concept likely contributed to the widespread political support for reconciliation. But whether it meant addressing Indigenous rights, or disadvantage, or both, was often decided down political party lines.

Some First Nations activists were unequivocal in their criticism of reconciliation. It was widely perceived as a poor substitute for Bob Hawke’s 1984 promise of national land rights, and later, Treaty.

The late Uncle Chicka Dixon renamed the movement “ReCONsillynation”. The “con” was the call to “walk together” as an alternative to Treaty and land rights.

Instead, the Council for Aboriginal Reconciliation was established in 1991. Its approach to reconciliation was largely about building knowledge and understanding among non-Indigenous Australians about Australian Indigenous lives, experience and history. This was seen as essential to advancing justice.

Changing hearts and minds

For more than a decade, the council worked to achieve its vision, recruiting thousands of participants to the cause. It produced educational materials to guide learning about First Peoples histories and cultures. It also promoted reconciliation activities in the community.

Community-led reconciliation activities proliferated quickly. Some of these continue today, helping establish a foundation for truth-telling.

Huge historical events were unfolding alongside this work. In 1992, the Mabo decision in the High Court ruled Australia was not terra nullius (land belonging to nobody) when it was claimed by Britain in 1770. This led to native title laws, which have made it possible for some Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people to claim ownership of their traditional lands.

In 1997, the Bringing Them Home report highlighted the trauma caused to generations of Aboriginal and Torres Strait children across Australia by removing them from their families. They are known as the Stolen Generations.

The report recommended all Australian governments apologise to Indigenous people for their involvement in the policies and practices of forcible child removal.

By 1999, all states and territory governments had apologised. The federal government had not.

A contested history

These seismic shifts in public conversation inevitably came to feature in federal politics.

In the 1996 election, the two leaders – Labor Prime Minister Paul Keating and Liberal leader John Howard – outlined very different political visions based on opposing approaches to Australian history.

While Keating was in office, he combined two causes – native title and the republic – hoping they would help generate a new story of the nation’s foundation.

He sought to replace the positive, comforting and Anglo-centric view of Australian history. He highlighted the impact of colonisation on Aboriginal people and cast doubt on the morality of British occupation.

Howard largely framed his history in opposition to Keating’s. Whereas Keating’s history dwelled on identifiable historical wrongs, Howard famously said Australians should “feel comfortable and relaxed about their history”.

For Howard, there was much to be proud of in the story of the nation’s past. He accused the Labor party of peddling “the rhetoric of apology and shame”, or what came to be known as the “black armband” view of the past.

Despite the recommendation of the Bringing Them Home report, Howard didn’t apologise to Indigenous people. He championed “practical outcomes” instead of “symbolism”, although ultimately failed to deliver either.

A historic culmination

With all these debates brewing throughout the 1990s, Australians used the new millennium to make their own large, symbolic gesture.

Corroboree 2000 was held over two days in May. At the first event held on May 27, Indigenous and non-Indigenous leaders met at the Sydney Opera House. The Council for Aboriginal Reconciliation presented non-Indigenous leaders with two documents: the Australian Declaration Towards Reconciliation and the Roadmap for Reconciliation.

All the leaders who took part left their handprints on a canvas to show their support.

But in the intervening years, the shape of reconciliation and what Indigenous people could expect from it changed.

Reflecting the Howard government’s emphasis on practical reconciliation, the council’s final report emphasised that “overcoming disadvantage is central to the reconciliation process”. The original brief for reconciliation to also address “Aboriginal aspirations” was forgotten.

Howard gave a speech at the event and expressed “regret” for the past treatment of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people, but he did not apologise. This left many in the crowd unhappy.

The apology would eventually come in 2008 from Labor Prime Minister, Kevin Rudd.

Where are we now?

In his recent election victory speech, Prime Minister Anthony Albanese emphasised national unity. He again placed reconciliation at the forefront of the Australian government’s Indigenous affairs agenda, saying:

we will be a government that supports reconciliation with First Nations people, because we will be a stronger nation when we close the gap between Indigenous and non-Indigenous Australians.

It was a far cry from his 2022 victory speech when he promised the full implementation of the Uluru Statement from the Heart.

In the aftermath of the Voice referendum, the Albanese government says it is focusing on First Nations economic independence and empowerment, along with continuing to “Close the Gap” in experiences of disadvantage.

So 25 years on from the bridge walk, reconciliation remains a feature of the government’s response to First Peoples’ calls for recognition and justice.

But reconciliation can be seen as a safe harbour to merely rebuild consensus, when more ambitious Indigenous affairs agendas stall or fail.The Conversation

Heidi Norman, Professor of Aboriginal political history, Faculty of Arts, Design and Architecture, Convenor: Indigenous Land & Justice Research Group, UNSW Sydney and Anne Maree Payne, Senior Research Fellow, Indigenous Land & Justice Research Group, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Is it OK to leave device chargers plugged in all the time? An expert explains

YG PhotoArtWorks/Shutterstock
Glen FarivarThe University of Melbourne

How many chargers do you own? We’re surrounded by rechargeable electronic devices – mobile phones, laptops, smart watches, headphones, e-bikes and more.

You might have a phone charger plugged in next to your bed without ever bothering to switch it off at the wall or unplugging it when not in use. The same might go for a laptop charger by your desk.

But is that risky to do? And are there hidden costs associated with leaving chargers plugged in all the time?

What’s inside a charger?

Naturally, not all chargers are the same. Depending on the application and power requirement, their internal structure can range from very simple to complex.

However, a typical charger takes in the AC (alternating current) from the wall plug and converts it to a low-voltage DC (direct current) suitable for your device’s battery.

To understand the difference between DC and AC, consider the flow of electrons in a wire. In a DC circuit, electrons move in one direction and keep rotating in the circuit. In an AC circuit, electrons doesn’t circulate and only move back and forth.

The reason for why we use both types of current goes a long way back, to the time when inventors Thomas Edison and Nicola Tesla battled over which type would become the default standard. Today, we are still stuck between both. Electricity is traditionally generated in AC form, but modern appliances and batteries require the DC form. This is why almost every electrical appliance comes with an AC–DC converter.

To do the conversion from AC to DC, a typical charger needs several electrical components such as a transformer, a circuit for doing the actual conversion, filtering elements to enhance the quality of output DC voltage, and control circuitry for regulation and protection.

A partially broken charger with two prongs and the internal chips exposed.
Chargers have several electrical components to convert the AC current to DC current that the battery can use. PeterRoziSnaps/Shutterstock

Chargers consume power even when not charging

“Vampire power” is real. If you leave it plugged in, a charger will continuously draw a small amount of power. Part of this power is used to keep the control and protection circuits running while the rest is lost as heat.

When we look at an individual small charger, the vampire power – also known as standby power – is negligible. However, if you add up all the chargers in your home for various devices, over time the wasted energy can be significant. Standby power is not exclusive to chargers, either; other electronic devices such as TVs draw a little bit of standby power, too.

Depending on how many things you leave plugged in, over the course of the year it could amount to several kilowatt hours.

That said, modern chargers are designed to minimise standby power consumption. These chargers come with smart power management components that keep them in sleep mode until an external device attempts to draw power.

A view under a desk with lots of things plugged into a power strip.
Having lots of chargers plugged in in your house can add up into a decent trickle of standby power. Kit/Unsplash

There are other risks, too

Chargers wear out over time when electricity flows through them, particularly when the electricity grid voltage temporarily rises above its rated value. The electricity grid is a chaotic environment and various voltage rise events happen from time to time.

Leaving your chargers exposed to these events will shorten their life. This premature ageing shouldn’t be alarming for modern devices, thanks to their improved design and control. But it is particularly concerning for cheap, uncertified chargers. These often lack appropriate levels of protection and can be a fire hazard.

How should I treat my chargers?

Although modern chargers are generally very safe and should be drawing minimal standby power, consider unplugging them anyway – if convenient.

If a charger gets warmer than usual, makes noise, or is damaged in any way, it is time for a replacement. And it definitely shouldn’t be left plugged in.The Conversation

Glen Farivar, Lecturer in Power Electronics, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What makes somebody a narcissist? Mounting evidence suggests links to insecure attachment styles

DSerov/Shutterstock
Megan WillisAustralian Catholic University

Narcissism has become the armchair diagnosis of the decade. Social media is awash with people flinging the label around. Everyone’s ex seems to be a narcissist, some of our parents are under suspicion, and that office villain? They definitely tick the box, too.

The accuracy of these rampant diagnoses warrants scepticism. But the reality is narcissists do exist. At its extreme, narcissism is a rare mental health diagnosis, known as narcissistic personality disorder. But narcissism also describes a cluster of personality traits, which we all display to varying degrees.

For those of us who have been in close quarters with someone high in narcissistic traits, we rarely walk away unscathed. And we may be left with lingering questions. For example, what made them this way?

In a recent meta-analysis, my colleagues and I pulled together studies examining the link between narcissism and adult attachment styles. Our findings offer an important clue – especially when it comes to the potential roots of vulnerable narcissism.

Types of narcissism

There are two main types of narcissism.

Grandiose narcissism is what typically comes to mind. It is characterised by an overtly grandiose, aggressive and dominant interpersonal style. In contrast, vulnerable narcissism is marked by introversion, hypersensitivity to criticism, and a defensive, insecure grandiosity that masks fragile self-esteem.

Antagonistic traits such as entitlement, manipulation, and a lack of empathy lie at the core of both narcissism types. This helps to explain the interpersonal difficulties linked to each.

Vulnerable narcissism, in particular, has been linked to a range of harmful behaviours in romantic relationships. Individuals high in this trait are more likely to engage in love bombingghosting and breadcrumbing.

They also tend to report lower relationship satisfaction, hold more permissive attitudes towards infidelity and perpetrate intimate partner violence at higher rates.

Secure versus insecure attachment

Researchers have turned to attachment styles to help explain how individuals high in narcissism behave in romantic relationships.

Attachment theory proposes that early experiences with primary caregivers shape our beliefs about ourselves and others. These beliefs are thought to persist into adulthood and influence how we experience and navigate adult relationships.

If we felt safe, loved and supported as children, we are more likely to have a positive view of our self and others. This is the hallmark of secure attachment, which lays the foundation for healthy, stable relationships in adulthood.

But when early relationships are marked by neglect, inconsistency or abuse, they can give rise to insecure attachment styles. Adult attachment models generally identify three types of insecure attachment.

Preoccupied attachment develops from a negative view of the self and a positive view of others. Individuals with this style often feel unworthy of love and seek constant reassurance in relationships, fearing rejection and abandonment.

Dismissive attachment is rooted in a positive view of the self but a negative view of others. These individuals tend to prioritise independence over intimacy. As a result, they often struggle to form deep connections.

Fearful attachment involves negative views of both the self and others. Those with this style typically crave connection while at the same time fearing it, leading to push-pull dynamics in relationships.

An interesting pattern

In our meta-analysis, we combined the results of 33 previous studies comprising more than 10,000 participants to examine how narcissism relates to each of the four adult attachment styles. Overall, narcissism was linked to each of the three insecure attachment styles.

But when we looked at the two types of narcissism separately, an interesting pattern emerged. Vulnerable narcissism was consistently linked to insecure attachment styles – with associations of moderate strength for preoccupied and fearful attachment styles.

In contrast, grandiose narcissism showed no such link.

Does this mean insecure attachment causes vulnerable narcissism? Not necessarily. The studies we reviewed were “correlational”, which means they looked at connections, not causes. So we can’t say attachment styles cause vulnerable narcissism. To answer that, we’d need longitudinal research tracking people over time.

Still, our findings suggest that insecure attachment – particularly preoccupied and fearful attachment styles – may be an important risk factor in the development of vulnerable narcissism.

Of course, not everyone with an insecure attachment style has high levels of vulnerable narcissism. However, for some, vulnerable narcissism may emerge as a defensive coping strategy that arises when early attachments were marked by inconsistency, neglect or abuse.

A young father lovingly holding his newborn.
Supporting parents and caregivers to build secure attachments with the their children could help prevent the development of vulnerable narcissism Halfpoint/Shutterstock

Healing childhood wounds

Attachment styles tend to be fairly consistent throughout a person’s life, however change is possible. Attachment-focused therapies, such as schema therapy and emotionally focussed therapy, can help individuals heal attachment wounds and build more secure relationship patterns. These approaches may be especially helpful for those high in vulnerable narcissism.

At the same time, it is important that families have access to free and timely mental health care, so that children are supported to process and heal from trauma before it shapes their adult relationships, and the way they parent the next generation.

But prevention is better than cure.

Supporting parents and caregivers to build secure attachments with the their children and equipping them with the tools to parent effectively is essential. This is especially urgent given disturbingly high rates of child maltreatment in Australia, including emotional abuse, physical abuse and neglect – all of which have been linked to the development of vulnerable narcissism.

We don’t need to look too far to see the cost of turning a blind eye.The Conversation

Megan Willis, Associate Professor, School of Behavioural and Health Sciences, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Daylight can boost the immune system’s ability to fight infections – new study

Getty Images
Chris HallUniversity of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

Ever found yourself out of sync with normal sleep patterns after late nights or working a night shift? It could be you’re experiencing what scientists call social jet lag.

The term describes the misalignment between our internal body clock (circadian rhythm) and our social schedule.

Social jet lag associated with irregular sleep patterns and inconsistent exposure to daylight is increasingly common, and has been linked with a weakened immune system.

Disruption of our circadian rhythms through shift work, for example, has been shown to have a negative impact on our ability to fight infections.

These observations reinforce the idea that maintaining a robust circadian rhythm through regular exposure to daylight supports a healthy immune system.

But how does the immune system know when it’s daytime? That is precisely what our research, published today in Science Immunology, has uncovered. Our findings could eventually deliver benefits for the treatment of inflammatory conditions.

First responders to infection

Circadian rhythms are a fundamental feature of all life on Earth. Believed to have evolved some 2.5 billion years ago, they enable organisms to adapt to challenges associated with the 24-hour solar day.

At the molecular level, these circadian rhythms are orchestrated through a genetically encoded multi-component time keeper called a circadian clock. Almost all cells are known to have the components for a circadian clock. But how they function within different cell types to regulate their behaviour is very poorly understood.

In the laboratory, we use zebrafish – small freshwater fish commonly sold in pet stores – as a model organism to understand our immune response to bacterial infection.

We use larval zebrafish because their genetic makeup and immune system are similar to ours. Also, they have transparent bodies, making it easy to observe biological processes under the microscope.

We focus on an immune cell called a “neutrophil”, a type of white blood cell. We’re interested in these cells because they specialise in killing bacteria, are first responders to infection, and are the most abundant immune cell in our bodies.

Because they are very short-lived cells, neutrophils isolated from human blood are notoriously difficult to work with experimentally. However, with transparent larval zebrafish, we can film them to directly observe how these cells function, within a completely intact animal.

This time-lapse shows red fluorescent immune cells (neutrophils) moving through larval zebrafish to eat green fluorescent bacteria that have been microinjected.

Cells can tell if it’s daytime

Our initial studies showed the strength of immune response to bacterial infection peaked during the day, when the animals are active.

We think this represents an evolutionary response that provides both humans and zebrafish a survival advantage. Because diurnal animals such as humans and zebrafish are most active during daylight hours, they are more likely to encounter bacterial infections.

This work made us curious to know how this enhanced immune response was being synchronised with daylight. By making movies of neutrophils killing bacteria at different times of the day, we discovered they killed bacteria more efficiently during the daytime than at night.

We then genetically edited neutrophils to turn off their circadian clocks by carefully removing specific clock components. This is an approach similar to removing important cogs from an analogue clock so it doesn’t tick anymore.

This led to the discovery that these important immune cells possess an internal light-regulated circadian clock that alerts the cells to daytime (similar to an alarm clock). This boosts their ability to kill bacteria.

Our next challenge is to understand exactly how light is detected by neutrophils, and whether human neutrophils also rely on this internal timing mechanism to regulate their antibacterial activity.

We’re also curious to see if this killing mechanism is restricted to certain types of bacteria, such as those we’re more likely to encounter during the day. Or is it a more general response to all infectious threats (including viral infections)?

This research unlocks the potential for developing drugs that target the neutrophil circadian clock to regulate the cells’ activity. Given neutrophils are the first and most abundant immune cells to be recruited to sites of inflammation, the discovery has very broad implications for many inflammatory conditions.


The research described here was led by PhD candidates Lucia Du and Pramuk Keerthisinghe, and was a collaboration between the Hall laboratory and the Chronobiology Research Group, led by Guy Warman and James Cheeseman, at the University of Auckland’s Faculty of Medical and Health Sciences. The Conversation


Chris Hall, Associate Professor of Immunology, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata Rau

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

From strip searches to sexual harassment, Australian policing has long been plagued by sexism

Michael CainDeakin University

This month, a woman bravely testified in court she was subjected to a “degrading and humiliating experience akin to sexual assault” at the hands of New South Wales Police. The young woman was forced to remove her tampon in front of officers during a strip search, which police later admitted was unlawful.

This experience was heard in the Supreme Court as part of a class action lawsuit that includes 3,000 alleged victims. It’s alleging police unlawfully strip-searched thousands of people at music festivals between 2016 and 2022.

These searches – which disproportionately increased against young girls and women – speak to a underlying issue within policing. Police scholars have long observed an internal culture of misogyny and sexism, both domestically and internationally.

In fact, predatory behaviour from police has been documented across the country, both towards members of the public and towards other police officers.

While there are immediate headlines and promises to improve, they’re often quickly forgotten by police and the community. In not holding them accountable, we allow the harming of women to continue and positive change to remain elusive.

A long history

This has previously been a point of conversation in New South Wales. Last year, there were reports of a female then-officer, Mel Cooper, being sexually harassed and assaulted by male colleagues. Cooper, who joined the force in 1994, argued this culture is “not getting better […] it’s getting worse”.

This reflected experiences from a report by the state’s police watchdog in 2020 reviewing workplace complaints. The report, titled Operation Shorewood, found sexual harassment was among the most common complaints.

Female officers were the most likely to be subjected to harassment, despite the most recent available data indicating they make up only 26.9% of sworn personnel.

New South Wales is not a unique case. In Western Australia, it’s been reported that sexual misconduct complaints are rising. This prompted the police commissioner to admit WA Police had a “boys club culture” issue.

In Queensland, the Richards inquiry in 2022 found evidence of a culture of sexism and misogyny and viewed predatory behaviour as a significant issue. The commission learned of multiple examples of predatory behaviour, sexual harassment and assault against female colleagues (often junior officers).

In some rare cases, rape by male officers was reported.

More recently, a Queensland police sergeant who engaged in a pattern of predatory sexual conduct was reported to still be working with the force. This was despite Queensland’s police watchdog – the Crime and Corruption Commission – recommending in 2022 that dismissal was the “only appropriate sanction”.

Decades of inaction

Victoria also has a long history of this behaviour.

In 1988, a discussion paper criticised the treatment of sexual assault victims who reported or complained to police. The paper’s recommendations were never implemented, with police and government responses dismissing the paper as “pro-victim”.

A decade later, the Victorian ombudsman investigated allegations of sexual impropriety by officers at a rural police station. The allegations, which started in 1988, included rape, sexual assault, stalking, unlawful entry on premises and threatening behaviour towards members of the public.

Victims were dissuaded from giving evidence by police. Male officers came to view sex as an entitlement of their duty, targeting vulnerable and young women. It was ultimately found that police management systems had failed to deal with the behaviour for years.

The failure to address the behaviour has only continued. An audit into sex and gender discrimination and two separate reports from Victoria’s police watchdog in 2015 and 2023 continue to show evidence of sexual impropriety and predatory behaviour.

This came to a head in 2023 when Brett Johnson was convicted of using Victoria’s police database to stalk vulnerable women and initiate sexual relationships.

In response to this, and other reports into systemic issues, Victoria Police has implemented more than 90% of the Independent Broad-based Anti-corruption Commission’s recommendations. This includes working towards implementing recommendations regarding predatory behaviour.

Lessons left unlearned

It is impossible to gauge the full extent of this behaviour and its history in every jurisdiction.

There are no mandatory reporting requirements for police complaint data in Australia. The findings we do have often come from an occasional report or inquiry into police.

These incidents are also quickly forgotten. Government inquiries and investigations often fail to acknowledge these issues have been discussed many times before.

States may recognise the need for change. Other times, they will outright dismiss it.

Many identified reforms are never fully put into practice. In the case of systems for holding police accountable, this phenomenon has been seen as “cyclic”.

This is why it’s vital to recall the incidents of our past. When another scandal occurs, we should remind ourselves these are not “bad apples” or isolated events.

They are symbolic of a crisis of reform in policing – an inability to create meaningful change. We must demand better from our police and our state governments to ensure the protection of not just Australian women, but all victims and complainants.

As researcher Janet Chan argued in her internationally recognised work on changing the culture of the police, this will not be achieved through a single reform. This will require a commitment to a range of related changes.

These include changes to education, better leadership and mentoring, more effective whistleblowing processes and reforms to police complaint systems.

popular proposal has been the creation of an independent police ombudsman to oversee and investigate complaints against police.

However, without a continued public pressure, it is unlikely we can challenge the political power of police. Failure to address these issues will only strengthen a culture that harms all who are victim to it.


The National Sexual Assault, Family and Domestic Violence Counselling Line – 1800 RESPECT (1800 737 732) – is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week for any Australian who has experienced, or is at risk of, family and domestic violence and/or sexual assault.The Conversation

Michael Cain, Associate Lecturer in Criminology, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘No pain, no gain’: why some primary students are following intense study routines

MNStudio/ Shutterstock
Christina HoUniversity of Technology Sydney

Every year, thousands of New South Wales students sit a test to determine places for highly sought-after selective high schools. These are academically selective public schools often associated with high Year 12 scores.

While there has long been a level of expectation around selective school entrance, the most recent round of testing has shone a fresh light on the pressures some young people are experiencing.

Media reports have described some students studying for 18 months to prepare for the selective school test, with multiple sessions of tutoring each week.

Earlier this month, police were called to control crowds at two testing centres as parents and students from one session overlapped with another. This is also the first year the tests have been done online and there were technical difficulties as students tried to complete exams.

One exam invigilator told The Sydney Morning Herald about the stress they witnessed among students.

We were dealing with kids who were freaking out and totally traumatised by what was going on. You could not make up a worse nightmare than what we went through that day.

It’s not surprising children were upset. The pressure to perform well on test day is enormous. As my previous research has found, some families believe entry into a selective school will secure their child’s future.

As my new research with colleagues suggests, this sees some families place huge pressure on students to study and prepare for academic tests in primary school.

Not just a NSW thing

Most (albeit not all) of Australia’s selective schools are in NSW.

But there is pressure around other tests in the primary years. There are similar levels of competition for lucrative private school scholarships around Australia, which children sit as early as Year 3. Many of these are determined by centralised tests.

Tutoring companies also offer programs for primary students preparing for NAPLAN tests in Year 3 and Year 5, as well as the “opportunity class” test in NSW (for an academically selective stream for Year 5 and 6).

Our research

In ongoing, as yet unpublished research on education cultures among migrant communities in Sydney, colleagues and I are focusing on 38 families with children in upper primary school.

In 2022 and 2023, we interviewed students, parents and teachers at six schools in high and low income areas of Sydney. All schools included large numbers of Asian migrants, allowing us to compare different groups’ approaches to education.

While not necessarily representative of all Asian migrant families, or all families with school-aged children in general, we found intensive preparation for the selective test was common in this group, especially among those students already enrolled in an opportunity class.

The tutoring routine

Many students preparing for the selective test told us they attended private tutoring three or more days per week, in addition to completing home based study. Some had begun this routine up to 12 months before to the test.

One mother, whose son attended tutoring every day, at three different centres, on top of two hours of daily homework, told us,

That’s how we prepare for selective […] You need to be methodical […] no pain, no gain.

Other parents explained they resorted to private tutoring because schools did not teach what was needed to succeed in the selective tests.

Not only do children spend afternoons, evenings and weekends in tutoring centres, they are also often giving up most if not all recreational, sporting and other extracurricular activities, narrowing their focus to acing the test.

Families also postpone holidays, outings and other potential distractions. Many of our student participants aiming for a selective school told us they never socialised with their friends outside of school time.

Sometimes they even neglected their school work so as to focus on the selective test. One teacher told us many of her students were absent from school in the week prior to the test, to ramp up their preparation.

How does this impact students?

This culture of extreme study and competitive schooling raises profound questions about the implications for student wellbeing. Some students spoke about their fatigue. As one student said:

I work up to late at night. So sometimes I feel drowsy and I yawn a bit and have water in my eyes.

Their teachers also expressed concern about insufficient sleep and heightened stress caused by the pressure to get into a selective school. They described students’ tears if they were not successful when the results came out.

One teacher said he had a “blanket rule” of not talking about the tests in the classroom, because his students were so preoccupied with ensuring they were doing enough preparation.

Other teachers reflected on students’ fear of taking risks because of the culture of perfectionism associated with scoring and ranking through tests.

Young boy writes on a maths workbook.
Some students stop doing other activities to prepare for the selective schools test. Maria Sbytova/ Shutterstock

What does the research say?

International research shows an association between high-stakes testing in primary years and issues with children’s mental health and academic confidence. There is also a negative association with students’ achievement in maths and literacy. That is, students who experience pressured exams were more likely to experience anxiety and depression, and not do as well in core subjects as those who did not experience this pressure.

Some parents in our study expressed concern for their child’s wellbeing. But others saw stress a positive sign of engagement and commitment, and necessary for securing the all important place in a selective school.

Given many are recent migrants, without established networks in Australia, and fearful of racial discrimination against their children, they believe education to be the most crucial foundation for future success.

However, we need more research on the impacts of these parental aspirations and anxieties on the next generation. And a broader discussion about the benefits of selecting some students – who may have benefited from extensive and expensive private tutoring – to go to separate, high-performing government schools.


Megan Watkins, Greg Noble and Alexandra Wong all contributed to the research on migrant families mentioned in this article, as part of a larger Australian Research Council-funded project.The Conversation

Christina Ho, Associate professor in Social and Political Sciences, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Boys are more resilient than girls to school setbacks. Here’s how you can help

Monkey Business Images/ Shutterstock
Andrew J. MartinUNSW SydneyOscar YauUNSW SydneyPaul GinnsUniversity of Sydney, and Rebecca J. CollieUNSW Sydney

As educational psychology researchers, we are very interested in how students deal with setbacks and challenges in their schooling.

Research has found resilient students tend to have more positive academic outcomes. These include making greater effort with their work, having better study skills and enjoying school more than students who are less resilient.

We measure this resilience through something called “academic buoyancy”. This is a personal attribute that helps students overcome common setbacks at school, such as a heavy workload, poor test results or competing assignment deadlines.

In the past two decades of research into resilience or academic buoyancy, there has been a concerning trend suggesting girls report lower levels of academic buoyancy than boys.

To better understand this, we analysed all existing studies to conclusively work out if this gender gap exists, and if so, to what extent.

Our research

A meta-analysis is a research technique aimed at identifying the average effect of a phenomenon across a large number of studies. In the case of gender and academic buoyancy, meta-analysis can be used to calculate the average difference between girls and boys in academic buoyancy.

Meta-analysis produces an “effect size” that can be categorised as small, medium or large. In our case, the bigger the effect size, the greater the difference between girls and boys in academic buoyancy.

We searched for all published academic buoyancy studies across major databases. We also contacted leading researchers in the field for any studies into academic buoyancy they had conducted, but had not published.

Following this process, our meta-analysis included 53 studies published between 2008 and 2024 reporting on the link between gender and academic buoyancy. It involved 173,665 students from primary school through to high school and university. Study locations included Australia, the United Kingdom, United States, Canada, Jamaica, Finland, China, Singapore and the Philippines.

A row of students bent over desks.
Our analysis involved more than 170,000 students around the world. Juice Verve/ Shutterstock

What we found

We found the average effect of gender on academic buoyancy was statistically significant and small-to-medium in size. This means there was a reliable and noticeable difference between girls and boys and their reported levels of academic buoyancy.

In other words, girls are less resilient to everyday academic challenges (such as a poor mark or negative interaction with a teacher) than their male peers.

While we did not set out to study why this is the case, previous research suggests this could be because girls experience higher levels of academic anxiety than boys and these higher levels of anxiety may make it more difficult for them to navigate academic adversity. Now these meta-analysis findings are known, there is a need for research to more closely examine the reasons for the gender difference.

Our results, of course, are average findings. This does not mean all girls report lower academic buoyancy and not all boys are buoyant.

So efforts should therefore be aimed at boosting the buoyancy of those who struggle with academic adversity and sustaining it among those who are managing well.

Previous research suggests there are two broad approaches educators, along with parents, can take.

The direct approach

Teachers, counsellors and parents can work to directly boost students’ academic buoyancy through the following steps:

– teaching students to recognise academic adversity early, before that adversity becomes more difficult to manage. For example, when it is starting to take them longer to do homework than other students.

– explaining to students how to adjust their thoughts, behaviour, and/or emotions in the face of this adversity. For thought, they might have to start thinking about what possible resources they can draw on. For behaviour, they might seek help from a teacher as one source of support, when normally they may not do so. For emotion, they may need to minimise fear they may have about asking that teacher for help.

– encouraging students to take heart from small improvements. For example, if asking the teacher for help works, they should see this as a “win” (“I can overcome problems”).

– encouraging students to keep noticing and adjusting their thoughts, behaviours and/or emotion in response to adversity. So this becomes part of their everyday habits.

An older student writes with a pen on a paper.
Students can learn to seek help for challenges early if they are struggling. arrowsmith2/ Shutterstock

The 6 Cs of an ‘underpinning’ approach

Another approach involves targeting the factors that underpin academic resilience. Our previous research has identified six factors or points where educators and parents can help students.

1. Confidence: boosting students’ self belief in their ability to succeed.

2. Coordination: helping students with academic planning and task management.

3. Commitment: building students’ persistence; for example, through goal-setting and goal-striving.

4. Control: directing students’ attention to things they control, such as their effort.

5. Composure: reducing students’ anxiety; for example, through addressing fearful thoughts and adopting relaxation strategies that work for them.

6. Community: building strong interpersonal relationships with peers and teachers, so they feel supported.

As these strategies are being considered, educators also need to accommodate other pressures in students’ lives that may be contributing to or exacerbating a student’s difficulties, such as social difficulties or issues at home. They also need to consider any clinical issues such as attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD).

Taken together, with the support of educators and parents, there are practical changes students can make to boost their response to academic adversity, and in turn, help close the gender gap around academic buoyancy.The Conversation

Andrew J. Martin, Scientia Professor and Professor of Educational Psychology, UNSW SydneyOscar Yau, PhD Candidate, School of Education, UNSW SydneyPaul Ginns, Associate Professor in Educational Psychology, University of Sydney, and Rebecca J. Collie, Scientia Associate Professor of Educational Psychology, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Landmark donation powers world-first endometriosis research institute at UNSW

by Larissa Baiocchi

A philanthropic donation will revolutionise endometriosis treatment.  Professor Jason Abbott, pictured, will be the Clinical Director of the new research institute. Photo: UNSW Sydney

A $50 million philanthropic contribution will position Australia as a global leader in women’s health. 

A world-first initiative funded by members of the philanthropic Ainsworth family and led by UNSW Sydney is set to revolutionise endometriosis research, diagnosis, and treatment for millions of people suffering around the world.  

Three generations of the Ainsworth family, led by Anna and Lily Ainsworth, have together committed $50 million over 10 years to establish the Ainsworth Endometriosis Research Institute (AERI) at UNSW. The partnership will position Australia as a global leader in women’s health and the fight against endometriosis.  

Endometriosis is a condition where tissue similar to the lining of the uterus is found outside the uterus, often causing severe pelvic pain, fatigue and in some cases infertility. It is estimated one in seven Australian women will have endometriosis by age 49, impacting their health, fertility, careers, and daily lives. This equates to around 830,000 people in Australia.

Globally, about 200 million people suffer from endometriosis, with one in three people with endometriosis experiencing infertility. Many people with endometriosis endure years of symptoms without answers, waiting six to eight years on average for an accurate diagnosis.  

Endometriosis is a significant global challenge, with far-reaching social and economic consequences. In 2025, the World Economic Forum named endometriosis one of the nine diseases most affecting the lives of women, their communities and the global economy. The economic burden of endometriosis on Australia alone is estimated to be between $7.4 billion and $9.7 billion annually.

AERI will adopt a global consortia-based approach to research bringing together top scientists, clinicians, and philanthropists from around the world – including England, Canada, Denmark, India and the USA – to unlock a continuous pipeline of scientific discoveries. The aim is to accelerate breakthroughs in diagnosis and create precision-based treatments. By focusing on genomic research, biorepositories, and advanced testing, AERI will fast-track new understandings of endometriosis, moving beyond current medical limitations.  

Record-breaking donation 
The contribution from the Ainsworths is record-breaking – the largest known philanthropic contribution to endometriosis research globally and women's health in Australia. It is also the largest philanthropic donation ever received by UNSW. 

AERI has been made possible by three branches of the Ainsworths who have been impacted by and care deeply about those with endometriosis: Lily, Greg, Anna and Simon Ainsworth, Paul and Valeria Ainsworth, and Len Ainsworth.  

Lily Ainsworth, who has lived with endometriosis since she was a teenager, and her mother, Anna Ainsworth, have experienced firsthand the chronic pain and uncertainty that comes with the disease. The family is determined to improve the outcomes of endometriosis for millions of people worldwide. Experts indicate that scientific progress in this area has lagged, with current understanding of endometriosis similar to where breast cancer research was in the 1970s. 

Anna and Lily Ainsworth are members of the philanthropic Ainsworth family. Photo: UNSW Sydney

“I’ve had endo pain since I was 15 years old. While my fertility hasn’t been impacted, I experience chronic, daily pain and severe flare ups that debilitate me for days or weeks on end,” Lily Ainsworth said.

“Like many others, endometriosis has affected my education, my career, my relationships, my family, and dictates how I go about each and every day. This reality is shared with millions of people living with endo around Australia and the world. We believe this can change. The Ainsworth Endometriosis Research Institute is more than an exceptional research institute; it is hope. Hope for those living with endometriosis now and in the future, that they will be able to live full, happy and healthy lives.” 

UNSW Vice-Chancellor and President Professor Attila Brungs highlighted the transformative nature of the contribution and its significant societal impact.  

“I would like to thank the Ainsworth family for their generosity and the positive societal impact it will enable. The University and its partners are incredibly honoured to be at the forefront of this ground-breaking initiative together with the Ainsworth family,” Prof. Brungs said.

“The Ainsworth Endometriosis Research Institute represents an historic moment in women’s health. This unprecedented collaboration will not only form the future of endometriosis research but also accelerate our ability to provide real, tangible solutions that quite literally change the lives of each of the hundreds of millions of people globally impacted by this condition.”   

Game-changing impact on endometriosis 
Despite the widespread prevalence of the disease, current research remains underfunded and underdeveloped, leaving millions of people without adequate care. Furthermore, research is poorly integrated with clinical practice right now. A diagnosis which brings a sense of relief is swiftly followed by uncertainty as treatment options are limited and not well understood.

Professor Jason Abbott is a clinician and researcher at UNSW who has dedicated his career to researching and advocating for improving diagnosis and treatment of endometriosis. He will be the Clinical Director at AERI and said the funding is a game-changer.  

“Having cared for those with endometriosis for three decades it is clear to me that we must go beyond the surgery and current medical treatments to understand the disease processes,” Prof. Abbott said.

“AERI is the most significant commitment to endometriosis research that I have ever seen. The donation from the Ainsworth family provides surety to endometriosis researchers, will drive program-driven scientific discoveries and pave the way for generational change for anyone who has, or knows someone with endometriosis.”  

Professor Caroline Ford, Gynaecological Cancer Research Group lead at UNSW and the Scientific Director at AERI, pointed to the critical need for a strong evidence base to support medical decisions, acknowledging that the lack of investment in research has long been a barrier.


Professor Jason Abbott will be the AERI Clinical Director and Professor Caroline Ford will be the AERI Scientific Director. Photo: UNSW Sydney

“The aim of AERI is to enable a precision medicine approach to endometriosis detection, treatment and management. Each person's endometriosis is unique and for the best results, treatment needs to be personalised. We have seen how effective this approach can be in cancer treatment and will be applying many of the successful strategies here, such as the power of genomics and targeted treatment,” Prof. Ford said. 

“In order for doctors to deliver precision medicine they need a solid evidence base to support their decisions. This has been a challenge due to a lack of investment in research. This substantial investment will allow researchers for the first time to build a solid understanding of endometriosis biology and pathogenesis that will lead to improved detection, management and treatment.”

Prioritising endometriosis awareness
The institute has drawn international praise with Professor Stacey Missmer, President of the World Endometriosis Society, highlighting the nation’s commitment to tackling endometriosis through groundbreaking research and advocacy initiatives.  

“Australia once again leads the globe as a role model for prioritising endometriosis awareness, knowledge, and patient-centred advocacy,” Prof. Missmer said.

“Establishment of the Endometriosis Research Institute with this dedicated funding will energise and rapidly leap-forward paradigm shifting discoveries.”

For Eimear McHugh, who was first diagnosed with endometriosis in 2016 more than a decade after experiencing her first symptoms as a teenager, a dedicated research institute will lead to improved quality of care, and ultimately, empowerment and validation for those living with the condition.  

“My biggest concern in the lead up to my surgery was not ‘how will my body heal after this surgery’ or ‘how much pain will I have’, but rather ‘what if there is nothing wrong and I have wasted everybody’s time.’ I now realise that this is a common fear among presenting patients, be it in a surgical setting, an outpatient’s appointment or simply when seeking empathy from a loved one,” McHugh said.

“Seeing skilled healthcare professionals, academics and researchers dedicating their careers to this disease gives almost an assurance that endometriosis is a credible illness, and we are worthy of such developments. AERI will ultimately move from awareness to action about endometriosis and give it the recognition that many people fail to get on their journey to diagnosis.”

Eimear McHugh was diagnosed with endometriosis in 2016, more than a decade after experiencing her first symptoms. Photo: UNSW Sydney

Heart attack or panic attack? Why young men are calling ambulances for unmanaged anxiety

PeopleImages.com - Yuri A/Shutterstock
Krista FisherThe University of MelbourneDan LubmanMonash UniversitySimon RiceThe University of Melbourne, and Zac SeidlerThe University of Melbourne

Anxiety affects one in five Australian men at some point in their lives. But the condition remains highly stigmatised, misunderstood and under-diagnosed.

Men are around half as likely to be diagnosed with an anxiety disorder compared to women. Some feel pressure to be fearless and hide their emotions. Others simply don’t understand or have the language to describe anxiety symptoms.

This has serious consequences. Our latest research shows young men are turning to ambulance services when their symptoms become overwhelming – some even think they’re having a heart attack.

So why do so many men wait until they need to call emergency services, rather than seek support earlier from a GP or psychologist? And what prompts them to call? We reviewed the paramedic notes of 694 men aged 15 to 25 years in Victoria, Australia, to find out.

Young men haven’t seen others asking for help

Boys are raised to value courage, strength and self-assurance, and to suppress vulnerability.

When parents encourage boys to “face their fears”, rather than offering emotional comfort and tenderness, anxiety gets positioned in conflict with masculinity. This leads to a disjuncture between the support young men are met with (and come to expect) from others, and the support they may want or need.

This also means boys grow up believing their male role models – dads, brothers, grandads, coaches – don’t get anxious, deterring boys and men from seeking help. As a result, anxiety goes undiagnosed and opportunities for early intervention are missed.

Recently, we have seen positive shifts challenging restrictive masculine stereotypes. This has improved awareness surrounding men’s depression – opening up conversations, normalising help-seeking and leading to the development of men’s mental health programs and resources.

However, men’s anxiety remains in the shadows. When anxiety is talked about, it’s not with the same weight or concern as depression. This is despite men’s anxiety having harmful health impacts including turning to alcohol and drugs to cope, and increasing the risk of male suicide.

What does anxiety look like?

When men are encouraged to talk about anxiety, they describe various challenges including repetitive worries, feeling out-of-control and intense physical symptoms. This includes a high heart rate, shortness of breath, body pains, tremors and headaches.

Jack Steele, a prominent Australian personality and one half of the Inspired Unemployed, opened up about his anxiety difficulties on The Imperfects Podcast last year saying:

I didn’t know what anxiety was. I thought I was the opposite of anxiety.

The way I explain it, it’s like […] your whole body just shuts down. My throat starts closing up and my whole body just goes numb. […] It feels like you’re just so alone. You feel like no-one can help you.

You genuinely think the world’s ending – like there’s no out.

These physical symptoms are common in men but can be frequently dismissed rather than recognised as anxiety. Our research has found that, when left unaddressed, these symptoms typically worsen and arise in more and more contexts.

Why do anxious men call ambulances?

Our new study investigated the consequences of men’s anxiety going unaddressed.

First, we used data from the National Ambulance Surveillance System to identify and describe the types of anxiety young men experience. We then looked at the characteristics and contexts of young men’s anxiety presentations to ambulance services.

Overwhelmed and lacking support, many young men turn to ambulances in crisis. Anxiety now accounts for 10% of male ambulance attendances for mental health concerns, surpassing depression and psychosis.

Ambulance on a Melbourne street
One in ten ambulance callouts for mental illness among men is for anxiety. Benjamin Crone/Shutterstock

While every presentation is different, our study identified three common presentations among young men:

1. Sudden onset of intense bodily symptoms resembling life-threatening physical health conditions such as heart attacks.

Twenty-two-year-old Joshua, for example, whose case files we reviewed as part of our study, was on a tram home from work when he experienced sudden numbness in his hands and feet. A bystander saw he was having muscle spasms in his hands. Joshua was alert but extremely anxious and asked the bystander for help.

2. Severe anxiety triggered or worsened by substance use.

Adam, a 21-year-old man, consumed a substantial amount of diazepam (Valium) while driving home, after having an anxiety attack at work. Adam reached out to paramedics because he was concerned his anxiety symptoms hadn’t dissipated, and was worried he may have taken too much diazepam.

3. Mental health deterioration with self-harm or suicidal thoughts, often tied to situational stressors such as unstable housing, unemployment, financial difficulties and relationship strain.

Leo, aged 25, had been increasingly anxious for the past three days. Leo’s parents called an ambulance after he told them he wanted to kill himself. Leo told paramedics on arrival that he still felt suicidal and had been getting worse over the past three months.

Directing resources where they’re needed

Young men’s anxiety presentations are time- and resource-intensive for paramedics, many of whom feel poorly equipped to respond effectively. After ruling out physical causes, paramedic support is typically limited to reassurance and breathing techniques.

Most young men are then instructed to follow up with GPs, psychologists or other health professionals in the general community.

But taking that next step involves overcoming the stigma associated with help-seeking, the shame of having called an ambulance and deep tensions between anxiety and what it means to be a man.

This means many young men slip through the cracks. And without ongoing mental health support, they face high risks of presenting again to emergency services with increasingly severe mental health symptoms.

To address this, we need to:

  • ramp up conversations about men’s anxiety and take their experiences seriously

  • develop an awareness campaign about men’s anxiety. Awareness campaigns have successfully dismantled stigma and shed light on men’s depression and suicide

  • improve diagnosis of men’s anxiety disorders by up-skilling and training clinicians to detect anxiety and the unique and distinct constellations of symptoms in men

  • create accessible pathways to early support through digital psychological education resources, focused on improving awareness and literacy surrounding men’s anxiety experiences.


If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14.The Conversation

Krista Fisher, Research Fellow, Centre for Youth Mental Health, The University of MelbourneDan Lubman, Executive Clinical Director, Turning Point & Director of Monash Addiction Research Centre, Monash UniversitySimon Rice, Associate Professor & Clinical Psychologist, Mental Health in Elite Sports, The University of Melbourne, and Zac Seidler, Associate Professor, Centre for Youth Mental Health, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

6 ways live music could help combat the loneliness epidemic

Shutterstock
Nikki RickardThe University of Melbourne

Among the rising tide of loneliness and disconnection, live music is proving to be more than just a good time; it’s a powerful antidote. Whether it’s a pub gig or a stadium show, live music brings people together in ways that matter.

In a recent paper, my colleagues and I reviewed 59 studies of more than 18,000 live music attendees, mostly in Western countries such as the United Kingdom, United States, Australia, New Zealand and parts of Europe.

Here are six ways live music helps alleviate loneliness, based on our and other researchers’ findings.

Opportunities for social connection

Live music events offer people the opportunity to deepen connections with friends, and spark conversations with strangers. They can also act as bridges for people from diverse backgrounds to come together, with music as a common ground.

Music Australia recently reported First Nations and younger audiences are especially likely to value live events as a chance to make new friends, and to feel an enhanced sense of belonging.

Bonding through shared experiences

At heavy metal or punk gigs, the chaos of a mosh pit becomes a surprising display of harmony – despite lyrics of rebellion or anarchy. Strangers move in sync, expressing their private emotions in a communal way.

Research shows syncing to music, even in silent discos, enhances positive feelings and behaviours towards coparticipants. Emotional contagion, or “catching” emotions from the music or other audience members, can also contribute to emotional resonance.

When a crowd shares emotions, movement and even values, a strong feeling of unity can emerge. French sociologist Émile Durkheim called this “collective effervescence”.

Focusing on something bigger

Creative Victoria recently found the primary reason people attend live music is to connect with others and feel part of something bigger than themselves.

Live music can create this communal experience through transcendent emotions. Research into awe-inspiring events reveals they can shift our focus away from ourselves and towards a larger, interconnected whole.

This helps explain why attending live performances can encourage positive social behaviours and reduce loneliness, even if an attendee doesn’t actually speak to anyone.

Sharing one’s authentic self

Live music events, particularly festivals, have been described as “idealised communities” where attendees feel safe to express their authentic selves, free from everyday social constraints.

This “time out of time” experience can be exploratory and liberating, allowing people to connect with others in ways they might not in their regular lives. The safety, trust and respect within these spaces can be particularly empowering for historically marginalised groups, such as LGBTQIA+ and culturally diverse individuals.

Long-term identity building

Shared rituals and artefacts, from Swifties’ wristbands to EDM glow sticks, help live music fans feel like they are part of a meaningful collective. These practices are especially powerful for young people, whose social identities are still developing.

Even during the pandemic, live stream audiences overcame isolation by connecting with others through ritualistic use of emojis and comments.

Long after a show ends, merchandise, band tattoos, online fan forums and recordings of the artist’s music all help sustain feelings of connection with other members of the “scene”.

Music as a social surrogate

Sometimes, live music feels like more than just music. It can feel like a friend: it can listen, empathise and offer comfort when no one else is around.

Research shows music can reduce loneliness by reminding us of real relationships. At times, this can extend to forming parasocial relationships with the musicians themselves, which can offer solace during loneliness. This function of music became especially clear during the pandemic and lockdowns.

Reviving community

Looking at our research, it’s undeniable live music is a beacon of community and inclusiveness in an increasingly disconnected world.

But despite its enormous potential, the industry in Australia is at a crossroads. Post-pandemic recovery has been slow, with engagement in local artists’ events and events at smaller venues (such as pubs and clubs) declining.

Music Australia has found younger people are preferring to stay home for their entertainment. And Creative Victoria reports more than a quarter of the live music market has not attended an event in the past three years, prompting this warning: “These audiences need a compelling reason to entice them to return to in-person attendance.”

Alleviating loneliness, especially among young people, might just be that reason.

Whether it’s through a chance meeting with a like-minded individual at a local gig, or an identity-affirming experience at a festival, live music stands as a universal language that is capable of bringing people together to overcome feelings of isolation.

By recognising its value, we’re not just helping revive an industry – we’re tackling one of society’s most pressing issues.The Conversation

Nikki Rickard, Professor, Wellbeing Science, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New research reveals Australian authors say no to AI using their work – even if money is on the table

Paul CrosbyMacquarie University and Jordi McKenzieMacquarie University

When it was revealed that Meta had used a dataset of pirated books to train its latest AI model, Llama, Australian authors were furious. Works by writers including Liane Moriarty, Tim Winton, Melissa Lucashenko, Christos Tsiolkas and many others had been scraped from the online shadow library LibGen without permission.

It was just the latest in a series of incidents where published books have been fed into commercial AI systems without the knowledge of their creators, and without any credit or compensation.

Our new report, Australian Authors’ Sentiment on Generative AI, co-authored with Shujie Liang and Tessa Barrington, offers the first large-scale empirical study of how Australian authors and illustrators feel about this rapidly evolving technology. It reveals just how widespread the concern is.

Unsurprisingly, most Australian authors do not want their work used to train AI systems. But this is not only about payment. It is about consent, trust and the future of their profession.

A clear rejection

In late 2024, we surveyed over 400 members of the Australian Society of Authors, the national peak body for writers and illustrators. We asked about their use of AI, their understanding of how generative models are trained, and whether they would agree to their work being used for training – with or without compensation.

79% said they would not allow their existing work to be used to train AI models, even if they were paid. Almost as many – 77% – said the same about future work.

Among those open to payment, half expected at least $A1,000 per work. A small number nominated figures in the tens or hundreds of thousands.

But the dominant response, from both established and emerging authors, was a firm “no”.

This presents a serious roadblock for those hoping publishers might broker blanket licensing agreements with AI firms. If most authors are unwilling to grant permission under any terms, then standard contract clauses or opt-in models are unlikely to deliver a practical or ethical solution.

Income loss and a shrinking profession

Authors are not just concerned about how their past work is used. They are also worried about what generative AI means for their future.

70% of respondents believe AI is likely to displace income-generating work for authors and illustrators. Some already reported losing jobs or being offered lower rates based on assumptions that AI tools would cut costs.

This fear compounds an already difficult economic reality. For many, writing is sustained only through other jobs or a partner’s support. As previous research has shown, most Australian authors earn well below the national average. In 2022, the average income writers earned from their work was $18,200 per annum.

Generative AI risks further eroding the already fragile foundation on which Australia’s literary culture depends. If professional writers cannot make a living and new voices cannot see a viable path into the industry, the pipeline of Australian storytelling will shrink.

70% of Australian authors believe AI is likely to displace income-generating work. Viktoriia Hnatiuk/Shutterstock

More than a copyright issue

At first glance, this might seem like a technical or legal issue, concerning rights management and royalty payments. But our findings show the objections run much deeper.

An overwhelming 91% of respondents said it was unfair for their work to be used to train AI models without permission or compensation. More than half believed AI tools could plausibly mimic their creative style. This raised concerns not only about unauthorised use, but also about imitation and displacement.

For many authors, their work is more than just intellectual property. It represents their voice, their identity and years of creative labour, often undertaken with little financial return.

The idea that a machine could replicate that work without consent, credit or payment is not only unsettling; for many, it feels like a fundamental violation of creative ownership.

This is not simply a case of authors being hesitant to engage with emerging technologies. Our findings suggest a more informed and considered stance. Most respondents had a moderate or strong understanding of how generative AI models are trained. They also made clear distinctions between tools that support creativity and those designed to replace it entirely.

What they lacked was basic information. 80% of respondents did not know whether their work had already been used in AI training. This absence of transparency is a major source of frustration, even for well-informed professionals.

Without clear information, informed consent is impossible. And without consent, even the most innovative AI applications will be viewed with suspicion.

The publishing and tech industries cannot expect trust from creators while keeping them in the dark about how their work is used.

A sustainable future far from guaranteed

Generative AI is already reshaping the creative landscape, but the path ahead remains uncertain.

Our findings reveal a fundamental dilemma. If most Australian authors will not grant permission for their work to be used in AI training, even if compensation is offered, the prospect of negotiated agreements between AI companies, publishers and authors is unlikely.

What we are seeing is not just a policy gap. It reflects a deeper breakdown in trust. There is a growing belief among authors that the value of their creative work is being eroded by systems built on its use.

The widespread rejection of licensing models points to a looming impasse. If developers proceed without consent when authors are refusing to participate, it will be difficult to build the shared foundations that a sustainable creative economy requires.

Whether that gap can be bridged is still an open question. But if writers cannot see a viable or respected place for themselves, the long-term consequences for Australia’s cultural life will be significant.

If Australia wants a fair and forward-looking creative sector, it cannot afford to leave its authors out of the conversation.The Conversation

Paul Crosby, Senior Lecturer, Department of Economics, Macquarie University and Jordi McKenzie, Associate Professor, Department of Economics, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.